This is a modern-English version of The Treasury of Ancient Egypt: Miscellaneous Chapters on Ancient Egyptian History and Archaeology, originally written by Weigall, Arthur E. P. Brome (Arthur Edward Pearse Brome). It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.



Frontispiece
[Photo by N. Macnaghten.
A statue of the hawk-god Horus in front of the temple of Edfu.
The author stands beside it.
Frontispiece.


The Treasury of
Ancient Egypt

Miscellaneous Chapters on Ancient
Egyptian History and Archæology


BY

ARTHUR E. P. B. WEIGALL

INSPECTOR-GENERAL OF UPPER EGYPT, DEPARTMENT OF ANTIQUITIES

INSPECTOR GENERAL OF UPPER EGYPT, DEPARTMENT OF ANTIQUITIES

AUTHOR OF 'TRAVELS IN THE UPPER EGYPTIAN DESERTS,' 'THE LIFE AND
TIMES OF AKHNATON, PHARAOH OF EGYPT,' 'A GUIDE TO THE
ANTIQUITIES OF UPPER EGYPT,' ETC., ETC.


AUTHOR OF 'TRAVELS IN THE UPPER EGYPTIAN DESERTS,' 'THE LIFE AND
TIMES OF AKHNATON, PHARAOH OF EGYPT,' 'A GUIDE TO THE
ANTIQUITIES OF UPPER EGYPT,' ETC., ETC.


RAND McNALLY & COMPANY
CHICAGO AND NEW YORK
1912


RAND McNALLY & COMPANY
CHICAGO AND NEW YORK
1912



TO

TO

ALAN H. GARDINER, ESQ.,

M.A., D.LITT.

M.A., D.Litt.

LAYCOCK STUDENT OF EGYPTOLOGY AT WORCESTER
COLLEGE, OXFORD,

LAYCOCK STUDENT OF EGYPTOLOGY AT WORCESTER
COLLEGE, OXFORD,

THIS BOOK,

This book,

WHICH WILL RECALL SOME SUMMER NIGHTS UPON
THE THEBAN HILLS,

WHICH WILL REMIND YOU OF SOME SUMMER NIGHTS ON
THE THEBAN HILLS,

IS DEDICATED.

IS COMMITTED.


PREFACE.

No person who has travelled in Egypt will require to be told that it is a country in which a considerable amount of waiting and waste of time has to be endured. One makes an excursion by train to see some ruins, and, upon returning to the station, the train is found to be late, and an hour or more has to be dawdled away. Crossing the Nile in a rowing-boat the sailors contrive in one way or another to prolong the journey to a length of half an hour or more. The excursion steamer will run upon a sandbank, and will there remain fast for a part of the day.

No one who has traveled in Egypt needs to be told that it's a place where you have to deal with a lot of waiting and wasted time. You take a train trip to see some ruins, and when you get back to the station, the train is late, making you wait an hour or more. When crossing the Nile in a rowboat, the sailors have their ways of dragging out the trip for half an hour or more. The excursion boat will run aground on a sandbank and will be stuck there for part of the day.

The resident official, travelling from place to place, spends a great deal of time seated in railway stations or on the banks of the Nile, waiting for his train or his boat to arrive; and he has, therefore, a great deal of time for thinking. I often try to fill in these dreary periods by jotting down a few notes on some matter which has recently been discussed, or registering and elaborating arguments which have chanced lately to come into the thoughts. These notes are shaped and "written up" when next there is a spare hour, and a few books to refer to; and ultimately they take the form of articles or papers, some of which find their way into print.

The local official, moving from one place to another, spends a lot of time sitting in train stations or by the Nile, waiting for his train or boat to show up; so he has plenty of time to think. I often try to fill these boring moments by jotting down a few notes on a topic that has been recently discussed or outlining and expanding on ideas that have crossed my mind lately. I shape and revise these notes whenever I get a free hour and have a few books to reference; eventually, they turn into articles or papers, some of which get published.

This volume contains twelve chapters, written at various times and in various places, each dealing with some subject drawn from the great treasury of Ancient Egypt. Some of the chapters have appeared as articles in magazines. Chapters iv., v., and viii. were published in 'Blackwood's Magazine'; chapter vii. in 'Putnam's Magazine' and the 'Pall Mall Magazine'; and chapter ix. in the 'Century Magazine.' I have to thank the editors for allowing me to reprint them here. The remaining seven chapters have been written specially for this volume.

This book has twelve chapters, which were written at different times and locations, each covering a topic from the vast history of Ancient Egypt. Some of the chapters have been published as articles in magazines. Chapters iv., v., and viii. were featured in 'Blackwood's Magazine'; chapter vii. appeared in 'Putnam's Magazine' and 'Pall Mall Magazine'; and chapter ix. was published in 'Century Magazine.' I want to thank the editors for letting me reprint these here. The other seven chapters were created specifically for this book.

Luxor, Upper Egypt,
         November 1910.

Luxor, Upper Egypt,
         November 1910.


CONTENTS.

CHAPTERPAGE
PART I.—THE VALUE OF THE TREASURY
I.  THE VALUE OF ARCHÆOLOGY3
II.  THE EGYPTIAN EMPIRE26
III.  THE NECESSITY OF ARCHÆOLOGY TO THE GAIETY OF THE WORLD55
 
PART II.—TREASURY STUDIES.
IV.  THE TEMPERAMENT OF THE ANCIENT EGYPTIANS81
V.  THE MISFORTUNES OF WENAMON112
VI.  THE STORY OF THE SHIPWRECKED SAILOR138
 
PART III.—RESEARCH IN THE TREASURY.
VII.  RECENT EXCAVATIONS IN EGYPT165
VIII.  THE TOMB OF TIY AND AKHNATON185
IX.  THE TOMB OF HOREMHEB209
 
PART IV.—THE PRESERVATION OF THE TREASURY.
X.  THEBAN THIEVES239
XI.  THE FLOODING OF LOWER NUBIA262
XII.  ARCHÆOLOGY IN THE OPEN281

ILLUSTRATIONS.

PLATEPAGE
A STATUE OF THE HAWK-GOD HORUS IN FRONT OF THE TEMPLE OF EDFU. THE AUTHOR STANDS BESIDE ITFrontispiece
I.  THE MUMMY OF RAMESES II. OF DYNASTY XIX.10
II.  WOOD AND ENAMEL JEWEL-CASE DISCOVERED IN THE TOMB OF YUAA AND TUAU. AN EXAMPLE OF THE FURNITURE OF ONE OF THE BEST PERIODS OF ANCIENT EGYPTIAN ART17
III.  HEAVY GOLD EARRINGS OF QUEEN TAUSERT OF DYNASTY XX. AN EXAMPLE OF THE WORK OF ANCIENT EGYPTIAN GOLDSMITHS22
IV.  IN THE PALM-GROVES NEAR SAKKÂRA, EGYPT36
V.  THE MUMMY OF SETY I. OF DYNASTY XIX.48
VI.  A RELIEF UPON THE SIDE OF THE SARCOPHAGUS OF ONE OF THE WIVES OF KING MENTUHOTEP III., DISCOVERED AT DÊR EL BAHRI (THEBES). THE ROYAL LADY IS TAKING SWEET-SMELLING OINTMENT FROM AN ALABASTER VASE. A HANDMAIDEN KEEPS THE FLIES AWAY WITH A BIRD'S-WING FAN.62
VII.  LADY ROUGING HERSELF: SHE HOLDS A MIRROR AND ROUGE-POT71
DANCING GIRL TURNING A BACK SOMERSAULT71
VIII.  TWO EGYPTIAN BOYS DECKED WITH FLOWERS AND A THIRD HOLDING A MUSICAL INSTRUMENT. THEY ARE STANDING AGAINST THE OUTSIDE WALL OF THE DENDEREH TEMPLE82
IX.  A GARLAND OF LEAVES AND FLOWERS DATING FROM ABOUT B.C. 1000. IT WAS PLACED UPON THE NECK OF A MUMMY94
X.  A RELIEF OF THE SAITIC PERIOD, REPRESENTING AN OLD MAN PLAYING UPON A HARP, AND A WOMAN BEATING A DRUM. OFFERINGS OF FOOD AND FLOWERS ARE PLACED BEFORE THEM100
XI.  AN EGYPTIAN NOBLE OF THE EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY HUNTING BIRDS WITH A BOOMERANG AND DECOYS. HE STANDS IN A REED-BOAT WHICH FLOATS AMIDST THE PAPYRUS CLUMPS, AND A CAT RETRIEVES THE FALLEN BIRDS. IN THE BOAT WITH HIM ARE HIS WIFE AND SON108
XII.  A REED BOX FOR HOLDING CLOTHING, DISCOVERED IN THE TOMB OF YUAA AND TUAU118
XIII.  A FESTIVAL SCENE OF SINGERS AND DANCERS FROM A TOMB-PAINTING OF DYNASTY XVII.133
XIV.  A SAILOR OF LOWER NUBIA AND HIS SON144
XV.  A NILE BOAT PASSING THE HILLS OF THEBES159
XVI.  THE EXCAVATIONS ON THE SITE OF THE CITY OF ABYDOS166
XVII.  EXCAVATING THE OSIREION AT ABYDOS. A CHAIN OF BOYS HANDING UP BASKETS OF SAND TO THE SURFACE175
XVIII.  THE ENTRANCE OF THE TOMB OF QUEEN TIY, WITH EGYPTIAN POLICEMAN STANDING BESIDE IT. ON THE LEFT IS THE LATER TOMB OF RAMESES X.186
XIX.  TOILET-SPOONS OF CARVED WOOD, DISCOVERED IN TOMBS OF THE EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY. THAT ON THE RIGHT HAS A MOVABLE LID192
XX.  THE COFFIN OF AKHNATON LYING IN THE TOMB OF QUEEN TIY207
XXI.  HEAD OF A GRANITE STATUE OF THE GOD KHONSU, PROBABLY DATING FROM ABOUT THE PERIOD OF HOREMHEB217
XXII.  THE MOUTH OF THE TOMB OF HOREMHEB AT THE TIME OF ITS DISCOVERY. THE AUTHOR IS SEEN EMERGING FROM THE TOMB AFTER THE FIRST ENTRANCE HAD BEEN EFFECTED. ON THE HILLSIDE THE WORKMEN ARE GROUPED229
XXIII.  A MODERN THEBAN FELLAH-WOMAN AND HER CHILD240
XXIV.  A MODERN GOURNAWI BEGGAR250
XXV.  THE ISLAND AND TEMPLES OF PHILÆ WHEN THE RESERVOIR IS EMPTY269
XXVI.  A RELIEF REPRESENTING QUEEN TIY, FROM THE TOMB OF USERHAT AT THEBES. THIS RELIEF WAS STOLEN FROM THE TOMB, AND FOUND ITS WAY TO THE BRUSSELS MUSEUM, WHERE IT IS SHOWN IN THE DAMAGED CONDITION SEEN IN PL. XXVII.282
XXVII.  A RELIEF REPRESENTING QUEEN TIY, FROM THE TOMB OF USERHAT, THEBES. (SEE PL. XXVI.)293

[1]

PART I

THE VALUE OF THE TREASURY.

"History no longer shall be a dull book. It shall walk incarnate in every just and wise man. You shall not tell me by languages and titles a catalogue of the volumes you have read. You shall make me feel what periods you have lived. A man shall be the Temple of Fame. He shall walk, as the poets have described that goddess, in a robe painted all over with wonderful events and experiences.... He shall be the priest of Pan, and bring with him into humble cottages the blessing of the morning stars, and all the recorded benefits of heaven and earth."
Emerson.

[3]

CHAPTER I.

THE VALUE OF ARCHÆOLOGY.

The archæologist whose business it is to bring to light by pick and spade the relics of bygone ages, is often accused of devoting his energies to work which is of no material profit to mankind at the present day. Archæology is an unapplied science, and, apart from its connection with what is called culture, the critic is inclined to judge it as a pleasant and worthless amusement. There is nothing, the critic tells us, of pertinent value to be learned from the Past which will be of use to the ordinary person of the present time; and, though the archæologist can offer acceptable information to the painter, to the theologian, to the philologist, and indeed to most of the followers of the arts and sciences, he has nothing to give to the ordinary layman.

The archaeologist, whose job is to uncover the remnants of past eras with pick and shovel, is often criticized for focusing on work that seems to have no real benefit to people today. Archaeology is an unpractical science, and aside from its link to what we call culture, critics tend to see it as a nice yet pointless hobby. The critics argue that there's nothing valuable to learn from the Past that would help the average person today; and while the archaeologist may provide useful insights to artists, theologians, linguists, and really to most people in the arts and sciences, he offers nothing of value to the everyday person.

In some directions the imputation is unanswerable; and when the interests of modern times clash with those of the past, as, for example, in Egypt where a beneficial reservoir has destroyed the remains of early days, there can be no question that the recording of the threatened information [4]and the minimising of the destruction, is all that the value of the archæologist's work entitles him to ask for. The critic, however, usually overlooks some of the chief reasons that archæology can give for even this much consideration, reasons which constitute its modern usefulness; and I therefore propose to point out to him three or four of the many claims which it may make upon the attention of the layman.

In some ways, the accusation is unanswerable; and when the interests of today's world clash with those of the past, like in Egypt where a useful reservoir has wiped out ancient remains, it's clear that documenting the endangered information and minimizing the destruction is all that the value of an archaeologist's work deserves. However, critics often overlook some of the key reasons archaeology deserves even this consideration, reasons that highlight its relevance today. So, I plan to outline three or four of the many points that archaeology can present to gain the layman's attention.

In the first place it is necessary to define the meaning of the term "Archæology." Archæology is the study of the facts of ancient history and ancient lore. The word is applied to the study of all ancient documents and objects which may be classed as antiquities; and the archæologist is understood to be the man who deals with a period for which the evidence has to be excavated or otherwise discovered. The age at which an object becomes an antiquity, however, is quite undefined, though practically it may be reckoned at a hundred years; and ancient history is, after all, the tale of any period which is not modern. Thus an archæologist does not necessarily deal solely with the remote ages.

First, it’s important to define what “Archaeology” means. Archaeology is the study of facts from ancient history and traditions. The term refers to the examination of all ancient documents and artifacts that can be categorized as antiquities; an archaeologist is someone who works with a time period where evidence needs to be excavated or otherwise uncovered. However, the age at which an item becomes an antiquity is not clearly defined, though it’s commonly considered to be around a hundred years; ultimately, ancient history encompasses any period that isn’t modern. Therefore, an archaeologist doesn’t exclusively focus on very distant eras.

Every chronicler of the events of the less recent times who goes to the original documents for his facts, as true historians must do during at least a part of their studies, is an archæologist; and, conversely, every archæologist who in the course of his work states a series of historical facts, becomes an historian. Archæology and history are inseparable; [5]and nothing is more detrimental to a noble science than the attitude of certain so-called archæologists who devote their entire time to the study of a sequence of objects without proper consideration for the history which those objects reveal. Antiquities are the relics of human mental energy; and they can no more be classified without reference to the minds which produced them than geological specimens can be discussed without regard to the earth. There is only one thing worse than the attitude of the archæologist who does not study the story of the periods with which he is dealing, or construct, if only in his thoughts, living history out of the objects discovered by him; and that is the attitude of the historian who has not familiarised himself with the actual relics left by the people of whom he writes, or has not, when possible, visited their lands. There are many "archæologists" who do not care a snap of the fingers for history, surprising as this may appear; and there are many historians who take no interest in manners and customs. The influence of either is pernicious.

Every chronicler of events from the not-so-distant past who refers to original documents for their facts, as true historians must do during at least part of their studies, is an archaeologist; and conversely, every archaeologist who states a series of historical facts as part of their work becomes a historian. Archaeology and history are inseparable; [5] and nothing is more harmful to a noble science than the mindset of certain so-called archaeologists who spend all their time studying a sequence of objects without proper consideration for the history those objects reveal. Antiquities are remnants of human creativity; and they cannot be categorized without taking into account the minds that created them any more than geological specimens can be discussed without regard to the earth. There is only one thing worse than an archaeologist who does not study the history of the periods they are examining, or fail to construct, even in their thoughts, a living history out of the objects they uncover; and that is a historian who has not familiarized themselves with the actual relics left by the people they write about, or who has not, whenever possible, visited their lands. There are many "archaeologists" who couldn’t care less about history, surprising as that may seem; and there are many historians who are uninterested in customs and social practices. The influence of either is harmful.

It is to be understood, therefore, that in using the word Archæology I include History: I refer to history supplemented and aggrandised by the study of the arts, crafts, manners, and customs of the period under consideration.

It should be understood, then, that when I use the term Archaeology, I'm including History: I mean history enhanced and expanded by the study of the arts, crafts, behaviors, and customs of the time being examined.

As a first argument the value of archæology in providing a precedent for important occurrences may be considered. Archæology is the structure [6]of ancient history, and it is the voice of history which tells us that a Cretan is always a Cretan, and a Jew always a Jew. History, then, may well take her place as a definite asset of statecraft, and the law of Precedent may be regarded as a fundamental factor in international politics. What has happened before may happen again; and it is the hand of the archæologist that directs our attention to the affairs and circumstances of olden times, and warns us of the possibilities of their recurrence. It may be said that the statesman who has ranged in the front of his mind the proven characteristics of the people with whom he is dealing has a perquisite of the utmost importance.

As a first point, we can consider the value of archaeology in providing a basis for significant events. Archaeology serves as the framework of ancient history, and it expresses the fact that a Cretan is always a Cretan and a Jew is always a Jew. Therefore, history should take its place as an essential asset in governance, and the principle of Precedent can be seen as a crucial factor in international relations. What has happened in the past can happen again, and it is the work of the archaeologist that draws our attention to the issues and circumstances of earlier times, reminding us of the potential for their return. It can be said that the politician who keeps in mind the proven traits of the people he is dealing with holds a privilege of the highest significance.

Any archæologist who, previous to the rise of Japan during the latter half of the nineteenth century, had made a close study of the history of that country and the character of its people, might well have predicted unerringly its future advance to the position of a first-class power. The amazing faculty of imitation displayed by the Japanese in old times was patent to him. He had seen them borrow part of their arts, their sciences, their crafts, their literature, their religion, and many of their customs from the Chinese; and he might have been aware that they would likewise borrow from the West, as soon as they had intercourse with it, those essentials of civilisation which would raise them to their present position in the world. To him their fearlessness, [7]their tenacity, and their patriotism, were known; and he was so well aware of their powers of organisation, that he might have foreseen the rapid development which was to take place.

Any archaeologist who, before Japan's rise in the late nineteenth century, studied the history of that country and its people closely could have easily predicted its future advancement to the status of a major power. The remarkable ability of imitation shown by the Japanese in ancient times was obvious to him. He had observed how they borrowed elements of their arts, sciences, crafts, literature, religion, and many customs from the Chinese, and he might have recognized that they would similarly adopt from the West as soon as they interacted with it, acquiring the essential aspects of civilization that would elevate them to their current position in the world. He was familiar with their fearlessness, tenacity, and patriotism, and he understood their organizational skills well enough that he could have anticipated the rapid development that was about to happen.

What historian who has read the ancient books of the Irish—the Book of the Dun Cow, the Book of Ballymote, the Book of Lismore, and the like—can show either surprise or dismay at the events which have occurred in Ireland in modern times? Of the hundreds of kings of Ireland whose histories are epitomised in such works as that of the old archæologist Keating, it would be possible to count upon the fingers those who have died in peace; and the archæologist, thus, knows better than to expect the descendants of these kings to live in harmony one with the other. National characteristics do not change unless, as in the case of the Greeks, the stock also changes.

What historian who has read the ancient Irish texts—the Book of the Dun Cow, the Book of Ballymote, the Book of Lismore, and similar works—can genuinely be surprised or alarmed by the events that have taken place in Ireland in recent times? Out of the hundreds of kings of Ireland whose stories are summarized in works by the old archaeologist Keating, you could count on one hand the number who died peacefully; and the archaeologist, therefore, understands better than to expect the descendants of these kings to live together in harmony. National characteristics don’t change unless, as with the Greeks, the people themselves change.

In the Jews we have another example of the persistence of those national characteristics which history has made known to us. The Jews first appear in the dimness of the remote past as a group of nomad tribes, wandering over southern Palestine, Egypt, and the intervening deserts; and at the present day we see them still homeless, scattered over the face of the globe, the "tribe of the wandering foot and weary breast."

In the Jews, we see another example of the enduring national traits that history has revealed to us. The Jews initially emerge from the shadows of the distant past as a group of nomadic tribes, roaming through southern Palestine, Egypt, and the surrounding deserts; and today, they still appear to be homeless, dispersed across the world, the "tribe of the wandering foot and weary breast."

In no country has the archæologist been more active than in Egypt during the last half century, and the contributions which his spade and pick have offered to history are of first-rate importance [8]to that study as a whole. The eye may now travel down the history of the Nile Valley from prehistoric days to the present time almost without interruption; and now that the anthropologist has shown that the modern Egyptians, Mussulman and Copt, peasant and townsman, belong to one and the same race of ancient Egyptians, one may surely judge to-day's inhabitants of the country in the light of yesterday's records. In his report for the year 1906, Lord Cromer, questioning whether the modern inhabitants of the country were capable of governing their own land, tells us that we must go back to the precedent of Pharaonic days to discover if the Egyptians ever ruled themselves successfully.

In no country has the archaeologist been more active than in Egypt over the last fifty years, and the findings from his work have greatly enriched our understanding of history. [8]Now, we can trace the history of the Nile Valley from prehistoric times to the present nearly without interruption. Furthermore, since anthropologists have demonstrated that modern Egyptians, regardless of being Muslim or Copt, peasant or urbanite, are all descended from the same ancient Egyptian race, we can better evaluate today's residents through the lens of past records. In his 1906 report, Lord Cromer questioned whether the modern inhabitants of the country could govern themselves, noting that we need to look back to the days of the Pharaohs to see if Egyptians ever successfully ruled themselves.

In this pregnant remark Lord Cromer was using information which the archæologist and historian had made accessible to him. Looking back over the history of the country, he was enabled, by the study of this information, to range before him the succession of foreign occupations of the Nile Valley and to assess their significance. It may be worth while to repeat the process, in order to give an example of the bearing of history upon modern polemics, though I propose to discuss this matter more fully in another chapter.

In this insightful comment, Lord Cromer was drawing on information that archaeologists and historians had made available to him. By reviewing the history of the country, he was able, through this information, to outline the series of foreign occupations of the Nile Valley and evaluate their significance. It might be useful to go through this process again to provide an example of how history influences modern debates, although I plan to discuss this topic in more detail in another chapter.

Previous to the British occupation the country was ruled, as it is now, by a noble dynasty of Albanian princes, whose founder was set upon the throne by the aid of Turkish and Albanian troops. From the beginning of the sixteenth [9]century until that time Egypt had been ruled by the Ottoman Government, the Turk having replaced the Circassian and other foreign "Mamlukes" who had held the country by the aid of foreign troops since the middle of the thirteenth century. For a hundred years previous to the Mamluke rule Egypt had been in the hands of the Syrian and Arabian dynasty founded by Saladdin. The Fatimides, a North African dynasty, governed the country before the advent of Saladdin, this family having entered Egypt under their general, Jauhar, who was of Greek origin. In the ninth century Ahmed ibn Tulun, a Turk, governed the land with the aid of a foreign garrison, his rule being succeeded by the Ikhshidi dynasty of foreigners. Ahmed had captured Egypt from the Byzantines who had held it since the days of the Roman occupation. Previous to the Romans the Ptolemies, a Greek family, had governed the Nile Valley with the help of foreign troops. The Ptolemies had followed close upon the Greek occupation, the Greeks having replaced the Persians as rulers of Egypt. The Persian occupation had been preceded by an Egyptian dynasty which had been kept on the throne by Greek and other foreign garrisons. Previous to this there had been a Persian occupation, which had followed a short period of native rule under foreign influence. We then come back to the Assyrian conquest which had followed the Ethiopian rule. [10]Libyan kings had held the country before the Ethiopian conquest. The XXIst and XXth Dynasties preceded the Libyans, and here, in a disgraceful period of corrupt government, a series of so-called native kings are met with. Foreigners, however, swarmed in the country at the time, foreign troops were constantly used, and the Pharaohs themselves were of semi-foreign origin. One now comes back to the early XIXth and XVIIIth Dynasties which, although largely tinged with foreign blood, may be said to have been Egyptian families. Before the rise of the XVIIIth Dynasty the country was in foreign hands for the long period which had followed the fall of the XIIth Dynasty, the classical period of Egyptian history (about the twentieth century B.C.), when there were no rivals to be feared. Thus the Egyptians may be said to have been subject to foreign occupation for nearly four thousand years, with the exception of the strong native rule of the XVIIIth Dynasty, the semi-native rule of the three succeeding dynasties, and a few brief periods of chaotic government in later times; and this is the information which the archæologist has to give to the statesman and politician. It is a story of continual conquest, of foreign occupations following one upon another, of revolts and massacres, of rapid retributions and punishments. It is the story of a nation which, however ably it may govern itself [11]in the future, has only once in four thousand years successfully done so in the past.

Before the British occupation, the country was ruled, just like today, by a noble dynasty of Albanian princes, whose founder was placed on the throne with the support of Turkish and Albanian troops. From the start of the sixteenth century until that point, Egypt was under the Ottoman Government, with Turks replacing the Circassians and other foreign "Mamluks" who had controlled the country with the help of foreign forces since the mid-thirteenth century. For a hundred years before the Mamluke rule, Egypt was governed by the Syrian and Arabian dynasty established by Saladdin. The Fatimids, a North African dynasty, ruled the country prior to Saladdin's arrival, having come into Egypt under their general, Jauhar, who was of Greek descent. In the ninth century, Ahmed ibn Tulun, a Turk, governed the land with the help of a foreign garrison, followed by the Ikhshidi dynasty of foreigners. Ahmed had seized Egypt from the Byzantines, who had controlled it since the Roman occupation. Before the Romans, the Ptolemies, a Greek family, governed the Nile Valley with support from foreign troops. The Ptolemies came shortly after the Greek occupation, which replaced the Persians as rulers of Egypt. The Persian rule was preceded by an Egyptian dynasty kept in power by Greek and other foreign troops. Before this, there was a Persian occupation, which came after a brief period of local rule influenced by foreigners. We then return to the Assyrian conquest that followed the Ethiopian rule. Libyan kings held the country before the Ethiopian conquest. The XXIst and XXth Dynasties came before the Libyans, and during this disgraceful period of corrupt governance, there was a succession of so-called native kings. However, foreigners were prevalent in the country at that time, foreign troops were regularly employed, and even the Pharaohs had semi-foreign origins. We can trace back to the early XIXth and XVIIIth Dynasties, which, though significantly mixed with foreign blood, could be considered Egyptian families. Prior to the rise of the XVIIIth Dynasty, the country had been in foreign hands for a long time following the fall of the XIIth Dynasty, the classical period of Egyptian history (around the twentieth century B.C.), when there were no rivals to fear. Therefore, the Egyptians can be seen as having been under foreign occupation for nearly four thousand years, except for the strong local governance of the XVIIIth Dynasty, the semi-native rule of the three following dynasties, and a few brief periods of chaotic government in later times; and this is the information that archaeologists provide to statesmen and politicians. It tells a tale of constant conquest, with waves of foreign occupations following one after another, revolts and massacres, and swift retributions and punishments. It's the story of a nation that, no matter how well it may govern itself in the future, has only successfully done so once in four thousand years of its past.

Plate 1
[Photo by E. Brugsch Pasha.
The mummy of Rameses II. of Dynasty XIX.—Cairo Museum.
Pl. 1.


Such information is of far-reaching value to the politician, and to those interested, as every Englishman should be, in Imperial politics. A nation cannot alter by one jot or tittle its fundamental characteristics; and only those who have studied those characteristics in the pages of history are competent to foresee the future. A certain Englishman once asked the Khedive Ismail whether there was any news that day about Egyptian affairs. "That is so like all you English," replied his Highness. "You are always expecting something new to happen in Egypt day by day. To-day is here the same as yesterday, and to-morrow will be the same as to-day; and so it has been, and so it will be, for thousands of years."[1] Neither Egypt nor any other nation will ever change; and to this it is the archæologist who will bear witness with his stern law of Precedent.

Such information is extremely valuable to politicians and to anyone interested, as every English person should be, in Imperial politics. A nation cannot change even the tiniest detail of its fundamental characteristics; only those who have studied these characteristics throughout history are able to predict the future. One Englishman once asked Khedive Ismail if there was any news about Egypt that day. "That's just like all you English," replied His Highness. "You always expect something new to happen in Egypt every day. Today is the same as yesterday, and tomorrow will be the same as today; it has always been this way, and it will continue to be so for thousands of years." [1] Neither Egypt nor any other nation will ever change; and it is the archaeologist who will attest to this with his strict law of Precedent.

[1] E. Dicey. 'The Story of the Khedivate,' p. 528.

[1] E. Dicey. 'The Story of the Khedivate,' p. 528.

I will reserve the enlarging of this subject for the next chapter: for the present we may consider, as a second argument, the efficacy of the past as a tonic to the present, and its ability to restore the vitality of any age that is weakened.

I will save the expansion of this topic for the next chapter; for now, we can look at, as a second argument, how the past serves as a boost to the present and its power to revive the energy of any era that is struggling.

In ancient Egypt at the beginning of the XXVIth Dynasty (B.C. 663) the country was at [12]a very low ebb. Devastated by conquests, its people humiliated, its government impoverished, a general collapse of the nation was imminent. At this critical period the Egyptians turned their minds to the glorious days of old. They remodelled their arts and crafts upon those of the classical periods, introduced again the obsolete offices and titles of those early times, and organised the government upon the old lines. This movement saved the country, and averted its collapse for a few more centuries. It renewed the pride of workmanship in a decadent people; and on all sides we see a revival which was the direct result of an archæological experiment.

In ancient Egypt, at the beginning of the XXVIth Dynasty (B.C. 663), the country was in a really bad place. It had been devastated by conquests, its people were humiliated, and its government was struggling financially, leading to an imminent collapse of the nation. During this critical time, the Egyptians looked back to the glorious days of the past. They reshaped their arts and crafts based on classical styles, brought back old offices and titles from earlier times, and reorganized the government along traditional lines. This movement saved the country and delayed its downfall for a few more centuries. It revitalized the pride in craftsmanship among a declining population; everywhere we see a revival that was a direct result of an archaeological effort.

The importance of archæology as a reviver of artistic and industrial culture will be realised at once if the essential part it played in the great Italian Renaissance is called to mind. Previous to the age of Cimabue and Giotto in Florence, Italian refinement had passed steadily down the path of deterioration. Græco-Roman art, which still at a high level in the early centuries of the Christian era, entirely lost its originality during Byzantine times, and the dark ages settled down upon Italy in almost every walk of life. The Venetians, for example, were satisfied with comparatively the poorest works of art imported from Constantinople or Mount Athos: and in Florence so great was the poverty of genius that when Cimabue in the thirteenth century painted that famous Madonna which to our eyes [13]appears to be of the crudest workmanship, the little advance made by it in the direction of naturalness was received by the city with acclamations, the very street down which it was carried being called the "Happy Street" in honour of the event. Giotto carried on his master's teachings, and a few years later the Florentines had advanced to the standard of Fra Angelico, who was immediately followed by the two Lippis and Botticelli. Leonardo da Vinci, artist, architect, and engineer, was almost contemporaneous with Botticelli, being born not much more than a hundred years after the death of Giotto. With him art reached a level which it has never surpassed, old traditions and old canons were revived, and in every direction culture proceeded again to those heights from which it had fallen.

The significance of archaeology as a reviver of artistic and industrial culture becomes clear when we think about its crucial role in the great Italian Renaissance. Before the time of Cimabue and Giotto in Florence, Italian culture had consistently deteriorated. Greco-Roman art, which was still thriving in the early centuries of the Christian era, completely lost its originality during the Byzantine period, and the dark ages took hold of Italy in nearly every aspect of life. The Venetians, for example, were content with the relatively poor art brought in from Constantinople or Mount Athos. In Florence, genius was so scarce that when Cimabue painted his famous Madonna in the thirteenth century, which now appears to us as quite rudimentary, the small steps it took towards naturalness were celebrated, and the street it was paraded down was even named the "Happy Street" in honor of the event. Giotto continued his master's teachings, and a few years later, the Florentines had progressed to the level of Fra Angelico, who was soon followed by the two Lippis and Botticelli. Leonardo da Vinci, an artist, architect, and engineer, was almost a contemporary of Botticelli, being born just over a hundred years after Giotto's death. With him, art reached a level that it has never surpassed; old traditions and old standards were revived, and culture began to rise again to the heights from which it had fallen.

The reader will not need to be reminded that this great renaissance was the direct result of the study of the remains of the ancient arts of Greece and Rome. Botticelli and his contemporaries were, in a sense, archæologists, for their work was inspired by the relics of ancient days.

The reader doesn’t need to be reminded that this great renaissance was the direct result of studying the remains of the ancient arts of Greece and Rome. Botticelli and his contemporaries were, in a way, archaeologists, because their work was inspired by the relics of ancient times.

Now, though at first sight it seems incredible that such an age of barbarism as that of the later Byzantine period should return, it is indeed quite possible that a relatively uncultured age should come upon us in the future; and there is every likelihood of certain communities passing over to the ranks of the absolute Philistines. [14]Socialism run mad would have no more time to give to the intellect than it had during the French Revolution. Any form of violent social upheaval means catalepsy of the arts and crafts, and a trampling under foot of old traditions. The invasions and revolts which are met with at the close of ancient Egyptian history brought the culture of that country to the lowest ebb of vitality. The fall of Greece put an absolute stop to the artistic life of that nation. The invasions of Italy by the inhabitants of less refined countries caused a set-back in civilisation for which almost the whole of Europe suffered. Certain of the French arts and crafts have never recovered from the effects of the Revolution.

Now, although it seems hard to believe that such a barbaric age like the later Byzantine period could return, it's quite possible that a relatively uncultured era could come upon us in the future; and there's a real chance that some communities could become completely Philistine. [14]Out-of-control socialism wouldn’t prioritize intellect any more than it did during the French Revolution. Any kind of violent social upheaval leads to a standstill in the arts and crafts, trampling over old traditions. The invasions and uprisings at the end of ancient Egyptian history brought that culture down to its lowest level of vitality. The fall of Greece completely halted the artistic life of that nation. The invasions of Italy by people from less refined countries caused a setback in civilization that impacted almost all of Europe. Certain French arts and crafts have never fully recovered from the effects of the Revolution.

A national convulsion of one kind or another is to be expected by every country; and history tells us that such a convulsion is generally followed by an age of industrial and artistic coma, which is brought to an end not so much by the introduction of foreign ideas as by a renascence of the early traditions of the nation. It thus behoves every man to interest himself in the continuity of these traditions, and to see that they are so impressed upon the mind that they shall survive all upheavals, or with ease be re-established.

A national upheaval of some sort is expected in every country, and history shows us that such upheavals are usually followed by a period of industrial and artistic stagnation. This stagnation often ends not because of new foreign ideas but through a revival of the nation's early traditions. Therefore, it is important for everyone to engage with these traditions and ensure they are deeply embedded in our collective consciousness so that they can endure any turmoil or be easily restored.

There is no better tonic for a people who have weakened, and whose arts, crafts, and industries have deteriorated than a return to the conditions which obtained at a past age of national prosperity; [15]and there are few more repaying tasks in the long-run than that of reviving an interest in the best periods of artistic or industrial activity. This can only be effected by the study of the past, that is to say by archæology.

There’s no better remedy for a people who have grown weak, whose arts, crafts, and industries have declined, than going back to the conditions that existed during a time of national prosperity; [15] and few tasks are more rewarding in the long run than reigniting interest in the greatest periods of artistic or industrial achievement. This can only be achieved through studying the past, in other words, through archaeology.

It is to be remembered, of course, that the sentimental interest in antique objects which, in recent years, has given a huge value to all ancient things, regardless of their intrinsic worth, is a dangerous attitude, unless it is backed by the most expert knowledge; for instead of directing the attention only to the best work of the best periods, it results in the diminishing of the output of modern original work and the setting of little of worth in its place. A person of a certain fashionable set will now boast that there is no object in his room less than two hundred years old: his only boast, however, should be that the room contains nothing which is not of intrinsic beauty, interest, or good workmanship. The old chairs from the kitchen are dragged into the drawing-room—because they are old; miniatures unmeritoriously painted by unknown artists for obscure clients are nailed in conspicuous places—because they are old; hideous plates and dishes, originally made by ignorant workmen for impoverished peasants, are enclosed in glass cases—because they are old; iron-bound chests, which had been cheaply made to suit the purses of farmers, are rescued from the cottages of their descendants and sold for fabulous sums—because they are old.

It's important to remember that the sentimental value placed on antique objects, which has significantly increased the worth of all old items in recent years, can be a risky mindset unless it’s supported by expert knowledge. Instead of focusing only on the best work from the finest periods, this attitude can diminish the appreciation for modern original creations and replace them with items of little value. Someone in a trendy social circle might proudly claim that nothing in their room is less than two hundred years old; however, their true pride should come from owning items that possess intrinsic beauty, interest, or quality craftsmanship. Old kitchen chairs are dragged into the living room simply because they’re old; mediocre miniatures painted by unknown artists for obscure clients are prominently displayed—just because they’re old; ugly plates and dishes, originally made by unskilled workers for struggling peasants, are placed in glass cases—because they’re old; and cheap iron-bound chests made for farmers are salvaged from their descendants' cottages and sold for outrageous prices—because they’re old.

[16]A person who fills a drawing-room with chairs, tables, and ornaments, dating from the reign of Queen Anne, cannot say that he does so because he wishes it to look like a room of that date; for if this were his desire, he would have to furnish it with objects which appeared to be newly made, since in the days of Queen Anne the first quality noticeable in them would have been their newness. In fact, to produce the desired effect everything in the room, with very few exceptions, would have to be a replica. To sit in this room full of antiques in a frock-coat would be as bad a breach of good taste as the placing of a Victorian chandelier in an Elizabethan banqueting-hall. To furnish the room with genuine antiquities because they are old and therefore interesting would be to carry the museum spirit into daily life with its attending responsibilities, and would involve all manner of incongruities and inconsistencies; while to furnish in this manner because antiques were valuable would be merely vulgar. There are, thus, only three justifications that I can see for the action of the man who surrounds himself with antiquities: he must do so because they are examples of workmanship, because they are beautiful, or because they are endeared to him by family usage. These, of course, are full and complete justifications; and the value of his attitude should be felt in the impetus which it gives to conscientious modern work. There are periods in history at which certain arts, crafts, or industries reached [17]an extremely high level of excellence; and nothing can be more valuable to modern workmen than familiarity with these periods. Well-made replicas have a value that is overlooked only by the inartistic. Nor must it be forgotten that modern objects of modern design will one day become antiquities; and it should be our desire to assist in the making of the period of our lifetime an age to which future generations will look back for guidance and teaching. Every man can, in this manner, be of use to a nation, if only by learning to reject poor work wherever he comes upon it—work which he feels would not stand against the criticism of Time; and thus it may be said that archæology, which directs him to the best works of the ancients, and sets him a standard and criterion, should be an essential part of his education.

[16]A person who fills a living room with chairs, tables, and decorations from the time of Queen Anne can't claim they want it to look like it did back then; if that were the case, they would need to use items that looked brand new, as the first quality of those pieces in Queen Anne's time would have been their newness. To achieve the desired look, almost everything in the room, with very few exceptions, would have to be a replica. Sitting in a room full of antiques while wearing a frock coat would be just as much of a faux pas as putting a Victorian chandelier in an Elizabethan banquet hall. Furnishing the room with genuine antiques simply because they’re old and therefore interesting would bring the museum mentality into everyday life, with all its associated responsibilities, leading to various mismatches and contradictions; while decorating this way just because antiques hold value would be downright crass. Thus, I can only see three valid reasons for a person to surround themselves with antiques: they must appreciate them for their craftsmanship, their beauty, or the sentimental value they hold from family tradition. These are, of course, fully valid reasons, and the value of this mindset should be seen in the inspiration it provides for conscientious modern work. There have been times in history when certain arts, crafts, or industries reached incredible levels of excellence; and nothing is more beneficial for modern artisans than knowing about these periods. Well-made replicas are valuable, a fact overlooked only by those lacking artistic sensibility. Moreover, we should remember that modern designs will one day become antiques; we should strive to ensure that our era is remembered as one that future generations will look back on for guidance and inspiration. In this way, every individual can contribute to society, even just by learning to reject poor craftsmanship wherever they encounter it—work that they feel wouldn’t hold up against the test of Time; thus, it can be said that archaeology, which leads them to the best works of the past and establishes a standard and criteria, should be a fundamental part of their education. [17]

Plate 2
[Photo by E. Brugsch Pasha.
Wood and enamel jewel-case discovered in the tomb of Yuaa and Tuau. An example of the furniture of one of the best periods of ancient Egyptian art.—Cairo Museum.
Pl. ii.


The third argument which I wish to employ here to demonstrate the value of the study of archæology and history to the layman is based upon the assumption that patriotism is a desirable ingredient in a man's character. This is a premise which assuredly will be admitted. True patriotism is essential to the maintenance of a nation. It has taken the place, among certain people, of loyalty to the sovereign; for the armies which used to go to war out of a blind loyalty to their king, now do so from a sense of patriotism which is shared by the monarch (if they happen to have the good fortune to possess one).

The third argument I want to make here to show the value of studying archaeology and history for the average person is based on the idea that patriotism is a valuable trait in a person's character. This is a premise that most people would agree with. True patriotism is crucial for the survival of a nation. It has replaced, for some individuals, loyalty to the ruler; because the armies that once went to war out of blind loyalty to their king now do so from a sense of patriotism that is shared by the monarch (if they happen to be fortunate enough to have one).

Patriotism is often believed to consist of a love [18]of one's country, in an affection for the familiar villages or cities, fields or streets, of one's own dwelling-place. This is a grievous error. Patriotism should be an unqualified desire for the welfare of the race as a whole. It is not really patriotic for the Englishman to say, "I love England": it is only natural. It is not patriotic for him to say, "I don't think much of foreigners": it is only a form of narrowness of mind which, in the case of England and certain other countries, happens sometimes to be rather a useful attitude, but in the case of several nations, of which a good example is Egypt, would be detrimental to their own interests. It was not unqualified patriotism that induced the Greeks to throw off the Ottoman yoke: it was largely dislike of the Turks. It is not patriotism, that is to say undiluted concern for the nation as a whole, which leads some of the modern Egyptians to prefer an entirely native government to the Anglo-Egyptian administration now obtaining in that country: it is restlessness; and I am fortunately able to define it thus without the necessity of entering the arena of polemics by an opinion as to whether that restlessness is justified or not justified.

Patriotism is often thought to mean a love for one's country, an affection for the familiar villages or cities, fields or streets of where one lives. This is a serious misconception. True patriotism should be an unconditional desire for the well-being of humanity as a whole. It's not genuinely patriotic for an English person to say, "I love England"; that’s just natural. It's not patriotic for them to say, "I don't think much of foreigners"; that’s merely a sign of a narrow mindset, which may sometimes serve a useful purpose in England and a few other places but can be harmful to the interests of many nations, like Egypt. It wasn’t pure patriotism that motivated the Greeks to break free from Ottoman rule; it was mainly their dislike for the Turks. Similarly, it isn't patriotism—meaning a true concern for the nation as a whole—that drives some modern Egyptians to prefer a fully native government over the current Anglo-Egyptian administration. It’s more about restlessness; and I can define it this way without needing to engage in the debate over whether that restlessness is justified or not.

If patriotism were but the love of one's tribe and one's dwelling-place, then such undeveloped or fallen races as, for example, the American Indians, could lay their downfall at the door of that sentiment; since the exclusive love of the tribe prevented the small bodies from amalgamating into [19]one great nation for the opposing of the invader. If patriotism were but the desire for government without interference, then the breaking up of the world's empires would be urged, and such federations as the United States of America would be intolerable.

If patriotism was just the love for one's community and home, then underdeveloped or fallen groups like the American Indians could blame their decline on that feeling; since their strong loyalty to the tribe kept smaller groups from coming together to form [19] one large nation to stand against the invaders. If patriotism was simply the wish for a government free from interference, then the collapse of the world's empires would be encouraged, and federations like the United States of America would seem unbearable.

Patriotism is, and must be, the desire for the progress and welfare of the whole nation, without any regard whatsoever to the conditions under which that progress takes place, and without any prejudice in favour either of self-government or of outside control. I have no hesitation in saying that the patriotic Pole is he who is in favour of Russian or German control of his country's affairs; for history has told him quite plainly that he cannot manage them himself. The Nationalist in any country runs the risk of being the poorest patriot in the land, for his continuous cry is for self-government, without any regard to the question as to whether such government will be beneficial to his nation in the long-run.

Patriotism is, and should be, the desire for the progress and well-being of the entire nation, regardless of the circumstances surrounding that progress, and without any bias toward self-governance or external control. I confidently assert that a patriotic Pole supports either Russian or German oversight of his country's affairs; history has made it clear to him that he can't manage them on his own. The nationalist in any country risks being the least patriotic person in the land, as he constantly demands self-governance without considering whether such governance will actually benefit his nation in the long run.

The value of history to patriotism, then, is to be assessed under two headings. In the first place, history defines the attitude which the patriot should assume. It tells him, in the clear light of experience, what is, and what is not, good for his nation, and indicates to him how much he may claim for his country. And in the second place, it gives to the patriots of those nations which have shown capacity and ability in the past a confidence in the present; it permits in them the indulgence of that [20]enthusiasm which will carry them, sure-footed, along the path of glory.

The value of history to patriotism can be looked at in two ways. First, history shapes the mindset that a patriot should have. It clearly shows what is beneficial and what is harmful to their country and helps them understand what they can rightfully expect for their nation. Second, it boosts the confidence of patriots from nations that have demonstrated strength and capability in the past; it allows them to embrace the kind of enthusiasm that will confidently guide them along the path to success. [20]

Archæology, as the discovery and classification of the facts of history, is the means by which we may obtain a true knowledge of what has happened in the past. It is the instrument with which we may dissect legend, and extract from myth its ingredients of fact. Cold history tells the Greek patriot, eager to enter the fray, that he must set little store by the precedent of the deeds of the Trojan war. It tells the English patriot that the "one jolly Englishman" of the old rhyme is not the easy vanquisher of the "two froggy Frenchmen and one Portugee" which tradition would have him believe. He is thus enabled to steer a middle course between arrant conceit and childish fright. History tells him the actual facts: history is to the patriot what "form" is to the racing man.

Archaeology, as the discovery and classification of historical facts, is the way we can gain a true understanding of what has happened in the past. It’s the tool we use to analyze legends and pull out the factual elements from myths. Cold history tells the Greek patriot, eager to join the fight, that he shouldn't place much value on the examples of the Trojan War. It tells the English patriot that the "one jolly Englishman" of the old rhyme isn't the easy conqueror of the "two froggy Frenchmen and one Portugee" that tradition would have him believe. This allows him to find a balance between complete arrogance and childish fear. History presents him with the actual facts: history is to the patriot what "form" is to the race car driver.

In the case of the English (Heaven be praised!) history opens up a boundless vista for the patriotic. The Englishman seldom realises how much he has to be proud of in his history, or how loudly the past cries upon him to be of good cheer. One hears much nowadays of England's peril, and it is good that the red signals of danger should sometimes be displayed. But let every Englishman remember that history can tell him of greater perils faced successfully; of mighty armies commanded by the greatest generals the world has ever known, held in check year after year, and finally crushed by England; of vast fleets scattered [21]or destroyed by English sailors; of almost impregnable cities captured by British troops. "There is something very characteristic," writes Professor Seeley,[1] "in the indifference which we show towards the mighty phenomenon of the diffusion of our race and the expansion of our state. We seem, as it were, to have conquered and peopled half the world in a fit of absence of mind."

In the case of the English (Thank goodness!), history opens up a limitless view for the patriotic. The Englishman rarely realizes how much he has to be proud of in his history, or how loudly the past encourages him to be optimistic. We hear a lot these days about England's dangers, and it's good that warnings are sometimes raised. But every Englishman should remember that history can recount greater threats that were successfully faced; of powerful armies led by the greatest generals the world has ever known, held back year after year, and eventually defeated by England; of massive fleets scattered or destroyed by English sailors; of nearly unconquerable cities taken by British troops. "There is something very characteristic," writes Professor Seeley,[1] "in the indifference we show toward the impressive spread of our race and the growth of our state. It seems as if we’ve conquered and populated half the world without really paying attention."

[1] 'The Expansion of England,' p. 10.

[1] 'The Growth of England,' p. 10.

The history of England, and later of the British Empire, constitutes a tale so amazing that he who has the welfare of the nation as a whole at heart—that is to say, the true patriot—is justified in entertaining the most optimistic thoughts for the future. He should not be indifferent to the past: he should bear it in mind all the time. Patriotism may not often be otherwise than misguided if no study of history has been made. The patriot of one nation will wish to procure for his country a freedom which history would show him to have been its very curse; and the patriot of another nation will encourage a nervousness and restraint in his people which history would tell him was unnecessary. The English patriot has a history to read which, at the present time, it is especially needful for him to consider; and, since Egyptology is my particular province, I cannot better close this argument than by reminding the modern Egyptians that their own history of four thousand years and its teaching must be considered by them [22]when they speak of patriotism. A nation so talented as the descendants of the Pharaohs, so industrious, so smart and clever, should give a far larger part of its attention to the arts, crafts, and industries, of which Egyptian archæology has to tell so splendid a story.

The history of England, and later the British Empire, is such an incredible story that anyone who truly cares about the nation's well-being—the real patriot—has every reason to be hopeful about the future. It's important not to ignore the past; it should always be kept in mind. Patriotism can often be misguided if one hasn’t studied history. A patriot of one country might seek a freedom that history shows to have been a curse, while a patriot of another country might instill unnecessary anxiety and restraint in their people based on misguided beliefs. The English patriot has a history to reflect on that is especially important right now, and since Egyptology is my field of expertise, I can't conclude this argument without reminding modern Egyptians that their own four-thousand-year history and its lessons must be considered when they discuss patriotism. A nation as talented as the descendants of the Pharaohs, so hardworking, intelligent, and resourceful, should focus much more on the arts, crafts, and industries, which Egyptian archaeology showcases so magnificently. [22]

As a final argument for the value of the study of history and archæology an aspect of the question may be placed before the reader which will perhaps be regarded as fanciful, but which, in all sincerity, I believe to be sober sense.

As a final point about the importance of studying history and archaeology, there's an idea I’d like to present that some may find imaginative; however, I genuinely believe it carries practical significance.

In this life of ours which, under modern conditions, is lived at so great a speed, there is a growing need for a periodical pause wherein the mind may adjust the relationship of the things that have been to those that are. So rapidly are our impressions received and assimilated, so individually are they shaped or classified, that, in whatever direction our brains lead us, we are speedily carried beyond that province of thought which is common to us all. A man who lives alone finds himself, in a few months, out of touch with the thought of his contemporaries; and, similarly, a man who lives in what is called an up-to-date manner soon finds himself grown unsympathetic to the sober movement of the world's slow round-about.

In our fast-paced modern life, there’s an increasing need for regular breaks where we can realign our thoughts about the past with the present. Our experiences come at us so quickly and are processed in such personal ways that, no matter where our minds wander, we quickly move beyond the shared understanding we all have. A person who lives alone may find themselves out of touch with contemporary thoughts in just a few months; likewise, someone who lives in a so-called modern way may find themselves becoming indifferent to the steady pace of the world around them.

Now, the man who lives alone presently developes some of the recognised eccentricities of the recluse, which, on his return to society, cause him to be regarded as a maniac; and the man [23]who lives entirely in the present cannot argue that the characteristics which he has developed are less maniacal because they are shared by his associates. Rapidly he, too, has become eccentric; and just as the solitary man must needs come into the company of his fellows if he would retain a healthy mind, so the man who lives in the present must allow himself occasional intercourse with the past if he would keep his balance.

Now, the man who lives alone starts to develop some of the typical quirks of a recluse, which, when he returns to society, make others see him as crazy; and the man who focuses entirely on the present can't claim that the traits he's picked up are less crazy just because his friends share them. Quickly, he, too, has become eccentric; and just as the solitary man needs to be around others to maintain a healthy mind, the man who lives in the present must allow himself some interaction with the past if he wants to stay balanced.

Plate 3a
Plate 3b
[Photo by E. Brugsch Pasha.
Heavy gold earrings of Queen Tausert of Dynasty XX. An example of the work of ancient Egyptian goldsmiths.—Cairo Museum.
Pl. iii.


Heraclitus, in a quotation preserved by Sextus Empiricus,[1] writes: "It behoves us to follow the common reason of the world; yet, though there is a common reason in the world, the majority live as though they possessed a wisdom peculiar each unto himself alone." Every one of us who considers his mentality an important part of his constitution should endeavour to give himself ample opportunities of adjusting his mind to this "common reason" which is the silver thread that runs unbroken throughout history. We should remember the yesterdays, that we may know what the pother of to-day is about; and we should foretell to-morrow not by to-day but by every day that has been.

Heraclitus, in a quote preserved by Sextus Empiricus,[1] says: "We should align ourselves with the common reason of the world; however, even though there's a shared reason out there, most people act as if their own understanding is the only one that matters." Each of us who views our mindset as a crucial part of who we are should strive to give ourselves plenty of chances to align our thoughts with this "common reason," which is the continuous thread running through history. We should reflect on the past so we can understand what today's fuss is really about; and we should predict tomorrow not based on today, but on every day that has come before.

[1] Bywater: 'Heracliti Ephesii Reliquiæ,' p. 38.

[1] Bywater: 'Heraclitus of Ephesus: The Remnants,' p. 38.

Forgetfulness is so common a human failing. In our rapid transit through life we are so inclined to forget the past stages of the journey. All things pass by and are swallowed up in a moment of time. Experiences crowd upon us; the events of our life occur, are recorded by our busy brains, [24]are digested, and are forgotten before the substance of which they were made has resolved into its elements. We race through the years, and our progress is headlong through the days.

Forgetfulness is a common human flaw. As we rush through life, we're often inclined to forget the earlier parts of our journey. Everything passes by and is gone in an instant. Experiences pile up; the events of our lives happen, are noted by our busy minds, [24]are processed, and are forgotten before the essence of what they were has broken down into its components. We speed through the years, and our progress is a blur through the days.

Everything, as it is done with, is swept up into the basket of the past, and the busy handmaids, unless we check them, toss the contents, good and bad, on to the great rubbish heap of the world's waste. Loves, hates, gains, losses, all things upon which we do not lay fierce and strong hands, are gathered into nothingness, and, with a few exceptions, are utterly forgotten.

Everything, as it's wrapped up, is thrown into the basket of the past, and the busy helpers, if we don’t intervene, dump the contents, both good and bad, onto the huge trash pile of the world's waste. Loves, hates, gains, losses—everything we don't hold onto fiercely is swept into nothingness and, with a few exceptions, is completely forgotten.

And we, too, will soon have passed, and our little brains which have forgotten so much will be forgotten. We shall be throttled out of the world and pressed by the clumsy hands of Death into the mould of that same rubbish-hill of oblivion, unless there be a stronger hand to save us. We shall be cast aside, and left behind by the hurrying crowd, unless there be those who will see to it that our soul, like that of John Brown, goes marching along. There is only one human force stronger than death, and that force is History, By it the dead are made to live again: history is the salvation of the mortal man as religion is the salvation of his immortal life.

And we, too, will soon be gone, and our little minds that have forgotten so much will be forgotten as well. We will be choked out of existence and pushed by the heavy hands of Death into the same pile of oblivion, unless there’s a stronger force to save us. We will be set aside and left behind by the rushing crowd, unless there are those who will ensure that our spirit, like that of John Brown, keeps moving forward. There is only one human force stronger than death, and that force is History. Through it, the dead are brought back to life: history is the salvation of mortal beings just as religion is the salvation of their immortal souls.

Sometimes, then, in our race from day to day it is necessary to stop the headlong progress of experience, and, for an hour, to look back upon the past. Often, before we remember to direct our mind to it, that past is already blurred, and dim. [25]The picture is out of focus, and turning from it in sorrow instantly the flight of our time begins again. This should not be. "There is," says Emerson, "a relationship between the hours of our life and the centuries of time." Let us give history and archæology its due attention; for thus not only shall we be rendering a service to all the dead, not only shall we be giving a reason and a usefulness to their lives, but we shall also lend to our own thought a balance which in no otherwise can be obtained, we shall adjust ourselves to the true movement of the world, and, above all, we shall learn how best to serve that nation to which it is our inestimable privilege to belong.

Sometimes, in our rush from day to day, we need to pause the relentless flow of experience and take an hour to reflect on the past. Often, before we even think to do so, that past becomes blurry and faint. [25]The image is out of focus, and as we turn away from it in sadness, the rush of time starts up again. This shouldn’t be the case. "There is," says Emerson, "a connection between the hours of our lives and the centuries of time." We should give history and archaeology the attention they deserve; by doing so, not only do we honor those who came before us and find meaning in their lives, but we also bring balance to our own thoughts that we can't achieve in any other way. We'll align ourselves with the true progress of the world, and, most importantly, we'll learn how to best serve the nation that it is our invaluable privilege to be a part of.


[26]

CHAPTER II.

THE EGYPTIAN EMPIRE.

"History," says Sir J. Seeley, "lies before science as a mass of materials out of which a political doctrine can be deduced.... Politics are vulgar when they are not liberalised by history, and history fades into mere literature when it loses sight of its relation to practical politics.... Politics and history are only different aspects of the same study."[1]

"History," says Sir J. Seeley, "presents itself to science as a collection of materials from which we can derive a political theory.... Politics become shallow when not enriched by history, and history turns into just literature when it forgets its connection to real political issues.... Politics and history are simply different sides of the same investigation."[1]

[1] 'The Expansion of England.'

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 'The Growth of England.'

These words, spoken by a great historian, form the keynote of a book which has run into nearly twenty editions; and they may therefore be regarded as having some weight. Yet what historian of old Egyptian affairs concerns himself with the present welfare and future prospects of the country, or how many statesmen in Egypt give close attention to a study of the past? To the former the Egypt of modern times offers no scope for his erudition, and gives him no opportunity of making "discoveries," which is all he cares about. To the latter, Egyptology appears to be [27]but a pleasant amusement, the main value of which is the finding of pretty scarabs suitable for the necklaces of one's lady friends. Neither the one nor the other would for a moment admit that Egyptology and Egyptian politics "are only different aspects of the same study." And yet there can be no doubt that they are.

These words, spoken by a great historian, form the cornerstone of a book that has gone through nearly twenty editions; therefore, they can be seen as having some significance. But how many historians focused on ancient Egyptian affairs actually care about the current well-being and future prospects of the country, or how many statesmen in Egypt pay serious attention to studying the past? For the former, modern Egypt offers no ground for their expertise and no chance to make “discoveries,” which is all they really care about. For the latter, Egyptology seems to be nothing more than a pleasant hobby, the main purpose of which is finding pretty scarabs to give to their lady friends. Neither group would ever acknowledge that Egyptology and Egyptian politics “are just different sides of the same coin.” And yet, there’s no doubt that they are.

It will be argued that the historian of ancient Egypt deals with a period so extremely remote that it can have no bearing upon the conditions of modern times, when the inhabitants of Egypt have altered their language, religion, and customs, and the Mediterranean has ceased to be the active centre of the civilised world. But it is to be remembered that the study of Egyptology carries one down to the Muhammedan invasion without much straining of the term, and merges then into the study of the Arabic period at so many points that no real termination can be given to the science; while the fact of the remoteness of its beginnings but serves to give it a greater value, since the vista before the eyes is wider.

It will be noted that the historian of ancient Egypt examines a time so far back that it seems irrelevant to modern conditions, especially since the people of Egypt have changed their language, religion, and customs, and the Mediterranean is no longer the bustling center of civilization. However, it's important to recognize that the study of Egyptology extends up to the Muslim invasion without much difficulty and seamlessly transitions into the study of the Arabic period at many points, making it impossible to draw a clear line for the field; moreover, the distant origins of the subject only enhance its significance, as it offers a broader perspective.

It is my object in this chapter to show that the ancient history of Egypt has a real bearing on certain aspects of the polemics of the country. I need not again touch upon the matters which were referred to on page 8 in order to demonstrate this fact. I will take but one subject—namely, that of Egypt's foreign relations and her wars in other lands. It will be best, for this purpose, to show first of all that the ancient and [28]modern Egyptians are one and the same people; and, secondly, that the political conditions, broadly speaking, are much the same now as they have been throughout history.

It’s my goal in this chapter to show that the ancient history of Egypt is relevant to certain aspects of the country's debates. I don’t need to revisit the issues mentioned on page 8 to prove this point. I’ll focus on one topic—Egypt's foreign relations and her wars in other lands. For this purpose, it will be helpful to first demonstrate that the ancient and modern Egyptians are essentially the same people; and, second, that the political conditions, broadly speaking, are largely unchanged from what they have been throughout history.

Professor Elliot Smith, F.R.S., has shown clearly enough, from the study of bones of all ages, that the ancient and modern inhabitants of the Nile Valley are precisely the same people anthropologically; and this fact at once sets the matter upon an unique footing: for, with the possible exception of China, there is no nation in the world which can be proved thus to have retained its type for so long a period. This one fact makes any parallel with Greece or Rome impossible. The modern Greeks have not much in common, anthropologically, with the ancient Greeks, for the blood has become very mixed; the Italians are not the same as the old Romans; the English are the result of a comparatively recent conglomeration of types. But in Egypt the subjects of archaic Pharaohs, it seems certain, were exactly similar to those of the modern Khedives, and new blood has never been introduced into the nation to an appreciable extent, not even by the Arabs. Thus, if there is any importance in the bearing of history upon politics, we have in Egypt a better chance of appreciating it than we have in the case of any other country.

Professor Elliot Smith, F.R.S., has clearly demonstrated, through his study of bones from various historical periods, that the ancient and modern inhabitants of the Nile Valley are essentially the same people from an anthropological standpoint. This fact puts the situation on a unique level: aside from possibly China, no other nation in the world can be shown to have maintained its identity for such an extended time. This singular fact makes any comparison with Greece or Rome impossible. Modern Greeks share little in common, anthropologically, with ancient Greeks because their bloodlines have become heavily mixed; Italians are not the same as the ancient Romans; and the English are the product of a relatively recent mix of various groups. However, in Egypt, it seems certain that the subjects of the ancient Pharaohs were very similar to those of the modern Khedives, and there has been little introduction of new blood into the population, even from the Arabs. Therefore, if the relationship between history and politics holds any significance, Egypt offers us a better opportunity to understand it than any other country.

It is true that the language has altered, but this is not a matter of first-rate importance. A Jew is not less typical because he speaks German, [29]French, or English; and the cracking of skulls in Ireland is introduced as easily in English as it was in Erse. The old language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs actually is not yet quite dead; for, in its Coptic form, it is still spoken by many Christian Egyptians, who will salute their friends in that tongue, or bid them good-morning or good-night. Ancient Egyptian in this form is read in the Coptic churches; and God is called upon by that same name which was given to Amon and his colleagues. Many old Egyptian words have crept into the Arabic language, and are now in common use in the country; while often the old words are confused with Arabic words of similar sound. Thus, at Abydos, the archaic fortress is now called the Shunet es Zebib, which in Arabic would have the inexplicable meaning "the store-house of raisins"; but in the old Egyptian language its name, of similar sound, meant "the fortress of the Ibis-jars," several of these sacred birds having been buried there in jars, after the place had been disused as a military stronghold. A large number of Egyptian towns still bear their hieroglyphical names: Aswan, (Kom) Ombo, Edfu, Esneh, Keft, Kus, Keneh, Dendereh, for example. The real origin of these being now forgotten, some of them have been given false Arabic derivations, and stories have been invented to account for the peculiar significance of the words thus introduced. The word Silsileh in Arabic means "a chain," and a place in Upper Egypt which bears that name [30]is now said to be so called because a certain king here stretched a chain across the river to interrupt the shipping; but in reality the name is derived from a mispronounced hieroglyphical word meaning "a boundary." Similarly the town of Damanhur in Lower Egypt is said to be the place at which a great massacre took place, for in Arabic the name may be interpreted as meaning "rivers of blood," whereas actually the name in Ancient Egyptian means simply "the Town of Horus." The archæological traveller in Egypt meets with instances of the continued use of the language of the Pharaohs at every turn; and there are few things that make the science of Egyptology more alive, or remove it further from the dusty atmosphere of the museum, than this hearing of the old words actually spoken by the modern inhabitants of the land.

It’s true that the language has changed, but this isn’t a big deal. A Jew isn’t any less typical just because he speaks German, French, or English; and the violence in Ireland can be just as easily discussed in English as it could in Irish. The ancient language of Egyptian hieroglyphs isn’t completely gone; in its Coptic form, it’s still spoken by many Christian Egyptians, who greet each other in that language or say good morning or good night. Ancient Egyptian in this form is read in Coptic churches, and God is called by the same name that was given to Amon and the others. Many old Egyptian words have made their way into the Arabic language, and they’re now commonly used in the country; often, the old words are mixed up with Arabic words that sound similar. For example, in Abydos, the old fortress is now called Shunet es Zebib, which in Arabic means "the store-house of raisins"; but in the old Egyptian language, a name that sounds similar meant "the fortress of the Ibis-jars," as several of these sacred birds were buried there in jars after the place stopped being used as a military stronghold. A lot of Egyptian towns still have their hieroglyphic names: Aswan, (Kom) Ombo, Edfu, Esneh, Keft, Kus, Keneh, Dendereh, to name a few. The true origins of these names have been forgotten; some have even been given incorrect Arabic explanations, and stories have been made up to explain the odd meanings of the words they now use. The word Silsileh in Arabic means "a chain," and a place in Upper Egypt with that name is now said to be so called because a certain king stretched a chain across the river to stop the shipping; but actually, the name comes from a mispronounced hieroglyphical word that means "a boundary." Likewise, the town of Damanhur in Lower Egypt is said to be where a great massacre took place because, in Arabic, the name could be interpreted as "rivers of blood," whereas, in Ancient Egyptian, it simply means "the Town of Horus." The archaeological traveler in Egypt encounters many examples of the continued use of the language of the Pharaohs in various forms; and few things make the study of Egyptology more dynamic, or distance it from the dusty atmosphere of a museum, than hearing the old words actually spoken by the modern inhabitants of the land.

The religion of Ancient Egypt, like those of Greece and Rome, was killed by Christianity, which largely gave place, at a later date, to Muhammedanism; and yet, in the hearts of the people there are still an extraordinary number of the old pagan beliefs. I will mention a few instances, taking them at random from my memory.

The religion of Ancient Egypt, like those of Greece and Rome, was wiped out by Christianity, which was later, for the most part, replaced by Islam; however, many old pagan beliefs still linger in the hearts of the people. I’ll share a few examples, chosen randomly from my memory.

In, ancient days the ithiphallic god Min was the patron of the crops, who watched over the growth of the grain. In modern times a degenerate figure of this god Min, made of whitewashed wood and mud, may be seen standing, like a scarecrow, in [31]the fields throughout Egypt. When the sailors cross the Nile they may often be heard singing Ya Amuni, Ya Amuni, "O Amon, O Amon," as though calling upon that forgotten god for assistance. At Aswan those who are about to travel far still go up to pray at the site of the travellers' shrine, which was dedicated to the gods of the cataracts. At Thebes the women climb a certain hill to make their supplications at the now lost sanctuary of Meretsegert, the serpent-goddess of olden times. A snake, the relic of the household goddess, is often kept as a kind of pet in the houses of the peasants. Barren women still go to the ruined temples of the forsaken gods in the hope that there is virtue in the stones; and I myself have given permission to disappointed husbands to take their childless wives to these places, where they have kissed the stones and embraced the figures of the gods. The hair of the jackal is burnt in the presence of dying people, even of the upper classes, unknowingly to avert the jackal-god Anubis, the Lord of Death. A scarab representing the god of creation is sometimes placed in the bath of a young married woman to give virtue to the water. A decoration in white paint over the doorways of certain houses in the south is a relic of the religious custom of placing a bucranium there to avert evil. Certain temple-watchmen still call upon the spirits resident in the sanctuaries to depart before they will enter the building. At Karnak a statue of the goddess [32]Sekhmet is regarded with holy awe; and the goddess who once was said to have massacred mankind is even now thought to delight in slaughter. The golden barque of Amon-Ra, which once floated upon the sacred lake of Karnak, is said to be seen sometimes by the natives at the present time, who have not yet forgotten its former existence. In the processional festival of Abu'l Haggag, the patron saint of Luxor, whose mosque and tomb stand upon the ruins of the Temple of Amon, a boat is dragged over the ground in unwitting remembrance of the dragging of the boat of Amon in the processions of that god. Similarly in the Mouled el Nebi procession at Luxor, boats placed upon carts are drawn through the streets, just as one may see them in the ancient paintings and reliefs. The patron gods of Kom Ombo, Horur and Sebek, yet remain in the memories of the peasants of the neighbourhood as the two brothers who lived in the temple in the days of old. A robber entering a tomb will smash the eyes of the figures of the gods and deceased persons represented therein, that they may not observe his actions, just as did his ancestors four thousand years ago. At Gurneh a farmer recently broke the arms of an ancient statue, which lay half-buried near his fields, because he believed that they had damaged his crops. In the south of Egypt a pot of water is placed upon the graves of the dead, that their ghost, or ka, as it would have been called in old [33]times, may not suffer from thirst; and the living will sometimes call upon the name of the dead, standing at night in the cemeteries.

In ancient days, the ithyphallic god Min was the protector of crops, overseeing the growth of grain. Nowadays, a crude version of this god Min, made from whitewashed wood and mud, can be seen standing like a scarecrow in the fields across Egypt. When sailors cross the Nile, they can often be heard singing Ya Amuni, Ya Amuni, "O Amon, O Amon," as if invoking that forgotten god for help. In Aswan, those about to travel long distances still go to pray at the travelers' shrine, dedicated to the gods of the cataracts. In Thebes, women climb a specific hill to pray at the now-lost sanctuary of Meretsegert, the ancient serpent-goddess. A snake, a remnant of the household goddess, is often kept as a pet in peasant homes. Barren women still visit the ruined temples of forsaken gods, hoping for the stones to hold some power; and I've allowed disappointed husbands to take their childless wives to these places, where they've kissed the stones and embraced the gods' figures. The hair of a jackal is burned in the presence of dying individuals, even among the upper classes, unwittingly attempting to ward off the jackal-god Anubis, the Lord of Death. A scarab symbolizing the god of creation is sometimes placed in a young married woman's bath to bless the water. A decoration in white paint above the doorways of some southern houses is a remnant of the religious practice of placing a bucranium there to fend off evil. Certain temple-watchers still call upon the spirits residing in the sanctuaries to leave before entering the building. At Karnak, a statue of the goddess [32]Sekhmet is regarded with great reverence; the goddess, once said to have slaughtered humanity, is still thought to revel in bloodshed. The golden barque of Amon-Ra, which once floated on the sacred lake of Karnak, is reportedly still seen by locals today, who haven't forgotten its former existence. During the processional festival of Abu'l Haggag, the patron saint of Luxor, whose mosque and tomb are built on the ruins of the Temple of Amon, a boat is pulled along the ground unknowingly recalling the dragging of Amon's boat in the god’s processions. Similarly, in the Mouled el Nebi procession at Luxor, boats placed on carts are drawn through the streets, just as depicted in ancient paintings and reliefs. The patron gods of Kom Ombo, Horur and Sebek, still linger in the memories of local peasants as the two brothers who inhabited the temple in ancient times. A tomb robber will smash the eyes of the statues of gods and deceased individuals represented within, so they won’t witness his actions, just as their ancestors did four thousand years ago. Recently, in Gurneh, a farmer broke the arms of an ancient statue half-buried near his fields, believing it had harmed his crops. In the south of Egypt, a pot of water is placed on the graves of the dead, so their spirit, or ka, as it was called in old times, won't suffer from thirst; and the living sometimes call out the names of the dead while standing in cemeteries at night.

The ancient magic of Egypt is still widely practised, and many of the formulæ used in modern times are familiar to the Egyptologist. The Egyptian, indeed, lives in a world much influenced by magic and thickly populated by spirits, demons, and djins. Educated men holding Government appointments, and dressing in the smartest European manner, will describe their miraculous adventures and their meetings with djins. An Egyptian gentleman holding an important administrative post, told me the other day how his cousin was wont to change himself into a cat at night time, and to prowl about the town. When a boy, his father noticed this peculiarity, and on one occasion chased and beat the cat, with the result that the boy's body next morning was found to be covered with stripes and bruises. The uncle of my informant once read such strong language (magically) in a certain book that it began to tremble violently, and finally made a dash for it out of the window. This same personage was once sitting beneath a palm-tree with a certain magician (who, I fear, was also a conjurer), when, happening to remark on the clusters of dates twenty feet or so above his head, his friend stretched his arms upwards and his hands were immediately filled with the fruit. At another time this magician left his [34]overcoat by mistake in a railway carriage, and only remembered it when the train was a mere speck upon the horizon; but, on the utterance of certain words, the coat immediately flew through the air back to him.

The ancient magic of Egypt is still widely practiced, and many of the spells used today are familiar to Egyptologists. Egyptians really live in a world heavily influenced by magic, filled with spirits, demons, and djinn. Educated people in government positions, dressed in the sharpest European fashion, share their incredible adventures and meetings with djinn. An Egyptian gentleman in a high administrative role recently told me how his cousin would turn into a cat at night and wander around town. As a boy, his father noticed this strange behavior and once chased and beat the cat, resulting in the boy being found the next morning covered in stripes and bruises. My informant's uncle once read a powerful spell from a certain book that made it shake violently and ultimately jump out of the window. This same person was sitting under a palm tree with a magician (who, I suspect, was also a trickster) when he casually commented on the clusters of dates twenty feet above him; his friend raised his arms, and his hands were instantly filled with the fruit. On another occasion, this magician accidentally left his overcoat in a train carriage and only realized it when the train was just a dot on the horizon; however, after saying certain words, the coat flew back to him through the air.

I mention these particular instances because they were told to me by educated persons; but amongst the peasants even more incredible stories are gravely accepted. The Omdeh, or headman, of the village of Chaghb, not far from Luxor, submitted an official complaint to the police a short time ago against an afrit or devil which was doing much mischief to him and his neighbours, snatching up oil-lamps and pouring the oil over the terrified villagers, throwing stones at passers-by, and so forth. Spirits of the dead in like manner haunt the living, and often do them mischief. At Luxor, lately, the ghost of a well-known robber persecuted his widow to such an extent that she finally went mad. A remarkable parallel to this case, dating from Pharaonic days, may be mentioned. It is the letter of a haunted widower to his dead wife, in which he asks her why she persecutes him, since he was always kind to her during her life, nursed her through illnesses, and never grieved her heart.[1]

I bring up these specific examples because they were shared with me by educated individuals; however, even among the peasants, even more unbelievable stories are taken seriously. The omdeh, or headman, of the village of Chaghb, not far from Luxor, recently filed an official complaint with the police about an afrit, or devil, that was causing a lot of trouble for him and his neighbors. This spirit was snatching oil lamps and pouring the oil over the frightened villagers, throwing stones at people passing by, and more. Similarly, spirits of the dead haunt the living and often cause them harm. Recently in Luxor, the ghost of a well-known robber tormented his widow to the point that she eventually went mad. A strikingly similar case from Pharaonic times can be noted. It's a letter from a haunted widower to his deceased wife, in which he asks her why she torments him since he was always kind to her during her life, took care of her when she was ill, and never hurt her feelings.[1]

[1] Maspero: 'Études egyptologiques,' i. 145.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Maspero: 'Egyptian Studies,' vol. 1, p. 145.

These instances might be multiplied, but those which I have quoted will serve to show that the old gods are still alive, and that the famous magic of the Egyptians is not yet a thing of the [35]past. Let us now turn to the affairs of everyday life.

These examples could be increased, but the ones I've mentioned will demonstrate that the old gods are still around, and the renowned magic of the Egyptians is not just a relic of the [35]past. Now, let's focus on the matters of daily life.

An archæological traveller in Egypt cannot fail to observe the similarity between old and modern customs as he rides through the villages and across the fields. The houses, when not built upon the European plan, are surprisingly like those of ancient days. The old cornice still survives, and the rows of dried palm stems, from which its form was originally derived, are still to be seen on the walls of gardens and courtyards. The huts or shelters of dried corn-stalks, so often erected in the fields, are precisely the same as those used in prehistoric days; and the archaic bunches of corn-stalks smeared with mud, which gave their form to later stone columns, are set up to this day, though their stone posterity are now in ruins. Looking through the doorway of one of these ancient houses, the traveller, perhaps, sees a woman grinding corn or kneading bread in exactly the same manner as her ancestress did in the days of the Pharaohs. Only the other day a native asked to be allowed to purchase from us some of the ancient millstones lying in one of the Theban temples, in order to re-use them on his farm. The traveller will notice, in some shady corner, the village barber shaving the heads and faces of his patrons, just as he is seen in the Theban tomb-paintings of thousands of years ago; and the small boys who scamper across the road will have just the same tufts of hair left for decoration on their [36]shaven heads as had the boys of ancient Thebes and Memphis. In another house, where a death has occurred, the mourning women, waving the same blue cloth which was the token of mourning in ancient days, will toss their arms about in gestures familiar to every student of ancient scenes. Presently the funeral will issue forth, and the men will sing that solemn yet cheery tune which never fails to call to mind the far-famed Maneros—that song which Herodotus describes as a plaintive funeral dirge, and which Plutarch asserts was suited at the same time to festive occasions. In some other house a marriage will be taking place, and the singers and pipers will, in like manner, recall the scenes upon the monuments. The former have a favourite gesture—the placing of the hand behind the ear as they sing—which is frequently shown in ancient representations of such festive scenes. The dancing girls, too, are here to be seen, their eyes and cheeks heavily painted, as were those of their ancestresses; and in their hands are the same tambourines as are carried by their class in Pharaonic paintings and reliefs. The same date-wine which intoxicated the worshippers of the Egyptian Bacchus goes the round of this village company, and the same food stuff, the same small, flat loaves of bread, are eaten.

An archaeological traveler in Egypt can't help but notice the similarities between ancient and modern customs as they ride through the villages and across the fields. The houses, when not built in a European style, are surprisingly similar to those from ancient times. The old cornice still exists, and the dried palm fronds that inspired its shape can still be seen on the walls of gardens and courtyards. The huts or shelters made of dried corn stalks, commonly set up in the fields, are exactly like those used in prehistoric times; and the old bundles of corn stalks covered in mud, which inspired later stone columns, are still in use today, even though their stone counterparts are now in ruins. Looking through the doorway of one of these ancient houses, the traveler might see a woman grinding corn or kneading bread just like her ancestor did in the days of the Pharaohs. Just the other day, a local asked if he could buy some of the ancient millstones lying in one of the Theban temples to use on his farm. The traveler will notice, in a shady corner, the village barber shaving the heads and faces of his customers, just like in the Theban tomb paintings from thousands of years ago; and the little boys running across the road will have the same tufts of hair left for decoration on their shaven heads as the boys from ancient Thebes and Memphis did. In another house, where someone has died, the mourning women, waving the same blue cloth that represented mourning in ancient times, will move their arms in gestures familiar to anyone who studies ancient scenes. Soon, the funeral will come out, and the men will sing that solemn yet cheerful tune that always reminds you of the famous Maneros—the song that Herodotus described as a sad funeral dirge, which Plutarch claimed was also suitable for festive occasions. In another house, a wedding is happening, and the singers and pipers will similarly remind you of scenes from the monuments. The singers have a favorite gesture—the hand positioned behind the ear as they sing—which frequently appears in ancient depictions of such festive scenes. The dancing girls can also be seen here, their eyes and cheeks heavily painted, just like their ancient ancestors; and in their hands are the same tambourines that their counterparts held in Pharaonic paintings and reliefs. The same date wine that intoxicated the worshippers of the Egyptian Bacchus is being passed around this village gathering, along with the same food—the same small, flat loaves of bread.

Passing out into the fields the traveller observes the ground raked into the small squares for irrigation which the prehistoric farmer made; and the [37]plough is shaped as it always was. The shadoof, or water-hoist, is patiently worked as it has been for thousands of years; while the cylindrical hoist employed in Lower Egypt was invented and introduced in Ptolemaic times. Threshing and winnowing proceed in the manner represented on the monuments, and the methods of sowing and reaping have not changed. Along the embanked roads, men, cattle, and donkeys file past against the sky-line, recalling the straight rows of such figures depicted so often upon the monuments. Overhead there flies the vulture goddess Nekheb, and the hawk Horus hovers near by. Across the road ahead slinks the jackal, Anubis; under one's feet crawls Khepera, the scarab; and there, under the sacred tree, sleeps the horned ram of Amon. In all directions the hieroglyphs of the ancient Egyptians pass to and fro, as though some old temple-inscription had come to life. The letter m, the owl, goes hooting past. The letter a, the eagle, circles overhead; the sign ur, the wagtail, flits at the roadside, chirping at the sign rekh, the peewit. Along the road comes the sign ab, the frolicking calf; and near it is ka, the bull; while behind them walks the sign fa, a man carrying a basket on his head. In all directions are the figures from which the ancients made their hieroglyphical script; and thus that wonderful old writing at once ceases to be mysterious, a thing of long ago, and one realises how natural a product of the country it was.

Stepping out into the fields, the traveler notices the ground divided into small plots for irrigation, a method used by ancient farmers. The plow is still shaped as it always has been. The shadoof, or water hoist, is being operated patiently just as it has been for thousands of years, while the cylindrical hoist seen in Lower Egypt was invented and introduced during the Ptolemaic period. Threshing and winnowing are done just like in the scenes found on the monuments, and the ways of sowing and harvesting remain unchanged. Along the raised roads, people, cattle, and donkeys pass by against the skyline, reminiscent of the straight rows of figures commonly depicted on monuments. Above, the vulture goddess Nekheb flies, and the hawk Horus hovers nearby. Ahead, the jackal Anubis sneaks across the road; at one’s feet, Khepera, the scarab, crawls; and there, under the sacred tree, the horned ram of Amon sleeps. All around, hieroglyphs from ancient Egypt drift back and forth, as if some old temple inscription has come to life. The letter m, represented by the owl, hoots by. The letter a, the eagle, circles overhead; the sign ur, the wagtail, flits by the roadside, chirping to the sign rekh, the peewit. Along the road comes the sign ab, the frolicking calf; nearby stands ka, the bull; and following them is the sign fa, a man carrying a basket on his head. All around are the figures from which the ancients created their hieroglyphic script, making that amazing old writing feel less mysterious, less of a relic of the past, and showing how naturally it belonged to the land.

Plate 4
[Photo by E. Bird.
In the palm-groves near Sakkâra, Egypt.
Plate IV.


[38]In a word, ancient and modern Egyptians are fundamentally similar. Nor is there any great difference to be observed between the country's relations with foreign powers in ancient days and those of the last hundred years. As has been seen in the last chapter, Egypt was usually occupied by a foreign power, or ruled by a foreign dynasty, just as at the present day; and a foreign army was retained in the country during most of the later periods of ancient history. There were always numerous foreigners settled in Egypt, and in Ptolemaic and Roman times Alexandria and Memphis swarmed with them. The great powers of the civilised world were always watching Egypt as they do now, not always in a friendly attitude to that one of themselves which occupied the country; and the chief power with which Egypt was concerned in the time of the Ramesside Pharaohs inhabited Asia Minor and perhaps Turkey, just as in the middle ages and the last century. Then, as in modern times, Egypt had much of her attention held by the Sudan, and constant expeditions had to be made into the regions above the cataracts. Thus it cannot be argued that ancient history offers no precedent for modern affairs because all things have now changed. Things have changed extremely little, broadly speaking; and general lines of conduct have the same significance at the present time as they had in the past.

[38]In short, ancient and modern Egyptians are fundamentally alike. There isn’t much difference between how the country interacted with foreign powers in ancient times and in the past hundred years. As noted in the last chapter, Egypt was often under the control of a foreign power or ruled by a foreign dynasty, just like today; and a foreign army was present in the country during most of the later periods of ancient history. There were always many foreigners living in Egypt, and during the Ptolemaic and Roman periods, Alexandria and Memphis were full of them. The major powers of the civilized world consistently kept an eye on Egypt, just as they do now, often without a friendly attitude towards the one among them that occupied the country; and the main power with which Egypt interacted during the time of the Ramesside Pharaohs was based in Asia Minor and possibly Turkey, similar to the situation in the Middle Ages and the last century. Just like modern times, Egypt was also focused on the Sudan, necessitating frequent expeditions into the areas beyond the cataracts. Therefore, it's inaccurate to claim that ancient history has no relevance to modern affairs because everything has changed. Broadly speaking, things have hardly changed at all, and the general patterns of behavior hold the same importance now as they did in the past.

I wish now to give an outline of Egypt's relationship [39]to her most important neighbour, Syria, in order that the bearing of history upon modern political matters may be demonstrated; for it would seem that the records of the past make clear a tendency which is now somewhat overlooked. I employ this subject simply as an example.

I would like to provide an outline of Egypt's relationship to its most important neighbor, Syria, to show how history impacts modern political issues; it appears that past records highlight a trend that is currently somewhat ignored. I use this topic merely as an example.

From the earliest historical times the Egyptians have endeavoured to hold Syria and Palestine as a vassal state. One of the first Pharaohs with whom we meet in Egyptian history, King Zeser of Dynasty III., is known to have sent a fleet to the Lebanon in order to procure cedar wood, and there is some evidence to show that he held sway over this country. For how many centuries previous to his reign the Pharaohs had overrun Syria we cannot now say, but there is no reason to suppose that Zeser initiated the aggressive policy of Egypt in Asia. Sahura, a Pharaoh of Dynasty V., attacked the Phoenician coast with his fleet, and returned to the Nile Valley with a number of Syrian captives. Pepi I. of the succeeding dynasty also attacked the coast-cities, and Pepi II. had considerable intercourse with Asia. Amenemhat I., of Dynasty XII., fought in Syria, and appears to have brought it once more under Egyptian sway. Senusert I. seems to have controlled the country to some extent, for Egyptians lived there in some numbers. Senusert III. won a great victory over the Asiatics in Syria; and a stela and statue belonging to Egyptian officials have been found at [40]Gezer, between Jerusalem and the sea. After each of the above-mentioned wars it is to be presumed that the Egyptians held Syria for some years, though little is now known of the events of these far-off times.

From the earliest historical times, the Egyptians have tried to keep Syria and Palestine as a vassal state. One of the first Pharaohs we encounter in Egyptian history, King Zeser of Dynasty III, is known to have sent a fleet to Lebanon to acquire cedar wood, and there’s some evidence that he had control over this area. We can’t say how many centuries before his reign the Pharaohs had invaded Syria, but there’s no reason to think that Zeser started Egypt’s aggressive policy in Asia. Sahura, a Pharaoh of Dynasty V, attacked the Phoenician coast with his fleet and returned to the Nile Valley with several Syrian captives. Pepi I from the next dynasty also attacked the coastal cities, and Pepi II had significant interactions with Asia. Amenemhat I of Dynasty XII fought in Syria and seems to have brought it back under Egyptian control. Senusert I appears to have maintained some control over the region, as there were Egyptians living in significant numbers there. Senusert III achieved a major victory over the Asiatics in Syria, and a stela and statue linked to Egyptian officials have been discovered at [40]Gezer, located between Jerusalem and the sea. After each of the wars mentioned above, it’s assumed that the Egyptians held Syria for several years, though not much is known about the events of those distant times.

During the Hyksos dynasties in Egypt there lived a Pharaoh named Khyan who was of Semitic extraction; and there is some reason to suppose that he ruled from Baghdad to the Sudan, he and his fathers having created a great Egyptian Empire by the aid of foreign troops. Egypt's connection with Asia during the Hyksos rule is not clearly defined, but the very fact that these foreign kings were anxious to call themselves "Pharaohs" shows that Egypt dominated in the east end of the Mediterranean. The Hyksos kings of Egypt very probably held Syria in fee, being possessed of both countries, but preferring to hold their court in Egypt.

During the Hyksos dynasties in Egypt, there was a Pharaoh named Khyan who was of Semitic descent. It's believed that he ruled from Baghdad to Sudan, as he and his ancestors built a powerful Egyptian Empire with the help of foreign troops. Egypt's ties to Asia during the Hyksos period aren't clearly defined, but the fact that these foreign kings wanted to be called "Pharaohs" indicates that Egypt had a significant influence in the eastern Mediterranean. The Hyksos kings likely had control over Syria as well, having territory in both regions but choosing to establish their court in Egypt.

We now come to the great Dynasty XVIII., and we learn more fully of the Egyptian invasions of Syria. Ahmosis I. drove the Hyksos out of the Delta and pursued them through Judah. His successor, Amenhotep I., appears to have seized all the country as far as the Euphrates; and Thutmosis I., his son, was able to boast that he ruled even unto that river. Thutmosis III., Egypt's greatest Pharaoh, led invasion after invasion into Syria, so that his name for generations was a terror to the inhabitants. From the Euphrates to the fourth cataract of the Nile the countries [41]acknowledged him king, and the mighty Egyptian fleet patrolled the seas. This Pharaoh fought no less than seventeen campaigns in Asia, and he left to his son the most powerful throne in the world. Amenhotep II. maintained this empire and quelled the revolts of the Asiatics with a strong hand. Thutmosis IV., his son, conducted two expeditions into Syria; and the next king, Amenhotep III., was acknowledged throughout that country.

We now arrive at the great Dynasty XVIII, where we learn more about the Egyptian invasions of Syria. Ahmosis I drove the Hyksos out of the Delta and chased them through Judah. His successor, Amenhotep I, seemed to have taken control of all the land as far as the Euphrates, and Thutmosis I, his son, could proudly say he ruled even to that river. Thutmosis III, Egypt's greatest Pharaoh, led multiple invasions into Syria, making his name a source of fear for generations among its inhabitants. From the Euphrates to the fourth cataract of the Nile, the countries [41] recognized him as king, and the powerful Egyptian fleet patrolled the seas. This Pharaoh undertook no less than seventeen campaigns in Asia and left to his son the most powerful throne in the world. Amenhotep II upheld this empire and put down revolts from the Asiatics with a firm hand. Thutmosis IV, his son, led two expeditions into Syria, and the next king, Amenhotep III, was acknowledged throughout the region.

That extraordinary dreamer, Akhnaton, the succeeding Pharaoh, allowed the empire to pass from him owing to his religious objections to war; but, after his death, Tutankhamen once more led the Egyptian armies into Asia. Horemheb also made a bid for Syria; and Seti I. recovered Palestine. Rameses II., his son, penetrated to North Syria; but, having come into contact with the new power of the Hittites, he was unable to hold the country. The new Pharaoh, Merenptah, seized Canaan and laid waste the land of Israel. A few years later, Rameses III. led his fleet and his army to the Syrian coast and defeated the Asiatics in a great sea-battle. He failed to hold the country, however, and after his death Egypt remained impotent for two centuries. Then, under Sheshonk I., of Dynasty XXII., a new attempt was made, and Jerusalem was captured. Takeloth II., of the same dynasty, sent thither an Egyptian army to help in the overthrow of Shalmaneser II.

That visionary leader, Akhnaton, the next Pharaoh, let the empire slip away due to his religious opposition to war; however, after his death, Tutankhamen once again led the Egyptian armies into Asia. Horemheb also tried to claim Syria, and Seti I. took back Palestine. His son, Rameses II., moved into North Syria, but when he encountered the rising power of the Hittites, he couldn't maintain control of the territory. The new Pharaoh, Merenptah, took Canaan and devastated the land of Israel. A few years later, Rameses III. brought his fleet and army to the Syrian coast and won a major sea battle against the Asiatics. However, he couldn't keep the territory, and after his death, Egypt was ineffective for two centuries. Then, under Sheshonk I., from Dynasty XXII, another effort was made, resulting in the capture of Jerusalem. Takeloth II., from the same dynasty, sent an Egyptian army there to assist in toppling Shalmaneser II.

From this time onwards the power of Egypt had so much declined that the invasions into Syria [42]of necessity became more rare. Shabaka of Dynasty XXV. concerned himself deeply with Asiatic politics, and attempted to bring about a state of affairs which would have given him the opportunity of seizing the country. Pharaoh Necho, of the succeeding dynasty, invaded Palestine and advanced towards the Euphrates. He recovered for Egypt her Syrian province, but it was speedily lost again. Apries, a few years later, captured the Phoenician coast and invaded Palestine; but the country did not remain for long under Egyptian rule. It is not necessary to record all the Syrian wars of the Dynasty of the Ptolemies. Egypt and Asia were now closely connected, and at several periods during this phase of Egyptian history the Asiatic province came under the control of the Pharaohs. The wars of Ptolemy I. in Syria were conducted on a large scale. In the reign of Ptolemy III. there were three campaigns, and I cannot refrain from quoting a contemporary record of the King's powers if only for the splendour of its wording:—

From this point on, Egypt's power had declined so much that invasions into Syria became much less frequent. Shabaka of Dynasty XXV was very involved in Asiatic politics and tried to create a situation that would allow him to take control of the region. Pharaoh Necho, of the next dynasty, invaded Palestine and advanced toward the Euphrates. He reclaimed Egypt's Syrian province, but it was quickly lost again. A few years later, Apries captured the Phoenician coast and invaded Palestine, but the country didn’t stay under Egyptian control for long. It’s not necessary to detail all the Syrian wars of the Ptolemaic Dynasty. Egypt and Asia were now closely linked, and at several points during this time in Egyptian history, the Asiatic province came under the Pharaohs' control. Ptolemy I's wars in Syria were conducted on a large scale. During Ptolemy III's reign, there were three campaigns, and I can't help but quote a contemporary account of the King's powers just for the elegance of its wording:—

"The great King Ptolemy ... having inherited from his father the royalty of Egypt and Libya and Syria and Phoenicia and Cyprus and Lycia and Caria and the Cyclades, set out on a campaign into Asia with infantry and cavalry forces, a naval armament and elephants, both Troglodyte and Ethiopic.... But having become master of all the country within the Euphrates, and of Cilicia and Pamphylia and Ionia and the [43]Hellespont and Thrace, and of all the military forces and elephants in these countries, and having made the monarchs in all these places his subjects, he crossed the Euphrates, and having brought under him Mesopotamia and Babylonia and Susiana and Persis and Media, and all the rest as far as Bactriana ... he sent forces through the canals——" (Here the text breaks off.)

"The great King Ptolemy, having inherited the kingship of Egypt, Libya, Syria, Phoenicia, Cyprus, Lycia, Caria, and the Cyclades from his father, embarked on a campaign into Asia with infantry, cavalry, a naval fleet, and both Troglodyte and Ethiopian elephants. After conquering all the territory within the Euphrates, as well as Cilicia, Pamphylia, Ionia, the [43] Hellespont, and Thrace, along with all the military forces and elephants in these regions, he made the rulers of these places his subjects. He then crossed the Euphrates, brought Mesopotamia, Babylonia, Susiana, Persis, and Media under his control, and extended his reach all the way to Bactriana. He sent forces through the canals——"

Later in this dynasty Ptolemy VII. was crowned King of Syria, but the kingdom did not remain long in his power. Then came the Romans, and for many years Syria and Egypt were sister provinces of one empire.

Later in this dynasty, Ptolemy VII was crowned King of Syria, but he didn’t hold onto the kingdom for long. Then the Romans came, and for many years, Syria and Egypt were sister provinces of one empire.

There is no necessity to record the close connection between the two countries in Arabic times. For a large part of that era Egypt and Syria formed part of the same empire; and we constantly find Egyptians fighting in Asia. Now, under Edh Dhahir Bebars of the Baharide Mameluke Dynasty, we see them helping to subject Syria and Armenia; now, under El-Mansur Kalaun, Damascus is captured; and now En Nasir Muhammed is found reigning from Tunis to Baghdad. In the Circassian Mameluke Dynasty we see El Muayyad crushing a revolt in Syria, and El Ashraf Bursbey capturing King John of Cyprus and keeping his hand on Syria. And so the tale continues, until, as a final picture, we see Ibrahim Pasha leading the Egyptians into Asia and crushing the Turks at Iconium.

There’s no need to document the strong bond between the two countries during Arabic times. For much of that period, Egypt and Syria were part of the same empire, and we often see Egyptians fighting in Asia. Under Edh Dhahir Bebars of the Baharide Mameluke Dynasty, they assisted in conquering Syria and Armenia; then, under El-Mansur Kalaun, Damascus is captured; and we find En Nasir Muhammed reigning from Tunis to Baghdad. In the Circassian Mameluke Dynasty, we see El Muayyad quelling a revolt in Syria, and El Ashraf Bursbey capturing King John of Cyprus and maintaining a grip on Syria. The story continues, culminating with Ibrahim Pasha leading the Egyptians into Asia and defeating the Turks at Iconium.

Such is the long list of the wars waged by Egypt [44]in Syria. Are we to suppose that these continuous incursions into Asia have suddenly come to an end? Are we to imagine that because there has been a respite for a hundred years the precedent of six thousand years has now to be disregarded? By the recent reconquest of the Sudan it has been shown that the old political necessities still exist for Egypt in the south, impelling her to be mistress of the upper reaches of the Nile. Is there now no longer any chance of her expanding in other directions should her hands become free?

Such is the long list of wars fought by Egypt [44]in Syria. Should we believe that these constant attacks into Asia have suddenly stopped? Can we really think that, just because there has been a break for a hundred years, we should ignore the history of six thousand years? The recent reclaiming of the Sudan has shown that the old political needs for Egypt still exist in the south, driving her to control the upper parts of the Nile. Is there really no possibility of her expanding in other directions if she gets the chance?

The reader may answer with the argument that in early days England made invasion after invasion into France, yet ceased after a while to do so. But this is no parallel. England was impelled to war with France because the English monarchs believed themselves to be, by inheritance, kings of a large part of France; and when they ceased to believe this they ceased to make war. The Pharaohs of Egypt never considered themselves to be kings of Syria, and never used any title suggesting an inherited sovereignty. They merely held Syria as a buffer state, and claimed no more than an overlordship there. Now Syria is still a buffer state, and the root of the trouble, therefore, still exists. Though I must disclaim all knowledge of modern politics, I am quite sure that it is no meaningless phrase to say that England will most carefully hold this tendency in check prevent an incursion into Syria; but, with a strong controlling hand relaxed, it would require more than human strength [45]to eradicate an Egyptian tendency—nay, a habit, of six thousand years' standing. Try as she might, Egypt, as far as an historian can see, would not be able to prevent herself passing ultimately into Syria again. How or when this would take place an Egyptologist cannot see, for he is accustomed to deal in long periods of time, and to consider the centuries as others might the decades. It might not come for a hundred years or more: it might come suddenly quite by accident.

The reader might argue that in the past, England repeatedly invaded France but eventually stopped. However, that's not a fair comparison. England went to war with France because the English monarchs thought they were inheriting a large part of France; when they stopped believing that, they stopped waging war. The Pharaohs of Egypt never considered themselves kings of Syria and didn’t use any titles that suggested inherited rule. They treated Syria as a buffer state and only claimed a form of overlordship there. Today, Syria remains a buffer state, and the root of the issue still exists. Although I must say I don't know much about modern politics, I'm quite certain it's not just a vague statement to say that England will closely monitor this tendency to prevent any invasion into Syria; however, if firm control were relaxed, it would take more than human effort to eliminate an Egyptian tendency—indeed, a habit—that has lasted for six thousand years. No matter how hard it tries, Egypt, as far as historians can tell, will likely end up asserting control over Syria again. The specifics of how or when this might happen are unclear to Egyptologists, as they tend to think in long time frames, viewing centuries as others do decades. It could take a hundred years or more, or it might happen suddenly by chance.

In 1907 there was a brief moment when Egypt appeared to be, quite unknowingly, on the verge of an attempted reconquest of her lost province. There was a misunderstanding with Turkey regarding the delineation of the Syrio-Sinaitic frontier; and, immediately, the Egyptian Government took strong action and insisted that the question should be settled. Had there been bloodshed the seat of hostilities would have been Syria; and supposing that Egypt had been victorious, she would have pushed the opposing forces over the North Syrian frontier into Asia Minor, and when peace was declared she would have found herself dictating terms from a point of vantage three hundred miles north of Jerusalem. Can it be supposed that she would then have desired to abandon the reconquered territory?

In 1907, there was a short period when Egypt seemed to be, unknowingly, on the brink of trying to reclaim her lost province. A disagreement arose with Turkey about the Syrio-Sinaitic border, and immediately, the Egyptian Government took decisive action, insisting that the issue be resolved. If there had been violence, Syria would have been the battlefield; and if Egypt had emerged victorious, she would have driven the opposing forces over the North Syrian border into Asia Minor. When peace was finally established, Egypt would have found herself in a position to dictate terms from a location three hundred miles north of Jerusalem. Could it be assumed that she would have then wanted to give up the reclaimed territory?

However, matters were settled satisfactorily with the Porte, and the Egyptian Government, which had never realised this trend of events, and had absolutely no designs upon Syria, gave no further [46]consideration to Asiatic affairs. In the eyes of the modern onlookers the whole matter had developed from a series of chances; but in the view of the historian the moment of its occurrence was the only chance about it, the fact of its occurrence being inevitable according to the time-proven rules of history. The phrase "England in Egypt" has been given such prominence of late that a far more important phrase, "Egypt in Asia," has been overlooked. Yet, whereas the former is a catch-word of barely thirty years' standing, the latter has been familiar at the east end of the Mediterranean for forty momentous centuries at the lowest computation, and rings in the ears of the Egyptologist all through the ages. I need thus no justification for recalling it in these pages.

However, everything was settled satisfactorily with the Porte, and the Egyptian Government, which had never grasped this trend of events and had absolutely no plans regarding Syria, gave no further attention to Asian affairs. To modern observers, the whole situation seemed to develop from a series of coincidences; but to the historian, the timing of the events was the only coincidence, as the fact of their occurrence was inevitable according to the well-established rules of history. The phrase "England in Egypt" has been highlighted so much lately that a far more significant phrase, "Egypt in Asia," has been overlooked. Yet, while the former is a buzzword that's only about thirty years old, the latter has been well-known in the eastern Mediterranean for at least forty crucial centuries, echoing in the ears of Egyptologists throughout history. Therefore, I need no justification for mentioning it in these pages.

Now let us glance at Egypt's north-western frontier. Behind the deserts which spread to the west of the Delta lies the oasis of Siwa; and from here there is a continuous line of communication with Tripoli and Tunis. Thus, during the present winter (1910-11), the outbreak of cholera at Tripoli has necessitated the despatch of quarantine officials to the oasis in order to prevent the spread of the disease into Egypt. Now, of late years we have heard much talk regarding the Senussi fraternity, a Muhammedan sect which is said to be prepared to declare a holy war and to descend upon Egypt. In 1909 the Egyptian Mamur of Siwa was murdered, and it was freely stated that this act of violence was the beginning [47]of the trouble. I have no idea as to the real extent of the danger, nor do I know whether this bogie of the west, which is beginning to cause such anxiety in Egypt in certain classes, is but a creation of the imagination; but it will be interesting to notice the frequent occurrence of hostilities in this direction, since the history of Egypt's gateways is surely a study meet for her guardians.

Now let’s take a look at Egypt's north-western border. Behind the deserts that stretch west of the Delta is the oasis of Siwa; from here, there’s a direct route to Tripoli and Tunis. So, during this winter (1910-11), the cholera outbreak in Tripoli has required the deployment of quarantine officials to the oasis to prevent the disease from spreading into Egypt. Recently, there's been a lot of talk about the Senussi Brotherhood, a Muslim sect that is rumored to be ready to declare a holy war and invade Egypt. In 1909, the Egyptian Mamur of Siwa was murdered, and it was widely believed that this act of violence marked the start of the troubles. I have no idea how serious the danger really is, nor do I know if this fear from the west, which is starting to cause anxiety among certain groups in Egypt, is just a figment of the imagination. But it will be interesting to observe the frequent skirmishes in this area since the history of Egypt's borders is certainly a topic worth studying for her guardians.

When the curtain first rises upon archaic times, we find those far-off Pharaohs struggling with the Libyans who had penetrated into the Delta from Tripoli and elsewhere. In early dynastic history they are the chief enemies of the Egyptians, and great armies have to be levied to drive them back through Siwa to their homes. Again in Dynasty XII., Amenemhat I. had to despatch his son to drive these people out of Egypt; and at the beginning of Dynasty XVIII., Amenhotep I. was obliged once more to give them battle. Seti I. of Dynasty XIX. made war upon them, and repulsed their invasion into Egypt. Rameses II. had to face an alliance of Libyans, Lycians, and others, in the western Delta. His son Merenptah waged a most desperate war with them in order to defend Egypt against their incursions, a war which has been described as the most perilous in Egyptian history; and it was only after a battle in which nine thousand of the enemy were slain that the war came to an end. Rameses III., however, was again confronted with these persistent [48]invaders, and only succeeded in checking them temporarily. Presently the tables were turned, and Dynasty XXII., which reigned so gloriously in Egypt, was Libyan in origin. No attempt was made thenceforth for many years to check the peaceful entrance of Libyans into Egypt, and soon that nation held a large part of the Delta. Occasional mention is made of troubles upon the north-west frontier, but little more is heard of any serious invasions. In Arabic times disturbances are not infrequent, and certain sovereigns, as for example, El Mansur Kalaun, were obliged to invade the enemy's country, thus extending Egypt's power as far as Tunis.

When the curtain first rises on ancient times, we see those distant Pharaohs battling the Libyans who had entered the Delta from Tripoli and other places. In early dynastic history, they are the main enemies of the Egyptians, and large armies had to be raised to push them back through Siwa to their homeland. Again in Dynasty XII, Amenemhat I had to send his son to drive these people out of Egypt; and at the start of Dynasty XVIII, Amenhotep I was forced to fight them once more. Seti I from Dynasty XIX went to war against them and repelled their invasion of Egypt. Rameses II faced a coalition of Libyans, Lycians, and others in the western Delta. His son Merenptah fought a very intense war against them to protect Egypt from their raids, which has been called the most dangerous in Egyptian history; it only ended after a battle where nine thousand of the enemy were killed. Rameses III, however, was once again confronted by these relentless invaders and could only temporarily hold them back. Eventually, the situation changed, and Dynasty XXII, which ruled so magnificently in Egypt, had Libyan roots. For many years after that, there was no attempt to stop the peaceful entry of Libyans into Egypt, and soon that nation controlled a large portion of the Delta. Occasional references are made to issues on the north-west frontier, but little is said about any serious invasions. In Arabic times, disturbances were not uncommon, and certain rulers, such as El Mansur Kalaun, were forced to invade the enemy's territory, thus extending Egypt's influence as far as Tunis.

There is one lesson which may be learnt from the above facts—namely, that this frontier is somewhat exposed, and that incursions from North Africa by way of Siwa are historic possibilities. If the Senussi invasion of Egypt is ever attempted it will not, at any rate, be without precedent.

There’s one lesson to take from the facts above: this border is pretty vulnerable, and incursions from North Africa through Siwa are historically possible. If the Senussi ever try to invade Egypt, it definitely won’t be without precedent.

When England entered Egypt in 1882 she found a nation without external interests, a country too impoverished and weak to think of aught else but its own sad condition. The reviving of this much-bled, anæmic people, and the reorganisation of the Government, occupied the whole attention of the Anglo-Egyptian officials, and placed Egypt before their eyes in only this one aspect. Egypt appeared to be but the Nile Valley and the Delta; and, in truth, that was, [49]and still is, quite as much as the hard-worked officials could well administer. The one task of the regeneration of Egypt was all absorbing, and the country came to be regarded as a little land wherein a concise, clearly-defined, and compact problem could be worked out.

When England took control of Egypt in 1882, it found a nation without outside interests, a country too poor and weak to think about anything other than its own unfortunate situation. Reviving this weary, struggling population and reorganizing the government consumed all the attention of the Anglo-Egyptian officials, making Egypt appear to them in just this one way. To them, Egypt was just the Nile Valley and the Delta; and, in reality, that was, [49]and still is, about as much as the overworked officials could effectively manage. The single focus on regenerating Egypt was all-consuming, and the country came to be seen as a small place where a clear, well-defined issue could be addressed.

Plate 5
[Photo by E. Brugsch Pasha.
The mummy of Sety I. of Dynasty XIX.—Egyptian Museum.
Pl. vs.

Now, while this was most certainly the correct manner in which to face the question, and while Egypt has benefited enormously by this singleness of purpose in her officials, it was, historically, a false attitude. Egypt is not a little country: Egypt is a crippled Empire. Throughout her history she has been the powerful rival of the people of Asia Minor. At one time she was mistress of the Sudan, Somaliland, Palestine, Syria, Libya, and Cyprus; and the Sicilians, Sardinians, Cretans, and even Greeks, stood in fear of the Pharaoh. In Arabic times she held Tunis and Tripoli, and even in the last century she was the foremost Power at the east end of the Mediterranean. Napoleon when he came to Egypt realised this very thoroughly, and openly aimed to make her once more a mighty empire. But in 1882 such fine dreams were not to be considered: there was too much work to be done in the Nile Valley itself. The Egyptian Empire was forgotten, and Egypt was regarded as permanently a little country. The conditions which we found here we took to be permanent conditions. They were not. We arrived when the country was in a most unnatural state as regards its foreign relations; and we were [50]obliged to regard that state as chronic. This, though wise, was absolutely incorrect. Egypt in the past never has been for more than a short period a single country; and all history goes to show that she will not always be single in the future.

Now, while this was definitely the right way to approach the issue, and while Egypt has greatly benefited from the focused intent of its officials, it was, historically, a misguided perspective. Egypt is not a small nation: it's a weakened Empire. Throughout its history, it has been a strong competitor against the people of Asia Minor. There was a time when it ruled over the Sudan, Somaliland, Palestine, Syria, Libya, and Cyprus; and the Sicilians, Sardinians, Cretans, and even Greeks feared the Pharaoh. During the Arabic period, it controlled Tunis and Tripoli, and even in the last century, it was the leading power at the east end of the Mediterranean. When Napoleon arrived in Egypt, he understood this very well and aimed to restore it as a powerful empire. But in 1882, such grand ambitions were unrealistic: there was too much work to do in the Nile Valley itself. The Egyptian Empire was forgotten, and Egypt was seen as permanently a small nation. The conditions we encountered here were considered to be permanent. They were not. We arrived when the country was in an unusually unstable state regarding its foreign relations; and we were obliged to see that situation as chronic. This, although sensible, was completely incorrect. Egypt in the past has rarely been unified for more than a brief period; and all of history indicates that it will not remain unified in the future.

With the temporary loss of the Syrian province Egypt's need for a navy ceased to exist; and the fact that she is really a naval power has now passed from men's memory. Yet it was not much more than a century ago that Muhammed Ali fought a great naval battle with the Turks, and utterly defeated them. In ancient history the Egyptian navy was the terror of the Mediterranean, and her ships policed the east coast of Africa. In prehistoric times the Nile boats were built, it would seem, upon a seafaring plan: a fact that has led some scholars to suppose that the land was entered and colonised from across the waters. We talk of Englishmen as being born to the sea, as having a natural and inherited tendency towards "business upon great waters"; and yet the English navy dates from the days of Queen Elizabeth. It is true that the Plantagenet wars with France checked what was perhaps already a nautical bias, and that had it not been for the Norman conquest, England, perchance would have become a sea power at an earlier date. But at best the tendency is only a thousand years old. In Egypt it is seven or eight thousand years old at the lowest computation. It makes one smile to [51]think of Egypt as a naval power. It is the business of the historian to refrain from smiling, and to remark only that, absurd as it may sound, Egypt's future is largely upon the water as her past has been. It must be remembered that she was fighting great battles in huge warships three or four hundred feet in length at a time when Britons were paddling about in canoes.

With the temporary loss of the Syrian province, Egypt's need for a navy disappeared, and the fact that it was actually a naval power has faded from people's memory. Yet, it was only about a century ago that Muhammad Ali fought a major naval battle against the Turks and completely defeated them. In ancient times, the Egyptian navy was the fear of the Mediterranean, and its ships patrolled the east coast of Africa. In prehistoric times, the boats on the Nile seemed to be designed for seafaring, which has led some scholars to believe that the land was settled and colonized from across the waters. We often say that Englishmen are born to the sea, having a natural inclination toward "business on the open water," yet the English navy only began during the reign of Queen Elizabeth. It's true that the Plantagenet wars with France hindered what was likely an existing maritime inclination, and it’s possible that if it weren't for the Norman conquest, England would have become a sea power much earlier. But at most, that tendency is only a thousand years old. In Egypt, it's at least seven or eight thousand years old, at a minimum. It's amusing to think of Egypt as a naval power. However, historians need to avoid smiling and note that, as absurd as it may seem, Egypt's future is largely tied to the water just as its past has been. It's worth remembering that it was engaging in significant battles with massive warships three or four hundred feet long at a time when the British were paddling around in canoes.

One of the ships built by the Pharaoh Ptolemy Philopator was four hundred and twenty feet long, and had several banks of oars. It was rowed by four thousand sailors, while four hundred others managed the sails. Three thousand soldiers were also carried upon its decks. The royal dahabiyeh which this Pharaoh used upon the Nile was three hundred and thirty feet long, and was fitted with state rooms and private rooms of considerable size. Another vessel contained, besides the ordinary cabins, large bath-rooms, a library, and an astronomical observatory. It had eight towers, in which there were machines capable of hurling stones weighing three hundred pounds or more, and arrows eighteen feet in length. These huge vessels were built some two centuries before Cæsar landed in Britain.[1]

One of the ships built by Pharaoh Ptolemy Philopator was four hundred and twenty feet long and had several rows of oars. It was manned by four thousand sailors, while four hundred others operated the sails. The ship also carried three thousand soldiers on its decks. The royal dahabiyeh that this Pharaoh used on the Nile was three hundred and thirty feet long and featured large state and private rooms. Another vessel included, in addition to regular cabins, spacious bathrooms, a library, and an astronomical observatory. It had eight towers equipped with machines that could launch stones weighing three hundred pounds or more, as well as arrows eighteen feet long. These massive vessels were constructed around two centuries before Caesar landed in Britain.[1]

[1] Athenæus, v. 8.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Athenaeus, v. 8.

In conclusion, then, it must be repeated that the present Nile-centred policy in Egypt, though infinitely best for the country at this juncture, is an artificial one, unnatural to the nation except as a passing phase; and what may be called the [52]Imperial policy is absolutely certain to take its place in time, although the Anglo-Egyptian Government, so long as it exists, will do all in its power to check it. History tells us over and over again that Syria is the natural dependant of Egypt, fought for or bargained for with the neighbouring countries to the north; that the Sudan is likewise a natural vassal which from time to time revolts and has to be reconquered; and that Egypt's most exposed frontier lies on the north-west. In conquering the Sudan at the end of the nineteenth century the Egyptians were but fulfilling their destiny: it was a mere accident that their arms were directed against a Mahdi. In discussing seriously the situation in the western oases, they are working upon the precise rules laid down by history. And if their attention is not turned in the far future to Syria, they will be defying rules even more precise, and, in the opinion of those who have the whole course of Egyptian history spread before them, will but be kicking against the pricks. Here surely we have an example of the value of the study of a nation's history, which is not more nor less than a study of its political tendencies.

In conclusion, it's important to emphasize that the current Nile-focused policy in Egypt, while undoubtedly the best option for the country right now, is an artificial one, unnatural to the nation except as a temporary situation; and what could be referred to as the [52]Imperial policy is likely to eventually take over, even though the Anglo-Egyptian Government, for as long as it exists, will do everything it can to prevent that. History repeatedly shows us that Syria is naturally dependent on Egypt, fought over or negotiated with neighboring countries to the north; that Sudan is also a natural subordinate that periodically revolts and needs to be subdued again; and that Egypt's most vulnerable border is to the northwest. When the Egyptians conquered Sudan at the end of the nineteenth century, they were simply fulfilling their destiny: it was just a coincidence that they were fighting against a Mahdi. By seriously addressing the situation in the western oases, they are following the exact patterns established by history. And if they don't eventually focus on Syria, they will be ignoring even more established rules, and according to those who understand the entirety of Egyptian history, they will just be fighting a losing battle. This illustrates the importance of studying a nation's history, which is essentially an examination of its political tendencies.

Speaking of the relationship of history to politics, Sir J. Seeley wrote: "I tell you that when you study English history, you study not the past of England only but her future. It is the welfare of your country, it is your whole interest as citizens, that is in question when you study history." [53]These words hold good when we deal with Egyptian history, and it is our business to learn the political lessons which the Egyptologist can teach us, rather than to listen to his dissertations upon scarabs and blue glaze. Like the astronomers of old, the Egyptologist studies, as it were, the stars, and reads the future in them; but it is not the fashion for kings to wait upon his pronouncements any more! Indeed he reckons in such very long periods of time, and makes startling statements about events which probably will not occur for very many years to come, that the statesman, intent upon his task, has some reason to declare that the study of past ages does not assist him to deal with urgent affairs. Nevertheless, in all seriousness, the Egyptologist's study is to be considered as but another aspect of statecraft, and he fails in his labours if he does not make this his point of view.

Speaking of the connection between history and politics, Sir J. Seeley wrote: "I tell you that when you study English history, you study not just the past of England but also her future. It's the welfare of your country, it's your entire interest as citizens, that is at stake when you study history." [53]These words are just as relevant when we look at Egyptian history, and it's our job to learn the political lessons that the Egyptologist can teach us, rather than just listening to his talks about scarabs and blue glaze. Like the astronomers of old, the Egyptologist studies, in a way, the stars and tries to read the future in them; however, it’s no longer common for kings to wait on his predictions! In fact, he often works with such long timeframes and makes bold claims about events that probably won’t happen for many years, leading statesmen, focused on their tasks, to believe that studying past ages doesn’t help them address pressing issues. Nonetheless, we must take the Egyptologist's study seriously as another aspect of statecraft, and he misses the mark in his work if he doesn’t adopt this perspective.

In his arrogant manner the Egyptologist will remark that modern politics are of too fleeting a nature to interest him. In answer, I would tell him that if he sits studying his papyri and his mummies without regard for the fact that he is dealing with a nation still alive, still contributing its strength to spin the wheel of the world around, then are his labours worthless and his brains misused. I would tell him that if his work is paid for, then is he a robber if he gives no return in information which will be of practical service to Egypt in some way or another. The Egyptian [54]Government spends enormous sums each year upon the preservation of the magnificent relics of bygone ages—relics for which, I regret to say, the Egyptians themselves care extremely little. Is this money spent, then, to amuse the tourist in the land, or simply to fulfil obligations to ethical susceptibilities? No; there is but one justification for this very necessary expenditure of public money—namely, that these relics are regarded, so to speak, as the school-books of the nation, which range over a series of subjects from pottery-making to politics, from stone-cutting to statecraft. The future of Egypt may be read upon the walls of her ancient temples and tombs. Let the Egyptologist never forget, in the interest and excitement of his discoveries, what is the real object of his work.

In his arrogant way, the Egyptologist might say that modern politics are too temporary to interest him. In response, I would tell him that if he spends his time studying papyri and mummies without acknowledging that he is dealing with a nation that is still alive and actively contributing to the world, then his efforts are pointless and his intellect wasted. I would say that if he is being paid for his work, then he is essentially a thief if he doesn’t provide any useful information that benefits Egypt in any way. The Egyptian [54]Government invests a lot of money each year in preserving the incredible relics of the past—relics that, unfortunately, the Egyptians themselves show very little interest in. Is this money spent just to entertain tourists in the country, or merely to meet ethical obligations? No; there is only one reason to justify this necessary spending of public funds—namely, that these relics are considered, in a sense, the educational resources of the nation, covering a variety of topics from pottery to politics, from stone cutting to governance. The future of Egypt can be understood through the inscriptions on its ancient temples and tombs. The Egyptologist must never lose sight of the true purpose of his work amidst the excitement of his discoveries.


[55]

CHAPTER III.

THE NECESSITY OF ARCHÆOLOGY TO THE GAIETY OF THE WORLD.

When a great man puts a period to his existence upon earth by dying, he is carefully buried in a tomb, and a monument is set up to his glory in the neighbouring church. He may then be said to begin his second life, his life in the memory of the chronicler and historian. After the lapse of an æon or two the works of the historian, and perchance the tomb itself, are rediscovered; and the great man begins his third life, now as a subject of discussion and controversy amongst archæologists in the pages of a scientific journal. It may be supposed that the spirit of the great man, not a little pleased with its second life, has an extreme distaste for his third. There is a dead atmosphere about it which sets him yawning as only his grave yawned before. The charm has been taken from his deeds; there is no longer any spring in them. He must feel towards the archæologist much as a young man feels towards his cold-blooded parent by whom his love affair has just been found out. [56]The public, too, if by chance it comes upon this archæological journal, finds the discussion nothing more than a mental gymnastic, which, as the reader drops off to sleep, gives him the impression that the writer is a man of profound brain capacity, but, like the remains of the great man of olden times, as dry as dust.

When a great person ends their time on earth by dying, they are carefully buried in a tomb, and a monument is put up in their honor at the nearby church. At this point, they can be said to start their second life, living on in the memories of chroniclers and historians. After a millennium or two, the historian’s works—and perhaps the tomb itself—are rediscovered, and the great person begins their third life, now as a topic of debate and controversy among archaeologists in a scientific journal. One might think that the spirit of the great person, somewhat pleased with their second life, has a strong dislike for their third. There’s a dead vibe about it that makes them yawn, just as they did in their grave. The excitement has been stripped from their deeds; there’s no longer any energy in them. They must feel toward the archaeologist much like a young person feels toward their heartless parent who just discovered their love affair. [56] The public, too, if it happens upon this archaeological journal, finds the discussion nothing more than mental exercise that, as the reader drifts off to sleep, gives the impression that the writer is a highly intellectual person, but, like the remains of the great individual from the past, as dry as dust.

There is one thing, however, which has been overlooked. This scientific journal does not contain the ultimate results of the archæologist's researches. It contains the researches themselves. The public, so to speak, has been listening to the pianist playing his morning scales, has been watching the artist mixing his colours, has been examining the unshaped block of marble and the chisels in the sculptor's studio. It must be confessed, of course, that the archæologist has so enjoyed his researches that often the ultimate result has been overlooked by him. In the case of Egyptian archæology, for example, there are only two Egyptologists who have ever set themselves to write a readable history,[1] whereas the number of books which record the facts of the science is legion.

There is one thing, however, that has been overlooked. This scientific journal doesn’t include the final results of the archaeologist's research. It includes the research itself. The public has been listening to the pianist play his morning scales, watching the artist mix his colors, and examining the unshaped block of marble and the chisels in the sculptor's studio. It must be acknowledged, of course, that the archaeologist has enjoyed his research so much that he often overlooks the final result. In the case of Egyptian archaeology, for instance, there are only two Egyptologists who have ever attempted to write a readable history,[1] while the number of books that document the facts of the field is countless.

[1] Professor J.H. Breasted and Sir Gaston Maspero.

[1] Professor J.H. Breasted and Sir Gaston Maspero.

The archæologist not infrequently lives, for a large part of his time, in a museum, a somewhat dismal place. He is surrounded by rotting tapestries, decaying bones, crumbling stones, and rusted or corroded objects. His indoor work has paled his cheek, and his muscles are not like iron bands. He stands, often, in the contiguity to an [57]ancient broadsword most fitted to demonstrate the fact that he could never use it. He would probably be dismissed his curatorship were he to tell of any dreams which might run in his head—dreams of the time when those tapestries hung upon the walls of barons' banquet-halls, or when those stones rose high above the streets of Camelot.

The archaeologist often spends a significant amount of time in a museum, which can be a rather gloomy place. He is surrounded by rotting tapestries, decaying bones, crumbling stones, and rusted or corroded items. His indoor work has made his skin pale, and his muscles aren't as strong as they could be. He often stands next to an [57] ancient broadsword that highlights the fact that he could never actually use it. He would likely lose his job if he shared any dreams he might have—dreams of the time when those tapestries adorned the walls of noble banquet halls, or when those stones towered high above the streets of Camelot.

Moreover, those who make researches independently must needs contribute their results to scientific journals, written in the jargon of the learned. I came across a now forgotten journal, a short time ago, in which an English gentleman, believing that he had made a discovery in the province of Egyptian hieroglyphs, announced it in ancient Greek. There would be no supply of such pedantic swagger were there not a demand for it.

Moreover, those who conduct independent research must contribute their findings to scientific journals, written in the jargon of academia. I stumbled upon a now forgotten journal recently, where an English gentleman, believing he had made a discovery in the field of Egyptian hieroglyphs, announced it in ancient Greek. There wouldn't be such pedantic posturing if there weren't a demand for it.

Small wonder, then, that the archæologist is often represented as partaking somewhat of the quality of the dust amidst which he works. It is not necessary here to discuss whether this estimate is just or not: I wish only to point out its paradoxical nature.

Small wonder, then, that the archaeologist is often seen as sharing a bit of the quality of the dust he works among. It isn’t necessary to discuss whether this view is fair or not: I just want to highlight its ironic nature.

More than any other science, archæology might be expected to supply its exponents with stuff that, like old wine, would fire the blood and stimulate the senses. The stirring events of the Past must often be reconstructed by the archæologist with such precision that his prejudices are aroused, and his sympathies are so enlisted as to set him fighting with a will under this banner or under that. The noise of the hardy strife of young [58]nations is not yet silenced for him, nor have the flags and the pennants faded from sight. He has knowledge of the state secrets of kings, and, all along the line, is an intimate spectator of the crowded pageant of history. The caravan-masters of the elder days, the admirals of the "great green sea" the captains of archers, have related their adventures to him; and he might repeat to you their stories. Indeed, he has such a tale to tell that, looking at it in this light, one might expect his listeners all to be good fighting men and noble women. It might be supposed that the archæologist would gather around him only men who have pleasure in the road that leads over the hills, and women who have known the delight of the open. One has heard so often of the "brave days of old" that the archæologist might well be expected to have his head stuffed with brave tales and little else.

More than any other science, archaeology is expected to provide its practitioners with experiences that, like fine wine, ignite passion and awaken the senses. Archaeologists often need to reconstruct the exciting events of the past with such detail that their biases come into play, and their sympathies align, leading them to passionately advocate for one side or another. The echoes of the fierce struggles of young nations are still clear to them, and the banners and flags have not lost their vibrancy. They possess the insider knowledge of royal secrets and are closely involved in the vibrant pageantry of history. The caravan leaders of ancient times, the admirals of the vast seas, and the archery captains have shared their tales with them, and they can recount these stories to you. In fact, they have such compelling narratives that one might assume their audience would be filled with valiant warriors and noble women. It would seem that an archaeologist would attract individuals who enjoy the adventurous paths through the hills and women who have cherished the freedom of the open air. Since we often hear about the "brave days of old," it’s easy to imagine archaeologists with their heads filled with heroic tales and little else.

His range, however, may be wider than this. To him, perhaps, it has been given to listen to the voice of the ancient poet, heard as a far-off whisper; to breathe in forgotten gardens the perfume of long dead flowers; to contemplate the love of women whose beauty is all perished in the dust; to hearken to the sound of the harp and the sistra, to be the possessor of the riches of historical romance. Dim armies have battled around him for the love of Helen; shadowy captains of sea-going ships have sung to him through the storm the song of the sweethearts left behind them; he has feasted with [59]sultans, and kings' goblets have been held to his lips; he has watched Uriah the Hittite sent to the forefront of the battle.

His range, however, might be broader than this. To him, perhaps, it’s been granted to hear the distant whisper of the ancient poet; to inhale the scent of long-gone flowers in forgotten gardens; to reflect on the love of women whose beauty has turned to dust; to listen to the sound of the harp and the sistra, to possess the treasures of historical romance. Faint armies have fought around him for Helen’s love; shadowy captains of sailing ships have sung to him through the storm the songs of the sweethearts they left behind; he has dined with [59]sultans, and kings have raised their goblets to his lips; he has seen Uriah the Hittite sent to the front lines of battle.

Thus, were he to offer a story, one might now suppose that there would gather around him, not the men of muscle, but a throng of sallow listeners, as improperly expectant as were those who hearkened under the moon to the narrations of Boccaccio, or, in old Baghdad, gave ear to the tales of the thousand and one nights. One might suppose that his audience would be drawn from those classes most fondly addicted to pleasure, or most nearly representative, in their land and in their time, of the light-hearted and not unwanton races of whom he had to tell. For his story might be expected to be one wherein wine and women and song found countenance. Even were he to tell of ancient tragedies and old sorrows, he would still make his appeal, one might suppose, to gallants and their mistresses, to sporting men and women of fashion, just as, in the mournful song of Rosabelle, Sir Walter Scott is able to address himself to the "ladies gay," or Coleridge in his sad "Ballad of the Dark Ladie" to "fair maids."

So, if he were to tell a story, one might think that instead of a crowd of strong men, he would be surrounded by a group of pale listeners, just as eager as those who listened to Boccaccio's tales under the moon or those in old Baghdad who enjoyed the stories of the thousand and one nights. One might assume that his audience would come from the groups most devoted to pleasure or the ones who best represented in their time and place the carefree and somewhat extravagant people he had to discuss. His story would likely involve wine, women, and songs. Even if he spoke of ancient tragedies and old heartbreaks, one might guess he would still relate to dashing men and their partners, to fun-loving people and fashionable women, just as, in the sorrowful song of Rosabelle, Sir Walter Scott addresses the "ladies gay," or Coleridge in his somber "Ballad of the Dark Ladie" speaks to "fair maids."

Who could better arrest the attention of the coxcomb than the archæologist who has knowledge of silks and scents now lost to the living world? To the gourmet who could more appeal than the archæologist who has made abundant acquaintance with the forgotten dishes of the East? Who could so surely thrill the senses of the courtesan than the [60]archæologist who can relate that which was whispered by Anthony in the ear of Cleopatra? To the gambler who could be more enticing than the archæologist who has seen kings play at dice for their kingdoms? The imaginative, truly, might well collect the most highly disreputable audience to listen to the tales of the archæologist.

Who could capture the attention of a pompous person more than the archaeologist who knows about silks and scents that are now lost to the world? To a food lover, who could be more appealing than the archaeologist familiar with the forgotten dishes of the East? Who could thrill the senses of a courtesan more than the archaeologist who can share the whispers exchanged between Antony and Cleopatra? To a gambler, who could be more enticing than the archaeologist who has witnessed kings betting their kingdoms on dice? In fact, the imaginative might easily gather the most questionable audience to hear the tales of the archaeologist.

But no, these are not the people who are anxious to catch the pearls which drop from his mouth. Do statesmen and diplomatists, then, listen to him who can unravel for them the policies of the Past? Do business men hasten from Threadneedle Street and Wall Street to sit at his feet, that they may have instilled into them a little of the romance of ancient money? I fear not.

But no, these aren't the people eager to catch the pearls that fall from his lips. Do politicians and diplomats really listen to him, who can explain the policies of the past? Do businesspeople rush from Threadneedle Street and Wall Street to learn from him, hoping to absorb a bit of the romance of old money? I'm afraid not.

Come with me to some provincial town, where this day Professor Blank is to deliver one of his archæological lectures at the Town Hall. We are met at the door by the secretary of the local archæological society: a melancholy lady in green plush, who suffers from St Vitus's dance. Gloomily we enter the hall and silently accept the seats which are indicated to us by an unfortunate gentleman with a club-foot. In front of us an elderly female with short hair is chatting to a very plain young woman draped like a lay figure. On the right an emaciated man with a very bad cough shuffles on his chair; on the left two old grey-beards grumble to one another about the weather, a subject which leads up to the familiar "Mine catches me in the small of the back"; while [61]behind us the inevitable curate, of whose appearance it would be trite to speak, describes to an astonished old lady the recent discovery of the pelvis of a mastodon.

Come with me to a small town where today Professor Blank is giving one of his archaeology lectures at the Town Hall. We’re greeted at the door by the secretary of the local archaeology society: a sad lady in green velvet who has St. Vitus’s dance. We step into the hall with a somber mood and take the seats shown to us by an unfortunate man with a club foot. In front of us, an older woman with short hair is talking to a very plain young woman dressed like a mannequin. To the right, a thin man with a bad cough shifts in his chair; to the left, two old men grumble to each other about the weather, leading to the familiar line, "It catches me in the small of my back"; while [61] behind us, the inevitable curate, whose appearance is unremarkable, is telling an astonished old lady about the recent discovery of a mastodon pelvis.

The professor and the aged chairman step on to the platform; and, amidst the profoundest gloom, the latter rises to pronounce the prefatory rigmarole. "Archæology," he says, in a voice of brass, "is a science which bars its doors to all but the most erudite; for, to the layman who has not been vouchsafed the opportunity of studying the dusty volumes of the learned, the bones of the dead will not reveal their secrets, nor will the crumbling pediments of naos and cenotaph, the obliterated tombstones, or the worm-eaten parchments, tell us their story. To-night, however, we are privileged; for Professor Blank will open the doors for us that we may gaze for a moment upon that solemn charnel-house of the Past in which he has sat for so many long hours of inductive meditation."

The professor and the elderly chairman step onto the stage, and, in the deepest gloom, the chairman stands up to deliver the introductory remarks. "Archaeology," he says in a strong voice, "is a field that only the most knowledgeable can access; for those who haven't had the chance to study the dusty books of the experts, the bones of the deceased won't share their secrets, and the decaying structures of temples and memorials, the weathered gravestones, or the tattered manuscripts won’t reveal their stories. However, tonight we are fortunate; because Professor Blank will open the doors for us to briefly glimpse that somber resting place of the Past where he has spent countless hours in thoughtful reflection."

And the professor by his side, whose head, perhaps, was filled with the martial music of the long-lost hosts of the Lord, or before whose eyes there swayed the entrancing forms of the dancing-girls of Babylon, stares horrified from chairman to audience. He sees crabbed old men and barren old women before him, afflicted youths and fatuous maidens; and he realises at once that the golden keys which he possesses to the gates of the treasury of the jewelled Past will not open the doors of [62]that charnel-house which they desire to be shown. The scent of the king's roses fades from his nostrils, the Egyptian music which throbbed in his ears is hushed, the glorious illumination of the Palace of a Thousand Columns is extinguished; and in the gathering gloom we leave him fumbling with a rusty key at the mildewed door of the Place of Bones.

And the professor next to him, whose mind, maybe, was filled with the powerful music of the long-lost armies of the Lord, or whose eyes were captivated by the enchanting figures of the dancing girls of Babylon, looks in horror from the chairman to the audience. He sees grumpy old men and barren old women in front of him, troubled youths and silly maidens; and he realizes right away that the golden keys he has to the treasury of the jeweled Past won't open the doors of [62] that charnel-house they want to explore. The scent of the king's roses fades from his nose, the Egyptian music that echoed in his ears goes silent, the brilliant light of the Palace of a Thousand Columns is snuffed out; and in the growing darkness, we leave him struggling with a rusty key at the musty door of the Place of Bones.

Why is it, one asks, that archæology is a thing so misunderstood? Can it be that both lecturer and audience have crushed down that which was in reality uppermost in their minds: that a shy search for romance has led these people to the Town Hall? Or perchance archæology has become to them something not unlike a vice, and to listen to an archæological lecture is their remaining chance of being naughty. It may be that, having one foot in the grave, they take pleasure in kicking the moss from the surrounding tombstones with the other; or that, being denied, for one reason or another, the jovial society of the living, like Robert Southey's "Scholar" their hopes are with the dead.

Why is it that archaeology is so often misunderstood? Could it be that both the speaker and the audience have pushed aside what was really on their minds: that a quiet search for excitement has brought these people to the Town Hall? Or maybe archaeology has become, for them, something like a guilty pleasure, and attending an archaeology lecture is their last chance to indulge in something daring. Perhaps, with one foot in the grave, they enjoy kicking the moss off the nearby gravestones with the other; or, being unable for one reason or another to enjoy the lively company of the living, like Robert Southey's "Scholar," their hopes lie with the dead.

Plate 6
[Photo by E. Brugsch Pasha.
A relief upon the side of the sarcophagus of one of the wives of King Mentuhotep III., discovered at Dêr el Bahri (Thebes). The royal lady is taking sweet-smelling ointment from an alabaster vase. A handmaiden keeps the flies away with a bird's-wing fan.—Cairo Museum.
Pl. vi.

Be the explanation what it may, the fact is indisputable that archæology is patronised by those who know not its real meaning. A man has no more right to think of the people of old as dust and dead bones than he has to think of his contemporaries as lumps of meat. The true archæologist does not take pleasure in skeletons as skeletons, for his whole effort is to cover them [63]decently with flesh and skin once more, and to put some thoughts back into the empty skulls. He sets himself to hide again the things which he would not intentionally lay bare. Nor does he delight in ruined buildings: rather he deplores that they are ruined. Coleridge wrote like the true archæologist when he composed that most magical poem "Khubla Khan"—

Be that as it may, it’s undeniable that archaeology is supported by those who don’t understand its true meaning. A person has no more right to view ancient people as just dust and bones than he has to see his contemporaries as mere slabs of meat. The genuine archaeologist doesn't take pleasure in skeletons for their own sake; rather, his entire goal is to once again cover them decently with flesh and skin and to put thoughts back into the empty skulls. He aims to conceal again the things he wouldn’t intentionally expose. Likewise, he doesn’t find joy in crumbling buildings; instead, he mourns their decay. Coleridge wrote like a true archaeologist when he crafted that enchanting poem "Khubla Khan"—[63]

"In Xanadu did Khubla Khan
A stately pleasure-dome decree:
Where Alph, the sacred river, ran
Through caverns measureless to man
Down to a sunless sea."

And those who would have the pleasure-domes of the gorgeous Past reconstructed for them must turn to the archæologist; those who would see the damsel with the dulcimer in the gardens of Xanadu must ask of him the secret, and of none other. It is true that, before he can refashion the dome or the damsel, he will have to grub his way through old refuse heaps till he shall lay bare the ruins of the walls and expose the bones of the lady. But this is the "dirty work"; and the mistake which is made lies here: that this preliminary dirty work is confused with the final clean result. An artist will sometimes build up his picture of Venus from a skeleton bought from an old Jew round the corner; and the smooth white paper which he uses will have been made from putrid rags and bones. Amongst painters themselves these facts are not hidden, but by [64]the public they are most carefully obscured. In the case of archæology, however, the tedious details of construction are so placed in the foreground that the final picture is hardly noticed at all. As well might one go to Rheims to see men fly, and be shown nothing else but screws and nuts, steel rods and cog-wheels. Originally the fault, perhaps, lay with the archæologist; now it lies both with him and with the public. The public has learnt to ask to be shown the works, and the archæologist is often so proud of them that he forgets to mention the purpose of the machine.

And those who want to relive the stunning creations of the past should turn to the archaeologist; those who want to see the girl with the dulcimer in the gardens of Xanadu must ask him for the secret, and no one else. It’s true that before he can recreate the dome or the damsel, he has to dig through old trash until he uncovers the ruins of the walls and reveals the remains of the lady. But this is the “dirty work”; and the mistake comes from confusing this initial dirty work with the polished final result. An artist will sometimes create his painting of Venus from a skeleton he bought from an old dealer nearby; and the smooth white paper he uses was made from rotten rags and bones. Among painters, these facts are known, but the public is often kept in the dark about them. However, in the case of archaeology, the tedious details of construction are so emphasized that the final result is hardly noticed at all. It’s like going to Rheims to see men fly, only to be shown nothing but screws and nuts, steel rods, and gears. Originally, the fault may have been with the archaeologist; now, it rests with both him and the public. The public has learned to ask to see the works, and the archaeologist is often so proud of them that he forgets to explain the purpose of the machine.

A Roman statue of bronze, let us suppose, is discovered in the Thames valley. It is so corroded and eaten away that only an expert could recognise that it represents a reclining goddess. In this condition it is placed in the museum, and a photograph of it is published in 'The Graphic.' Those who come to look at it in its glass case think it is a bunch of grapes, or possibly a monkey: those who see its photograph say that it is more probably an irregular catapult-stone or a fish in convulsions.

A bronze Roman statue, let's say, is found in the Thames valley. It's so corroded and damaged that only an expert can tell it depicts a reclining goddess. In this state, it's put in the museum, and a photo of it is published in 'The Graphic.' Visitors who come to see it in its glass case think it looks like a bunch of grapes or maybe a monkey; those who see the photo argue it's more likely an oddly shaped catapult stone or a fish in distress.

The archæologist alone holds its secret, and only he can see it as it was. He alone can know the mind of the artist who made it, or interpret the full meaning of the conception. It might have been expected, then, that the public would demand, and the archæologist delightedly furnish, a model of the figure as near to the [65]original as possible; or, failing that, a restoration in drawing, or even a worded description of its original beauty. But no: the public, if it wants anything, wants to see the shapeless object in all its corrosion; and the archæologist forgets that it is blind to aught else but that corrosion. One of the main duties of the archæologist is thus lost sight of: his duty as Interpreter and Remembrancer of the Past.

The archaeologist alone holds its secret, and only he can see it as it was. He alone can know the artist's mindset who created it or interpret the full meaning of the concept. It might have been expected that the public would demand, and the archaeologist would happily provide, a model of the figure as close to the [65]original as possible; or, if that’s not feasible, a restoration in drawing or even a written description of its original beauty. But no: the public, if it wants anything, wants to see the worn-out object in all its decay; and the archaeologist forgets that it is only focused on that decay. One of the main responsibilities of the archaeologist is thus overlooked: his role as Interpreter and Remembrancer of the Past.

All the riches of olden times, all the majesty, all the power, are the inheritance of the present day; and the archæologist is the recorder of this fortune. He must deal in dead bones only so far as the keeper of a financial fortune must deal in dry documents. Behind those documents glitters the gold, and behind those bones shines the wonder of the things that were. And when an object once beautiful has by age become unsightly, one might suppose that he would wish to show it to none save his colleagues or the reasonably curious layman. When a man makes the statement that his grandmother, now in her ninety-ninth year, was once a beautiful woman, he does not go and find her to prove his words and bring her tottering into the room: he shows a picture of her as she was; or, if he cannot find one, he describes what good evidence tells him was her probable appearance. In allowing his controlled and sober imagination thus to perform its natural functions, though it would never do to tell his grandmother so, he becomes [66]an archæologist, a remembrancer of the Past.

All the riches of the past, all the grandeur, all the power, belong to today; and the archaeologist is the keeper of this treasure. He only deals with ancient remains like a financial manager handles old paperwork. Behind those documents shines the gold, and behind those bones is the wonder of what once existed. When an object that was once beautiful has become unappealing with age, you might think he’d want to show it only to his colleagues or to the genuinely curious. When someone claims that their grandmother, now ninety-nine, was once beautiful, they don’t go find her to prove it by bringing her into the room; instead, they show a picture of her from back then, or if that’s not possible, they describe what they believe she looked like based on solid evidence. By allowing his controlled and thoughtful imagination to do its work—though he wouldn’t dare tell his grandmother this—he becomes an archaeologist, a revisitor of the Past. [66]

In the case of archæology, however, the public does not permit itself so to be convinced. In the Ashmolean Museum at Oxford excellent facsimile electrotypes of early Greek weapons are exhibited; and these have far more value in bringing the Past before us than the actual weapons of that period, corroded and broken, would have. But the visitor says, "These are shams," and passes on.

In the case of archaeology, however, the public doesn't allow itself to be convinced so easily. The Ashmolean Museum at Oxford showcases impressive facsimile electrotypes of early Greek weapons; these have much more value in bringing the past to life than the actual weapons from that time, which are often corroded and damaged. But the visitor says, "These are fakes," and moves on.

It will be seen, then, that the business of archæology is often misunderstood both by archæologists and by the public; and that there is really no reason to believe, with Thomas Earle, that the real antiquarian loves a thing the better for that it is rotten and stinketh. That the impression has gone about is his own fault, for he has exposed too much to view the mechanism of his work; but it is also the fault of the public for not asking of him a picture of things as they were.

It will be clear, then, that the field of archaeology is often misunderstood by both archaeologists and the public; and there’s really no reason to think, like Thomas Earle, that a true antiquarian appreciates something more because it’s decayed and smells bad. The perception that exists is partly his own doing because he has revealed too much of the inner workings of his job; but it’s also the public's fault for not requesting from him a depiction of things as they once were.

Man is by nature a creature of the present. It is only by an effort that he can consider the future, it is often quite impossible for him to give any heed at all to the Past. The days of old are so blurred and remote that it seems right to him that any relic from them should, by the maltreatment of Time, be unrecognisable. The finding of an old sword, half-eaten by rust, will only please him in so far as it shows him once more by its sad condition the great gap [67]between those days and these, and convinces him again of the sole importance of the present. The archæologist, he will tell you, is a fool if he expects him to be interested in a wretched old bit of scrap-iron. He is right. It would be as rash to suppose that he would find interest in an ancient sword in its rusted condition as it would be to expect the spectator at Rheims to find fascination in the nuts and screws. The true archæologist would hide that corroded weapon in his workshop, where his fellow-workers alone could see it. For he recognises that it is only the sword which is as good as new that impresses the public; it is only the Present that counts. That is the real reason why he is an archæologist. He has turned to the Past because he is in love with the Present. He, more than any man, worships at the altar of the goddess of To-day; and he is so desirous of extending her dominion that he has adventured, like a crusader, into the lands of the Past in order to subject them to her. Adoring the Now, he would resent the publicity of anything which so obviously suggested the Then as a rust-eaten old blade. His whole business is to hide the gap between Yesterday and To-day; and, unless a man is initiate, he would have him either see the perfect sword as it was when it sought the foeman's bowels, or see nothing. The Present is too small for him; and it is therefore that he calls so insistently to the Past to come forth from the [68]darkness to augment it. The ordinary man lives in the Present, and he will tell one that the archæologist lives in the Past. This is not so. The layman, in the manner of the Little Englander, lives in a small and confined Present; but the archæologist, like a true Imperialist, ranges through all time, and calls it not the Past but the Greater Present.

Man is naturally focused on the present. It takes effort for him to think about the future, and he often finds it nearly impossible to pay any attention to the past. The days gone by feel so distant and unclear that it seems reasonable to him that any remnant from that time should be unrecognizable due to the ravages of time. Discovering an old sword, half covered in rust, only satisfies him insofar as it reminds him, through its sad state, of the significant gap between then and now and reinforces the importance of the present. The archaeologist, he would argue, is foolish if he expects him to be interested in a useless old piece of scrap metal. He has a point. It would be just as foolish to expect someone to find an ancient sword in its rusty state engaging as it would be to expect an observer in Rheims to be intrigued by the nuts and screws. The true archaeologist would keep that corroded weapon in his workshop, where only his colleagues could see it. He knows that only a sword that looks brand new impresses the public; it’s only the present that matters. That’s the main reason he is an archaeologist. He has turned to the past because he loves the present. More than anyone else, he worships at the altar of the goddess of today, and he desperately wants to expand her domain that he has ventured, like a crusader, into the territories of the past to bring them under her influence. He loves the now and would dislike the public display of anything that strongly hints at the past, like a rusted old blade. His entire mission is to bridge the gap between yesterday and today; and unless a person is knowledgeable, he wants them to either see the perfect sword as it was when it struck its enemy or see nothing at all. The present is too limited for him; that’s why he calls out so adamantly to the past to step out of the shadows and enhance it. The average person lives in the present, and they might assert that the archaeologist lives in the past. But that’s not true. The average person, much like someone from Little England, lives in a narrow and restricted present; however, the archaeologist, like a true imperialist, explores all of time and views it not as the past but as the greater present.

The archæologist is not, or ought not to be, lacking in vivacity. One might say that he is so sensible to the charms of society that, finding his companions too few in number, he has drawn the olden times to him to search them for jovial men and agreeable women. It might be added that he has so laughed at jest and joke that, fearing lest the funds of humour run dry, he has gathered the laughter of all the years to his enrichment. Certainly he has so delighted in noble adventure and stirring action that he finds his newspaper insufficient to his needs, and fetches to his aid the tales of old heroes. In fact, the archæologist is so enamoured of life that he would raise all the dead from their graves. He will not have it that the men of old are dust: he would bring them to him to share with him the sunlight which he finds so precious. He is so much an enemy of Death and Decay that he would rob them of their harvest; and, for every life the foe has claimed, he would raise up, if he could, a memory that would continue to live.

The archaeologist is not, nor should he be, lacking in energy. One could say that he is so drawn to the appeal of society that, finding his peers too few in number, he reaches into the past to find jovial men and charming women. It could also be noted that he has laughed at jokes so much that, fearing his humor might run out, he has collected laughter from all the ages to enrich himself. Certainly, he has enjoyed noble adventures and exciting stories so much that he finds his newspaper inadequate and turns to the tales of ancient heroes for inspiration. In fact, the archaeologist loves life so much that he'd bring all the dead back from their graves. He refuses to accept that the people of the past are merely dust: he wants to bring them back to share in the sunlight he values so highly. He is such an enemy of Death and Decay that he would steal from them their bounty; for every life his foe has taken, he would resurrect a memory that could continue to thrive.

The meaning of the heading which has been [69]given to this chapter is now becoming clear, and the direction of the argument is already apparent. So far it has been my purpose to show that the archæologist is not a rag-and-bone man, though the public generally thinks he is, and he often thinks he is himself. The attempt has been made to suggest that archæology ought not to consist in sitting in a charnel-house amongst the dead, but rather in ignoring that place and taking the bones into the light of day, decently clad in flesh and finery. It has now to be shown in what manner this parading of the Past is needful to the gaiety of the Present.

The meaning of the heading given to this chapter is becoming clear, and the direction of the argument is already obvious. So far, I've aimed to show that the archaeologist is not just a collector of old junk, even though the public generally sees him that way, and he often thinks so himself. I've tried to suggest that archaeology shouldn't just involve sitting in a graveyard among the dead, but rather in bringing those remains into the light, presented respectfully and with dignity. Now, it needs to be demonstrated how this showcasing of the Past is essential for the enjoyment of the Present.

Amongst cultured people whose social position makes it difficult for them to dance in circles on the grass in order to express or to stimulate their gaiety, and whose school of deportment will not permit them to sing a merry song of sixpence as they trip down the streets, there is some danger of the fire of merriment dying for want of fuel. Vivacity in printed books, therefore, has been encouraged, so that the mind at least, if not the body, may skip about and clap its hands. A portly gentleman with a solemn face, reading his 'Punch' in the club, is, after all, giving play to precisely those same humours which in ancient days might have led him, like Georgy Porgy, to kiss the girls or to perform any other merry joke. It is necessary, therefore, ever to enlarge the stock of things humorous, vivacious, or rousing, if thoughts are to be kept young and eyes [70]bright in this age of restraint. What would Yuletide be without the olden times to bolster it? What would the Christmas numbers do without the pictures of our great-grandparents' coaches snow-bound, of huntsmen of the eighteenth century, of jesters at the courts of the barons? What should we do without the 'Vicar of Wakefield,' the 'Compleat Angler,' 'Pepys' Diary,' and all the rest of the ancient books? And, going back a few centuries, what an amount we should miss had we not 'Æsop's Fables,' the 'Odyssey,' the tales of the Trojan War, and so on. It is from the archæologist that one must expect the augmentation of this supply; and just in that degree in which the existing supply is really a necessary part of our equipment, so archæology, which looks for more, is necessary to our gaiety.

Among cultured people whose social status makes it challenging for them to dance on the grass to express or spark their joy, and whose manners discourage them from singing a cheerful song as they walk down the streets, there’s a risk that the spirit of fun could fade away for lack of nourishment. That’s why we encourage liveliness in written works, so that the mind, if not the body, can at least jump around and celebrate. A stout gentleman with a serious expression, reading his 'Punch' in the club, is, after all, engaging in the same cheerful antics that in the past might have prompted him, like Georgy Porgy, to kiss girls or pull off other merry pranks. Therefore, it’s essential to keep adding to the stock of humorous, lively, or invigorating things if we want to keep our thoughts youthful and our eyes bright in this age of restraint. What would the holiday season be without the traditions of the past to support it? What would the Christmas editions do without images of our great-grandparents’ snow-covered coaches, hunters from the eighteenth century, or jesters at baronial courts? What would we do without 'The Vicar of Wakefield,' 'The Compleat Angler,' 'Pepys’ Diary,' and all those classic books? And looking back a few centuries, how much would we miss if we didn’t have 'Æsop's Fables,' the 'Odyssey,' the tales of the Trojan War, and so forth? It is from archaeologists that we should expect an increase in this supply; and just as the existing supply is truly necessary for our well-being, archaeology, which seeks even more, is essential for our joy.

Plate 7a
Lady rouging herself: she holds a mirror and rouge-pot.— From a papyrus, Turin.

Plate 7b
Dancing girl turning a back somersault.— New Kingdom.
Pl. vii.

In order to keep his intellect undulled by the routine of his dreary work, Matthew Arnold was wont to write a few lines of poetry each day. Poetry, like music and song, is an effective dispeller of care; and those who find Omar Khayyam or "In Memoriam" incapable of removing the of burden of their woes, will no doubt appreciate the "Owl and the Pussy-cat," or the Bab Ballads. In some form or other verse and song are closely linked with happiness; and a ditty from any age has its interests and its charm.

To keep his mind sharp and not let the monotony of his dull job weigh him down, Matthew Arnold made it a habit to write a few lines of poetry each day. Poetry, like music and songs, is a great way to lift your spirits; and those who find Omar Khayyam or "In Memoriam" unable to lighten their troubles will likely enjoy the "Owl and the Pussy-cat," or the Bab Ballads. In some form or another, poetry and song are closely connected to happiness, and a cheerful tune from any era has its own appeal and charm.

"She gazes at the stars above:
I would I were the skies,
That I might gaze upon my love
With such a thousand eyes!"

[71]That is probably from the Greek of Plato, a writer who is not much read by the public at large, and whose works are the legitimate property of the antiquarian. It suffices to show that it is not only to the moderns that we have to look for dainty verse that is conducive to a light heart. The following lines are from the ancient Egyptian:—

[71]That's probably from the Greek of Plato, a writer who isn’t widely read by most people and whose works belong more to historians and enthusiasts of the past. It’s enough to show that we don’t have to look only to modern writers for charming poetry that lifts the spirit. The following lines are from ancient Egypt:—

"While in my room I lie all day
 In pain that will not pass away,
The neighbours come and go.
 Ah, if with them my darling came
 The doctors would be put to shame:
She understands my woe."

Such examples might be multiplied indefinitely; and the reader will admit that there is as much of a lilt about those which are here quoted as there is about the majority of the ditties which he has hummed to himself in his hour of contentment. Here is Philodemus' description of his mistress's charms:—

Such examples could go on forever; and the reader will agree that there's just as much rhythm in those quoted here as there is in most of the songs he's sung to himself during his moments of happiness. Here is Philodemus' description of his mistress's charms:—

"My lady-love is small and brown;
 My lady's skin is soft as down;
 Her hair like parseley twists and turns;
 Her voice with magic passion burns...."

And here is an ancient Egyptian's description of not very dissimilar phenomena:—

And here is an ancient Egyptian's description of similar phenomena:—

"A damsel sweet unto the sight,
A maid of whom no like there is;
 Black are her tresses as the night,
And blacker than the blackberries."

Does not the archæologist perform a service [72]to his contemporaries by searching out such rhymes and delving for more? They bring with them, moreover, so subtle a suggestion of bygone romance, they are backed by so fair a scene of Athenian luxury or Theban splendour, that they possess a charm not often felt in modern verse. If it is argued that there is no need to increase the present supply of such ditties, since they are really quite unessential to our gaiety, the answer may be given that no nation and no period has ever found them unessential; and a light heart has been expressed in this manner since man came down from the trees.

Doesn't the archaeologist do a service [72]to his peers by uncovering these rhymes and looking for more? They carry with them such a delicate hint of past romance, and they're supported by beautiful scenes of Athenian luxury or Theban grandeur, giving them a charm that's rarely found in modern poetry. If someone argues that we don't need more of these songs since they're not really necessary for our happiness, it can be said that no culture or time has ever considered them unnecessary; a joyful spirit has been expressed this way since humans came down from the trees.

Let us turn now to another consideration. For a man to be light of heart he must have confidence in humanity. He cannot greet the morn with a smiling countenance if he believes that he and his fellows are slipping down the broad path which leads to destruction. The archæologist never despairs of mankind; for he has seen nations rise and fall till he is almost giddy, but he knows that there has never been a general deterioration. He realises that though a great nation may suffer defeat and annihilation, it is possible for it to go down in such a thunder that the talk of it stimulates other nations for all time. He sees, if any man can, that all things work together for happiness. He has observed the cycle of events, the good years and the bad; and in an evil time he is comforted by the knowledge that the good will presently roll round again. Thus the lesson [73]which he can teach is a very real necessity to that contentment of mind which lies at the root of all gaiety.

Let’s move on to another point. For a person to feel lighthearted, they need to have faith in humanity. They can't greet the morning with a smile if they think that they and everyone around them are heading down a path leading to disaster. The archaeologist never loses hope in mankind; he has witnessed nations rise and fall so many times that it’s almost overwhelming, but he knows there has never been an overall decline. He understands that, even if a great nation faces defeat and destruction, it can go down in such a way that its story inspires other nations forever. He sees, more than anyone, that everything ultimately works together for happiness. He has watched the cycle of events, the good years and the bad; and in tough times, he finds comfort in knowing that good times will come around again. Therefore, the lesson [73] he can impart is a crucial part of the peace of mind that is the foundation of all joy.

Again, a man cannot be permanently happy unless he has a just sense of proportion. He who is too big for his boots must needs limp; and he who has a swollen head is in perpetual discomfort. The history of the lives of men, the history of the nations, gives one a fairer sense of proportion than does almost any other study. In the great company of the men of old he cannot fail to assess his true value: if he has any conceit there is a greater than he to snub him; if he has a poor opinion of his powers there is many a fool with whom to contrast himself favourably. If he would risk his fortune on the spinning of a coin, being aware of the prevalence of his good-luck, archæology will tell him that the best luck will change; or if, when in sore straits, he asks whether ever a man was so unlucky, archæology will answer him that many millions of men have been more unfavoured than he. Archæology provides a precedent for almost every event or occurrence where modern inventions are not involved; and, in this manner, one may reckon their value and determine their trend. Thus many of the small worries which cause so leaden a weight to lie upon the heart and mind are by the archæologist ignored; and many of the larger calamities by him are met with serenity.

Once again, a person can't be truly happy unless they have a proper sense of proportion. Someone who thinks too highly of themselves is bound to struggle, and those with inflated egos will always be uncomfortable. The history of people's lives and nations gives a clearer sense of proportion than almost any other field of study. In the grand company of history's figures, one can't help but recognize their real worth: if they’re feeling too proud, there’s always someone greater to put them in their place; if they think poorly of their abilities, there are plenty of others to compare themselves to in a better light. If they gamble everything on a coin flip, believing in their streak of luck, archaeology will remind them that even the best luck can change; or if they find themselves in tough times and wonder if they've ever been this unlucky, archaeology will show them that millions have faced worse odds. Archaeology provides past examples for nearly every situation where modern inventions aren't involved, allowing one to gauge their value and predict their outcomes. In this way, many of the minor worries that weigh heavily on the heart and mind are overlooked by the archaeologist, while they face larger disasters with calmness.

But not only does the archæologist learn to [74]estimate himself and his actions: he learns also to see the relationship in which his life stands to the course of Time. Without archæology a man may be disturbed lest the world be about to come to an end: after a study of history he knows that it has only just begun; and that gaiety which is said to have obtained "when the world was young" is to him, therefore, a present condition. By studying the ages the archæologist learns to reckon in units of a thousand years; and it is only then that that little unit of threescore-and-ten falls into its proper proportion. "A thousand ages in Thy sight are like an evening gone," says the hymn, but it is only the archæologist who knows the meaning of the words; and it is only he who can explain that great discrepancy in the Christian faith between the statement "Behold, I come quickly" and the actual fact. A man who knows where he is in regard to his fellows, and realises where he stands in regard to Time, has learnt a lesson of archæology which is as necessary to his peace of mind as his peace of mind is necessary to his gaiety.

But not only does the archaeologist learn to [74] estimate himself and his actions: he also learns to see how his life fits into the timeline of history. Without archaeology, one might feel anxious that the world is nearing its end; after studying history, he understands that it has only just begun. The joy that people talk about from "when the world was young" is, to him, a current reality. By exploring the past, the archaeologist learns to think in terms of thousands of years; only then does a mere lifespan of seventy years seem small. "A thousand ages in Thy sight are like an evening gone," says the hymn, but it is only the archaeologist who understands what that truly means; and he alone can clarify the significant gap in Christian belief between the phrase "Behold, I come quickly" and the actual situation. A person who knows where he stands among his peers and understands his place in relation to time has learned a vital lesson from archaeology that is essential for his peace of mind, just as his peace of mind is necessary for his happiness.

It is not needful, however, to continue to point out the many ways in which archæology may be shown to be necessary to happiness. The reader will have comprehended the trend of the argument, and, if he be in sympathy with it, he will not be unwilling to develop the theme for himself. Only one point, therefore, need here be taken up. It has been reserved to the end of this [75]chapter, for, by its nature, it closes all arguments. I refer to Death.

It’s not essential, though, to keep highlighting the many ways that archaeology can be shown to be vital for happiness. The reader will understand the main point of the argument, and if they agree with it, they will likely be eager to explore the topic further. Only one point, then, needs to be addressed here. It has been saved for the end of this [75]chapter because, by its nature, it wraps up all discussions. I’m talking about Death.

Death, as we watch it around us, is the black menace of the heavens which darkens every man's day; Death, coming to our neighbour, puts a period to our merry-making; Death, seen close beside us, calls a halt in our march of pleasure. But let those who would wrest her victory from the grave turn to a study of the Past, where all is dead yet still lives, and they will find that the horror of life's cessation is materially lessened. To those who are familiar with the course of history, Death seems, to some extent, but the happy solution of the dilemma of life. So many men have welcomed its coming that one begins to feel that it cannot be so very terrible. Of the death of a certain Pharaoh an ancient Egyptian wrote: "He goes to heaven like the hawks, and his feathers are like those of the geese; he rushes at heaven like a crane, he kisses heaven like the falcon, he leaps to heaven like the locust"; and we who read these words can feel that to rush eagerly at heaven like the crane would be a mighty fine ending of the pother. Archæology, and especially Egyptology, in this respect is a bulwark to those who find the faith of their fathers wavering; for, after much study, the triumphant assertion which is so often found in Egyptian tombs—"Thou dost not come dead to thy sepulchre, thou comest living"—begins to take hold of the imagination. Death has been [76]the parent of so much goodness, dying men have cut such a dash, that one looks at it with an awakening interest. Even if the sense of the misfortune of death is uppermost in an archæologist's mind, he may find not a little comfort in having before him the example of so many good, men, who, in their hour, have faced that great calamity with squared shoulders.

Death, as we see it all around us, is the dark threat from above that casts a shadow over every person’s day; when Death comes to our neighbor, it puts an end to our celebrations; when we see Death close to us, it interrupts our enjoyment. Yet, those who want to take victory from the grave should look to the Past, where everything is dead but still lives, and they will discover that the fear of life’s end is greatly reduced. For those familiar with history, Death seems, in some ways, to be a positive resolution to life’s challenges. Many have welcomed its arrival, leading us to wonder if it’s really that terrible. An ancient Egyptian wrote of a certain Pharaoh: “He goes to heaven like the hawks, and his feathers are like those of the geese; he rushes at heaven like a crane, he kisses heaven like the falcon, he leaps to heaven like the locust”; and we who read these words can agree that eagerly rushing to heaven like the crane would make for a fantastic conclusion to the chaos. Archaeology, especially Egyptology, serves as a strong support for those whose belief wavers; after much research, the bold declaration often found in Egyptian tombs—“You do not come dead to your tomb; you come alive”—begins to capture the imagination. Death has been the source of so much goodness, and dying individuals have made such a significant impact that we start to view it with growing interest. Even if an archaeologist predominantly feels the weight of death’s misfortune, they can find some comfort in the many good people who have faced that significant calamity with composure in their final moments.

"When Death comes," says a certain sage of ancient Egypt, "it seizes the babe that is on the breast of its mother as well as he that has become an old man. When thy messenger comes to carry thee away, be thou found by him ready." Why, here is our chance; here is the opportunity for that flourish which modesty, throughout our life, has forbidden to us! John Tiptoft, Earl of Worcester, when the time came for him to lay his head upon the block, bade the executioner smite it off with three strokes as a courtesy to the Holy Trinity. King Charles the Second, as he lay upon his death-bed, apologised to those who stood around him for "being an unconscionable time adying." The story is familiar of Napoleon's aide-de-camp, who, when he had been asked whether he were wounded, replied, "Not wounded: killed," and thereupon expired. The Past is full of such incidents; and so inspiring are they that Death comes to be regarded as a most stirring adventure. The archæologist, too, better than any other, knows the vastness of the dead men's majority; and if, like the ancients, [77]he believes in the Elysian fields, where no death is and decay is unknown, he alone will realise the excellent nature of the company into which he will there be introduced.

"When death arrives," says a wise person from ancient Egypt, "it takes the infant from its mother's breast as readily as it does the elderly man. When your time comes, be found ready for it." Well, here's our chance; this is the moment for that boldness that modesty has kept us from throughout our lives! John Tiptoft, Earl of Worcester, when faced with the executioner's block, requested to be struck three times as a tribute to the Holy Trinity. King Charles the Second, as he lay dying, apologized to those around him for "taking an unconscionable time to die." The well-known story of Napoleon's aide-de-camp, who, when asked if he was wounded, responded, "Not wounded: killed," and then died, comes to mind. The past is full of such stories; they are so captivating that death starts to be seen as an exhilarating experience. The archaeologist, more than anyone else, understands the enormity of the majority of the dead; and if, like the ancients, [77] he believes in the Elysian fields, where there is no death and decay is absent, he alone will appreciate the extraordinary company he will join there.

There is, however, far more living going on in the world than dying; and there is more happiness (thanks be!) than sorrow. Thus the archæologist has a great deal more of pleasure than of pain to give to us for our enrichment. The reader will here enter an objection. He will say: "This may be true of archæology in general, but in the case of Egyptology, with which we are here mostly concerned, he surely has to deal with a sad and solemn people." The answer will be found in the next chapter. No nation in the world's history has been so gay, so light-hearted as the ancient Egyptians; and Egyptology furnishes, perhaps, the most convincing proof that archæology is, or should be, a merry science, very necessary to the gaiety of the world. I defy a man suffering from his liver to understand the old Egyptians; I defy a man who does not appreciate the pleasure of life to make anything of them. Egyptian archæology presents a pageant of such brilliancy that the archæologist is often carried along by it as in a dream, down the valley and over the hills, till, Past blending with Present, and Present with Future, he finds himself led to a kind of Island of the Blest, where death is forgotten and only the joy of life, and life's good deeds, still remain; where pleasure-domes, and all the ancient [78]"miracles of rare device," rise into the air from above the flowers; and where the damsel with the dulcimer beside the running stream sings to him of Mount Abora and of the old heroes of the elder days. If the Egyptologist or the archæologist could revive within him one-hundredth part of the elusive romance, the delicate gaiety, the subtle humour, the intangible tenderness, the unspeakable goodness, of much that is to be found in his province, one would have to cry, like Coleridge—

There is, however, much more living happening in the world than dying; and thankfully, there is more happiness than sorrow. So, the archaeologist has a lot more pleasure than pain to offer us for our enrichment. The reader might object here. They might say: "This may be true for archaeology in general, but regarding Egyptology, which we are mostly discussing, the archaeologist surely deals with a sad and serious people." The answer can be found in the next chapter. No nation in history has been as joyful and light-hearted as the ancient Egyptians; and Egyptology provides perhaps the strongest proof that archaeology is, or should be, a joyful science, crucial to the happiness of the world. I challenge anyone suffering from their liver to truly understand the old Egyptians; I challenge anyone who doesn’t appreciate the joy of life to grasp them at all. Egyptian archaeology showcases a spectacle so bright that the archaeologist often finds themselves swept away by it as if in a dream, traveling down the valley and over the hills, until the Past merges with the Present, and the Present with the Future, leading them to a sort of Island of the Blest, where death is forgotten and only the joy of life, and life’s good deeds, remain; where pleasure-domes, and all the ancient "miracles of rare device," rise into the air above the flowers; and where the girl with the dulcimer by the running stream sings to him of Mount Abora and the old heroes of yesteryear. If the Egyptologist or the archaeologist could revive within them even one-hundredth of the elusive romance, the delicate joy, the subtle humor, the intangible tenderness, and the unspeakable goodness found in their field, one would have to exclaim, like Coleridge—

"Beware, beware!
Weave a circle round him thrice,
And close your eyes with holy dread,
For he on honey-dew hath fed,
And drunk the milk of Paradise."

[79]

PART II.

STUDIES IN THE TREASURY.

"And I could tell thee stories that would make thee laugh at all thy trouble, and take thee to a land of which thou hast never even dreamed. Where the trees have ever blossoms, and are noisy with the humming of intoxicated bees. Where by day the suns are never burning, and by night the moonstones ooze with nectar in the rays of the camphor-laden moon. Where the blue lakes are filled with rows of silver swans, and where, on steps of lapis lazuli, the peacocks dance in agitation at the murmur of the thunder in the hills. Where the lightning flashes without harming, to light the way to women stealing in the darkness to meetings with their lovers, and the rainbow hangs for ever like an opal on the dark blue curtain of the cloud. Where, on the moonlit roofs of crystal palaces, pairs of lovers laugh at the reflection of each other's love-sick faces in goblets of red wine, breathing, as they drink, air heavy with the fragrance of the sandal, wafted on the breezes from the mountain of the south. Where they play and pelt each other with emeralds and rubies, fetched at the churning of the ocean from the bottom of the sea. Where rivers, whose sands are always golden, flow slowly past long lines of silent cranes that hunt for silver fishes in the rushes on the banks. Where men are true, and maidens love for ever, and the lotus never fades."

F.W. BAIN: A Heifer of the Dawn.

[81]

CHAPTER IV.

THE TEMPERAMENT OF THE ANCIENT EGYPTIANS.

A certain school geography book, now out of date, condenses its remarks upon the character of our Gallic cousins into the following pregnant sentence: "The French are a gay and frivolous nation, fond of dancing and red wine." The description would so nearly apply to the ancient inhabitants of Egypt, that its adoption here as a text to this chapter cannot be said to be extravagant. The unbiassed inquirer into the affairs of ancient Egypt must discover ultimately, and perhaps to his regret, that the dwellers on the Nile were a "gay and frivolous people," festive, light-hearted, and mirthful, "fond of dancing and red wine," and pledged to all that is brilliant in life. There are very many people, naturally, who hold to those views which their forefathers held before them, and picture the Egyptians as a sombre, gloomy people; replete with thoughts of Death and of the more melancholy aspect of religion; burdened with the menacing presence of a multitude of horrible gods and demons, whose priests demanded the erection of vast temples for their [82]appeasement; having little joy of this life, and much uneasy conjecture about the next; making entertainment in solemn gatherings and ponderous feasts; and holding merriment in holy contempt. Of the five startling classes into which the dictionary divides the human temperament, namely, the bilious or choleric, the phlegmatic, the sanguine, the melancholic, and the nervous, it is probable that the first, the second, and the fourth would be those assigned to the ancient Egyptians by these people. This view is so entirely false that one will be forgiven if, in the attempt to dissolve it, the gaiety of the race is thrust before the reader with too little extenuation. The sanguine, and perhaps the nervous, are the classes of temperament under which the Egyptians must be docketed. It cannot be denied that they were an industrious and even a strenuous people, that they indulged in the most serious thoughts, and attempted to study the most complex problems of life, and that the ceremonial side of their religion occupied a large part of their time. But there is abundant evidence to show that, like their descendents of the present day, they were one of the least gloomy people of the world, and that they took their duties in the most buoyant manner, allowing as much sunshine to radiate through their minds as shone from the cloudless Egyptian skies upon their dazzling country.

A certain outdated school geography book sums up its thoughts on our French cousins in this catchy sentence: "The French are a lively and carefree nation, fond of dancing and red wine." This description could almost fit the ancient Egyptians, so it's not far-fetched to use it as a reference in this chapter. An unbiased look into ancient Egypt will ultimately reveal, perhaps to the reader's surprise, that those living along the Nile were a "lively and carefree people," festive, cheerful, and joyful, "fond of dancing and red wine," embracing all that is vibrant in life. Naturally, many people cling to the beliefs passed down through generations and envision the Egyptians as a serious, gloomy folk; preoccupied with thoughts of death and the darker side of religion; weighed down by the frightening presence of numerous terrifying gods and demons, whose priests required the construction of massive temples for their appeasement; finding little joy in this life, and having much uneasy speculation about the next; enjoying solemn gatherings and heavy feasts; and regarding merriment with disdain. Of the five distinct categories that the dictionary assigns to human temperament—namely, the bilious or choleric, the phlegmatic, the sanguine, the melancholic, and the nervous—it’s likely that the first, second, and fourth would be attributed to ancient Egyptians by these individuals. This perspective is so completely incorrect that one might be excused for presenting the cheerful nature of the race to the reader with insufficient qualification. The sanguine, and perhaps the nervous, are the temperamental categories that best fit the Egyptians. It cannot be denied that they were a hardworking and even tireless people, that they engaged in serious contemplation, and sought to understand complex life issues, and that the ceremonial aspects of their religion consumed a significant portion of their time. However, there is plenty of evidence to suggest that, like their modern descendants, they were among the least gloomy people in the world and approached their responsibilities with a lighthearted spirit, letting as much sunshine shine through their thoughts as the bright Egyptian skies illuminated their stunning land.

It is curiously interesting to notice how general is the present belief in the solemnity of this ancient [83]race's attitude towards existence, and how little their real character is appreciated. Already the reader will be protesting, perhaps, that the application of the geographer's summary of French characteristics to the ancient Egyptians lessens in no wise its ridiculousness, but rather increases it. Let the protest, however, be held back for a while. Even if the Egyptians were not always frivolous, they were always uncommonly gay, and any slight exaggeration will be pardoned in view of the fact that old prejudices have to be violently overturned, and the stigma of melancholy and ponderous sobriety torn from the national name. It would be a matter of little surprise to some good persons if the products of excavation in the Nile Valley consisted largely of antique black kid gloves.

It's interesting to see how widely accepted the belief is about this ancient race's serious attitude toward life, and how little their true nature is understood. Already, the reader might be thinking that applying the geographer's overview of French traits to the ancient Egyptians makes it even more ridiculous, but let's hold off on that reaction for a moment. Even if the Egyptians weren’t always light-hearted, they were definitely very cheerful, and any slight exaggeration can be forgiven considering that old biases need to be strongly challenged, and the label of sadness and heavy seriousness removed from their national identity. It wouldn’t be surprising to some if the items found in the Nile Valley turned out to be largely old black kid gloves.

Plate 8
[Photo by E. Bird.
Two Egyptian boys decked with flowers and a third holding a musical instrument. They are standing against the outside wall of the Dendereh Temple.
Pl. viii.

Like many other nations the ancient Egyptians rendered mortuary service to their ancestors, and solid tomb-chapels had to be constructed in honour of the more important dead. Both for the purpose of preserving the mummy intact, and also in order to keep the ceremonies going for as long a period of time as possible, these chapels were constructed in a most substantial manner, and many of them have withstood successfully the siege of the years. The dwelling-houses, on the other hand, were seldom delivered from father to son; but, as in modern Egypt, each grandee built a palace for himself, designed to last for a lifetime only, and hardly one of these mansions still exists even as a ruin.

Like many other nations, the ancient Egyptians honored their ancestors with burial services, and elaborate tomb chapels had to be built in honor of the most significant deceased. These chapels were constructed robustly to preserve the mummy intact and to keep the ceremonies going for as long as possible. Many of them have endured the test of time. In contrast, homes were rarely passed down from father to son; instead, similar to modern Egypt, each noble constructed a palace intended to last for just a lifetime, and hardly any of these mansions exist today, even as ruins.

[84]Moreover the tombs were constructed in the dry desert or in the solid hillside, whereas the dwelling-houses were situated on the damp earth, where they had little chance of remaining undemolished. And so it is that the main part of our knowledge of the Egyptians is derived from a study of their tombs and mortuary temples. How false would be our estimate of the character of a modern nation were we to glean our information solely from its churchyard inscriptions! We should know absolutely nothing of the frivolous side of the life of those whose bare bones lie beneath the gloomy declaration of their Christian virtues. It will be realised how sincere was the light-heartedness of the Egyptians when it is remembered that almost everything in the following record of their gaieties is derived from a study of the tombs, and of objects found therein.

[84]Additionally, the tombs were built in the dry desert or on solid hillsides, while the houses were located on damp ground, where they were likely to fall apart. That's why most of what we know about the Egyptians comes from studying their tombs and mortuary temples. How incorrect would our understanding of a modern nation be if we based it only on churchyard inscriptions! We wouldn't learn anything about the lighter side of the lives of those whose bones lie beneath solemn statements of their Christian virtues. It's important to recognize how genuine the Egyptians' joy was, especially since much of what we know about their celebrations comes from studying their tombs and the items found inside.

Light-heartedness is the key-note of the ancient philosophy of the country, and in this assertion the reader will, in most cases, find cause for surprise. The Greek travellers in Egypt, who returned to their native land impressed with the wonderful mysticism of the Egyptians, committed their amazement to paper, and so led off that feeling of awed reverence which is felt for the philosophy of Pharaoh's subjects. But in their case there was the presence of the priests and wise men eloquently to baffle them into the state of respect, and there were a thousand unwritten arguments, comments, articles of faith, and controverted [85]points of doctrine heard from the mouths of the believers, to surprise them into a reverential attitude. But we of the present day have left to us only the more outward and visible remains of the Egyptians. There are only the fundamental doctrines to work on, the more penetrating notes of the harmony to listen to. Thus the outline of the philosophy is able to be studied without any complication, and we have no whirligig of priestly talk to confuse it. Examined in this way, working only from cold stones and dry papyri, we are confronted with the old "Eat, drink, and be merry," which is at once the happiest and most dangerous philosophy conceived by man. It is to be noticed that this way of looking at life is to be found in Egypt from the earliest times down to the period of the Greek occupation of the country, and, in fact, until the present day. That is to say, it was a philosophy inborn in the Egyptian,—a part of his nature.

Light-heartedness is the main theme of the ancient philosophy of the country, and most readers will likely find this surprising. Greek travelers in Egypt returned home captivated by the incredible mysticism of the Egyptians and documented their astonishment on paper, which sparked a sense of awe and respect for the philosophy of Pharaoh's people. However, they were influenced by the priests and wise men who inspired that respect, with countless unwritten arguments, beliefs, and debated points of doctrine echoed by the faithful, which surprised them into a reverent mindset. But today, we are left only with the more visible remnants of the Egyptians. We have the basic doctrines to explore, the deeper notes of the philosophy to appreciate. Thus, we can examine the outline of their philosophy without complication, free from the confusing chatter of priests. Analyzing it this way, relying only on cold stones and dry papyrus, we encounter the old "Eat, drink, and be merry," which is both the most joyful and the most dangerous philosophy ever created by humanity. It’s important to note that this perspective on life has been present in Egypt from ancient times through the Greek occupation right up to today. In other words, it was an inherent philosophy for the Egyptian people—a part of their essence.

Imhotep, the famous philosopher of Dynasty III., about B.C. 3000, said to his disciples: "Behold the dwellings of the dead. Their walls fall down, their place is no more; they are as though they had never existed"; and he drew from this the lesson that man is soon done with and forgotten, and that therefore his life should be as happy as possible. To Imhotep must be attributed the earliest known exhortation to man to resign himself to his candle-end of a life, and to the inevitable snuffing-out to come, and to be merry while yet he may. There [86]is a poem, dating from about B.C. 2000, from which the following is taken:—

Imhotep, the famous philosopher of Dynasty III, around 3000 B.C., said to his students: "Look at the homes of the dead. Their walls crumble, their place is gone; they’re as if they never existed." He used this to teach that people are quickly forgotten, so life should be as joyful as possible. Imhotep should be credited with the earliest known encouragement for people to accept their brief lives and the inevitable end that comes, and to enjoy themselves while they can. There [86] is a poem, dating from around 2000 B.C., from which the following is taken:—

"Walk after thy heart's desire so long as thou livest. Put myrrh on thy head, clothe thyself in fine linen, anoint thyself with the true marvels of God.... Let not thy heart concern itself, until there cometh to thee that great day of lamentation. Yet he who is at rest can hear not thy complaint, and he who lies in the tomb can understand not thy weeping. Therefore, with smiling face, let thy days be happy, and rest not therein. For no man carrieth his goods away with him; "O, no man returneth again who is gone thither."

"Follow your heart's desire as long as you live. Put myrrh on your head, dress in fine linen, and use the true wonders of God. Don’t let your heart worry until that great day of mourning comes. But remember, the one who is at peace can’t hear your complaints, and the one who is in the grave can’t understand your weeping. So, with a smiling face, make your days joyful and don’t dwell on it. For no one takes their possessions with them; “No one comes back again once they’re gone.”

Again, we have the same sentiments expressed in a tomb of about B.C. 1350, belonging to a certain Neferhotep, a priest of Amen. It is quoted on page 235, and here we need only note the ending:

Again, we see the same feelings expressed in a tomb from around 1350 B.C., belonging to a priest named Neferhotep, who served Amen. It's quoted on page 235, and here we just need to take note of the ending:

"Come, songs and music are before thee. Set behind thee all cares; think only upon gladness, until that day cometh whereon thou shalt go down to the land which loveth silence."

"Come, songs and music are here for you. Put all your worries aside; focus only on happiness, until the day comes when you will go down to the land that loves silence."

A Ptolemaic inscription quoted more fully towards the end of this chapter reads: "Follow thy desire by night and by day. Put not care within thy heart."

A Ptolemaic inscription quoted more fully towards the end of this chapter says: "Pursue your desires day and night. Don't let worry into your heart."

The ancient Egyptian peasants, like their modern descendants, were fatalists, and a happy carelessness seems to have softened the strenuousness of their daily tasks. The peasants of the present day in Egypt so lack the initiative to develop the scope of their industries that their life cannot be said to be strenuous. In whatever work they [87]undertake, however, they show a wonderful degree of cheerfulness, and a fine disregard for misfortune. Their forefathers, similarly, went through their labours with a song upon their lips. In the tombs at Sakkâra, dating from the Old Empire, there are scenes representing flocks of goats treading in the seed on the newly-sown ground, and the inscriptions give the song which the goat-herds sing:—

The ancient Egyptian farmers, like their present-day descendants, were fatalistic, and a cheerful indifference seemed to ease the burden of their daily tasks. Today’s farmers in Egypt lack the initiative to expand their industries, so their lives can't really be considered demanding. In whatever work they take on, they display a remarkable level of positivity and a carefree attitude towards hardships. Their ancestors similarly worked with songs on their lips. In the tombs at Sakkâra, dating from the Old Empire, there are images showing flocks of goats trampling the seeds in the freshly sown fields, and the inscriptions include the song that the goat-herders sing:—

"The goat-herd is in the water with the fishes,—
 He speaks with the nar-fish, he talks with the pike;
 From the west is your goat-herd; your goat-herd is from the west."

"The goat herder is in the water with the fish,—
He talks to the nar-fish, he converses with the pike;
From the west comes your goat herder; your goat herder is from the west."

The meaning of the words is not known, of course, but the song seems to have been a popular one. A more comprehensible ditty is that sung to the oxen by their driver, which dates from the New Empire:—

The meaning of the words isn't known, of course, but the song appears to have been quite popular. A more understandable tune is the one sung to the oxen by their driver, which dates back to the New Empire:—

"Thresh out for yourselves, ye oxen, thresh out for yourselves.
 Thresh out the straw for your food, and the grain for your masters.
 Do not rest yourselves, for it is cool to-day."

"Work it out for yourselves, you oxen, work it out for yourselves.
 Get the straw for your food, and the grain for your masters.
 Don't take a break, because it's cool today."

Some of the love-songs have been preserved from destruction, and these throw much light upon the subject of the Egyptian temperament. A number of songs, supposed to have been sung by a girl to her lover, form themselves into a collection entitled "The beautiful and gladsome songs of thy sister, whom thy heart loves, as she walks in the fields." The girl is supposed to belong to the peasant class, and most of the verses are sung whilst she is at her daily occupation of snaring [88]wild duck in the marshes. One must imagine the songs warbled without any particular refrain, just as in the case of the modern Egyptians, who pour out their ancient tales of love and adventure in a series of bird-like cadences, full-throated, and often wonderfully melodious. A peculiar sweetness and tenderness will be noticed in the following examples, and though they suffer in translation, their airy lightness and refinement is to be distinguished. One characteristic song, addressed by the girl to her lover, runs—

Some of the love songs have survived destruction, and they provide a lot of insight into the Egyptian temperament. A collection of songs, thought to be sung by a girl to her lover, is titled "The beautiful and joyful songs of your sister, whom your heart loves, as she walks in the fields." The girl is believed to be from the peasant class, and most of the verses are sung while she is busy catching wild ducks in the marshes. You can imagine the songs sung without a specific refrain, similar to how modern Egyptians express their ancient tales of love and adventure in a series of bird-like melodies that are rich and often incredibly beautiful. A unique sweetness and tenderness can be found in the following examples, and while they lose some meaning in translation, their lightness and elegance are still evident. One notable song, addressed by the girl to her lover, goes—

"Caught by the worm, the wild duck cries,
 But in the love-light of thine eyes
 I, trembling, loose the trap. So flies
The bird into the air.
 What will my angry mother say?
 With basket full I come each day,
 But now thy love hath led me stray,
And I have set no snare."

Again, in a somewhat similar strain, she sings—

Again, in a somewhat similar tone, she sings—

"The wild duck scatter far, and now
 Again they light upon the bough
And cry unto their kind;
 Anon they gather on the mere—
 But yet unharmed I leave them there,
For love hath filled my mind."

Another song must be given here in prose form. The girl who sings it is supposed to be making a wreath of flowers, and as she works she cries—

Another song must be presented here in prose. The girl singing it is said to be weaving a flower crown, and as she works, she weeps—

"I am thy first sister, and to me thou art as a garden which I have planted with flowers and all sweet-smelling[89] herbs. And I have directed a canal into it, that thou mightest dip thy hand into it when the north wind blows cool. The place is beautiful where we walk, because we walk together, thy hand resting within mine, our mind thoughtful and our heart joyful. It is intoxicating to me to hear thy voice, yet my life depends upon hearing it. Whenever I see thee it is better to me than food and drink."

"I am your first sister, and to me, you are like a garden I’ve planted with flowers and all sweet-smelling herbs. I’ve created a canal in it so you can dip your hand in when the north wind blows cool. The place we walk is beautiful because we walk together, your hand resting in mine, our minds thoughtful and our hearts joyful. It’s intoxicating for me to hear your voice, and my life depends on hearing it. Whenever I see you, it’s better than food and drink."

One more song must be quoted, for it is so artless and so full of human tenderness that I may risk the accusation of straying from the main argument in repeating it. It runs:—

One more song needs to be mentioned because it’s so simple and filled with human warmth that I might get accused of going off-topic by repeating it. It goes:—

"The breath of thy nostrils alone
 Is that which maketh my heart to live.
 I found thee:
 God grant thee to me
 For ever and ever."

It is really painful to think of these words as having fallen from the lips of what is now a resin-smelling lump of bones and hardened flesh, perhaps still unearthed, perhaps lying in some museum show-case, or perhaps kicked about in fragments over the hot sand of some tourist-crowded necropolis. Mummies are the most lifeless objects one could well imagine. It is impossible even for those whose imaginations are most powerful, to infuse life into a thing so utterly dead as an embalmed body; and this fact is partly responsible for that atmosphere of stark, melancholy, sobriety and aloofness which surrounds the affairs of ancient Egypt. In reading these verses, it is imperative for their right understanding that the mummies [90]and their resting-places should be banished from the thoughts. It is not always a simple matter for the student to rid himself of the atmosphere of the museum, where the beads which should be jangling on a brown neck are lying numbered and labelled on red velvet; where the bird-trap, once the centre of such feathered commotion, is propped up in a glass case as "D, 18,432"; and where even the document in which the verses are written is the lawful booty of the grammarian and philologist in the library. But it is the first duty of an archæologist to do away with that atmosphere.

It’s really painful to think of these words as coming from the lips of what is now a resin-smelling mass of bones and hardened flesh, perhaps still buried, maybe displayed in some museum showcase, or perhaps scattered in pieces over the hot sand of a crowded tourist necropolis. Mummies are the most lifeless things one could imagine. It’s impossible, even for the most imaginative, to bring life to something so utterly dead as an embalmed body; and this fact partly contributes to the stark, melancholy, sober, and distant atmosphere surrounding ancient Egyptian affairs. To truly understand these verses, it’s essential to set aside thoughts of mummies and their resting places. It’s not always easy for students to shake off the museum atmosphere, where the beads that should be jingling on a brown neck are laid out numbered and labeled on red velvet; where the bird trap, once the center of lively commotion, is displayed in a glass case marked "D, 18,432"; and where even the document containing the verses is the rightful prize of grammarians and philologists in the library. But it’s the primary responsibility of an archaeologist to eliminate that atmosphere.

Let those who are untrammelled then, pass out into the sunshine of the Egyptian fields and marshes, where the wild duck cry to each other as they scuttle through the tall reeds. Here in the early morning comes our songstress, and one may see her as clearly as one can that Shulamite of King Solomon's day, who has had the good fortune to belong to a land where stones and bones, being few in number, do not endanger the atmosphere of the literature. One may see her, her hair moving in the breeze "as a flock of goats that appear from Mount Gilead"; her teeth white "as a flock of shorn sheep which came up from the washing," and her lips "like a thread of scarlet." Through such imaginings alone can one appreciate the songs, or realise the lightness of the manner in which they were sung.

Let those who are free then, step out into the sunlight of the Egyptian fields and marshes, where the wild ducks call to each other as they dart through the tall reeds. Here in the early morning comes our songstress, and she can be seen as clearly as that Shulamite from King Solomon's time, who was fortunate enough to come from a land where stones and bones are few, not threatening the spirit of the literature. One can see her, her hair blowing in the breeze "like a flock of goats that appears from Mount Gilead"; her teeth white "like a flock of shorn sheep that have just been washed," and her lips "like a thread of scarlet." Only through such images can one truly appreciate the songs or grasp the lightness of how they were sung.

With such a happy view of life amongst the [91]upper classes as is indicated by their philosophy, and with that merry disposition amongst the peasants which shows itself in their love of song, it is not surprising to find that asceticism is practically unknown in ancient Egypt before the time of Christ. At first sight, in reflecting on the mysteries and religious ceremonies of the nation, we are apt to endow the priests and other participators with a degree of austerity wholly unjustified by facts. We picture the priest chanting his formulæ in the dim light of the temple, the atmosphere about him heavy with incense; and we imagine him as an anchorite who has put away the things of this world. But in reality there seems to have been not even such a thing as a celibate amongst the priests. Each man had his wife and his family, his house, and his comforts of food and fine linen. He indulged in the usual pastimes and was present at the merriest of feasts. The famous wise men and magicians, such as Uba-ana of the Westcar Papyrus, had their wives, their parks, their pleasure-pavilions, and their hosts of servants. Great dignitaries of the Amon Church, such as Amenhotepsase, the Second Prophet of Amen in the time of Thutmosis IV., are represented as feasting with their friends, or driving through Thebes in richly-decorated chariots drawn by prancing horses, and attended by an array of servants. A monastic life, or the life of an anchorite, was held by the Egyptians in scorn; and indeed the state of mind [92]which produces the monk and the hermit was almost entirely unknown to the nation in dynastic times. It was only in the Ptolemaic and Roman periods that asceticism came to be practised; and some have thought that its introduction into Egypt is to be attributed to the preaching of the Hindoo missionaries sent from India to the court of the Ptolemies. It is not really an Egyptian characteristic; and its practice did not last for more than a few centuries.

With such a positive outlook on life among the upper classes, as shown by their philosophy, and with the joyful nature of the peasants reflected in their love for song, it’s not surprising that asceticism was nearly nonexistent in ancient Egypt before the time of Christ. At first glance, when considering the mysteries and religious ceremonies of the nation, we might assume that the priests and others involved were very austere, which is not supported by the facts. We envision the priest chanting his rituals in the dim light of the temple, surrounded by a heavy incense atmosphere, picturing him as a hermit who has renounced worldly possessions. However, in truth, there doesn’t seem to have been even a celibate priest among them. Each man had a wife, children, a home, and enjoyed the comforts of good food and fine linen. He participated in leisure activities and attended the liveliest feasts. The renowned wise men and magicians, like Uba-ana from the Westcar Papyrus, had their wives, parks, pleasure pavilions, and many servants. High-ranking officials of the Amon Church, such as Amenhotepsase, the Second Prophet of Amen during the reign of Thutmosis IV, are depicted as enjoying banquets with friends or riding through Thebes in richly decorated chariots drawn by spirited horses, accompanied by numerous servants. Egyptians scorned monastic or hermit life; in fact, the mindset that leads to monks and hermits was nearly unknown among the nation during dynastic times. Asceticism only began to take hold during the Ptolemaic and Roman periods, with some believing its introduction in Egypt was due to Hindu missionaries sent from India to the Ptolemaic court. It wasn’t a characteristic of Egyptian culture, and its practice didn't last more than a few centuries.

The religious teachings of the Egyptians before the Ptolemaic era do not suggest that the mortification of the flesh was a possible means of purifying the spirit. An appeal to the senses and to the emotions, however, was considered as a legitimate method of reaching the soul. The Egyptians were passionately fond of ceremonial display. Their huge temples, painted as they were with the most brilliant colours, formed the setting of processions and ceremonies in which music, rhythmic motion, and colour were brought to a point of excellence. In honour of some of the gods dances were conducted; while celebrations, such as the fantastic Feast of Lamps, were held on the anniversaries of religious events. In these gorgeously spectacular ceremonies there was no place for anything sombre or austere, nor could they have been conceived by any but the most life-loving temperaments.

The religious teachings of the Egyptians before the Ptolemaic era don't suggest that punishing the body was a way to purify the spirit. Instead, appealing to the senses and emotions was seen as a valid method to reach the soul. The Egyptians had a deep love for ceremonial display. Their huge temples, painted in the most vivid colors, served as the backdrop for processions and ceremonies where music, rhythm, and color were taken to the highest level. Dances were performed in honor of certain gods, and celebrations, like the amazing Feast of Lamps, took place to mark religious anniversaries. These extravagant ceremonies allowed no room for anything somber or strict, and they could only have been imagined by the most vibrant and joyful people.

As in his religious functions, so in his home, the Egyptian regarded brilliancy and festivity [93]as an edification. When in trouble or distress, he was wont to relieve his mind as readily by an appeal to the vanities of this world as by an invocation of the powers of Heaven. Thus, when King Sneferu, of Dynasty IV., was oppressed with the cares of state, his councillor Zazamankh constructed for him a pleasure boat which was rowed around a lake by the most beautiful damsels obtainable. And again, when Wenamon, the envoy of Herhor of Dynasty XXI., had fallen into trouble with the pirates of the Mediterranean, his depression was banished by a gift of a dancing-girl, two vessels of wine, a young goat of tender flesh, and a message which read—"Eat and drink, and let not thy heart feel apprehension."

Just like in his religious duties, the Egyptian saw brightness and celebration at home as uplifting. When faced with challenges or stress, he preferred to ease his mind by indulging in the pleasures of this world just as much as by calling upon heavenly powers. For instance, when King Sneferu of Dynasty IV was burdened with the responsibilities of his reign, his advisor Zazamankh built him a pleasure boat that was rowed around a lake by the most beautiful women available. Similarly, when Wenamon, the envoy of Herhor from Dynasty XXI, got into trouble with Mediterranean pirates, his worries were lifted by receiving a dancing girl, two containers of wine, a young goat, and a message that said, "Eat and drink, and don’t let your heart be troubled."

An intense craving for brightness and cheerfulness is to be observed on all sides, and the attempt to cover every action of life with a kind of lustre is perhaps the most apparent characteristic of the race. At all times the Egyptians decked themselves with flowers, and rich and poor alike breathed what they called "the sweet north wind" through a screen of blossoms. At their feasts and festivals each guest was presented with necklaces and crowns of lotus-flowers, and a specially selected bouquet was carried in the hands. Constantly, as the hours passed, fresh flowers were brought to them, and the guests are shown in the tomb paintings in the act of burying their noses in the delicate petals with an air of luxury which even the conventionalities [94]of the draughtsman cannot hide. In the women's hair a flower was pinned which hung down before the forehead; and a cake of ointment, concocted of some sweet-smelling unguent, was so arranged upon the head that, as it slowly melted, it re-perfumed the flower. Complete wreaths of flowers were sometimes worn, and this was the custom as much in the dress of the home as in that of the feast. The common people also arrayed themselves with wreaths of lotuses at all galas and carnivals. The room in which a feast was held was decorated lavishly with flowers. Blossoms crept up the delicate pillars to the roof; garlands twined themselves around the tables and about the jars of wine; and single buds lay in every dish of food. Even the dead were decked in their tombs with a mass of flowers, as though the mourners would hide with the living delights of the earth the misery of the grave.

An intense desire for brightness and happiness is evident everywhere, and the effort to adorn every part of life with a kind of radiance is perhaps the most noticeable trait of the Egyptians. At all times, they adorned themselves with flowers, and both the rich and the poor enjoyed what they called "the sweet north wind" through a curtain of blossoms. At their feasts and festivals, each guest received necklaces and crowns made of lotus flowers, and a specially chosen bouquet was carried in hand. Constantly, as the hours went by, fresh flowers were brought to them, and the guests are depicted in tomb paintings burying their noses in the delicate petals with a sense of luxury that even the conventions of the artist cannot conceal. Women pinned flowers in their hair, letting them hang down over their foreheads; and a cake of ointment, made from a fragrant unguent, was arranged atop their heads so that, as it gradually melted, it re-perfumed the flower. Complete flower wreaths were often worn, and this custom was as much a part of everyday attire as it was of festive occasions. The common people also adorned themselves with lotus wreaths during celebrations and carnivals. The room where a feast took place was lavishly decorated with flowers. Blossoms climbed up the delicate pillars to the ceiling; garlands wrapped around the tables and wine jars; and single buds rested in every dish of food. Even the deceased were adorned in their tombs with a profusion of flowers, as if the mourners wanted to cover the sorrow of the grave with the joys of life.

The Egyptian loved his garden, and filled it with all manner of beautiful flowers. Great parks were laid out by the Pharaohs, and it is recorded of Thutmosis III. that he brought back from his Asiatic campaigns vast quantities of rare plants with which to beautify Thebes. Festivals were held at the season when the flowers were in full bloom, and the light-hearted Egyptian did not fail to make the flowers talk to him, in the imagination, of the delights of life. In one case a fig-tree is made to call to a passing maiden to come into its shade.

The Egyptian loved his garden and filled it with all sorts of beautiful flowers. The Pharaohs developed grand parks, and it’s noted that Thutmosis III brought back a huge amount of rare plants from his campaigns in Asia to enhance Thebes. Festivals were celebrated when the flowers were in full bloom, and the cheerful Egyptian would engage with the flowers, imagining them sharing the joys of life with him. In one instance, a fig tree calls out to a passing girl to come take shelter in its shade.

[95] "Come," it says, "and spend this festal day, and to-morrow, and the day after to-morrow, sitting in my shadow. Let thy lover sit at thy side, and let him drink.... Thy servants will come with the dinner-things—they will bring drink of every kind, with all manner of cakes, flowers of yesterday and of to-day, and all kinds of refreshing fruit."

[95] "Come," it says, "and enjoy this festive day, tomorrow, and the day after, relaxing in my shade. Let your lover sit next to you, and let him drink.... Your servants will arrive with the dinner and bring all sorts of drinks, a variety of cakes, flowers from yesterday and today, and all kinds of fresh fruit."

Than this one could hardly find a more convincing indication of the gaiety of the Egyptian temperament. In the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries A.D. the people were so oppressed that any display of luxury was discouraged, and a happy smile brought the tax-gatherer to the door to ascertain whether it was due to financial prosperity. But the carrying of flowers, and other indications of a kind of unworried contentment, are now again becoming apparent on all sides.

Than this, it would be hard to find a more convincing sign of the cheerful nature of the Egyptian people. In the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries A.D., people were so oppressed that any show of luxury was frowned upon, and a joyful smile would bring the tax collector to the door to see if it came from financial success. However, now the carrying of flowers and other signs of a carefree contentment are once again becoming noticeable everywhere.

Plate 9
[Photo by E. Brugsch Pasha.
A garland of leaves and flowers dating from about B.C. 1000. It was placed upon the neck of a mummy.—Egyptian Museum.
Pl. ix.

The affection displayed by the Egyptians for bright colours would alone indicate that their temperament was not melancholic. The houses of the rich were painted with colours which would be regarded as crude had they appeared in the Occident, but which are admissible in Egypt where the natural brilliancy of the sunshine and the scenery demands a more extreme colour-scheme in decoration. The pavilions in which the nobles "made a happy day," as they phrased it, were painted with the most brilliant wall-decorations, and the delicately-shaped lotus columns supporting the roof were striped with half a dozen colours, and were hung with streamers of linen. The ceilings and pavements [96]seem to have afforded the artists a happy field for a display of their originality and skill, and it is on these stretches of smooth-plastered surface that gems of Egyptian art are often found. A pavement from the palace of Akhnaton at Tell el Amârna shows a scene in which a cow is depicted frisking through the reeds, and birds are represented flying over the marshes. In the palace of Amenhotep III. at Gurneh there was a ceiling decoration representing a flight of doves, which, in its delicacy of execution and colouring, is not to be classed with the crude forms of Egyptian decoration, but indicates an equally light-hearted temperament in its creator. It is not probable that either bright colours or daintiness of design would emanate from the brains of a sombre-minded people.

The love that the Egyptians had for bright colors suggests that their temperament was anything but gloomy. The homes of the wealthy were painted in colors that might be considered harsh if seen in the West, but in Egypt, the vibrant sunlight and stunning landscapes called for a more intense color palette in decoration. The pavilions where the nobles "had a good time," as they put it, were adorned with the most striking wall art, and the elegantly designed lotus columns supporting the roofs were painted in multiple colors and decorated with linen streamers. The ceilings and floors [96] seemed to provide artists with a perfect opportunity to showcase their creativity and talent, and it’s on these smooth, plastered surfaces that some of the finest examples of Egyptian art can often be found. A flooring piece from Akhnaton’s palace at Tell el Amârna depicts a scene of a cow playfully moving through the reeds, while birds are shown flying over the marshes. In Amenhotep III's palace at Gurneh, there was a ceiling design featuring a flock of doves, which, due to its delicate execution and coloring, stands apart from the more basic styles of Egyptian decoration, yet also reflects a cheerful spirit in its creator. It’s unlikely that either bright colors or intricate designs would come from a serious-minded culture.

Some of the feminine garments worn in ancient Egypt were exceedingly gaudy, and they made up in colour all that they lacked in variety of design. In the Middle and New Empires the robes of the men were as many-hued as their wall decorations, and as rich in composition. One may take as a typical example the costume of a certain priest who lived at the end of Dynasty XVIII. An elaborate wig covers his head; a richly ornamented necklace surrounds his neck; the upper part of his body is clothed in a tunic of gauze-like linen; as a skirt there is swathed around him the most delicately coloured fine linen, one end of which is brought up and thrown gracefully [97]over his arm; decorated sandals cover his feet and curl up over his toes; and in his hand he carries a jewelled wand surmounted by feathers. It would be an absurdity to state that these folds of fine linen hid a heart set on things higher than this world and its vanities. Nor do the objects of daily use found in the tombs suggest any austerity in the Egyptian character. There is no reflection of the Underworld to be looked for in the ornamental bronze mirrors, nor smell of death in the frail perfume pots. Religious abstraction is not to be sought in lotus-formed drinking-cups, and mortification of the body is certainly not practised on golden chairs and soft cushions. These were the objects buried in the tombs of the priests and religious teachers.

Some of the women's clothing worn in ancient Egypt was really flashy, and they made up for the lack of design variety with color. In the Middle and New Empires, men's robes were as colorful as their wall decorations and just as rich in detail. A typical example is the outfit of a certain priest from the end of Dynasty XVIII. He wears an elaborate wig on his head, a beautifully decorated necklace around his neck, a tunic made of gauze-like linen on the upper part of his body, and the most delicately colored fine linen wrapped around him as a skirt, with one end elegantly draped over his arm. He has decorated sandals on his feet that curl up over his toes, and he holds a jeweled wand topped with feathers. It would be ridiculous to say that these layers of fine linen concealed a heart focused on higher matters beyond this world and its vanities. The daily items found in the tombs also suggest no austerity in the Egyptian character. There’s no hint of the Underworld in the decorative bronze mirrors, nor is there a scent of death in the fragile perfume pots. You won’t find any religious abstraction in lotus-shaped drinking cups, and there's definitely no body mortification practiced on golden chairs and soft cushions. These were the items buried in the tombs of the priests and religious teachers.

The puritanical tendency of a race can generally be discovered by a study of the personal names of the people. The names by which the Egyptians called their children are as gay as they are pretty, and lack entirely the Puritan character. "Eyes-of-love," "My-lady-is-as-gold," "Cool-breeze," "Gold-and-lapis-lazuli," "Beautiful-morning," are Egyptian names very far removed from "Through-trials-and-tribulations-we-enter-into-the-Kingdom-of-Heaven Jones," which is the actual name of a now living scion of a Roundhead family. And the well-known "Praise-God Barebones" has little to do with the Egyptian "Beautiful-Kitten," "Little-Wild-Lion," "I-have-wanted-you," "Sweetheart," and so on.

The strict nature of a culture can usually be seen in the personal names its people choose. The names that Egyptians gave to their children are as cheerful as they are lovely, completely lacking any Puritan influence. "Eyes-of-love," "My-lady-is-as-gold," "Cool-breeze," "Gold-and-lapis-lazuli," "Beautiful-morning" are Egyptian names that are very different from "Through-trials-and-tribulations-we-enter-into-the-Kingdom-of-Heaven Jones," which is an actual name of a descendant from a Roundhead family today. Even the famous "Praise-God Barebones" has little in common with the Egyptian names like "Beautiful-Kitten," "Little-Wild-Lion," "I-have-wanted-you," "Sweetheart," and so on.

[98]The nature of the folk-tales is equally indicative of the temperament of a nation. The stories which have come down to us from ancient Egypt are often as frivolous as they are quaint. Nothing delighted the Egyptians more than the listening to a tale told by an expert story-teller; and it is to be supposed that such persons were in as much demand in the old days as they are now. One may still read of the adventures of the Prince who was fated to die by a dog, a snake, or a crocodile; of the magician who made the waters of the lake heap themselves up that he might descend to the bottom dry-shod to recover a lady's jewel; of the fat old wizard who could cut a man's head off and join it again to his body; of the fairy godmothers who made presents to a new-born babe; of the shipwrecked sailor who was thrown up on an island inhabited by serpents with human natures; of the princess in the tower whose lovers spent their days in attempting to climb to her window,—and so on. The stories have no moral, they are not pompous: they are purely amusing, interesting, and romantic. As an example one may quote the story which is told of Prince Setna, the son of Rameses II. This Prince was one day sitting in the court of the temple of Ptah, when he saw a woman pass "beautiful exceedingly, there being no woman of her beauty." There were wonderful golden ornaments upon her, and she was attended by fifty-two persons, themselves of some rank and much beauty. "The hour [99]that Setna saw her, he knew not the place on earth where he was"; and he called to his servants and told them to "go quickly to the place where she is, and learn what comes under her command." The beautiful lady proved finally to be named Tabubna, the daughter of a priest of Bast, the Cat. Setna's acquaintance with her was later of a most disgraceful character; and, from motives which are not clear, she made him murder his own children to please her. At the critical moment, however, when the climax is reached, the old, old joke is played upon the listener, who is told that Setna then woke up, and discovered that the whole affair had been an afternoon dream in the shade of the temple court.

[98]The nature of folk tales reflects the spirit of a nation. The stories from ancient Egypt are often as silly as they are charming. Nothing pleased the Egyptians more than listening to a tale told by a skilled storyteller; it’s likely that such figures were just as popular back then as they are today. You can still read about the adventures of the Prince who was destined to die by a dog, a snake, or a crocodile; the magician who made the waters of the lake rise so he could walk to the bottom without getting wet to retrieve a lady's jewel; the fat old wizard who could decapitate a man and then reattach his head; the fairy godmothers who gifted a newborn; the shipwrecked sailor who landed on an island inhabited by serpents with human traits; and the princess in a tower whose suitors tried daily to scale her window,—and so on. The stories don’t have a moral, they aren’t pompous: they’re purely entertaining, interesting, and romantic. For instance, there’s the tale of Prince Setna, the son of Rameses II. One day he was sitting in the courtyard of the temple of Ptah when he saw a woman "exceedingly beautiful, unmatched in beauty." She wore stunning golden ornaments and was accompanied by fifty-two people of some rank and great beauty. "The moment Setna saw her, he lost all sense of where he was on earth"; he called to his servants and told them to "hurry to her location and find out what she desires." The lovely lady turned out to be named Tabubna, the daughter of a priest of Bast, the Cat. Setna's relationship with her later took a very dishonorable turn; for reasons that aren’t clear, she compelled him to murder his own children to satisfy her. But at the crucial moment, just when everything reaches its peak, the old joke is pulled on the listener, revealing that Setna woke up to discover it had all been an afternoon dream in the shade of the temple courtyard. [99]

The Egyptians often amused themselves by drawing comic pictures and caricatures, and there is an interesting series still preserved in which animals take the place of human beings, and are shown performing all manner of antics. One sees a cat walking on its hind legs driving a flock of geese, while a wolf carrying a staff and knapsack leads a herd of goats. There is a battle of the mice and cats, and the king of the mice, in his chariot drawn by two dogs, is seen attacking the fortress of the cats. A picture which is worthy of Edward Lear shows a ridiculous hippopotamus seated amidst the foliage of a tree, eating from a table, whilst a crow mounts a ladder to wait upon him. There are caricatures showing women of fashion rouging their faces, unshaven and really amusing [100]old tramps, and so forth. Even upon the walls of the tombs there are often comic pictures, in which one may see little girls fighting and tearing at each others' hair, men tumbling one over another as they play, and the like; and one must suppose that these were the scenes which the owner of the tomb wished to perpetuate throughout the eternity of Death.

The Egyptians often entertained themselves by drawing funny pictures and caricatures, and there’s an intriguing series still preserved where animals replace humans and are shown doing all sorts of antics. For example, you see a cat walking on its hind legs, herding a flock of geese, while a wolf with a staff and backpack leads a herd of goats. There’s a battle between mice and cats, and the mouse king, in his chariot pulled by two dogs, is shown attacking the cat fortress. A scene worthy of Edward Lear features a silly hippopotamus sitting in a tree’s foliage, dining at a table, while a crow climbs a ladder to serve him. There are caricatures depicting fashionable women applying makeup, unshaven and really entertaining old tramps, and so on. Even on the tomb walls, there are often funny pictures, showing little girls fighting and pulling each other's hair, and men tumbling over each other while they play, among other things. One can assume these were the scenes that the tomb owner wanted to remember for all eternity in Death.

The Egyptians took keen delight in music. In the sound of the trumpet and on the well-tuned cymbals they praised God in Egypt as merrily as the Psalmist could wish. The strings and the pipe, the lute and the harp, made music at every festival—religious, national, or private. Plato tells us that "nothing but beautiful forms and fine music was permitted to enter into the assemblies of young people" in Egypt; and he states that music was considered as being of the greatest consequence for its beneficial effects upon youthful minds. Strabo records the fact that music was largely taught in Egypt, and the numbers of musical instruments buried in the tombs or represented in the decorations confirm his statement. The music was scientifically taught, and a knowledge of harmony is apparent in the complicated forms of the instruments. The harps sometimes had as many as twenty-two strings: the long-handled guitars, fitted with three strings, were capable of wide gradations; and the flutes were sufficiently complicated to be described by early writers as "many-toned." The Egyptian did not [101]merely bang a drum with his fist because it made a noise, nor blow blasts upon a trumpet as a means of expressing the inexpressible. He was an educated musician, and he employed the medium of music to encourage his lightness of heart and to render his gaiety more gay.

The Egyptians really enjoyed music. They praised God in Egypt with the sounds of trumpets and well-tuned cymbals, as joyfully as any poet could hope for. Strings, pipes, lutes, and harps created music at every celebration—be it religious, national, or personal. Plato mentions that "only beautiful forms and fine music were allowed in gatherings of young people" in Egypt, emphasizing that music was regarded as highly important for its positive effects on young minds. Strabo noted that music was widely taught in Egypt, and the many musical instruments found in tombs or depicted in artwork support his claim. Music was taught scientifically, and knowledge of harmony is evident in the complex designs of the instruments. Harps sometimes had up to twenty-two strings, long-handled guitars with three strings allowed for a wide range of sounds, and flutes were intricate enough that early writers referred to them as "many-toned." The Egyptian didn't just hit a drum randomly to make noise or blow a trumpet to express the inexpressible. He was a skilled musician who used music to uplift his spirit and enhance his joy.

Plate 10
[Photo by E. Brugsch Pasha.
A relief of the Saitic Period, representing an old man playing upon a harp, and a woman beating a drum. Offerings of food and flowers are placed before them.—Alexandria Museum
Pl. x.

One sees representations of the women in a rich man's harem amusing themselves by dancing and singing. In the tomb of Ay there is a scene showing the interior of the women's quarters, and here the ladies are shown dancing, playing guitars, feasting, or adorning themselves with their jewellery; while the store-rooms are seen to be filled with all manner of musical instruments, as well as mirrors, boxes of clothes, and articles of feminine use. At feasts and banquets a string band played during the meal, and songs were sung to the accompaniment of the harp. At religious festivals choruses of male and female voices were introduced. Soldiers marched through the streets to the sound of trumpets and drums, and marriage processions and the like were led by a band. At the feasts it was customary for the dancing-girls, who were employed for the amusement of the guests, to perform their dances and to play a guitar or a flute at the same time. One sees representations of girls, their heads thrown back and their long hair flying, merrily twanging a guitar as they skip round the room. In the civil and religious processions many of the participators danced along as though from sheer lightness of [102]heart; and on some occasions even the band footed it down the high-road, circling, jumping, and skipping as they played.

One sees depictions of women in a wealthy man's harem entertaining themselves by dancing and singing. In the tomb of Ay, there's a scene showing the inside of the women’s quarters, where the ladies are depicted dancing, playing guitars, feasting, or adorning themselves with jewelry. The storerooms are filled with all sorts of musical instruments, mirrors, boxes of clothes, and various feminine items. During feasts and banquets, a string band played music while guests ate, and songs were sung along with harp music. Religious festivals featured choirs of both male and female voices. Soldiers marched through the streets to the sounds of trumpets and drums, and marriage processions were led by bands. At the feasts, it was common for the dancing girls, who were there for the guests' entertainment, to perform their dances while playing a guitar or flute at the same time. Depictions show girls, heads thrown back and long hair flowing, joyfully strumming a guitar as they skip around the room. In civil and religious processions, many participants danced as if filled with pure joy; on some occasions, even the band joined in, skipping, jumping, and dancing down the road as they played.

The words for "rejoice" and "dance" were synonymous in the literature of the Egyptians. In early days dancing naturally implied rejoicing, and rejoicing was most easily expressed by dancing. But the Egyptians of the refined periods more often danced to amuse themselves, regarding it, just as we do at the present day, as an exhilaration. Persons of the upper classes, however, did not indulge very freely in it, but preferred to watch the performances of professional dancers. At all banquets dancing was as indispensable as wine, women, and song, and it rather depended on the nature of the wine and women as to whether the guests joined personally in the sport or sat still while the dancers swayed around the room. The professionals were generally women, but sometimes men were employed, and one sees representations of a man performing some difficult solo while a chorus of women sings and marks time by clapping the hands. Men and women danced together on occasions, but as a general rule the Egyptian preferred to watch the movements of the more graceful sex by themselves. The women sometimes danced naked, to show off the grace of their poses and the suppleness of their muscles; sometimes they were decked with ribbons only; and sometimes they wore transparent dresses made of linen of the finest texture. It was not [103]unusual for them to carry tambourines and castanets with which to beat time to their dances. On the other hand, there were delicate and sober performances, unaccompanied by music. The paintings show some of the poses to have been exceedingly graceful, and there were character dances enacted in which the figures must have been highly dramatic and artistic. For example, the tableau which occurs in one dance, and is called "The Wind," shows two of the dancing-girls bent back like reeds when the wind blows upon them, while a third figure stands over them in protection, as though symbolising the immovable rocks.

The words for "rejoice" and "dance" were interchangeable in ancient Egyptian literature. In earlier times, dancing naturally meant rejoicing, and rejoicing was most easily expressed through dance. However, in later periods, Egyptians often danced for their own amusement, similar to how we view it today as a source of joy. People from the upper classes didn’t dance much themselves but preferred to watch professional dancers perform. At every banquet, dancing was as essential as wine, women, and song, and whether the guests joined in or stayed seated depended on the quality of the wine and women present. The performers were mostly women, although sometimes men participated. Artwork depicts a man doing intricate solos while a chorus of women sings and claps along. Men and women did dance together at times, but generally, Egyptians preferred watching the more graceful women dance solo. The women would sometimes dance naked to showcase their poses and muscle flexibility; other times, they wore only ribbons or sheer linen dresses made of the finest fabric. It was common for them to carry tambourines and castanets to keep time with their dances. Conversely, there were also subtle and serious performances without music. Paintings show that some poses were exceptionally graceful, and there were character dances that must have been highly dramatic and artistic. For instance, in one dance tableau called "The Wind," two dancing girls are bent back like reeds in the wind, while a third figure stands over them protectively, symbolizing the unyielding rocks.

But more usually the merry mood of the Egyptians asserted itself, as it so often does at the present day, in a demand for something approaching nearer to buffoonery. The dancers whirled one another about in the wildest manner, often tumbling head over heels on the floor. A trick, attended generally with success, consisted in the attempt by the dancers to balance the body upon the head without the support of the arms. This buffoonery was highly appreciated by the audience which witnessed it; and the banqueting-room must have been full of the noise of riotous mirth. One cannot, indeed, regard a feast as pompous or solemn at which the banging of the tambourines and the click of castanets vied with the clatter of the dishes and the laughter of the guests in creating a general hullabaloo. Let those state who will that the Egyptian was a gloomy individual, but first [104]let them not fail to observe that same Egyptian standing upon his head amidst the roars of laughter of his friends.

But more often, the cheerful mood of the Egyptians showed itself, just like it does today, in a request for something close to comedy. The dancers spun each other around in the wildest ways, often flipping head over heels on the floor. A trick that generally worked well involved the dancers trying to balance on their heads without using their arms for support. This silliness was greatly enjoyed by the audience watching it; and the banquet hall must have been filled with the sound of boisterous laughter. One cannot really consider a feast to be grand or serious when the banging of tambourines and the clacking of castanets competed with the clattering of dishes and the laughter of the guests, creating a complete uproar. Let anyone say what they will about the Egyptian being a serious person, but first [104] they should not forget to notice that same Egyptian standing on his head amidst the laughter of his friends.

Dancing as a religious ceremony is to be found in many primitive countries, and in Egypt it exists at the present day in more than one form. In the days of the Pharaohs it was customary to institute dances in honour of some of the gods, more especially those deities whose concerns were earthy—that is to say, those connected with love, joy, birth, death, fertility, reproduction, and so on. It will be remembered how David danced before the Ark of the Lord, and how his ancestors danced in honour of the golden calf. In Egypt the king was wont to dance before the great god Min of the crops, and at harvest-time the peasants performed their thanksgiving before the figures of Min in this manner. Hathor and Bast, the two great goddesses of pleasure, were worshipped in the dance. Hathor was mistress of sports and dancing, and patron of amusements and mirth, joy and pleasure, beauty and love; and in regard to the happy temperament of the Egyptians, it is significant that this goddess was held in the highest esteem throughout the history of the nation.

Dancing as a religious ritual can be found in many primitive cultures, and in Egypt, it still exists today in various forms. During the time of the Pharaohs, it was a common practice to perform dances in honor of various gods, especially those associated with earthly matters—such as love, joy, birth, death, fertility, and reproduction. Remember how David danced before the Ark of the Lord, and how his ancestors danced in honor of the golden calf? In Egypt, the king would often dance before the god Min, who represented the crops, and at harvest time, the peasants expressed their gratitude through dance before the representations of Min. Hathor and Bast, the two major goddesses of pleasure, were also honored with dance. Hathor was the goddess of sports and dancing, as well as the patron of fun, joy, beauty, and love; it’s notable that this goddess was highly revered throughout the history of the Egyptian people due to their cheerful nature.

Bast was honoured by a festival which for merriment and frivolity could not well be equalled. The festival took place at Bubastis, and is described by Herodotus in the following words:—

Bast was celebrated with a festival that was unmatched in joy and fun. The festival happened in Bubastis, and Herodotus describes it in the following words:—

"This is the nature of the ceremony on the way to Bubastis. They go by water, and numerous boats are crowded[105]with persons of both sexes. During the voyage several women strike the cymbals, some men play the flute, the rest singing and clapping their hands. As they pass near a town they bring the boat close to the bank. Some of the women continue to sing and play the cymbals; others cry out as long as they can, and utter mocking jests against the people of the town, who begin to dance, while the former pull up their clothes before them in a scoffing manner. The same is repeated at every town they pass upon the river. Arrived at Bubastis, they celebrate the festival of Bast, sacrificing a great number of victims, and on that occasion a greater consumption of wine takes place than during the whole of the year."

"This is what the ceremony on the way to Bubastis is like. They travel by boat, and many boats are packed[105]with people of all kinds. During the trip, several women hit the cymbals, some men play the flute, while others sing and clap their hands. When they get near a town, they steer the boat close to the shore. Some women keep singing and playing the cymbals; others shout for as long as they can and make fun of the townspeople, who start dancing, while the women lift their skirts in a teasing way. This happens at every town they pass along the river. Once they reach Bubastis, they celebrate the festival of Bast, sacrificing a large number of animals, and during this time, they consume more wine than at any other point in the year."

At this festival of Bast half the persons taking part in the celebrations must have become intoxicated. The Egyptians were always given to wine-drinking, and Athenæus goes so far as to say that they were a nation addicted to systematic intemperance. The same writer, on the authority of Hellanicus, states that the vine was cultivated in the Nile valley at a date earlier than that at which it was first grown by any other people; and it is to this circumstance that Dion attributes the Egyptian's love of wine. Strabo and other writers speak of the wines of Egypt as being particularly good, and various kinds emanating from different localities are mentioned. The wines made from grapes were of the red and white varieties; but there were also fruit wines, made from pomegranates and other fruits. In the lists of offerings inscribed on the walls of temples and tombs one sees a large number of varieties recorded—wines [106]from the north, wines from the south, wines provincial, and wines foreign. Beer, made of barley, was also drunk very largely, and this beverage is heartily commended by the early writers. Indeed, the wine and beer-bibber was so common an offender against the dignity of the nation, that every moralist who arose had a word to say against him. Thus, for example, in the Maxims of Ani one finds the moralist writing—

At the Bast festival, half of the people celebrating must have gotten drunk. The Egyptians were known for their love of wine, and Athenæus even claims that they were a nation addicted to drinking excessively. He also references Hellanicus, who said that the vine was grown in the Nile valley earlier than any other culture; Dion links this to the Egyptians’ passion for wine. Strabo and other authors describe Egyptian wines as particularly good, mentioning various types from different regions. The wines made from grapes came in red and white varieties, but there were also fruit wines made from pomegranates and other fruits. In the lists of offerings found on the walls of temples and tombs, you can see many different kinds recorded—wines from the north, wines from the south, local wines, and foreign wines. Beer made from barley was also very popular, and early writers praised this beverage. In fact, the heavy drinker was such a common issue for the nation's dignity that every moralist had something to say against them. For example, in the Maxims of Ani, a moralist writes—

"Do not put thyself in a beer-house. An evil thing are words reported as coming from thy mouth when thou dost not know that they have been said by thee. When thou fallest thy limbs are broken, and nobody giveth thee a hand. Thy comrades in drink stand up, saying, 'Away with this drunken man.'"

"Don't put yourself in a bar. It's harmful when words are said to come from you when you didn't actually say them. When you fall, you're left broken, and no one offers you help. Your drinking buddies just stand up and say, 'Get rid of this drunk guy.'"

The less thoughtful members of society, however, considered drunkenness as a very good joke, and even went so far as to portray it in their tomb decorations. One sees men carried home from a feast across the shoulders of three of their companions, or ignominiously hauled out of the house by their ankles and the scruff of their neck. In the tomb of Paheri at El Kab women are represented at a feast, and scraps of their conversation are recorded, such, for instance, as "Give me eighteen cups of wine, for I should love to drink to drunkenness: my inside is as dry as straw." There are actually representations of women overcome with nausea through immoderate drinking, and being attended by servants who have hastened with basins to their assistance. In another tomb-painting [107]a drunken man is seen to have fallen against one of the delicate pillars of the pavilion with such force that it has toppled over, to the dismay of the guests around.

The less thoughtful members of society, however, saw drunkenness as a big joke and even featured it in their tomb decorations. You can see men being carried home from a feast on the shoulders of three friends, or being dragged out of the house by their ankles and the back of their neck. In the tomb of Paheri at El Kab, women are shown at a feast, and snippets of their conversation are recorded, like "Give me eighteen cups of wine, I would love to drink until I’m drunk: my insides are as dry as straw." There are actual depictions of women feeling sick from excessive drinking, attended by servants rushing in with basins to help them. In another tomb painting [107], a drunken man is shown having fallen against one of the delicate pillars of the pavilion with such force that it has toppled over, much to the shock of the guests around him.

In the light of such scenes as these one may picture the life of an Egyptian in the elder days as being not a little depraved. One sees the men in their gaudy raiment, and the women luxuriously clothed, staining their garments with the wine spilt from the drinking-bowls as their hands shake with their drunken laughter; and the vision of Egyptian solemnity is still further banished at the sight. It is only too obvious that a land of laughter and jest, feasting and carouse, must be situated too near a Pompeian volcano to be capable of endurance, and the inhabitants too purposeless in their movements to avoid at some time or other running into the paths of burning lava. The people of Egypt went merrily through the radiant valley in which they lived, employing all that the gods had given them,—not only the green palms, the thousand birds, the blue sky, the hearty wind, the river and its reflections, but also the luxuries of their civilisation,—to make for themselves a frail feast of happiness. And when the last flowers, the latest empty drinking-cup, fell to the ground, nothing remained to them but that sodden, drunken night of disgrace which shocks one so at the end of the dynastic history, and which inevitably led to the fall of the nation. Christian asceticism came as the natural reaction [108]and Muhammedan strictness followed in due course; and it required the force of both these movements to put strength and health into the people once more.

In light of scenes like these, one can imagine the life of an ancient Egyptian as being quite morally corrupt. Men dressed in flashy clothes and women in luxurious garments stained their outfits with wine spilled from their shaking hands, filled with drunken laughter. This image completely shatters any notion of Egyptian solemnity. It's clear that a place filled with laughter, jokes, feasting, and partying was too close to a dangerous volcano to survive for long, and the people moved aimlessly enough that they would eventually run into paths of molten lava. The Egyptians happily roamed the beautiful valley they lived in, using everything they had—the green palm trees, countless birds, the blue sky, the refreshing winds, the river and its reflections, along with the luxuries of their civilization—to create a fleeting feast of joy. And when the last flowers and the final empty drinking cup hit the ground, all that remained was that shameful, drunken night of disgrace that is so shocking at the end of their dynastic history, inevitably leading to the nation’s downfall. Christian asceticism emerged as a natural response, followed by the strictness of Islam; it took the strength of both movements to restore vitality and health to the people once again.

Plate 11
An Egyptian noble of the Eighteenth Dynasty hunting birds with a boomerang and decoys. He stands in a reed-boat which floats amidst the papyrus clumps, and a cat retrieves the fallen birds. In the boat with him are his wife and son.— From a Theban tomb painting, British Museum.
Pl. xi.

One need not dwell, however, on this aspect of the Egyptian temperament. It is more pleasing, and as pertinent to the argument, to follow the old lords of the Nile into the sunshine once more, and to glance for a moment at their sports. Hunting was a pleasure to them, in which they indulged at every opportunity. One sees representations of this with great frequency upon the walls of the tombs. A man will be shown standing in a reed boat which has been pushed in amongst the waving papyrus. A boomerang is in his hand, and his wife by his side helps him to locate the wild duck, so that he may penetrate within throwing-distance of the birds before they rise. Presently up they go with a whir, and the boomerang claims its victims; while all manner of smaller birds dart from amidst the reeds, and gaudy butterflies pass startled overhead. Again one sees the hunter galloping in his chariot over the hard sand of the desert, shooting his arrows at the gazelle as he goes. Or yet again with his dogs he is shown in pursuit of the long-eared Egyptian hare, or of some other creature of the desert. When not thus engaged he may be seen excitedly watching a bullfight, or eagerly judging the merits of rival wrestlers, boxers, and fencers. One may follow him later into the seclusion of his garden, where, surrounded [109]by a wealth of trees and flowers, he plays draughts with his friends, romps with his children, or fishes in his artificial ponds. There is much evidence of this nature to show that the Egyptian was as much given to these healthy amusements as he was to the mirth of the feast. Josephus states that the Egyptians were a people addicted to pleasure, and the evidence brought together in the foregoing pages shows that his statement is to be confirmed. In sincere joy of living they surpassed any other nation of the ancient world. Life was a thing of such delight to the Egyptian, that he shrank equally from losing it himself and from taking it from another. His prayer was that he might live to be a centenarian. In spite of the many wars of the Egyptians, there was less unnecessary bloodshed in the Nile valley than in any other country which called itself civilised. Death was as terrible to them as it was inevitable, and the constant advice of the thinker was that the living should make the most of their life. When a king died, it was said that "he went forth to heaven having spent life in happiness," or that "he rested after life, having completed his years in happiness." It is true that the Egyptians wished to picture the after-life as one of continuous joy. One sees representations of a man's soul seated in the shade of the fruit-trees of the Underworld, while birds sing in the branches above him, and a lake of cool water lies before him; but they seemed to know that this was too [110]pleasant a picture to be the real one. A woman, the wife of a high priest, left upon her tombstone the following inscription, addressed to her husband:—

One doesn't need to focus too much on this part of the Egyptian mindset. It's more enjoyable, and just as relevant to the discussion, to take another look at the old rulers of the Nile in the sunshine and briefly observe their pastimes. Hunting was a favorite activity for them, one they pursued whenever they could. We often see this depicted on the walls of their tombs. A man might be shown standing in a reed boat, pushed among the swaying papyrus. He holds a boomerang in his hand, and his wife by his side helps him spot the wild ducks, so he can get within throwing distance before they take off. Suddenly, they fly up with a rush, and the boomerang claims its targets, while various smaller birds dart among the reeds, and colorful butterflies flutter overhead. Again, the hunter can be seen racing in his chariot over the hard desert sand, shooting arrows at the gazelles as he speeds by. Or we might see him with his dogs chasing the long-eared Egyptian hare or another creature of the desert. When he's not hunting, he might be seen excitedly watching a bullfight or eagerly judging the skills of competing wrestlers, boxers, and fencers. Later, you can find him in the privacy of his garden, surrounded by a variety of trees and flowers, playing checkers with his friends, playing with his children, or fishing in his artificial ponds. There’s plenty of evidence that shows the Egyptian enjoyed these healthy pastimes just as much as he delighted in feasting. Josephus notes that Egyptians were a pleasure-seeking people, and the details provided earlier support this claim. In their genuine enjoyment of life, they surpassed any other ancient civilization. Life was such a joy for the Egyptians that they recoiled from losing it themselves or taking it from others. Their wish was to live to be a hundred years old. Despite the many wars the Egyptians endured, there was less needless violence in the Nile valley than in any other so-called civilized nation. Death was as frightening to them as it was inevitable, and thinkers often advised the living to fully embrace their lives. Upon a king’s death, it was said that "he ascended to heaven after living life in happiness," or that "he rested after life, having completed his years joyfully." While the Egyptians wanted to depict the afterlife as one of eternal joy, they also seemed to realize this image was perhaps too delightful to be entirely true. A woman, the wife of a high priest, left the following inscription on her tombstone addressed to her husband:—

"O, brother, husband, friend," she says, "thy desire to drink and to eat hath not ceased. Therefore be drunken, enjoy the love of women—make holiday. Follow thy desire by night and by day. Put not care within thy heart. Lo! are not these the years of thy life upon earth? For as for the Underworld, it is a land of slumber and heavy darkness, a resting-place for those who have passed within it. Each sleepeth there in his own form, they never awake to see their fellows, they behold not their fathers nor their mothers, their heart is careless of their wives and children."

"O, brother, husband, friend," she says, "your desire to drink and eat hasn’t stopped. So go ahead, get drunk, enjoy the love of women—celebrate life. Follow your desires both day and night. Don’t let worry weigh down your heart. Look! Aren’t these the years of your life on earth? Because as for the Underworld, it’s a place of sleep and deep darkness, a resting spot for those who have passed on. Each person sleeps there in their own form, never waking to see their companions; they don’t see their fathers or mothers, and their hearts don’t care about their wives and children."

She knows that she will be too deeply steeped in the stupor of the Underworld to remember her husband, and unselfishly she urges him to continue to be happy after the manner of his nation. Then, in a passage which rings down the years in its terrible beauty, she tells of her utter despair, lying in the gloomy Underworld, suffocated with the mummy bandages, and craving for the light, the laughter, and the coolness of the day.

She knows that she will be too deeply immersed in the fog of the Underworld to remember her husband, and selflessly she encourages him to keep being happy in the way of his people. Then, in a moment that resonates through time with its haunting beauty, she shares her complete despair, lying in the dreary Underworld, choked by the mummified wrappings, longing for the light, the laughter, and the coolness of the day.

"The water of life," she cries, "with which every mouth is moistened, is corruption to me, the water that is by me corrupteth me. I know not what to do since I came into this valley. Give me running water, say to me, 'Water shall not cease to be brought to thee.' Turn my face to the north wind upon the edge of the water. Verily thus shall my heart be cooled and refreshed from its pain."

"The water of life," she exclaims, "that moistens every mouth, is poison to me; the water near me corrupts me. I don't know what to do since I entered this valley. Give me running water, tell me, 'Water will always be brought to you.' Turn my face to the north wind at the water's edge. Truly, this will cool and refresh my heart from its pain."

It is, however, the glory of life, rather than the [111]horror of death, which is the dominant note in the inscriptions and reliefs. The scenes in the tomb decorations seem to cry out for very joy. The artist has imprisoned in his representations as much sheer happiness as was ever infused into cold stone. One sees there the gazelle leaping over the hills as the sun rises, the birds flapping their wings and singing, the wild duck rising from the marshes, and the butterflies flashing overhead. The fundamental joy of living—that gaiety of life which the human being may feel in common with the animals—is shown in these scenes as clearly as is the merriment in the representations of feasts and dancing. In these paintings and reliefs one finds an exact illustration to the joyful exhortation of the Psalmist as he cries, "Let the heavens rejoice, and let the earth be glad; ... let the fields be joyful, and all that is therein." In a land where, to quote one of their own poems, "the tanks are full of water and the earth overflows with love," where "the cool north wind" blows merrily over the fields, and the sun never ceases to shine, it would be a remarkable phenomenon if the ancient Egyptians had not developed the sanguine temperament. The foregoing pages have shown them at their feasts, in their daily occupations, and in their sports, and the reader will find that it is not difficult to describe them, in the borrowed words of the old geographer, as a people always gay and often frivolous, and never-ceasingly "fond of dancing and red wine."

It’s the beauty of life, rather than the fear of death, that stands out in the inscriptions and reliefs. The scenes in the tomb decorations seem to resonate with pure joy. The artist has captured as much happiness as possible in this cold stone. You can see a gazelle leaping over the hills at sunrise, birds flapping their wings and singing, wild ducks taking off from the marshes, and butterflies fluttering above. The essential joy of living—the cheerful spirit that humans share with animals—is portrayed in these scenes just as vividly as the joy found in depictions of feasting and dancing. These paintings and reliefs perfectly embody the joyful message from the Psalmist who declares, "Let the heavens rejoice, and let the earth be glad; ... let the fields be joyful, and all that is therein." In a place where, as one of their own poems says, "the tanks are full of water and the earth overflows with love," where "the cool north wind" blows cheerfully across the fields, and the sun always shines, it would be surprising if the ancient Egyptians hadn’t developed a cheerful disposition. The previous pages have shown them at their feasts, in their daily activities, and during their games, and readers will find it easy to describe them, borrowing the words of the old geographer, as a people who are always cheerful and often carefree, consistently "fond of dancing and red wine."


[112]

CHAPTER V.

THE MISFORTUNES OF WENAMON.

In the third chapter of this book it has been shown that the archæologist is, to some extent, enamoured of the Past because it can add to the stock of things which are likely to tickle the fancy. So humorous a man is he, so fond of the good things of life, so stirred by its adventures, so touched by its sorrows, that he must needs go to the Past to replenish his supplies, as another might go to Paris or Timbuctoo.

In the third chapter of this book, it's shown that the archaeologist is, to some extent, captivated by the Past because it can add to the collection of things that are likely to amuse. He is such a humorous person, so fond of life's pleasures, so moved by its adventures, and so affected by its sorrows, that he must turn to the Past to refresh his supplies, just as someone might go to Paris or Timbuktu.

Here, then, is the place to give an example of the entertainment which he is likely to find in this province of his; and if the reader can detect any smell of dust or hear any creak of dead bones in the story which follows, it will be a matter of surprise to me.

Here’s an example of the entertainment he’s likely to find in this part of his life; and if the reader can sense any smell of dust or hear any creak of old bones in the story that follows, it would surprise me.

In the year 1891, at a small village in Upper Egypt named El Hibeh, some natives unearthed a much damaged roll of papyrus which appeared to them to be very ancient. Since they had heard that antiquities have a market value they did not burn it along with whatever other scraps of inflammable [113]material they had collected for their evening fire, but preserved it, and finally took it to a dealer, who gave them in exchange for it a small sum of money. From the dealer's hands it passed into the possession of Monsieur Golenischeff, a Russian Egyptologist, who happened at the time to be travelling in Egypt; and by him it was carried to St Petersburg, where it now rests. This savant presently published a translation of the document, which at once caused a sensation in the Egyptological world; and during the next few years four amended translations were made by different scholars. The interest shown in this tattered roll was due to the fact that it had been found to contain the actual report written by an official named Wenamon to his chief, the High Priest of Amon-Ra, relating his adventures in the Mediterranean while procuring cedar-wood from the forests of Lebanon. The story which Wenamon tells is of the greatest value to Egyptology, giving as it does a vivid account of the political conditions obtaining in Syria and Egypt during the reign of the Pharaoh Rameses XII.; but it also has a very human interest, and the misfortunes of the writer may excite one's sympathy and amusement, after this lapse of three thousand years, as though they had occurred at the present time.

In 1891, in a small village in Upper Egypt called El Hibeh, some locals discovered a damaged roll of papyrus that seemed very old. Knowing that ancient items can be valuable, they chose not to burn it along with the other scraps they had gathered for their evening fire, but instead kept it and eventually took it to a dealer, who exchanged it for a small amount of money. From the dealer, it went to Monsieur Golenischeff, a Russian Egyptologist who happened to be traveling in Egypt at the time; he carried it back to St. Petersburg, where it remains today. This scholar soon published a translation of the document, which caused a stir in the Egyptological community. Over the next few years, four revised translations were made by various scholars. The interest in this worn roll stemmed from its content: it contained the actual report written by an official named Wenamon to his superior, the High Priest of Amon-Ra, detailing his adventures in the Mediterranean while trying to obtain cedar wood from the forests of Lebanon. Wenamon's story is extremely valuable to Egyptology as it provides a vivid account of the political situation in Syria and Egypt during the reign of Pharaoh Rameses XII.; it also holds significant human interest, as the writer's misfortunes may evoke sympathy and amusement even after three thousand years, as if they occurred in today's world.

In the time at which Wenamon wrote his report Egypt had fallen on evil days. A long line of incapable descendants of the great Rameses II. and Rameses III. had ruled the Nile valley; and [114]now a wretched ghost of a Pharaoh, Rameses XII., sat upon the throne, bereft of all power, a ruler in name only. The government of the country lay in the hands of two great nobles: in Upper Egypt, Herhor, High Priest of Amon-Ra, was undisputed master; and in Lower Egypt, Nesubanebded, a prince of the city of Tanis (the Zoan of the Bible), virtually ruled as king of the Delta. Both these persons ultimately ascended the throne of the Pharaohs; but at the time of Wenamon's adventures the High Priest was the more powerful of the two, and could command the obedience of the northern ruler, at any rate in all sacerdotal matters. The priesthood of Amon-Ra was the greatest political factor in Egyptian life. That god's name was respected even in the courts of Syria, and though his power was now on the wane, fifty years previously the great religious body which bowed the knee to him was feared throughout all the countries neighbouring to Egypt. The main cause of Wenamon's troubles was the lack of appreciation of this fact that the god's influence in Syria was not as great as it had been in the past; and this report would certainly not have been worth recording here if he had realised that prestige is, of all factors in international relations, the least reliable.

In the time when Wenamon wrote his report, Egypt was going through tough times. A long line of incompetent descendants of the great Rameses II and Rameses III had ruled the Nile valley, and now a pathetic shadow of a Pharaoh, Rameses XII, sat on the throne, without any real power—a ruler in name only. The country's government was in the hands of two powerful nobles: in Upper Egypt, Herhor, the High Priest of Amon-Ra, was the undisputed leader; and in Lower Egypt, Nesubanebded, a prince from the city of Tanis (the Zoan from the Bible), essentially ruled as king of the Delta. Both of these men eventually became Pharaohs, but at the time of Wenamon's adventures, the High Priest was the more powerful of the two and could command the northern ruler's obedience, at least in all religious matters. The priesthood of Amon-Ra was the biggest political force in Egyptian life. That god's name was respected even in the courts of Syria, and although his power was fading, fifty years earlier, the great religious body that honored him was feared throughout all the neighboring countries. The main reason for Wenamon's troubles was his failure to recognize that the god's influence in Syria was not as strong as it had been in the past; and this report wouldn’t have been worth mentioning here if he had understood that prestige is, of all factors in international relations, the most unreliable.

In the year 1113 B.C. the High Priest undertook the construction of a ceremonial barge in which the image of the god might be floated upon the sacred waters of the Nile during the great religious [115]festivals at Thebes; and for this purpose he found himself in need of a large amount of cedar-wood of the best quality. He therefore sent for Wenamon, who held the sacerdotal title of "Eldest of the Hall of the Temple of Amon," and instructed him to proceed to the Lebanon to procure the timber. It is evident that Wenamon was no traveller, and we may perhaps be permitted to picture him as a rather portly gentleman of middle age, not wanting either in energy or pluck, but given, like some of his countrymen, to a fluctuation of the emotions which would jump him from smiles to tears, from hope to despair, in a manner amazing to any but an Egyptian. To us he often appears as an overgrown baby, and his misfortunes have a farcical nature which makes its appeal as much through the medium of one's love of the ludicrous as through that of one's interest in the romance of adventure. Those who are acquainted with Egypt will see in him one of the types of naif, delightful children of the Nile, whose decorous introduction into the parlour of the nations of to-day is requiring such careful rehearsal.

In the year 1113 B.C., the High Priest started building a ceremonial barge to carry the image of the god on the sacred waters of the Nile during the major religious festivals at Thebes. For this, he needed a large amount of high-quality cedar wood. So, he called for Wenamon, who held the title of "Eldest of the Hall of the Temple of Amon," and told him to go to Lebanon to get the timber. It's clear that Wenamon wasn’t much of a traveler, and we can imagine him as a rather round, middle-aged man—full of energy and courage, yet prone, like some of his fellow countrymen, to wild mood swings that could take him from laughter to tears, from hope to despair, in a way that would astonish anyone but an Egyptian. To us, he often seems like a grown-up baby, and his misfortunes have a comical aspect that appeals as much to our sense of humor as to our interest in adventure. Those familiar with Egypt will recognize him as one of the charming, innocent children of the Nile, whose graceful introduction into today's global community requires careful preparation.

For his journey the High Priest gave Wenamon a sum of money, and as credentials he handed him a number of letters addressed to Egyptian and Syrian princes, and intrusted to his care a particularly sacred little image of Amon-Ra, known as Amon-of-the-Road, which had probably accompanied other envoys to the Kingdoms of the Sea in times past, and would be recognised as a [116]token of the official nature of any embassy which carried it.

For his journey, the High Priest gave Wenamon some money, and as credentials, he gave him several letters addressed to Egyptian and Syrian princes. He also entrusted him with a special sacred figure of Amon-Ra, known as Amon-of-the-Road, which had likely traveled with other envoys to the Kingdoms of the Sea in the past and would be recognized as a [116]symbol of the official status of any embassy carrying it.

Thus armed Wenamon set out from El Hibeh—probably the ancient Hetbennu, the capital of the Eighteenth Province of Upper Egypt—on the sixteenth day of the eleventh month of the fifth year of the reign of Rameses XII. (1113 B.C.), and travelled down the Nile by boat to Tanis, a distance of some 200 miles. On his arrival at this fair city of the Delta, whose temples and palaces rose on the borders of the swamps at the edge of the sea, Wenamon made his way to the palace of Nesubanebded, and handed to him the letters which he had received from the High Priest. These were caused to be read aloud; and Nesubanebded, hearing that Wenamon was desirous of reaching the Lebanon as soon as possible, made the necessary arrangements for his immediate despatch upon a vessel which happened then to be lying at the quay under the command of a Syrian skipper named Mengebet, who was about to set out for the Asiatic coast. On the first day of the twelfth month, that is to say fourteen days after his departure from his native town, Wenamon set sail from Tanis, crossing the swamps and heading out into "the Great Syrian Sea."

Thus equipped, Wenamon set out from El Hibeh—likely the ancient Hetbennu, the capital of the Eighteenth Province of Upper Egypt—on the sixteenth day of the eleventh month of the fifth year of Rameses XII's reign (1113 B.C.). He traveled down the Nile by boat to Tanis, about 200 miles away. Upon arriving in this beautiful city of the Delta, where temples and palaces lined the borders of the swamps at the edge of the sea, Wenamon went to the palace of Nesubanebded and presented the letters he'd received from the High Priest. These were read aloud, and upon hearing that Wenamon wanted to get to Lebanon as soon as possible, Nesubanebded made the necessary arrangements for him to leave immediately on a vessel that was currently at the quay, captained by a Syrian named Mengebet, who was planning to head for the Asiatic coast. On the first day of the twelfth month, fourteen days after departing from his hometown, Wenamon set sail from Tanis, crossing the swamps and heading out into "the Great Syrian Sea."

The voyage over the blue rippling Mediterranean was calm and prosperous as the good ship sailed along the barren shores of the land of the Shasu, along the more mountainous coast of Edom, and thence northwards past the cities of Askalon [117]and Ashdod. To Wenamon, however, the journey was fraught with anxiety. He was full of fears as to his reception in Syria, for the first of his misfortunes had befallen him. Although he had with him both money and the image of Amon-of-the-Road, in the excitement and hurry of his departure he had entirely forgotten to obtain again the bundle of letters of introduction which he had given Nesubanebded to read; and thus there were grave reasons for supposing that his mission might prove a complete failure. Mengebet was evidently a stern old salt who cared not a snap of the fingers for Amon or his envoy, and whose one desire was to reach his destination as rapidly as wind and oars would permit; and it is probable that he refused bluntly to return to Tanis when Wenamon informed him of the oversight. This and the inherent distrust of an Egyptian for a foreigner led Wenamon to regard the captain and his men with suspicion; and one must imagine him seated in the rough deck-cabin gloomily guarding the divine image and his store of money. He had with him a secretary and probably two or three servants; and one may picture these unfortunates anxiously watching the Syrian crew as they slouched about the deck. It is further to be remembered that, as a general rule, the Egyptians are most extremely bad sailors.

The journey across the blue, rippling Mediterranean was smooth and successful as the ship traveled along the barren shores of the land of the Shasu, moved along the more mountainous coast of Edom, and then headed north past the cities of Askalon [117] and Ashdod. For Wenamon, though, the trip was filled with worry. He was anxious about how he would be received in Syria, as he had already faced his first setback. Even though he had money and the image of Amon-of-the-Road with him, he had completely forgotten to get back the bundle of introduction letters he had given to Nesubanebded to read during the rush of his departure; this left him with serious doubts about whether his mission would succeed at all. Mengebet was clearly a tough old sailor who didn’t care one bit about Amon or his envoy and only wanted to reach his destination as quickly as possible. It's likely he bluntly refused to go back to Tanis when Wenamon mentioned his mistake. This, coupled with an Egyptian's natural distrust of foreigners, made Wenamon look at the captain and his crew with suspicion. One can imagine him sitting in the cramped cabin, gloomily guarding the sacred image and his money. He had a secretary with him, and probably two or three servants; you could picture these poor souls nervously watching the Syrian crew as they lounged around the deck. It's also important to note that, generally speaking, Egyptians are not great sailors.

After some days the ship arrived at the little city of Dor, which nestled at the foot of the Ridge of Carmel; and here they put in to replenish [118]their supplies. Wenamon states in his report that Dor was at this time a city of the Thekel or Sicilians, some wandering band of sea-rovers having left their native Sicily to settle here, at first under the protection of the Egyptians, but now independent of them. The King of Dor, by name Bedel, hearing that an envoy of the High Priest of Amon-Ra had arrived in his harbour, very politely sent down to him a joint of beef, some loaves of bread, and a jar of wine, upon which Wenamon must have set to with an appetite, after subsisting upon the scanty rations of the sea for so long a time.

After a few days, the ship reached the small city of Dor, which sat at the base of the Ridge of Carmel. They docked there to restock their supplies. Wenamon notes in his report that Dor was at this time a city of the Thekel or Sicilians, a group of sea rovers who had left their home in Sicily to settle here, initially under the protection of the Egyptians, but now independent of them. The King of Dor, named Bedel, upon hearing that an envoy from the High Priest of Amon-Ra had arrived in his harbor, kindly sent him a joint of beef, some loaves of bread, and a jar of wine, which Wenamon must have eagerly enjoyed after surviving on meager sea rations for so long.

It may be that the wine was more potent than that to which the Egyptian was accustomed; or perhaps the white buildings of the city, glistening in the sunlight, and the busy quays, engrossed his attention too completely: anyhow, the second of his misfortunes now befel him. One of the Syrian sailors seized the opportunity to slip into his cabin and to steal the money which was hidden there. Before Wenamon had detected the robbery the sailor had disappeared for ever amidst the houses of Dor. That evening the distracted envoy, seated upon the floor of his cabin, was obliged to chronicle the list of stolen money, which list was afterwards incorporated in his report in the following manner:—

It could be that the wine was stronger than what the Egyptian was used to; or maybe the white buildings of the city, shining in the sunlight, and the busy docks completely captured his attention. Whatever the reason, the second of his misfortunes struck him. One of the Syrian sailors took the chance to sneak into his cabin and steal the money that was hidden there. Before Wenamon realized the theft, the sailor had vanished forever among the houses of Dor. That evening, the distraught envoy, sitting on the floor of his cabin, had to write down the list of stolen money, which was later included in his report as follows:—

One vessel containing gold amounting to  5 debens,
Four vessels containing silver amounting to20     "
One wallet containing silver amounting to11     "
————
Total of what was stolen: gold, 5 debens; silver,31 debens

[119]A deben weighed about 100 grammes, and thus the robber was richer by 500 grammes of gold, which in those days would have the purchasing value of about £600 in our money, and 3100 grammes of silver, equal to about £2200.[1]

[119]A deben weighed about 100 grams, so the robber gained 500 grams of gold, which back then would be worth about £600 today, and 3100 grams of silver, equal to around £2200.[1]

[1] See Weigall: Catalogue of Weights and Balances in the Cairo Museum, p. xvi.

[1] See Weigall: Catalogue of Weights and Balances in the Cairo Museum, p. xvi.



Plate 12
[Photo by E. Brugsch Pasha.
A reed box for holding clothing, discovered in the tomb of Yuaa and Tuau.—Cairo Museum.
Pl. xii.

Wenamon must have slept little that night, and early on the following morning he hastened to the palace of King Bedel to lay his case before him. Fortunately Bedel did not ask him for his credentials, but with the utmost politeness he gave his consideration to the affair. Wenamon's words, however, were by no means polite, and one finds in them a blustering assurance which suggests that he considered himself a personage of extreme consequence, and regarded a King of Dor as nothing in comparison with an envoy of Amon-Ra.

Wenamon probably didn’t sleep much that night, and early the next morning, he hurried to King Bedel’s palace to present his case. Luckily, Bedel didn’t ask for any credentials, and with great politeness, he considered the matter. However, Wenamon's words were anything but polite; they carried a loud confidence that implied he saw himself as someone very important and thought a King of Dor was insignificant compared to an envoy of Amon-Ra.

"I have been robbed in your harbour," he cried, so he tells us in the report, "and, since you are the king of this land, you must be regarded as a party to the crime. You must search for my money. The money belongs to Nesubanebded, and it belongs to Herhor, my lord" (no mention, observe, of the wretched Rameses XII.), "and to the other nobles of Egypt. It belongs also to Weret, and to Mekmel, and to Zakar-Baal the Prince of Byblos."[2] These latter were the persons to whom it was to be paid.

"I've been robbed in your harbor," he shouted, as he tells us in the report, "and since you are the king of this land, you must be considered a party to the crime. You need to search for my money. The money belongs to Nesubanebded, and it belongs to Herhor, my lord" (not a word, note, about the unfortunate Rameses XII.), "and to the other nobles of Egypt. It also belongs to Weret, and to Mekmel, and to Zakar-Baal the Prince of Byblos."[2] These were the individuals to whom it was to be paid.

[2] The translation is based on that of Prof. Breasted.

[2] The translation is based on Prof. Breasted's work.

The King of Dor listened to this outburst with Sicilian politeness, and replied in the following [120]very correct terms: "With all due respect to your honour and excellency," he said, "I know nothing of this complaint which you have lodged with me. If the thief belonged to my land and went on board your ship in order to steal your money, I would advance you the sum from my treasury while they were finding the culprit. But the thief who robbed you belonged to your ship. Tarry, however, a few days here with me and I will seek him."

The King of Dor listened to this outburst with polite indifference and replied in very proper terms: "With all due respect to your honor and excellence," he said, "I am unaware of this complaint you’ve brought to me. If the thief came from my land and boarded your ship to steal your money, I would offer you the amount from my treasury while they searched for the culprit. But the thief who robbed you was from your ship. Stay here with me for a few days, and I will search for him."

Wenamon, therefore, strode back to the vessel, and there remained, fuming and fretting, for nine long days. The skipper Mengebet, however, had no reason to remain at Dor, and seems to have told Wenamon that he could wait no longer. On the tenth day, therefore, Wenamon retraced his steps to the palace, and addressed himself once more to Bedel. "Look," he said to the king, when he was ushered into the royal presence, "you have not found my money, and therefore you had better let me go with my ship's captain and with those...." The rest of the interview is lost in a lacuna, and practically the only words which the damaged condition of the papyrus permits one now to read are, "He said, 'Be silent!'" which indicates that even the patience of a King of Dor could be exhausted.

Wenamon, feeling frustrated, walked back to the ship and stayed there, angry and anxious, for nine long days. The captain, Mengebet, however, had no reason to stay at Dor and seemed to tell Wenamon that he could wait no longer. On the tenth day, Wenamon returned to the palace and spoke again to Bedel. "Look," he said to the king when he was brought into the royal presence, "you haven't found my money, so you better let me leave with my ship's captain and the others...." The rest of the conversation is lost in a gap, and almost the only words that the damaged papyrus allows us to read are, "He said, 'Be silent!'" which shows that even a King of Dor could lose his patience.

When the narrative is able to be resumed one finds that Wenamon has set sail from the city, and has travelled along the coast to the proud city of Tyre, where he arrived one afternoon [121]penniless and letterless, having now nothing left but the little Amon-of-the-Road and his own audacity. The charms of Tyre, then one of the great ports of the civilised world, were of no consequence to the destitute Egyptian, nor do they seem to have attracted the skipper of his ship, who, after his long delay at Dor, was in no mood to linger. At dawn the next morning, therefore, the journey was continued, and once more an unfortunate lacuna interrupts the passage of the report. From the tattered fragments of the writing, however, it seems that at the next port of call—perhaps the city of Sidon—a party of inoffensive Sicilian merchants was encountered, and immediately the desperate Wenamon hatched a daring plot. By this time he had come to place some trust in Mengebet, the skipper, who, for the sake of his own good standing in Egypt, had shown himself willing to help the envoy of Amon-Ra in his troubles, although he would not go so far as to delay his journey for him; and Wenamon therefore admitted him to his councils. On some pretext or other a party led by the Egyptian paid a visit to these merchants and entered into conversation with them. Then, suddenly overpowering them, a rush was made for their cash-box, which Wenamon at once burst open. To his disappointment he found it to contain only thirty-one debens of silver, which happened to be precisely the amount of silver, though not of gold, which he had lost. This sum he pocketed, saying to the [122]struggling merchants as he did so, "I will take this money of yours, and will keep it until you find my money. Was it not a Sicilian who stole it, and no thief of ours? I will take it."

When the story picks up again, Wenamon has set sail from the city and traveled along the coast to the proud city of Tyre, where he arrived one afternoon [121] with no money and no letters, left with only the little Amon-of-the-Road and his own boldness. The beauty of Tyre, then one of the great ports of the civilized world, meant nothing to the broke Egyptian, nor did it seem to impress the captain of his ship, who, after his long stay at Dor, was not in the mood to stick around. So, at dawn the next morning, they continued their journey, but once again an unfortunate gap interrupts the narrative. From the damaged fragments of the writing, it appears that at the next port, perhaps Sidon, they met a group of harmless Sicilian merchants, and the desperate Wenamon quickly devised a bold plan. By this time, he had started to trust Mengebet, the captain, who, for the sake of his reputation in Egypt, had offered to help the envoy of Amon-Ra with his troubles, even though he wouldn't delay his journey for him; thus, Wenamon included him in his plans. Under some pretext, a group led by the Egyptian visited these merchants and engaged in conversation with them. Then, suddenly, they overpowered them and rushed for their cash box, which Wenamon immediately broke open. To his disappointment, he found it contained only thirty-one debens of silver, which was exactly the same amount of silver, though not gold, that he had lost. He pocketed the money and told the [122] struggling merchants, "I'm taking this money of yours and will keep it until you find my money. Wasn't it a Sicilian who stole it, and not one of ours? I’m taking it."

With these words the party raced back to the ship, scrambled on board, and in a few moments had hoisted sail and were scudding northwards towards Byblos, where Wenamon proposed to throw himself on the mercy of Zakar-Baal, the prince of that city. Wenamon, it will be remembered, had always considered that he had been robbed by a Sicilian of Dor, notwithstanding the fact that only a sailor of his own ship could have known of the existence of the money, as King Bedel seems to have pointed out to him. The Egyptian, therefore, did not regard this forcible seizure of silver from these other Sicilians as a crime. It was a perfectly just appropriation of a portion of the funds which belonged to him by rights. Let us imagine ourselves robbed at our hotel by Hans the German waiter: it would surely give us the most profound satisfaction to take Herr Schnupfendorff, the piano-tuner, by the throat when next he visited us, and go through his pockets. He and Hans, being of the same nationality, must suffer for one another's sins, and if the magistrate thinks otherwise he must be regarded as prejudiced by too much study of the law.

With these words, the group rushed back to the ship, scrambled onboard, and within moments had hoisted the sails, heading north towards Byblos, where Wenamon planned to appeal to Zakar-Baal, the prince of that city. Wenamon, as a reminder, had always believed he had been robbed by a Sicilian in Dor, despite the fact that only a sailor from his own ship could have known about the money's existence, as King Bedel seemed to have pointed out to him. Therefore, the Egyptian did not see this forceful taking of silver from these other Sicilians as a crime. It was simply a rightful claim to some of the funds that belonged to him. Imagine if we were robbed at our hotel by Hans, the German waiter; it would surely bring us immense satisfaction to grab Herr Schnupfendorff, the piano tuner, by the throat the next time he came to visit and go through his pockets. He and Hans, sharing the same nationality, must suffer for each other's wrongdoings, and if the magistrate disagrees, he must be seen as biased from too much legal study.

Byblos stood at the foot of the hills of Lebanon, in the very shadow of the great cedars, and it was [123]therefore Wenamon's destination. Now, however, as the ship dropped anchor in the harbour, the Egyptian realised that his mission would probably be fruitless, and that he himself would perhaps be flung into prison for illegally having in his possession the famous image of the god to which he could show no written right. Moreover, the news of the robbery of the merchants might well have reached Byblos overland. His first action, therefore, was to conceal the idol and the money; and this having been accomplished he sat himself down in his cabin to await events.

Byblos was at the base of the Lebanon hills, right under the great cedars, and it was [123] therefore Wenamon's destination. Now, though, as the ship dropped anchor in the harbor, the Egyptian realized that his mission was likely to be in vain, and he might even end up in prison for illegally possessing the famous image of the god without any written proof of ownership. Plus, the news of the merchants' robbery might have already reached Byblos by land. His first action, then, was to hide the idol and the money; having done that, he settled into his cabin to wait and see what would happen.

The Prince of Byblos certainly had been advised of the robbery; and as soon as the news of the ship's arrival was reported to him he sent a curt message to the captain saying simply, "Get out of my harbour." At this Wenamon gave up all hope, and, hearing that there was then in port a vessel which was about to sail for Egypt, he sent a pathetic message to the prince asking whether he might be allowed to travel by it back to his own country.

The Prince of Byblos must have been informed about the theft; and as soon as he heard that the ship had arrived, he sent a brief message to the captain saying simply, "Leave my harbor." At this, Wenamon lost all hope, and, learning that there was a ship in port ready to sail for Egypt, he sent an emotional message to the prince asking if he could be allowed to take that ship back to his home country.

No satisfactory answer was received, and for the best part of a month Wenamon's ship rode at anchor, while the distracted envoy paced the deck, vainly pondering upon a fitting course of action. Each morning the same brief order, "Get out of my harbour," was delivered to him by the harbour-master; but the indecision of the authorities as to how to treat this Egyptian official prevented the order being backed by force. Meanwhile [124]Wenamon and Mengebet judiciously spread through the city the report of the power of Amon-of-the-Road, and hinted darkly at the wrath which would ultimately fall upon the heads of those who suffered the image and its keeper to be turned away from the quays of Byblos. No doubt, also, a portion of the stolen debens of silver was expended in bribes to the priests of the city, for, as we shall presently see, one of them took up Wenamon's cause with the most unnatural vigour.

No satisfactory answer was received, and for the better part of a month, Wenamon's ship stayed anchored while the troubled envoy paced the deck, struggling to figure out what to do next. Each morning, the harbor-master delivered the same brief order, "Get out of my harbor," but the authorities couldn't decide how to handle this Egyptian official, so they didn’t enforce the order. Meanwhile, [124] Wenamon and Mengebet wisely spread the word throughout the city about the power of Amon-of-the-Road and subtly hinted at the consequences that would eventually fall on those who let the image and its keeper be turned away from the docks of Byblos. It's likely that some of the stolen silver debens were used to bribe the city's priests, because, as we will soon see, one of them took up Wenamon's cause with unusual enthusiasm.

All, however, seemed to be of no avail, and Wenamon decided to get away as best he could. His worldly goods were quietly transferred to the ship which was bound for the Nile; and, when night had fallen, with Amon-of-the-Road tucked under his arm, he hurried along the deserted quay. Suddenly out of the darkness there appeared a group of figures, and Wenamon found himself confronted by the stalwart harbour-master and his police. Now, indeed, he gave himself up for lost. The image would be taken from him, and no longer would he have the alternative of leaving the harbour. He must have groaned aloud as he stood there in the black night, with the cold sea wind threatening to tear the covers from the treasure under his arm. His surprise, therefore, was unbounded when the harbour-master addressed him in the following words: "Remain until morning here near the prince."

All of it seemed pointless, and Wenamon decided to escape as best he could. His belongings were quietly moved onto the ship headed for the Nile; and when night fell, with Amon-of-the-Road tucked under his arm, he hurried along the empty quay. Suddenly, out of the darkness, a group of figures appeared, and Wenamon found himself face-to-face with the sturdy harbor master and his police. At that moment, he truly believed he was finished. The image would be taken from him, and he’d have no choice but to leave the harbor. He must have groaned as he stood there in the dark night, with the cold sea wind threatening to rip the covers off the treasure under his arm. His astonishment was immense when the harbor master spoke to him, saying: "Stay here until morning near the prince."

The Egyptian turned upon him fiercely. "Are you not the man who came to me every day [125]saying, "Get out of my harbour?" he cried. "And now are you not saying, 'Remain in Byblos?' your object being to let this ship which I have found depart for Egypt without me, so that you may come to me again and say, 'Go away.'"

The Egyptian turned on him angrily. "Aren't you the guy who came to me every day saying, 'Get out of my harbor?'" he shouted. "And now you're telling me, 'Stay in Byblos?' Your goal is to let this ship I found leave for Egypt without me, so you can come back and say, 'Get lost.'"

The harbour-master in reality had been ordered to detain Wenamon for quite another reason. On the previous day, while the prince was sacrificing to his gods, one of the noble youths in his train, who had probably seen the colour of Wenamon's debens, suddenly broke into a religious frenzy, and so continued all that day, and far into the night, calling incessantly upon those around him to go and fetch the envoy of Amon-Ra and the sacred image. Prince Zakar-Baal had considered it prudent to obey this apparently divine command, and had sent the harbour-master to prevent Wenamon's departure. Finding, however, that the Egyptian was determined to board the ship, the official sent a messenger to the prince, who replied with an order to the skipper of the vessel to remain that night in harbour.

The harbor master had actually been instructed to hold up Wenamon for a different reason. The day before, while the prince was making sacrifices to his gods, one of the young nobles in attendance, who had likely noticed the value of Wenamon's debens, suddenly went into a religious frenzy. He kept it up all day and well into the night, continuously urging those around him to go and fetch the envoy of Amon-Ra and the sacred image. Prince Zakar-Baal thought it wise to follow this seemingly divine directive and sent the harbor master to stop Wenamon from leaving. However, when he saw that the Egyptian was set on boarding the ship, the harbor master sent a message to the prince, who replied with an order for the ship's captain to stay in the harbor that night.

Upon the following morning a deputation, evidently friendly, waited on Wenamon, and urged him to come to the palace, which he finally did, incidentally attending on his way the morning service which was being celebrated upon the sea-shore. "I found the prince," writes Wenamon in his report, "sitting in his upper chamber, leaning his back against a window, while the waves of the [126]Great Syrian Sea beat against the wall below. I said to him, 'The mercy of Amon be with you!' He said to me, 'How long is it from now since you left the abode of Amon?' I replied, 'Five months and one day from now.'"

The next morning, a friendly group came to see Wenamon and encouraged him to go to the palace, which he eventually did, briefly stopping to attend the morning service being held on the beach. "I found the prince," Wenamon wrote in his report, "sitting in his upper room, leaning against a window, while the waves of the [126]Great Syrian Sea crashed against the wall below. I said to him, 'May Amon's mercy be with you!' He responded, 'How long has it been since you left Amon's place?' I answered, 'Five months and one day.'"

The prince then said, "Look now, if what you say is true, where is the writing of Amon which should be in your hand? Where is the letter of the High Priest of Amon which should be in your hand?"

The prince then said, "Now look, if what you're saying is true, where is the writing of Amon that should be in your possession? Where is the letter from the High Priest of Amon that should be in your hand?"

"I gave them to Nesubanebded," replied Wenamon.

"I gave them to Nesubanebded," replied Wenamon.

"Then," says Wenamon, "he was very wroth, and he said to me, 'Look here, the writings and the letters are not in your hand. And where is the fine ship which Nesubanebded would have given you, and where is its picked Syrian crew? He would not put you and your affairs in the charge of this skipper of yours, who might have had you killed and thrown into the sea. Whom would they have sought the god from then?—and you, whom would they have sought you from then?' So said he to me, and I replied to him, 'There are indeed Egyptian ships and Egyptian crews that sail under Nesubanebded, but he had at the time no ship and no Syrian crew to give me.'"

"Then," says Wenamon, "he was really angry, and he said to me, 'Look, the writings and the letters aren't in your handwriting. And where is the nice ship that Nesubanebded was supposed to give you, and where is its top-notch Syrian crew? He wouldn't trust you and your business to this captain of yours, who could have had you killed and dumped in the sea. Who would they have asked the god for then?—and you, who would they have looked for you from then?' So he said to me, and I replied, 'There are indeed Egyptian ships and Egyptian crews that sail under Nesubanebded, but at that time he had no ship and no Syrian crew to give me.'"

The prince did not accept this as a satisfactory answer, but pointed out that there were ten thousand ships sailing between Egypt and Syria, of which number there must have been one at Nesubanebded's disposal.

The prince didn’t find this answer satisfactory and pointed out that there were ten thousand ships traveling between Egypt and Syria, and at least one of them should have been available for Nesubanebded.

[127]"Then," writes Wenamon, "I was silent in this great hour. At length he said to me, 'On what business have you come here?' I replied, 'I have come to get wood for the great and august barge of Amon-Ra, king of the gods. Your father supplied it, your grandfather did so, and you too shall do it.' So spoke I to him."

[127]"Then," Wenamon writes, "I was quiet during this significant moment. Finally, he asked me, 'What brings you here?' I answered, 'I’ve come to gather wood for the great and honored barge of Amon-Ra, king of the gods. Your father provided it, your grandfather did as well, and you too shall do it.' That’s what I said to him."

The prince admitted that his fathers had sent wood to Egypt, but he pointed out that they had received proper remuneration for it. He then told his servants to go and find the old ledger in which the transactions were recorded, and this being done, it was found that a thousand debens of silver had been paid for the wood. The prince now argued that he was in no way the servant of Amon, for if he had been he would have been obliged to supply the wood without remuneration. "I am," he proudly declared, "neither your servant nor the servant of him who sent you here. If I cry out to the Lebanon the heavens open and the logs lie here on the shore of the sea." He went on to say that if, of his condescension, he now procured the timber Wenamon would have to provide the ships and all the tackle. "If I make the sails of the ships for you," said the prince, "they may be top-heavy and may break, and you will perish in the sea when Amon thunders in heaven; for skilled workmanship comes only from Egypt to reach my place of abode." This seems to have upset the composure of Wenamon to some extent, and the prince took [128]advantage of his uneasiness to say, "Anyway, what is this miserable expedition that they have had you make (without money or equipment)?"

The prince acknowledged that his fathers had sent wood to Egypt, but he emphasized that they had been properly compensated for it. He then instructed his servants to locate the old ledger where the transactions were recorded, and once they did, it was discovered that a thousand debens of silver had been paid for the wood. The prince argued that he was not Amon's servant, as he would have had to provide the wood without payment if he were. "I am," he declared proudly, "neither your servant nor the servant of whoever sent you here. If I call out to the Lebanon, the heavens respond, and the logs appear here on the shore." He continued, stating that if he were to generously supply the timber, Wenamon would need to provide the ships and all the equipment. "If I construct the sails for you," said the prince, "they could be unbalanced and break, leading to your demise in the sea when Amon thunders from above; for only skilled craftsmanship from Egypt can reach my location." This seemed to somewhat unsettle Wenamon, and the prince seized the opportunity to ask, "Anyway, what is this pathetic mission they have sent you on (without money or resources)?"

At this Wenamon appears to have lost his temper. "O guilty one!" he said to the prince, "this is no miserable expedition on which I am engaged. There is no ship upon the Nile which Amon does not own, and his is the sea, and his this Lebanon of which you say, 'It is mine.' Its forests grow for the barge of Amon, the lord of every ship. Why Amon-Ra himself, the king of the gods, said to Herhor, my lord, 'Send me'; and Herhor made me go bearing the statue of this great god. Yet see, you have allowed this great god to wait twenty-nine days after he had arrived in your harbour, although you certainly knew he was there. He is indeed still what he once was: yes, now while you stand bargaining for the Lebanon with Amon its lord. As for Amon-Ra, the king of the gods, he is the lord of life and health, and he was the lord of your fathers, who spent their lifetime offering to him. You also, you are the servant of Amon. If you will say to Amon, 'I will do this,' and you execute his command, you shall live and be prosperous and be healthy, and you shall be popular with your whole country and people. Wish not for yourself a thing belonging to Amon-Ra, king of the gods. Truly the lion loves his own! Let my secretary be brought to me that I may send him to Nesubanebded, and he will send you all [129]that I shall ask him to send, after which, when I return to the south, I will send you all, all your trifles again."

At this point, Wenamon seemed to have lost his cool. "Oh, guilty one!" he said to the prince, "this is no small mission I'm on. Every ship on the Nile belongs to Amon, and he controls the sea, and this Lebanon that you claim, 'It is mine.' Its forests exist for the barge of Amon, the lord of every vessel. Amon-Ra himself, the king of the gods, told Herhor, my lord, 'Send me'; and Herhor made me go carrying the statue of this great god. Yet look, you’ve made this great god wait twenty-nine days after he arrived in your harbor, even though you knew he was there. He remains as powerful as ever: yes, here you are, negotiating over Lebanon with Amon, its lord. As for Amon-Ra, the king of the gods, he is the lord of life and health, and he was the lord of your ancestors, who spent their lives worshipping him. You too are a servant of Amon. If you tell Amon, 'I will do this,' and you follow through on his command, you will live well, prosper, and be in good health, and you will be favored by your entire country and people. Do not covet what belongs to Amon-Ra, king of the gods. Truly, the lion cares for his own! Bring my secretary to me so I can send him to Nesubanebded, and he'll send you everything I ask him to send, after which, when I return south, I will send you back all your little trinkets."

"So spake I to him," says Wenamon in his report, as with a flourish of his pen he brings this fine speech to an end. No doubt it would have been more truthful in him to say, "So would I have spoken to him had I not been so flustered"; but of all types of lie this is probably the most excusable. At all events, he said sufficient to induce the prince to send his secretary to Egypt; and as a token of good faith Zakar-Baal sent with him seven logs of cedar-wood. In forty-eight days' time the messenger returned, bringing with him five golden and five silver vases, twenty garments of fine linen, 500 rolls of papyrus, 500 ox-hides, 500 coils of rope, twenty measures of lentils, and five measures of dried fish. At this present the prince expressed himself most satisfied, and immediately sent 300 men and 300 oxen with proper overseers to start the work of felling the trees. Some eight months after leaving Tanis, Wenamon's delighted eyes gazed upon the complete number of logs lying at the edge of the sea, ready for shipment to Egypt.

"So I said to him," Wenamon reports, confidently finishing his speech with a flourish of his pen. It would have been more honest for him to say, "This is what I would have said if I weren't so flustered"; but of all sorts of lies, this one is probably the most forgivable. Regardless, he said enough to convince the prince to send his secretary to Egypt; and as a sign of goodwill, Zakar-Baal sent seven logs of cedar wood with him. After forty-eight days, the messenger returned, bringing five golden and five silver vases, twenty fine linen garments, 500 rolls of papyrus, 500 ox hides, 500 coils of rope, twenty measures of lentils, and five measures of dried fish. At this point, the prince was very pleased and immediately sent 300 men and 300 oxen, along with proper overseers, to begin cutting down the trees. About eight months after leaving Tanis, Wenamon's joyful eyes looked upon the full amount of logs lying at the edge of the sea, ready to be shipped to Egypt.

The task being finished, the prince walked down to the beach to inspect the timber, and he called to Wenamon to come with him. When the Egyptian had approached, the prince pointed to the logs, remarking that the work had been carried through although the remuneration had not been [130]nearly so great as that which his fathers had received. Wenamon was about to reply when inadvertently the shadow of the prince's umbrella fell upon his head. What memories or anticipations this trivial incident aroused one cannot now tell with certainty. One of the gentlemen-in-waiting, however, found cause in it to whisper to Wenamon, "The shadow of Pharaoh, your lord, falls upon you"—the remark, no doubt, being accompanied by a sly dig in the ribs. The prince angrily snapped, "Let him alone"; and, with the picture of Wenamon gloomily staring out to sea, we are left to worry out the meaning of the occurrence. It may be that the prince intended to keep Wenamon at Byblos until the uttermost farthing had been extracted from Egypt in further payment for the wood, and that therefore he was to be regarded henceforth as Wenamon's king and master. This is perhaps indicated by the following remarks of the prince.

Finishing the task, the prince walked down to the beach to check the timber and called for Wenamon to join him. When the Egyptian approached, the prince pointed to the logs, noting that the work had been done even though the pay was nowhere near what his ancestors had received. Wenamon was about to respond when, inadvertently, the shadow of the prince's umbrella fell on his head. What memories or thoughts this minor event stirred, we can't say for sure now. However, one of the gentlemen-in-waiting used it as an opportunity to whisper to Wenamon, "The shadow of Pharaoh, your lord, falls upon you"—likely accompanied by a teasing nudge in the ribs. The prince snapped back, "Leave him alone"; and with the image of Wenamon gloomily staring out at the sea, we are left to ponder the significance of the moment. It's possible the prince intended to keep Wenamon in Byblos until every last cent had been extracted from Egypt for the wood and that he was to be seen from then on as Wenamon's king and master. This might be suggested by the prince's following remarks.

"Do not thus contemplate the terrors of the sea," he said to Wenamon. "For if you do that you should also contemplate my own. Come, I have not done to you what they did to certain former envoys. They spent seventeen years in this land, and they died where they were." Then, turning to an attendant, "Take him," he said, "and let him see the tomb in which they lie."

"Don't think about the horrors of the sea," he said to Wenamon. "If you do, you should also think about my own. Come on, I haven't done to you what they did to some previous envoys. They spent seventeen years here and died where they were." Then, turning to an attendant, he said, "Take him and let him see the tomb where they are buried."

"Oh, don't let me see it," Wenamon tells us that he cried in anguish; but, recovering his composure, he continued in a more valiant strain. "Mere [131]human beings," he said, "were the envoys who were then sent. There was no god among them (as there now is)."

"Oh, please don't let me see it," Wenamon told us he cried in pain; but, regaining his composure, he continued with a bolder tone. "Just [131]human beings," he said, "were the messengers that were sent. There was no god among them (like there is now)."

The prince had recently ordered an engraver to write a commemorative inscription upon a stone tablet recording the fact that the king of the gods had sent Amon-of-the-Road to Byblos as his divine messenger and Wenamon as his human messenger, that timber had been asked for and supplied, and that in return Amon had promised him ten thousand years of celestial life over and above that of ordinary persons. Wenamon now reminded him of this, asking him why he should talk so slightingly of the Egyptian envoys when the making of this tablet showed that in reality he considered their presence an honour. Moreover, he pointed out that when in future years an envoy from Egypt should read this tablet, he would of course pronounce at once the magical prayers which would procure for the prince, who would probably then be in hell after all, a draught of water. This remark seems to have tickled the prince's fancy, for he gravely acknowledged its value, and spoke no more in his former strain. Wenamon closed the interview by promising that the High Priest of Amon-Ra would fully reward him for his various kindnesses.

The prince had recently asked an engraver to carve a commemorative inscription on a stone tablet that noted how the king of the gods had sent Amon-of-the-Road to Byblos as his divine messenger and Wenamon as his human messenger. It also mentioned that timber had been requested and supplied, and in return, Amon promised him ten thousand years of celestial life beyond what ordinary people receive. Wenamon reminded him of this, questioning why he should speak so dismissively of the Egyptian envoys when the creation of this tablet indicated that he actually saw their presence as an honor. Furthermore, he pointed out that when a future envoy from Egypt reads this tablet, he would surely recite the magical prayers necessary to provide the prince—who would likely be in hell by then—with a drink of water. This comment seemed to amuse the prince, as he seriously acknowledged its worth and no longer spoke in his previous way. Wenamon concluded the meeting by assuring him that the High Priest of Amon-Ra would reward him generously for his various acts of kindness.

Shortly after this the Egyptian paid another visit to the sea-shore to feast his eyes upon the logs. He must have been almost unable to contain himself in the delight and excitement of the ending [132]of his task and his approaching return, in triumph to Egypt; and we may see him jauntily walking over the sand, perhaps humming a tune to himself. Suddenly he observed a fleet of eleven ships sailing towards the town, and the song must have died upon his lips. As they drew nearer he saw to his horror that they belonged to the Sicilians of Dor, and we must picture him biting his nails in his anxiety as he stood amongst the logs. Presently they were within hailing distance, and some one called to them asking their business. The reply rang across the water, brief and terrible; "Arrest Wenamon! Let not a ship of his pass to Egypt." Hearing these words the envoy of Amon-Ra, king of the gods, just now so proudly boasting, threw himself upon the sand and burst into tears.

Shortly after this, the Egyptian visited the beach again to take a look at the logs. He must have been nearly bursting with joy and excitement at finishing his task and preparing to triumphantly return to Egypt. We can imagine him strolling over the sand, maybe even humming a tune. Suddenly, he saw a fleet of eleven ships approaching the town, and the song likely died on his lips. As they got closer, he was horrified to see that they belonged to the Sicilians of Dor, and we can picture him nervously biting his nails as he stood by the logs. Soon they were within shouting distance, and someone called out to them, asking what they wanted. The reply echoed across the water, short and chilling: "Arrest Wenamon! Don't let any of his ships reach Egypt." Upon hearing this, the envoy of Amon-Ra, king of the gods, who had just been so proud, threw himself on the sand and broke down in tears.

The sobs of the wretched man penetrated to a chamber in which the prince's secretary sat writing at the open window, and he hurried over to the prostrate figure. "Whatever is the matter with you?" he said, tapping the man on the shoulder.

The sobs of the miserable man reached a room where the prince's secretary was writing by the open window, and he quickly went over to the fallen figure. "What's wrong with you?" he asked, tapping the man on the shoulder.

Wenamon raised his head, "Surely you see these birds which descend on Egypt," he groaned. "Look at them! They have come into the harbour, and how long shall I be left forsaken here? Truly you see those who have come to arrest me."

Wenamon lifted his head. "You must see these birds landing in Egypt," he said with a groan. "Look at them! They've arrived at the harbor, and how much longer will I be abandoned here? You can clearly see those who have come to capture me."

With these words one must suppose that Wenamon returned to his weeping, for he says in his report that the sympathetic secretary went off to [133]find the prince in order that some plan of action might be formulated. When the news was reported to Zakar-Baal, he too began to lament; for the whole affair was menacing and ugly. Looking out of the window he saw the Sicilian ships anchored as a barrier across the mouth of the harbour, he saw the logs of cedar-wood strewn over the beach, he saw the writhing figure of Wenamon pouring sand and dust upon his head and drumming feebly with his toes; and his royal heart was moved with pity for the misfortunes of the Egyptian.

With these words, it can be assumed that Wenamon went back to crying, as he mentions in his report that the concerned secretary left to [133] find the prince to come up with a plan. When Zakar-Baal heard the news, he also started to mourn because the whole situation was threatening and bleak. Looking out the window, he saw the Sicilian ships blocking the harbour entrance, noticed the cedar logs scattered along the beach, saw Wenamon twisting around while pouring sand and dust on his head and weakly tapping his toes; his royal heart was filled with compassion for the Egyptian's misfortunes.

Plate 13
[Copied by H. Petrie.
A festival scene of singers and dancers from a tomb-painting of Dynasty XVII.—Thebes.
Pl. xiii.

Hastily speaking to his secretary, he told him to procure two large jars of wine and a ram, and to give them to Wenamon on the chance that they might stop the noise of his lamentations. The secretary and his servants procured these things from the kitchen, and, tottering down with them to the envoy, placed them by his side. Wenamon, however, merely glanced at them in a sickly manner, and then buried his head once more. The failure must have been observed from the window of the palace, for the prince sent another servant flying off for a popular Egyptian lady of no reputation, who happened to be living just then at Byblos in the capacity of a dancing-girl. Presently she minced into the room, very much elated, no doubt, at this indication of the royal favour. The prince at once ordered her to hasten down on to the beach to comfort her countryman. "Sing to him," he said. "Don't let his heart feel apprehension."

Rushing to his secretary, he instructed him to get two large jars of wine and a ram, hoping they might quiet Wenamon's weeping. The secretary and his staff gathered these items from the kitchen and slowly carried them to the envoy, placing them beside him. However, Wenamon merely glanced at them weakly before burying his head again. The failure was likely noticed from the palace window, prompting the prince to send another servant quickly to find a well-known but not highly regarded Egyptian woman, who was living in Byblos as a dancer at that time. Soon, she arrived in the room, clearly pleased by this sign of royal attention. The prince immediately told her to rush down to the beach to comfort her fellow countryman. "Sing to him," he said. "Don't let him feel worried."

Wenamon seemed to have waved the girl aside, [134]and we may picture the prince making urgent signs to the lady from his window to renew her efforts. The moans of the miserable man, however, did not cease, and the prince had recourse to a third device. This time he sent a servant to Wenamon with a message of calm assurance. "Eat and drink," he said, "and let not your heart feel apprehension. You shall hear all that I have to say in the morning." At this Wenamon roused himself, and, wiping his eyes, consented to be led back to his rooms, ever turning, no doubt, to cast nervous glances in the direction of the silent ships of Dor.

Wenamon seemed to have waved the girl away, [134]and we can imagine the prince making urgent signals to the lady from his window to keep trying. The cries of the poor man, however, didn’t stop, so the prince came up with a third plan. This time, he sent a servant to Wenamon with a message meant to reassure him. "Eat and drink," he said, "and don’t let your heart worry. You’ll hear everything I need to tell you in the morning." Hearing this, Wenamon gathered himself, wiped his eyes, and agreed to be taken back to his rooms, constantly glancing nervously toward the quiet ships of Dor.

On the following morning the prince sent for the leaders of the Sicilians and asked them for what reason they had come to Byblos. They replied that they had come in search of Wenamon, who had robbed some of their countrymen of thirty-one debens of silver. The prince was placed in a difficult position, for he was desirous to avoid giving offence either to Dor or to Egypt from whence he now expected further payment; but he managed to pass out on to clearer ground by means of a simple stratagem.

On the next morning, the prince called for the leaders of the Sicilians and asked why they had come to Byblos. They responded that they were looking for Wenamon, who had stolen thirty-one debens of silver from some of their people. The prince found himself in a tough spot, as he wanted to avoid upsetting either Dor or Egypt, from which he was expecting further payment. However, he was able to navigate the situation using a clever tactic.

"I cannot arrest the envoy of Amon in my territory," he said to the men of Dor. "But I will send him away, and you shall pursue him and arrest him."

"I can't detain the envoy of Amon in my territory," he told the people of Dor. "But I'll send him away, and you should chase after him and capture him."

The plan seems to have appealed to the sporting instincts of the Sicilians, for it appears that they drew off from the harbour to await their quarry. Wenamon was then informed of the scheme, and [135]one may suppose that he showed no relish for it. To be chased across a bilious sea by sporting men of hardened stomach was surely a torture for the damned; but it is to be presumed that Zakar-Baal left the Egyptian some chance of escape. Hastily he was conveyed on board a ship, and his misery must have been complete when he observed that outside the harbour it was blowing a gale. Hardly had he set out into the "Great Syrian Sea" before a terrific storm burst, and in the confusion which ensued we lose sight of the waiting fleet. No doubt the Sicilians put in to Byblos once more for shelter, and deemed Wenamon at the bottom of the ocean as the wind whistled through their own bare rigging.

The plan seemed to tap into the competitive spirit of the Sicilians, as they moved away from the harbor to wait for their target. Wenamon was then made aware of the plan, and one can assume he wasn’t thrilled about it. Being chased across a rough sea by tough athletes must have been a torment for someone doomed; however, it’s likely Zakar-Baal gave the Egyptian some chance to escape. He was quickly taken aboard a ship, and his despair must have deepened when he saw that a storm was raging outside the harbor. Hardly had he ventured into the "Great Syrian Sea" before a fierce storm hit, and in the chaos that followed, we lose sight of the awaiting fleet. It's likely the Sicilians returned to Byblos for shelter, thinking Wenamon had sunk to the ocean floor while the wind howled through their own stripped rigging.

The Egyptian had planned to avoid his enemies by beating northwards when he left the harbour, instead of southwards towards Egypt; but the tempest took the ship's course into its own hands and drove the frail craft north-westwards towards Cyprus, the wooded shores of which were, in course of time, sighted. Wenamon was now indeed 'twixt the devil and the deep sea, for behind him the waves raged furiously, and before him he perceived a threatening group of Cypriots awaiting him upon the wind-swept shore. Presently the vessel grounded upon the beach, and immediately the ill-starred Egyptian and the entire crew were prisoners in the hands of a hostile mob. Roughly they were dragged to the capital of the island, which happened to be but a few miles distant, and with ignominy they were hustled, wet and [136]bedraggled, through the streets towards the palace of Hetebe, the Queen of Cyprus.

The Egyptian had planned to steer clear of his enemies by heading north when he left the harbor, instead of going south towards Egypt; however, the storm took control of the ship's direction and pushed the fragile vessel northwest towards Cyprus, the wooded shores of which soon came into view. Wenamon was now truly caught "between a rock and a hard place," as behind him the waves raged violently, and in front of him, he saw a threatening group of Cypriots waiting for him on the wind-swept shore. Soon, the ship ran aground on the beach, and immediately, the unfortunate Egyptian and the entire crew found themselves prisoners of a hostile mob. They were roughly dragged to the capital of the island, which was only a few miles away, and with disgrace, they were pushed, wet and bedraggled, through the streets towards the palace of Hetebe, the Queen of Cyprus.

As they neared the building the queen herself passed by, surrounded by a brave company of nobles and soldiers. Wenamon burst away from his captors, and bowed himself before the royal lady, crying as he did so, "Surely there is somebody amongst this company who understands Egyptian." One of the nobles, to Wenamon's joy, replied, "Yes, I understand it."

As they got closer to the building, the queen herself walked by, surrounded by a brave group of nobles and soldiers. Wenamon broke free from his captors and bowed before the royal lady, exclaiming, "Surely, someone in this group understands Egyptian." To Wenamon’s delight, one of the nobles replied, "Yes, I understand it."

"Say to my mistress," cried the tattered envoy, "that I have heard even in far-off Thebes, the abode of Amon, that in every city injustice is done, but that justice obtains in the land of Cyprus. Yet see, injustice is done here also this day."

"Tell my lady," shouted the worn-out messenger, "that I've heard even in distant Thebes, the home of Amon, that injustice happens in every city, but justice thrives in Cyprus. Still, look, injustice is happening here today too."

This was repeated to the queen, who replied, "Indeed!—what is this that you say?"

This was repeated to the queen, who replied, "Really!—what is it that you’re saying?"

Through the interpreter Wenamon then addressed himself to Hetebe. "If the sea raged," he said, "and the wind drove me to the land where I now am, will you let these people take advantage of it to murder me, I who am an envoy of Amon? I am one for whom they will seek unceasingly. And as for these sailors of the prince of Byblos, whom they also wish to kill, their lord will undoubtedly capture ten crews of yours, and will slay every man of them in revenge."

Through the interpreter, Wenamon then spoke to Hetebe. "If the sea was rough," he said, "and the wind pushed me to this land where I am now, will you allow these people to take advantage of the situation to kill me, someone who is a messenger of Amon? I am someone they will look for endlessly. And as for these sailors from the prince of Byblos, whom they also want to kill, their lord will surely seize ten of your crews and will kill every single one of them in retaliation."

This seems to have impressed the queen, for she ordered the mob to stand on one side, and to Wenamon she said, "Pass the night ..."

This seems to have impressed the queen, for she ordered the crowd to stand to one side, and to Wenamon she said, "Spend the night ..."

[137]Here the torn writing comes to an abrupt end, and the remainder of Wenamon's adventures are for ever lost amidst the dust of El Hibeh. One may suppose that Hetebe took the Egyptian under her protection, and that ultimately he arrived once more in Egypt, whither Zakar-Baal had perhaps already sent the timber. Returning to his native town, it seems that Wenamon wrote his report, which for some reason or other was never despatched to the High Priest. Perhaps the envoy was himself sent for, and thus his report was rendered useless; or perhaps our text is one of several copies.

[137]Here, the torn writing suddenly ends, and the rest of Wenamon's adventures are forever lost in the dust of El Hibeh. One can assume that Hetebe took the Egyptian under her wing, and that he eventually made it back to Egypt, where Zakar-Baal may have already sent the timber. Upon returning to his hometown, it seems Wenamon wrote his report, which for some reason was never sent to the High Priest. Maybe the envoy was called back, making his report unnecessary; or perhaps this text is just one of several copies.

There can be no question that he was a writer of great power, and this tale of his adventures must be regarded as one of the jewels of the ancient Egyptian language. The brief description of the Prince of Byblos, seated with his back to the window, while the waves beat against the wall below, brings vividly before one that far-off scene, and reveals a lightness of touch most unusual in writers of that time. There is surely, too, an appreciation of a delicate form of humour observable in his account of some of his dealings with the prince. It is appalling to think that the peasants who found this roll of papyrus might have used it as fuel for their evening fire; and that, had not a drifting rumour of the value of such articles reached their village, this little tale of old Egypt and the long-lost Kingdoms of the Sea would have gone up to empty heaven in a puff of smoke.

There’s no doubt that he was a powerful writer, and this story of his adventures should be seen as one of the treasures of the ancient Egyptian language. The quick description of the Prince of Byblos, sitting with his back to the window while the waves crash against the wall below, brings that distant scene to life and shows a lightness of touch that’s quite rare for writers of that era. There’s definitely an appreciation for a subtle kind of humor in his account of some of his interactions with the prince. It’s horrifying to think that the peasants who discovered this roll of papyrus might have used it for their evening fire; and if it hadn’t been for a rumor about the value of such items reaching their village, this little tale of ancient Egypt and the long-lost Kingdoms of the Sea would have vanished into thin air in a puff of smoke.


[138]

CHAPTER VI.

THE STORY OF THE SHIPWRECKED SAILOR.

When the early Spanish explorers led their expeditions to Florida, it was their intention to find the Fountain of Perpetual Youth, tales of its potent waters having reached Peter Martyr as early as 1511. This desire to discover the things pertaining to Fairyland has been, throughout history, one of the most fertile sources of adventure. From the days when the archaic Egyptians penetrated into the regions south of the Cataracts, where they believed that the inhabitants were other than human, and into Pount, the "Land of the Ghosts," the hope of Fairyland has led men to search the face of the earth and to penetrate into its unknown places. It has been the theme of countless stories: it has supplied material for innumerable songs.

When the early Spanish explorers set out on their expeditions to Florida, they aimed to find the Fountain of Perpetual Youth, with stories about its powerful waters reaching Peter Martyr as early as 1511. This quest for things related to Fairyland has consistently sparked adventure throughout history. From the time when the ancient Egyptians ventured into the areas south of the Cataracts, believing the inhabitants were not entirely human, and into Punt, the "Land of the Ghosts," the dream of Fairyland has driven people to explore the earth and uncover its hidden places. It has been the subject of countless stories and has inspired numerous songs.

And in spite of the circumambulations of science about us, in spite of the hardening of all the tissues of our imagination, in spite of the phenomenal development of the commonplace, this desire for a glimpse of the miraculous is still set deeply [139]in our hearts. The old quest of Fairyland is as active now as ever it was. We still presume, in our unworthiness, to pass the barriers, and to walk upon those paths which lead to the enchanted forests and through them to the city of the Moon. At any moment we are ready to set forth, like Arthur's knights, in search of the Holy Grail.

And despite the advancements of science around us, despite the hardening of our imagination, and despite the incredible growth of the ordinary, this longing for a glimpse of the miraculous is still deeply rooted in our hearts. The old quest for Fairyland is as alive now as it ever was. We still dare, in our unworthiness, to cross the barriers and walk those paths that lead to the enchanted forests and through them to the city of the Moon. At any moment, we're ready to embark, like Arthur's knights, in search of the Holy Grail. [139]

The explorer who penetrates into Central Africa in quest of King Solomon's mines is impelled by a hope closely akin to that of the Spaniards. The excavator who digs for the buried treasures of the Incas or of the Egyptians is often led by a desire for the fabulous. Search is now being made in the western desert of Egypt for a lost city of burnished copper; and the Anglo-Egyptian official is constantly urged by credulous natives to take camels across the wilderness in quest of a town whose houses and temples are of pure gold. What archæologist has not at some time given ear to the whispers that tell of long-lost treasures, of forgotten cities, of Atlantis swallowed by the sea? It is not only children who love the tales of Fairyland. How happily we have read Kipling's 'Puck of Pook's Hill,' De la Motte Fouqué's 'Undine,' Kenneth Grahame's 'Wind in the Willows,' or F.W. Bain's Indian stories. The recent fairy plays—Barry's "Peter Pan," Maeterlinck's "Blue Bird," and the like—have been enormously successful. Say what we will, fairy tales still hold their old power over us, and still we turn to them as a relief from the commonplace.

The explorer who ventures into Central Africa looking for King Solomon's mines is driven by a hope similar to that of the Spaniards. The treasure hunter who searches for the buried riches of the Incas or Egyptians is often motivated by a yearning for the extraordinary. Right now, people are searching in the western desert of Egypt for a lost city made of shiny copper; and the Anglo-Egyptian official is frequently pressured by gullible locals to take camels across the wilderness in search of a town whose buildings and temples are made of pure gold. Which archaeologist hasn’t at some point listened to the tales of long-lost treasures, forgotten cities, or Atlantis swallowed by the sea? It is not just kids who enjoy stories of magical lands. How much joy we've found in reading Kipling's 'Puck of Pook's Hill,' De la Motte Fouqué's 'Undine,' Kenneth Grahame's 'Wind in the Willows,' or F.W. Bain's Indian tales. The recent fairy plays—Barry's "Peter Pan," Maeterlinck's "Blue Bird," and others—have been huge successes. No matter what we say, fairy tales still possess their timeless charm over us, and we continue to turn to them as an escape from the ordinary.

[140]Some of us, failing to find Fairyland upon earth, have transferred it to the kingdom of Death; and it has become the hope for the future. Each Sunday in church the congregation of business men and hard-worked women set aside the things of their monotonous life, and sing the songs of the endless search. To the rolling notes of the organ they tell the tale of the Elysian Fields: they take their unfilled desire for Fairyland and adjust it to their deathless hope of Heaven. They sing of crystal fountains, of streets paved with gold, of meadows dressed with living green where they shall dwell as children who now as exiles mourn. There everlasting spring abides and never-withering flowers; there ten thousand times ten thousand clad in sparkling raiment throng up the steeps of light. Here in the church the most unimaginative people cry aloud upon their God for Fairyland.

[140]Some of us, unable to find Fairyland here on earth, have moved it to the kingdom of Death; it has become our hope for the future. Every Sunday in church, the congregation of businesspeople and hardworking women puts aside the drudgery of their routine lives and sings songs about their endless search. To the soothing notes of the organ, they share the story of the Elysian Fields: they reshape their unfulfilled longing for Fairyland into their eternal hope for Heaven. They sing about crystal fountains, streets paved with gold, and meadows adorned with vibrant green, where they will live like children who, now as exiles, mourn. There, everlasting spring prevails, and flowers never fade; there, millions dressed in sparkling garments ascend the slopes of light. Here in the church, the least imaginative people call out to their God for Fairyland.

"The roseate hues of early dawn,
The brightness of the day,
 The crimson of the sunset sky,
How fast they fade away!
 Oh, for the pearly gates of Heaven,
Oh, for the golden floor...."

They know no way of picturing the incomprehensible state of the future, and they interpret it, therefore, in terms of the fairy tale.

They can't imagine the confusing nature of the future, so they understand it as a fairy tale.

I am inclined to think that this sovereignty of the fairies is beneficial. Fairy tales fill the minds of the young with knowledge of the kindly people who will reward with many gifts those that are [141]charitable to the old; they teach a code of chivalry that brings as its reward the love of the beautiful princess in the tower; they tell of dangers overcome by courage and perseverance; they suggest a contact with nature which otherwise might never be developed. Where angels and archangels overawe by their omnipotence, the microscopic fairies who can sit singing upon a mushroom and dangle from the swaying stem of a bluebell, carry the thoughts down the scale of life to the little and really important things. A sleepy child will rather believe that the Queen of the Fairies is acting sentry upon the knob of the bedpost than that an angel stands at the head of the cot with great wings spread in protection—wings which suggest the probability of claws and a beak to match.

I tend to think that the power of fairies is a good thing. Fairy tales fill young minds with stories of kind people who reward those who are generous to the elderly with many gifts; they teach a chivalrous code that leads to winning the love of a beautiful princess in a tower; they tell of challenges that can be conquered through bravery and determination; they hint at a connection with nature that might otherwise never be discovered. While angels and archangels impress us with their immense power, tiny fairies who can sit singing on a mushroom and dangle from the swaying stem of a bluebell bring our attention to the little things in life that are truly important. A sleepy child is more likely to believe that the Queen of the Fairies is keeping watch on the bedpost than to think an angel is standing at the head of the crib with large wings spread out for protection—wings that suggest the potential for claws and a beak to go along with them.

The dragons which can only be slain by the noble knight, the enchantments which can only be broken by the outwitting of the evil witch, the lady who can only be won by perils bravely endured, form the material of moral lessons which no other method of teaching could so impress upon the youthful mind.

The dragons that can only be defeated by the noble knight, the spells that can only be broken by outsmarting the evil witch, and the lady who can only be won by facing dangerous challenges bravely, all create moral lessons that no other teaching method can impress upon young minds as effectively.

And when mature years are attained the atmosphere of Fairyland remains with us. The lost songs of the little people drift through the brain, recalling the infinite possibilities of beauty and goodness which are so slightly out of reach; the forgotten wonder of elfs and brownies suggests itself to us from the heart of flowers and amidst the leaves of trees. The clear depths of the sea [142]take half their charm from the memory of the mermaid's palace; the silence of forests is rich with the expectancy of the Knight of the Golden Plume; the large spaces of kitchens and corridors are hushed for the concealment of Robin Goodfellow.

And when we reach adulthood, the magic of Fairyland stays with us. The lost songs of the little people float through our minds, reminding us of the endless possibilities of beauty and goodness that feel just out of reach; the forgotten wonder of elves and brownies comes to us from the heart of flowers and among the leaves of trees. The clear depths of the sea [142]gain half their charm from the memory of the mermaid's palace; the quiet of forests is filled with the anticipation of the Knight of the Golden Plume; the vast spaces of kitchens and hallways are still for the hiding of Robin Goodfellow.

It is the elusiveness, the enchantment, of Fairyland which, for the mature mind, constitutes its greatest value and charm; it is a man's desire for the realms of Midsummer-night that makes the building of those realms in our childhood so valuable. We are constantly endeavouring to recapture the grace of that intangible kingdom, and the hope of ultimate success retains the elasticity of the mind. Held fast by the stiffened joints of reason and closeted with the gout of science, we are fettered prisoners in the world unless there be the knowledge that something eludes us to lead us on. We know quite well that the fairies do not exist, but at the same time we cannot deny that the elusive atmosphere of Fairyland is one with that of our fondest dreams.

It’s the mystery and magic of Fairyland that, for an adult, makes it truly valuable and enchanting. A person’s longing for the worlds of Midsummer Night drives the importance of creating those worlds in our childhood. We’re always trying to recapture the beauty of that elusive place, and the hope of eventually succeeding keeps our minds flexible. Bound by the rigidity of reason and confined by the limits of science, we become trapped in reality unless we acknowledge that something we can’t quite grasp inspires us to keep going. We know fairies aren’t real, but we can’t deny that the enchanting essence of Fairyland resonates with our most cherished dreams.

Who has not, upon a grey morning, awakened from sleep with the knowledge that he has passed out from a kingdom of dream more dear than all the realms of real life? Vainly we endeavour to recall the lost details, but only the impression remains. That impression, however, warms the tone of our whole day, and frames our thoughts as it were with precious stones. Thus also it is with the memory of our childhood's idea of Fairyland: [143]the impression is recalled, the brain peers forward, the thoughts go on tiptoe, and we feel that we have caught a glimpse of Beauty. Indeed, the recollection of the atmosphere created in our youthful minds by means of fairy tales is perhaps the most abundant of the sources of our knowledge of Beauty in mature years.

Who hasn’t woken up on a gray morning, realizing they’ve left behind a dream world that’s more precious than any real-life experience? We try to remember the lost details, but only the feeling lingers. That feeling, though, colors our entire day and shapes our thoughts as if they were framed with jewels. It’s similar with our childhood memories of Fairyland: [143] we remember that feeling, our minds eagerly reach out, our thoughts move lightly, and we sense we’ve caught a glimpse of Beauty. In fact, the memory of the atmosphere created in our young minds through fairy tales is possibly one of the richest sources of our understanding of Beauty as adults.

I do not suppose that I am alone in declaring that some of the most tender feelings of childhood are inspired by the misfortunes of the Beast in the story of "Beauty and the Beast"; and the Sleeping Beauty is the first love of many a small boy. Man, from his youth up, craves enchantment; and though the business of life gives him no opportunity for the indulging in day-dreams, there are few of us indeed who have not at some time sought the phantom isles, and sought in vain. There is no stormy night, when the wind moans through the trees, and the moon-rack flies overhead, but takes something of its mystery from the recollection of the enchantments of the dark ages. The sun does not sink into the sea amidst the low-lying clouds but some vague thought is brought to mind of the uncharted island whereon that maiden lies sleeping whose hair is dark as heaven's wrath, and whose breast is white like alabaster in the pathway of the moon. There she lies in the charmed circle under the trees, where none may enter until that hour when some pale, lost mariner shall surprise the secret of the pathway, and, coming suddenly upon her, shall kiss her shadowed lips. Vague, [144]elusive, undefined, as such fancies must be, they yet tinge the thoughts of almost every man at certain moments of his life, and set him searching for the enchantment of bygone days. Eagerly he looks for those

I don't think I'm the only one who feels that some of the most heartfelt memories from childhood come from the struggles of the Beast in "Beauty and the Beast," and that many young boys have their first crush on Sleeping Beauty. From a young age, people crave magic; and even though daily life often doesn't allow for daydreams, very few of us haven't at some point chased after those imaginary islands, often in vain. There isn’t a stormy night when the wind howls through the trees and the clouds race by overhead that doesn’t carry a bit of mystery from the enchanting tales of the past. The sun doesn’t set into the sea behind the low clouds without evoking some vague memory of the uncharted island where the maiden sleeps, her hair as dark as thunderclouds, and her skin as pale as alabaster in the moonlight. There she lies in a magical circle beneath the trees, where no one can enter until a lost, pale sailor discovers the secret path, unexpectedly finding her and kissing her shadowed lips. These thoughts, vague and elusive as fantasies tend to be, still color the minds of almost every man at certain points in his life, causing him to yearn for the magic of days gone by. Eagerly, he searches for those

"...Magic casements opening on the foam
    Of perilous seas, in fairy lands forlorn";

and it is the fact of their unreality that gives them their haunting value.

and it's the fact that they're not real that gives them their haunting value.

The following story, preserved in a papyrus now at St Petersburg, describes a mysterious island whereon there dwelt a monster most lovable and most forlorn: a creature so tenderly drawn, indeed, that the reader will not fail to enthrone him in the little company of the nobility of the kingdom of the fairy tale. Translations of the story by two or three savants have appeared; but the present version, which I give in its literal form, has been prepared especially for this volume by Mr Alan Gardiner; and, coming from him, it may be said to be the last word of the science upon the subject of this difficult text.

The following story, preserved on a papyrus now in St. Petersburg, tells of a mysterious island inhabited by a lovable and lonely monster: a creature so beautifully portrayed that readers can’t help but place him among the noble characters of fairy tales. Translations of the story by a few experts have been published, but this version, presented in its literal form, has been specially prepared for this volume by Mr. Alan Gardiner; and, coming from him, it can be considered the definitive interpretation of this challenging text.

The scene with which the story opens is clearly indicated by the introductory sentences, though actually it is not described. A large war-galley had come swinging down the Nile from the land of Wawat in the south, the oars flashing in the Nubian sunlight. On the left the granite rocks of the island of Bigeh towered above the vessel; on the right the island of Philæ, as yet devoid of [145]buildings, rested placidly on the blue waters. Ahead were the docks of Shallal, where the clustered boats lay darkly against the yellow of the desert, and busy groups of figures, loading and unloading cargoes, moved to and fro over the sand. Away to the left, behind Bigeh, the distant roar of the First Cataract could be heard as the waters went rushing down from Nubia across the frontier into Egypt.

The story starts with a scene that's clearly set up by the opening lines, even though it's not directly described. A large war galley was gliding down the Nile from the land of Wawat in the south, with the oars sparkling in the Nubian sunlight. On the left, the granite cliffs of Bigeh Island rose above the ship; on the right, Philæ Island, still empty of buildings, rested peacefully on the blue waters. In front lay the docks of Shallal, where the clustered boats stood out against the yellow desert, and busy groups of people were loading and unloading cargos, moving back and forth over the sand. To the left, behind Bigeh, you could hear the distant roar of the First Cataract as the waters rushed down from Nubia into Egypt.

Plate 14
[Photo by E. Bird.
A sailor of Lower Nubia and his son.
Pl. xiv.

The great vessel had just returned from the little-known country of Ethiopia, which bordered the Land of the Ghosts, having its frontiers upon the shores of the sea that encircled the world; and the sailors were all straining their eyes towards these docks which formed the southernmost outpost of Egypt, their home. The greatest excitement prevailed on deck; but in the cabin, erected of vari-coloured cloth in the stern of the vessel, the noble leader of the expedition which was now at its conclusion lay in a troubled sleep, tossing nervously upon his bed. His dreams were all of the terrible ordeal which was before him. He could take no pleasure in his home-coming, for he was driven nigh crazy by the thought of entering the presence of the great Pharaoh himself in order to make his report.

The large ship had just come back from the little-known country of Ethiopia, which was next to the Land of the Ghosts and had borders along the shores of the sea that surrounded the world. The sailors were all eagerly looking toward the docks, which were the southernmost point of Egypt, their home. There was a lot of excitement on deck; however, in the cabin made of colorful cloth at the back of the ship, the noble leader of the expedition, which was now coming to an end, lay in restless sleep, tossing anxiously on his bed. His dreams were filled with the daunting task ahead of him. He couldn't enjoy his return home because he was nearly driven mad by the thought of facing the great Pharaoh himself to deliver his report.

It is almost impossible to realise nowadays the agonies of mind that a man had to suffer who was obliged to approach the incarnation of the sun upon earth, and to crave the indulgence of this god in regard to any shortcomings in the conduct [146]of the affairs intrusted to him. Of all the kings of the earth the Pharaoh was the most terrible, the most thoroughly frightening. Not only did he hold the lives of his subjects in his hand to do with them as he chose, but he also controlled the welfare of their immortal souls; for, being a god, he had dominion over the realms of the dead. To be censured by the Pharaoh was to be excommunicated from the pleasures of this earth and outlawed from the fair estate of heaven. A well-known Egyptian noble named Sinuhe, the hero of a fine tale of adventure, describes himself as petrified with terror when he entered the audience-chamber. "I stretched myself on my stomach," he writes, "and became unconscious before him (the Pharaoh). This god addressed me kindly, but I was as a man overtaken by the twilight: my soul departed, my flesh trembled; my heart was no more in my body that I should know life from death."[1] Similarly another personage writes: "Remember the day of bringing the tribute, when thou passest into the Presence under the window, the nobles on each side before his Majesty, the nobles and ambassadors (?) of all countries. They stand and gaze at the tribute, while thou fearest and shrinkest back, and thy hand is weak, and thou knowest not whether it is death or life that is before thee; and thou art brave (only) in praying to thy gods: 'Save me, prosper me this one time.'"[2]

It’s almost impossible to understand today the mental anguish a person experienced when he had to approach the embodiment of the sun on earth and plead for the forgiveness of this god regarding any mistakes in handling the responsibilities entrusted to him. Of all the kings in the world, the Pharaoh was the most fearsome, the most genuinely terrifying. He controlled the lives of his subjects, able to do with them as he pleased, and he also held power over the fate of their immortal souls; as a god, he was the ruler of the afterlife. Being criticized by the Pharaoh meant being cast out from the joys of this world and banned from the heavenly realm. A well-known Egyptian noble named Sinuhe, the hero of a great adventure story, describes himself as frozen with fear when he entered the audience chamber. "I lay down on my stomach," he writes, "and fainted before him (the Pharaoh). This god spoke to me kindly, but I was like a man caught in twilight: my spirit left me, my body shook; my heart was no longer in me to discern life from death." Similarly, another figure writes: "Remember the day of presenting the tribute, when you enter the Presence under the window, the nobles on either side before his Majesty, the nobles and ambassadors of all nations. They stand and watch the tribute, while you tremble and draw back, and your hand feels weak, not knowing whether you face death or life; and you are only bold in praying to your gods: 'Save me, make me successful this one time.'"

[1] Sinuhe, 254-256.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Sinuhe, 254-256.

[2] Papyrus Koller, 5, 1-4.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Papyrus Koller, 5, 1-4.


[147]Of the Pharaoh it is written—


[147]It is said about the Pharaoh—

"Thine eye is clearer than the stars of heaven;
 Thou seest farther than the sun.
 If I speak afar off, thine ear hears;
 If I do a hidden deed, thine eye sees it."[1]


Or again—

Or again—

"The god of taste is in thy mouth,
 The god of knowledge is in thy heart;
 Thy tongue is enthroned in the temple of truth;
 God is seated upon thy lips."[2]

[1] Anastasi Papyri, 4, 5, 6 ff.

[1] Anastasi Papyri, 4, 5, 6 and following.

[2] Kubban stela.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Kubban stela.


To meet face to face this all-knowing, all-seeing, celestial creature, from whom there could be no secrets hid nor any guilt concealed, was an ordeal to which a man might well look forward with utter horror. It was this terrible dread that, in the tale with which we are now concerned, held the captain of this Nubian vessel in agony upon his couch.


Encountering this all-knowing, all-seeing celestial being, from whom no secrets were safe and no guilt could be hidden, was a trial that a person might dread with absolute terror. It was this intense fear that, in the story we are about to explore, kept the captain of this Nubian ship in torment on his bed.

As he lay there, biting his finger-nails, one of the ship's officers, himself a former leader of expeditions, entered the cabin to announce their arrival at the Shallal docks.

As he lay there, biting his fingernails, one of the ship's officers, who was a former leader of expeditions, entered the cabin to announce their arrival at the Shallal docks.

"Good news, prince," said he cheerfully to his writhing master. "Look, we have reached home. They have taken the mallet and driven in the mooring-post; the ship's cable has been put on land. There is merrymaking and thanksgiving, and every man is embracing his fellow. Our crew has returned unscathed, without loss to our soldiers. We have reached the end of [148]Wawat, we have passed Bigeh. Yes, indeed, we have returned safely; we have reached our own land."

"Great news, prince," he said happily to his struggling master. "Look, we’re home. They've taken the mallet and secured the mooring-post; the ship's cable is now on land. Everyone is celebrating and giving thanks, and every man is hugging his friend. Our crew came back safe and sound, with no losses to our soldiers. We've reached the end of [148]Wawat, we’ve passed Bigeh. Yes, we’re truly back safe; we've arrived in our own land."

At this the prince seems to have groaned anew, much to the distress of his friend, who could but urge him to pull himself together and to play the man.

At this, the prince appeared to groan again, causing his friend a lot of worry, who could only encourage him to get it together and act like a man.

"Listen to me, prince," he begged, "for I am one void of exaggeration. Wash yourself, pour water on your fingers."

"Listen to me, prince," he pleaded, "because I’m being completely honest. Clean yourself, and rinse your fingers."

The wretched, man replied, it would seem, with a repetition of his fears; whereupon the old sailor seems to have sat down by his side and to have given him a word of advice as to how he should behave in the king's presence. "Make answer when you are addressed," he said; "speak to the king with a heart in you; answer without restraint. For it is a man's mouth that saves him.... But do as you will: to talk to you is wearisome (to you)."

The miserable man responded, it looks like, by repeating his worries; then the old sailor apparently sat down next to him and offered some advice on how to act in front of the king. "Respond when you’re spoken to," he said; "talk to the king sincerely; answer freely. Because it’s a person’s words that can save him.... But do as you wish: talking to you is tiresome (for you)."

Presently the old sailor was seized with an idea. He would tell a story, no matter whether it were strictly true or not, in which his own adventures should be set forth. He would describe how he was wrecked upon an unknown island, how he was saved from death, and how, on his return, he conducted into the Pharaoh's presence. A narration of his own experiences before his sovereign might give heart to his captain, and might effectually lift the intolerable burden of dread from the princely shoulders.

Right now, the old sailor was hit with an idea. He would share a story, regardless of whether it was completely true or not, that highlighted his own adventures. He would explain how he got shipwrecked on an uncharted island, how he was rescued from death, and how, upon his return, he brought someone before the Pharaoh. Telling his own experiences to his king might inspire his captain and effectively relieve the heavy burden of fear from the royal shoulders.

[149]"I will relate to you," he began, "a similar thing which befell me my very self. I was making a journey to the mines of the sovereign ..."

[149]"Let me share with you," he started, "a similar experience that happened to me. I was on my way to the sovereign's mines..."

The prince may here be supposed to have sat up and given gloomy attention to his friend's words, for Egyptians of all ages have loved a good story, and tales of adventures in the south were, in early times, most acceptable. The royal gold mines referred to were probably situated at the southern-most end of the eastern Egyptian desert. To reach them one would take ship from Kossair or some other Red Sea port, sail down the coast to the frontiers of Pount, the modern Somaliland, and then travel inland by caravan. It was a perilous undertaking, and, at the time when this story was written, the journey must have furnished material for amazing yarns.

The prince might have sat up and listened intently to his friend's words, since Egyptians throughout history have always enjoyed a good story, and adventure tales from the south were especially popular in ancient times. The royal gold mines mentioned were likely located at the southernmost tip of the eastern Egyptian desert. To reach them, one would take a ship from Kossair or another Red Sea port, sail down the coast to the borders of Pount, which is modern Somaliland, and then travel inland by caravan. It was a risky journey, and when this story was written, the trip must have provided plenty of material for incredible tales.

"I went down on the Great Green Sea," continued the speaker, "in a ship one hundred and fifty cubits[1] in length and forty cubits in breadth, and in it were a hundred and fifty sailors, picked men of Egypt. They scanned the heavens and they scanned the earth, and their hearts were stouter than lions. They foretold the storm or ever it came, and the tempest when as yet it was not."

"I sailed on the Great Green Sea," the speaker continued, "in a ship that was one hundred and fifty cubits[1] long and forty cubits wide, with a crew of one hundred and fifty sailors, the best from Egypt. They watched the skies and the land, and their hearts were braver than lions. They predicted the storm before it arrived, and the tempest even before it was there."

[1] The average cubit was about 20-1/2 inches.

[1] The average cubit was around 20.5 inches.

A storm arose while they were out of sight of land, and rapidly increased in violence, until the waves, according to the very restrained estimate [150]of the narrator, were eight cubits high—that is to say, about thirteen or fourteen feet. To one who was accustomed to the waves of the Nile this would be a great height; and the passage thus suggests that the scribe was an untravelled man. A vessel of 150 cubits, or about 250 feet, in length might have been expected to ride out a storm of this magnitude; but, according to the story, she went to pieces, and the whole ship's company, with the single exception of the teller of the tale, were drowned. The survivor managed to cling to a plank of wood, which was driven by the wind towards the shores of an uncharted island, and here at length he was cast up by the waves.

A storm broke out while they were out of sight of land and quickly intensified, with the waves, based on the narrator's conservative estimate, reaching eight cubits high—that's about thirteen or fourteen feet. For someone used to the Nile's waves, this would be quite a height; which suggests that the scribe was inexperienced in travel. A ship measuring 150 cubits, or around 250 feet long, should have been able to withstand a storm of this size, but according to the story, it broke apart, and everyone aboard, except for the person telling the tale, drowned. The survivor managed to hold onto a plank of wood, which the wind pushed toward the shores of an uncharted island, where he finally washed up on the beach.

Not far from the beach there was a small thicket, and to this the castaway hastened, sheltering therein from the fury of the storm. For three days in deep despair he lay hidden, "without a companion," as he said, "save my heart;" but at last the tempest subsided, the sun shone in the heavens once again, and the famished mariner was able to go in search of food, which, to his delight, he found in abundance.

Not far from the beach, there was a small thicket, and the castaway hurried there to take shelter from the storm's fury. For three days, he lay hidden in deep despair, saying, "without a companion, except for my heart;" but eventually, the storm calmed down, the sun shone in the sky again, and the starving sailor was able to search for food, which, to his delight, he found in abundance.

The scene upon which he gazed as he plucked the fruit of the laden trees was most mysterious, and all that he saw around him must have had an appearance not altogether consistent with reality, for, indeed, the island was not real. It had been called into existence, perhaps, at the bidding of some god to relieve the tedium of an eternal afternoon, [151]and suddenly it had appeared, floating upon the blue waters of the ocean. How long it had remained there, how long it would still remain, none could tell, for at any moment the mind of the god might be diverted, and instantly it would dissolve and vanish as would a dream. Beneath the isle the seas moved, and there in the darkness the fishes of the deep, with luminous, round eyes, passed to and fro, nibbling the roots of the trees above them. Overhead the heavens stretched, and around about spread the expanse of the sea upon which no living thing might be seen, save only the dolphins as they leapt into the sunshine and sank again amidst the gleaming spray.

The scene he looked at while picking the fruit from the heavy trees was incredibly mysterious, and everything he saw around him seemed a bit unreal because, in fact, the island wasn’t real. It had probably come into existence at the request of some god to break up the monotony of an endless afternoon, [151] and suddenly it appeared, floating on the blue ocean waters. No one knew how long it had been there or how much longer it would last, because at any moment, the god's attention might shift, and just like that, it could dissolve and vanish like a dream. Below the island, the seas moved, and in the darkness, deep-sea fish with bright, round eyes swam back and forth, nibbling at the roots of the trees above them. Above, the sky stretched out, and all around lay the vast sea where no living creature could be seen, except for the dolphins leaping into the sunlight and sinking back into the shimmering spray.

There was abundant vegetation upon the island, but it does not appear to have looked quite real. The fig-trees were heavy with fruit, the vines were festooned from bough to bough, hung with clusters of grapes, and pomegranates were ripe for the plucking. But there seems to have been an unearthliness about them, as though a deep enchantment were upon them. In the tangled undergrowth through which the bewildered sailor walked there lay great melons and pumpkins. The breeze wafted to his nostrils the smell of the incense-trees; and the scent of the flowers, after the storm, must have made every breath he breathed a pleasure of Paradise to him. Moving over the luxuriant ground, he put up flights of wonderful birds which sped towards the interior, red, green, and golden, against the sky. Monkeys [152]chattered at him from the trees, and sprang from branch to branch amidst the dancing flowers. In shadowed pools of clear water fishes were to be seen, gliding amidst the reeds; and amongst the rocks beside the sea the castaway could look down upon the creatures of the deep imprisoned between the tides.

There was plenty of vegetation on the island, but it seemed almost unreal. The fig trees were loaded with fruit, the vines hung from branch to branch, covered with bunches of grapes, and ripe pomegranates were ready to be picked. However, there was something otherworldly about them, as if they were under a spell. In the tangled undergrowth that the confused sailor walked through, there were huge melons and pumpkins. The breeze brought the scent of incense trees to his nose, and the smell of flowers, after the storm, must have made every breath a taste of Paradise for him. As he walked over the lush ground, he startled beautiful birds that flew toward the interior, their bright red, green, and gold feathers standing out against the sky. Monkeys chattered at him from the trees, leaping from branch to branch among the blooming flowers. In shaded pools of clear water, he could see fish gliding among the reeds, and along the rocks by the sea, the shipwrecked man could peer down at the sea creatures trapped between the tides.

Food in all forms was to hand, and he had but to fill his arms with the good things which Fate had provided. "I found there," he said, "figs, grapes, and all manner of goodly onions; melons and pomegranates were there, and pumpkins of every kind. Fishes were there and fowls: there was nought that was lacking in it. I satisfied myself, and set upon the ground the abundance of that with which my arms were filled. I took the fire-borer and kindled a fire, and made a burnt-offering to the gods."

Food in all forms was there, and he only had to gather the good things that Fate had provided. "I found figs, grapes, and all kinds of delicious onions; there were melons and pomegranates, and pumpkins of every kind. There were fish and birds: nothing was missing. I filled my arms with plenty and set it down on the ground. I took the fire-stick and started a fire, and made a burnt offering to the gods."

Seated in the warm sunshine amidst the trees, eating a roast fowl seasoned with onions or some equally palatable concoction, he seems to have found the life of a shipwrecked mariner by no means as distressing as he had anticipated; and the wording of the narrative appears to be so arranged that an impression of comfortable ease and security may surround his sunlit figure. Suddenly, however, all was changed. "I heard," said he, "a sound as of thunder, and I thought it was the waves of the sea." Then "the trees creaked and the earth trembled"; and, like the Egyptian that he was, he went down on his shaking [153]hands and knees, and buried his face in the ground.

Seated in the warm sunshine among the trees, eating a roast chicken seasoned with onions or some other equally delicious dish, he seems to have found life as a shipwrecked sailor to be much less distressing than he had expected; and the way the story is told gives the impression of comfortable ease and security surrounding his sunlit figure. Suddenly, though, everything changed. "I heard," he said, "a sound like thunder, and I thought it was the waves of the sea." Then "the trees creaked and the earth shook"; and, like the Egyptian he was, he went down on his shaking hands and knees and buried his face in the ground.

At length "I uncovered my face," he declared, "and I found it was a serpent that came, of the length of thirty cubits"—about fifty feet—"and his tail was more than two cubits" in diameter. "His skin was overlaid with gold, and his eyebrows were of real lapis lazuli, and he was exceeding perfect."

At last, "I uncovered my face," he said, "and I saw it was a serpent, thirty cubits long"—about fifty feet—"with a tail that was more than two cubits" in diameter. "Its skin was covered in gold, its eyebrows made of real lapis lazuli, and it was incredibly perfect."

"He opened his mouth to me," he continued, "as I lay on my stomach before him, and said to me: 'Who brought thee, who brought thee, little one?—who brought thee? If thou delayest to tell me who brought thee to this island I will cause thee to know thyself (again only) when thou art ashes, and art become that which is not seen'"—that is to say, a ghost.

"He opened his mouth to me," he continued, "as I lay on my stomach before him, and said to me: 'Who brought you, who brought you, little one?—who brought you? If you take too long to tell me who brought you to this island, I will make you know yourself (only again) when you are ashes, and have become something that is not seen'"—that is to say, a ghost.

"Thus you spoke to me," whispered the old sailor, as though again addressing the serpent, who, in the narration of these adventures, had become once more a very present reality to him, "but I heard it not. I lay before thee, and was unconscious."

"That's what you said to me," the old sailor whispered, as if he were talking to the serpent again, who, in recounting these adventures, had become real to him once more, "but I didn't hear it. I was lying here, and I was unaware."

Continuing his story, he told how the great serpent lifted him tenderly in his golden mouth, and carried him to his dwelling-place, setting him down there without hurt, amongst the fruit-trees and the flowers. The Egyptian at once flung himself upon his stomach before him, and lay there in a stupor of terror. The serpent, however, meant him no harm, and indeed looked down [154]on him with tender pity as he questioned him once more.

Continuing his story, he described how the huge serpent gently picked him up in its golden mouth and took him to its home, placing him down safely among the fruit trees and flowers. The Egyptian immediately threw himself on his stomach in front of it and lay there in a state of terror. However, the serpent had no intention of harming him and looked down on him with gentle compassion as it questioned him again. [154]

"Who brought thee, who brought thee, little one?" he asked again, "Who brought thee to this island of the Great Green Sea, whereof the (under) half is waves?"

"Who brought you, who brought you, little one?" he asked again, "Who brought you to this island of the Great Green Sea, where half of it is waves?"

On his hands and knees before the kindly monster the shipwrecked Egyptian managed to regain possession of his faculties sufficiently to give an account of himself.

On his hands and knees in front of the friendly monster, the shipwrecked Egyptian was able to regain enough of his senses to introduce himself.

"I was going down to the mines," he faltered, "on a mission of the sovereign, in a ship one hundred and fifty cubits in length and forty in breadth, and in it were one hundred and fifty sailors, picked men of Egypt. They scanned the heavens and they scanned the earth, and their hearts were stouter than lions. They foretold the storm or ever it came, and the tempest when as yet it was not. Every one of them, his heart was stout and his arm strong beyond his fellow. There was none unproven amongst them. The storm arose while that we were on the Great Green Sea, before we touched land; and as we sailed it redoubled (its strength), and the waves thereof were eight cubits. There was a plank of wood to which I clung. The ship perished, and of them that were in her not one was left saving me alone, who now am at your side. And I was brought to this island by the waves of the Great Green Sea."

"I was heading down to the mines," he hesitated, "on a mission from the king, in a ship one hundred and fifty cubits long and forty cubits wide, with one hundred and fifty sailors, chosen men of Egypt. They looked at the sky and the land, and their hearts were braver than lions. They predicted the storm before it arrived, and the tempest even before it appeared. Each of them had a strong heart and was stronger than the rest. There was not one among them who had not proven themselves. The storm hit while we were on the Great Green Sea, before we reached land; and as we sailed, it grew fiercer, with waves reaching eight cubits high. I clung to a plank of wood. The ship sank, and out of everyone on board, not one survived except for me, who is now here with you. And I was brought to this island by the waves of the Great Green Sea."

At this point the man seems to have been overcome [155]once more with terror, and the serpent, therefore, hastened to reassure him.

At this point, the man appears to have been overwhelmed once again by fear, so the serpent quickly moved to comfort him. [155]

"Fear not, little one," he said in his gentle voice; "fear not. Let not thy face be dismayed. If thou hast come to me it is God who has let thee live, who has brought thee to this phantom isle in which there is naught that is lacking, but it is full of all good things. Behold, thou shalt pass month for month until thou accomplish four months upon this island. And a ship shall come from home, and sailors in it whom thou knowest, and thou shalt go home with them, and shalt die in thine own city."

"Don't worry, little one," he said in his gentle voice; "don't worry. Don't let your face show fear. If you've come to me, it's God who has allowed you to live, who has brought you to this phantom island where nothing is missing, but it's filled with all good things. Look, you will spend month after month until you complete four months on this island. A ship will come from home, with sailors you know, and you'll go home with them, and you'll die in your own city."

"How glad is he," exclaimed the old mariner as he related his adventures to the prince, "how glad is he that recounts what he has experienced when the calamity is passed!" The prince, no doubt, replied with a melancholy grunt, and the thread of the story was once more taken up.

"How happy he is," exclaimed the old sailor as he shared his adventures with the prince, "how happy he is to share what he's been through now that the trouble has passed!" The prince, no doubt, responded with a sad grunt, and the story continued once again.

There was a particular reason why the serpent should be touched and interested to hear how Providence had saved the Egyptian from death, for he himself had survived a great calamity, and had been saved from an equally terrible fate, as he now proceeded to relate.

There was a specific reason why the serpent felt compelled and curious to hear how Providence had saved the Egyptian from death, as he himself had survived a significant disaster and had been rescued from a similarly dire fate, which he was about to explain.

"I will tell to thee the like thereof," he said, "which happened in this island. I dwelt herein with my brothers, and my children were among them. Seventy-two serpents we were, all told, with my offspring and my brothers; nor have I yet mentioned to thee a little girl brought to me [156]by fortune. A star came down, and all these went up in the flames. And it happened so that I was not together with them when they were consumed; I was not in their midst. I could have died (of grief) for them when I found them as a single pile of corpses."

"I will tell you something similar," he said, "that happened on this island. I lived here with my brothers, and my children were among them. In total, we were seventy-two serpents, including my offspring and my brothers; I haven't even mentioned to you a little girl who was brought to me by chance. A star came down, and they all went up in flames. It so happened that I wasn't there with them when they were consumed; I wasn't in their midst. I could have died from grief for them when I found them as a single pile of corpses."

It is clear from the story that this great serpent was intended to be pictured as a sad and lonely, but most lovable, character. All alone upon this ghostly isle, the last of his race, one is to imagine him dreaming of the little girl who was taken from him, together with all his family. Although fabulous himself, and half divine, he was yet the victim of the gods, and was made to suffer real sorrows in his unreal existence. Day by day he wandered over his limited domain, twisting his golden body amidst the pumpkins, and rearing himself above the fig-trees; thundering down to the beach to salute the passing dolphins, or sunning himself, a golden blaze, upon the rocks. There remained naught for him to do but to await the cessation of the phantasy of his life; and yet, though his lot was hard, he was ready at once to subordinate his sorrows to those of the shipwrecked sailor before him. No more is said of his distress, but with his next words he seems to have dismissed his own misfortunes, and to have attempted to comfort the Egyptian.

It’s clear from the story that this great serpent was meant to be seen as a sad and lonely, yet incredibly lovable, character. All alone on this eerie island, the last of his kind, you can imagine him dreaming of the little girl who was taken from him, along with his entire family. Though he was fabulous and half divine, he was still a victim of the gods, forced to endure real sorrows in his surreal existence. Day by day, he wandered through his limited territory, twisting his golden body among the pumpkins and raising himself above the fig trees; he would thunderingly head down to the beach to greet the passing dolphins or bask in the sun, a golden blaze on the rocks. There was nothing left for him to do but wait for the end of the fantasy of his life; yet, even though his situation was tough, he was immediately ready to put his own sorrows aside for the shipwrecked sailor in front of him. No more is said of his distress, but with his next words, he seems to have moved past his own troubles and tried to comfort the Egyptian.

"If thou art brave," he said, "and restrainest thy longing, thou shalt press thy children to thy [157]bosom and kiss thy wife, and behold thy house—that is the best of all things. Thou shalt reach home, and shalt dwell there amongst thy brothers."

"If you are brave," he said, "and control your longing, you'll hold your children close and kiss your wife, and see your home—that is the best of all things. You'll get home and live there among your brothers."

"Thereat," said the mariner, "I cast me upon my stomach and touched the ground before him, and I said to him: 'I will tell of thy might to the Sovereign, I will cause him to be acquainted with thy greatness. I will let bring to thee perfume and spices, myrrh and sweet-scented woods, and incense of the sanctuaries wherewithal every god is propitiated. I will recount all that has befallen me, and that which I have seen by his might; and they shall praise thee in that city before the magistrates of the entire land. I will slaughter to thee oxen as a burnt-offering, geese will I pluck for thee, and I will let bring to thee vessels laden with all the goodly things of Egypt, as may be (fitly) done to a god who loves men in a distant land, a land unknown to men.'"

"There," said the sailor, "I threw myself on the ground and touched the earth before him, and I said to him: 'I will tell the Sovereign about your power, and I will make him aware of your greatness. I will bring you perfume and spices, myrrh and sweet-scented woods, and incense from the temples that please every god. I will share all that has happened to me and what I have witnessed through your strength; and they will praise you in that city before the leaders of the whole land. I will offer you oxen as a burnt sacrifice, I will prepare geese for you, and I will bring you containers filled with all the finest goods of Egypt, as is right for a god who loves humanity in a distant land, a land unknown to people.'"

At these words the serpent opened his golden mouth and fell to laughing. The thought that this little mortal, grovelling before him, could believe himself able to repay the kindnesses received tickled him immensely.

At these words, the serpent opened his golden mouth and laughed. The idea that this tiny mortal, crawling in front of him, could think he was capable of repaying the favors he had received amused him greatly.

"Hast thou not much incense (here, then)?" he laughed. "Art not become a lord of frankincense? And I, behold I am prince of Pount," the land of perfumes, "and the incense, that is my very own. As for the spices which thou sayest shall be brought, they are the wealth of this [158]island. But it shall happen when thou hast left this place, never shalt thou see this island more, for it shall be changed to waves."

"Don’t you have a lot of incense here?" he laughed. "Haven’t you become a lord of frankincense? And I, look, I'm the prince of Pount," the land of perfumes, "and the incense, that's my own. As for the spices you mentioned that will be brought, they are the treasure of this [158] island. But it will happen that once you leave this place, you’ll never see this island again, for it will be turned into waves."

The teller of the story does not relate in what manner he received this well-merited reproof. The gentle monster, no doubt, was tolerant of his presumptuousness, and soon put him at his ease again. During the whole period of the Egyptian's residence on the island, in fact, the golden serpent seems to have been invariably kind to him. The days passed by like a happy dream, and the spell of the island's enchantment possessed him so that, in after times, the details of the events of every day were lost in the single illusion of the whole adventure.

The storyteller doesn't mention how he got this deserved reprimand. The gentle monster, of course, was understanding of his arrogance and quickly made him feel comfortable again. Throughout the time the Egyptian stayed on the island, the golden serpent was consistently kind to him. Days went by like a wonderful dream, and the magic of the island captivated him so much that later on, the specifics of each day's events faded into just the overall illusion of the entire adventure.

At last the ship arrived, as it had been foretold, and the sailor watched her passing over the hazy sea towards the mysterious shore. "I went and got me up into a tall tree," he said, "and I recognised those that were in it. And I went to report the matter (to the serpent), and I found that he knew it."

At last, the ship arrived, just as it was predicted, and the sailor watched it sail across the hazy sea towards the mysterious shore. "I climbed up into a tall tree," he said, "and I recognized those who were on it. Then I went to tell the serpent, and I found that he already knew."

Very tenderly the great monster addressed him. "Fare thee well, little one," he said "Fare thee well to thy house. Mayest thou see thy children and raise up a good name in thy city. Behold, such are my wishes for thee."

Very gently, the great monster spoke to him. "Goodbye, little one," he said. "Goodbye to your home. I hope you see your children and build a good reputation in your city. Look, these are my wishes for you."

"Then," continued the sailor, "I laid me on my stomach, my arms were bended before him. And he gave me a freight of frankincense, perfume and myrrh, sweet-scented woods and antimony, [159]giraffes' tails, great heaps of incense, elephant tusks, dogs, apes and baboons, and all manner of valuable things. And I loaded them in that ship, and I laid myself on my stomach to make thanksgiving to him. Then he said to me: 'Behold, thou shalt come home in two months, and shalt press thy children to thy bosom, and shalt flourish in their midst; and there thou shalt be buried.'"

"Then," the sailor continued, "I lay flat on my stomach, my arms outstretched in front of him. He gave me a load of frankincense, perfume and myrrh, sweet-scented woods and antimony, [159]giraffe tails, massive piles of incense, elephant tusks, dogs, monkeys, baboons, and all sorts of valuable things. I loaded them onto the ship and lay on my stomach to give thanks to him. Then he said to me: 'Look, you will return home in two months, and you will hold your children close to your heart, and you will thrive among them; and there you will be buried.'"

Plate 15
[Photo by E. Bird.
A Nile boat passing the hills of Thebes.
Pl. 15.

To appreciate the significance of these last words it is necessary to remember what an important matter it was to an Egyptian that he should be buried in his native city. In our own case the position upon the map of the place where we lay down our discarded bones is generally not of first-rate importance, and the thought of being buried in foreign lands does not frighten us. Whether our body is to be packed away in the necropolis of our city, or shovelled into a hole on the outskirts of Timbuctoo, is not a matter of vital interest. There is a certain sentiment that leads us to desire interment amidst familiar scenes, but it is subordinated with ease to other considerations. To the Egyptian, however, it was a matter of paramount importance. "What is a greater thing," says Sinuhe in the tale of his adventures in Asia, "than that I should be buried in the land in which I was born?" "Thou shalt not die in a foreign land; Asiatics shall not conduct thee to the tomb," says the Pharaoh to him; and again, "It is no [160]little thing that thou shalt be buried without Asiatics conducting thee."[1] There is a stela now preserved in Stuttgart, in which the deceased man asks those who pass his tomb to say a prayer for his soul; and he adjures them in these words: "So truly as ye wish that your native gods should praise you, and that ye should be established in your seats, and that ye should hand down your offices to your children: that ye should reach your homes in safety, and recount your travels to your wives;—then say a prayer," &c.[2]

To understand the significance of these last words, it’s important to remember how crucial it was for an Egyptian to be buried in their hometown. For us, the location of our final resting place isn’t usually significant, and the idea of being buried in a foreign country doesn’t really concern us. Whether our body ends up in our city’s cemetery or is buried in a hole on the outskirts of Timbuktu isn’t a major issue. We might feel some sentiment about being laid to rest in familiar surroundings, but it’s easily overshadowed by other considerations. However, for the Egyptian, it was of utmost importance. “What is greater,” says Sinuhe in his tale of adventures in Asia, “than being buried in the land where I was born?” “You shall not die in a foreign land; Asiatics will not take you to the tomb,” says the Pharaoh to him; and again, “It’s no small matter that you shall be buried without Asiatics conducting you.” There’s a stela now preserved in Stuttgart, where the deceased man asks those passing by his tomb to say a prayer for his soul; and he urges them with these words: “Just as you wish for your native gods to praise you, to be established in your seats, and to pass down your offices to your children; to reach your homes safely, and share your travels with your wives—then say a prayer,” etc.

[1] Sinuhe, B. 159, 197, 258.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Sinuhe, B. 159, 197, 258.

[2] Zeit. Aeg. Spr., 39 (1901), p. 118.

[2] Time. Aeg. Spr., 39 (1901), p. 118.

The serpent was thus giving the castaway a promise which meant more to him than all the other blessings, and it was with a light heart indeed that he ran down to the beach to greet his countrymen. "I went down to the shore where the ship was," he continued, "and I called to the soldiers which were in that ship, and I gave praises upon the shore to the lord of this island, and likewise did they which were in the ship."

The snake was making a promise to the castaway that meant more to him than all the other gifts combined, and it was with a joyful heart that he ran down to the beach to meet his fellow countrymen. "I went down to the shore where the ship was," he went on, "and I called out to the soldiers on that ship, and I praised the lord of this island from the shore, and the ones on the ship did the same."

Then he stepped on board, the gangway was drawn up, and, with a great sweep of the oars, the ship passed out on to the open sea. Standing on deck amongst the new cargo, the officers and their rescued friend bowed low to the great serpent who towered above the trees at the water's edge, gleaming in the sunshine. "Fare thee well, [161]little one," his deep voice rolled across the water; and again they bowed in obeisance to him. The main-sail was unfurled to the wind, and the vessel scudded bravely across the Great Green Sea; but for some time yet they must have kept their eyes upon the fair shape of the phantom island, as the trees blended into the hills and the hills at last into the haze; and their vision must have been focussed upon that one gleaming point where the golden serpent, alone once more with his memories, watched the ship moving over the fairy seas.

Then he stepped aboard, the gangway was pulled up, and with a powerful sweep of the oars, the ship set out onto the open sea. Standing on deck among the new cargo, the officers and their rescued friend bowed deeply to the great serpent that towered above the trees at the water's edge, shimmering in the sunlight. "Farewell, little one," his deep voice echoed across the water; and again they bowed in respect to him. The main sail was unfurled to the wind, and the vessel sped confidently across the Great Green Sea; but for a while longer, they must have kept their eyes on the beautiful shape of the phantom island, as the trees merged into the hills and the hills finally faded into the haze; and their gaze must have been fixed on that one shining point where the golden serpent, alone once more with his memories, watched the ship gliding over the enchanting seas.

"So sailed we northwards," said the sailor, "to the place of the Sovereign, and we reached home in two months, in accordance with all that he had said. And I entered in before the Sovereign, and I brought to him this tribute which I had taken away from within this island. Then gave he thanksgivings for me before the magistrates of the entire land. And I was made a 'Follower,' and was rewarded with the serfs of such an one."

"So we sailed north," said the sailor, "to the Sovereign’s place, and we got home in two months, just like he said. I went in to see the Sovereign and presented him with this tribute I brought back from the island. Then he expressed thanks for me in front of all the magistrates of the land. I became a 'Follower' and was rewarded with the serfs of a certain individual."

The old sailor turned to the gloomy prince as he brought his story to an end. "Look at me," he exclaimed, "now that I have reached land, now that I have seen (again in memory) what I have experienced. Hearken thou to me, for behold, to hearken is good for men."

The old sailor turned to the somber prince as he finished telling his story. "Look at me," he cried, "now that I've reached land, now that I've revisited (again in memory) what I've been through. Listen to me, for listen, it’s good for people."

But the prince only sighed the more deeply, and, with a despairing gesture, replied: "Be not (so) superior, my friend! Doth one give water to a bird on the eve, when it is to be slain on the [162]morrow?" With these words the manuscript abruptly ends, and we are supposed to leave the prince still disconsolate in his cabin, while his friend, unable to cheer him, returns to his duties on deck.

But the prince just sighed even deeper and, with a hopeless gesture, replied: "Don’t act so superior, my friend! Do you give water to a bird the night before it’s meant to be killed?" With those words, the manuscript abruptly ends, and we're meant to imagine the prince still heartbroken in his cabin, while his friend, unable to lift his spirits, returns to his duties on deck.


[163]

PART III.

RESEARCHES IN THE TREASURY.

"...And he, shall be,
 
Man, her last work, who seem'd so fair,
Such splendid purpose in his eyes,
Who roll'd the psalm to wintry skies,
Who built him fanes of fruitless prayer,
 
Who loved, who suffered countless ills,
Who battled for the True, the Just,
Be blown about the desert dust,
Or seal'd within the iron hills?"
 
—Tennyson.

[165]

CHAPTER VII.

RECENT EXCAVATIONS IN EGYPT.

There came to the camp of a certain professor, who was engaged in excavating the ruins of an ancient Egyptian city, a young and faultlessly-attired Englishman, whose thirst for dramatic adventure had led him to offer his services as an unpaid assistant digger. This immaculate personage had read in novels and tales many an account of the wonders which the spade of the excavator could reveal, and he firmly believed that it was only necessary to set a "nigger" to dig a little hole in the ground to open the way to the treasuries of the Pharaohs. Gold, silver, and precious stones gleamed before him, in his imagination, as he hurried along subterranean passages to the vaults of long-dead kings. He expected to slide upon the seat of his very well-made breeches down the staircase of the ruined palace which he had entered by way of the skylight, and to find himself, at the bottom, in the presence of the bejewelled dead. In the intervals between such experiences he was of opinion that a little quiet gazelle shooting would agreeably fill [166]in the swiftly passing hours; and at the end of the season's work he pictured himself returning to the bosom of his family with such a tale to tell that every ear would be opened to him.

There arrived at the camp of a certain professor, who was busy excavating the ruins of an ancient Egyptian city, a young and impeccably dressed Englishman. His desire for dramatic adventure led him to offer his services as a volunteer digger. This perfectly groomed individual had read numerous novels and stories detailing the wonders that the excavator's spade could uncover, and he firmly believed that it was only necessary to set a "guy" to dig a little hole in the ground to discover the treasures of the Pharaohs. Gold, silver, and precious stones shimmered in his imagination as he rushed through underground passages toward the tombs of long-gone kings. He expected to slide down the staircase of the ruined palace, which he had accessed through the skylight, and find himself at the bottom, facing the bejeweled dead. Between such experiences, he thought that a bit of quiet gazelle hunting would nicely fill the quickly passing hours; and at the end of the season's work, he envisioned himself returning to his family with a story so captivating that everyone would want to listen. [166]

On his arrival at the camp he was conducted to the site of his future labours; and his horrified gaze was directed over a large area of mud-pie, knee-deep in which a few bedraggled natives slushed their way downwards. After three weeks' work on this distressing site, the professor announced that he had managed to trace through the mud the outline of the palace walls, once the feature of the city, and that the work here might now be regarded as finished. He was then conducted to a desolate spot in the desert, and until the day on which he fled back to England he was kept to the monotonous task of superintending a gang of natives whose sole business it was to dig a very large hole in the sand, day after day and week after week.

Upon his arrival at the camp, he was taken to the location of his upcoming work; his horrified gaze was fixed on a vast area of mud, where a few disheveled locals trudged through the muck. After three weeks of laboring on this challenging site, the professor declared that he had managed to outline the palace walls, which were once a prominent feature of the city, through the mud, and that the work here could now be considered complete. He was then brought to a barren area of the desert, and until the day he escaped back to England, he was stuck with the monotonous task of overseeing a group of locals whose only job was to dig a massive hole in the sand, day after day and week after week.

It is, however, sometimes the fortune of the excavator to make a discovery which almost rivals in dramatic interest the tales of his youth. Such as experience fell to the lot of Emil Brugsch Pasha when he was lowered into an ancient tomb and found himself face to face with a score of the Pharaohs of Egypt, each lying in his coffin; or again, when Monsieur de Morgan discovered the great mass of royal jewels in one of the pyramids at Dachour. But such "finds" can be counted on the fingers, and more often an excavation is [167]a fruitless drudgery. Moreover, the life of the digger is not often a pleasant one.

It is, however, sometimes the luck of the excavator to make a discovery that almost matches the dramatic stories of his youth. Such an experience happened to Emil Brugsch Pasha when he was lowered into an ancient tomb and found himself staring at a bunch of the Pharaohs of Egypt, each resting in his coffin; or again, when Monsieur de Morgan unearthed the massive collection of royal jewels in one of the pyramids at Dachour. But these "finds" are rare, and more often an excavation is [167] a pointless grind. Furthermore, the life of the digger isn't usually an enjoyable one.

Plate 16
[Photo by the Author.
The excavations on the site of the city of Abydos.
Pl. xvi.

It will perhaps be of interest to the reader of romances to illustrate the above remarks by the narration of some of my own experiences; but there are only a few interesting and unusual episodes in which I have had the peculiarly good fortune to be an actor. There will probably be some drama to be felt in the account of the more important discoveries (for there certainly is to the antiquarian himself); but it should be pointed out that the interest of these rare finds pales before the description, which many of us have heard, of how the archæologists of a past century discovered the body of Charlemagne clad in his royal robes and seated upon his throne,—which, by the way, is quite untrue. In spite of all that is said to the contrary, truth is seldom stranger than fiction; and the reader who desires to be told of the discovery of buried cities whose streets are paved with gold should take warning in time and return at once to his novels.

It might interest romance readers to illustrate the above comments with some of my own experiences. However, there are only a few interesting and unusual events where I've had the unique fortune to play a role. There will likely be some drama in the account of the more significant discoveries (because there certainly is for the historian himself); but it's worth noting that the interest in these rare finds fades compared to the story we've all heard about how archaeologists from a past century discovered the body of Charlemagne dressed in his royal robes and sitting on his throne—which, by the way, is completely false. Despite what people say otherwise, truth is rarely stranger than fiction; and any reader wanting to hear about the discovery of buried cities with streets paved in gold should take this warning and go back to their novels.

If the dawning interest of the reader has now been thoroughly cooled by these words, it may be presumed that it will be utterly annihilated by the following narration of my first fruitless excavation; and thus one will be able to continue the story with the relieved consciousness that nobody is attending.

If the reader's initial interest has now been completely diminished by these words, it's safe to assume that it will be totally destroyed by the upcoming account of my first unsuccessful dig; and so, one can carry on with the story knowing that no one is paying attention.

In the capacity of assistant to Professor Flinders Petrie, I was set, many years ago, to the task of [168]excavating a supposed royal cemetery in the desert behind the ancient city of Abydos, in Upper Egypt. Two mounds were first attacked; and after many weeks of work in digging through the sand, the superstructure of two great tombs was bared. In the case of the first of these several fine passages of good masonry were cleared, and at last the burial-chamber was reached. In the huge sarcophagus which was there found great hopes were entertained that the body and funeral-offerings of the dead prince would be discovered; but when at last the interior was laid bare the solitary article found was a copy of a French newspaper left behind by the last, and equally disgusted, excavator. The second tomb defied the most ardent exploration, and failed to show any traces of a burial. The mystery was at last solved by Professor Petrie, who, with his usual keen perception, soon came to the conclusion that the whole tomb was a dummy, built solely to hide an enormous mass of rock chippings the presence of which had been a puzzle for some time. These masons' chippings were evidently the output from some large cutting in the rock, and it became apparent that there must be a great rock tomb in the neighbourhood. Trial trenches in the vicinity presently revealed the existence of a long wall, which, being followed in either direction, proved to be the boundary of a vast court or enclosure built upon the desert at the foot of a conspicuous cliff. A ramp led up to the [169]entrance; but as it was slightly askew and pointed to the southern end of the enclosure, it was supposed that the rock tomb, which presumably ran into the cliff from somewhere inside this area, was situated at that end. The next few weeks were occupied in the tedious task of probing the sand hereabouts, and at length in clearing it away altogether down to the surface of the underlying rock. Nothing was found, however; and sadly we turned to the exact middle of the court, and began to work slowly to the foot of the cliff. Here, in the very middle of the back wall, a pillared chamber was found, and it seemed certain that the entrance to the tomb would now be discovered.

In my role as an assistant to Professor Flinders Petrie, many years ago, I was tasked with excavating what was thought to be a royal cemetery in the desert behind the ancient city of Abydos in Upper Egypt. We started by digging into two mounds, and after many weeks of shoveling through the sand, we uncovered the superstructure of two large tombs. In the first tomb, we cleared several impressive passages made of quality masonry and finally reached the burial chamber. We had high hopes of finding the body and burial offerings of the dead prince, but when we opened the sarcophagus, the only thing inside was a copy of a French newspaper left behind by the last excavator, who had also been disappointed. The second tomb resisted our efforts and showed no signs of a burial. Eventually, Professor Petrie solved the mystery with his usual sharp insight, concluding that the whole tomb was a decoy built just to conceal a vast amount of rock chippings, which had puzzled us for some time. These chippings clearly came from a large rock-cutting, indicating that there had to be a significant rock tomb nearby. After digging trial trenches in the area, we discovered a long wall, and upon following it in both directions, we confirmed it was the boundary of a large courtyard or enclosure built at the desert's edge, at the base of a prominent cliff. A ramp led up to the entrance, but since it was slightly off-center and directed toward the southern end of the enclosure, we speculated that the rock tomb, which likely extended into the cliff from somewhere within this area, was located at that end. The following weeks were spent painstakingly sifting through the sand, and eventually, we cleared it away entirely down to the underlying rock's surface. However, we found nothing; sadly, we shifted our focus to the exact center of the courtyard and started working slowly toward the base of the cliff. There, right in the middle of the back wall, we uncovered a pillared chamber, and it seemed certain that we would soon find the entrance to the tomb.

The best men were placed to dig out this chamber, and the excavator—it was many years ago—went about his work with the weight of fame upon his shoulders and an expression of intense mystery upon his sorely sun-scorched face. How clearly memory recalls the letter home that week, "We are on the eve of a great discovery"; and how vividly rises the picture of the baking desert sand into which the sweating workmen were slowly digging their way! But our hopes were short-lived, for it very soon became apparent that there was no tomb entrance in this part of the enclosure. There remained the north end of the area, and on to this all the available men were turned. Deeper and deeper they dug their way, until the mounds of sand thrown out formed, [170]as it were, the lip of a great crater. At last, some forty or fifty feet down, the underlying rock was struck, and presently the mouth of a great shaft was exposed leading down into the bowels of the earth. The royal tomb had at last been discovered, and it only remained to effect an entrance. The days were now filled with excitement, and, the thoughts being concentrated on the question of the identity of the royal occupant of the tomb, it was soon fixed in our minds that we were about to enter the burial-place of no less a personage than the great Pharaoh Senusert III. (Sesostris), the same king whose jewels were found at Dachour.

The best workers were assigned to excavate this chamber, and the digger—it was many years ago—approached his task carrying the burden of fame and wearing an expression of deep mystery on his badly sunburned face. How clearly I remember the letter sent home that week, "We are on the brink of a major discovery"; and how vividly I can picture the scorching desert sand where the sweating laborers were slowly making their way! But our hopes were short-lived, as it quickly became clear that there was no tomb entrance in this section of the enclosure. The north end of the area remained, and all available workers were directed there. They dug deeper and deeper until the piles of sand they removed formed, as if, the edge of a huge crater. Finally, after digging down about forty or fifty feet, they struck solid rock, and soon revealed the mouth of a large shaft leading down into the depths of the earth. The royal tomb had finally been uncovered, and it was only left to create an entrance. The days were now filled with excitement, and with our thoughts focused on the identity of the royal occupant of the tomb, we soon convinced ourselves that we were about to enter the burial place of none other than the great Pharaoh Senusert III (Sesostris), the same king whose jewels were found at Dachour.

One evening, just after I had left the work, the men came down to the distant camp to say that the last barrier was now reached and that an entrance could be effected at once. In the pale light of the moon, therefore, I hastened back to the desert with a few trusted men. As we walked along, one of these natives very cheerfully remarked that we should all probably get our throats cut, as the brigands of the neighbourhood got wind of the discovery, and were sure to attempt to enter the tomb that night. With this pleasing prospect before us we walked with caution over the silent desert. Reaching the mound of sand which surrounded our excavation, we crept to the top and peeped over into the crater. At once we observed a dim light below us, and almost immediately an agitated but polite [171]voice from the opposite mound called out in Arabic, "Go away, mister. We have all got guns." This remark was followed by a shot which whistled past me; and therewith I slid down the hill once more, and heartily wished myself safe in my bed. Our party then spread round the crater, and at a given word we proposed to rush the place. But the enemy was too quick for us, and after the briefest scrimmage, and the exchanging of a harmless shot or two, we found ourselves in possession of the tomb, and were able to pretend that we were not a bit frightened.

One evening, right after I finished work, the men came down from the distant camp to say that we had finally reached the last barrier and that we could enter right away. So, in the pale moonlight, I hurried back to the desert with a few trusted men. As we walked, one of the locals jokingly said that we might all end up getting our throats cut since the nearby bandits would surely catch wind of our discovery and try to get into the tomb that night. With this cheerful thought in mind, we cautiously made our way across the silent desert. When we reached the mound of sand surrounding our excavation, we crept to the top and peeked over into the crater. Immediately, we saw a dim light below us, and almost right away, an agitated but polite voice from the opposite mound shouted in Arabic, "Go away, mister. We all have guns." This was followed by a shot that whizzed past me, and I quickly slid back down the hill, wishing I were safe in my bed. Our group then spread out around the crater, and at a signal, we planned to rush in. But the enemy was too quick, and after a brief scuffle and swapping a harmless shot or two, we found ourselves inside the tomb, managing to act like we weren’t scared at all.

Then into the dark depths of the shaft we descended, and ascertained that the robbers had not effected an entrance. A long night watch followed, and the next day we had the satisfaction of arresting some of the criminals. The tomb was found to penetrate several hundred feet into the cliff, and at the end of the long and beautifully worked passage the great royal sarcophagus was found—empty! So ended a very strenuous season's work.

Then we went down into the dark depths of the shaft and confirmed that the robbers hadn’t gotten in. We kept watch through the night, and the next day we were pleased to arrest some of the criminals. The tomb was discovered to extend several hundred feet into the cliff, and at the end of the long, beautifully crafted passage, we found the great royal sarcophagus—empty! This marked the end of a very intense season of work.

If the experiences of a digger in Professor Petrie's camp are to be regarded as typical, they will probably serve to damp the ardour of eager young gentlemen in search of ancient Egyptian treasure. One lives in a bare little hut constructed of mud, and roofed with cornstalks or corrugated iron; and if by chance there happened to be a rain storm, as there was when I was a member of the community, one may watch the [172]frail building gently subside in a liquid stream on to one's bed and books. For seven days in the week one's work continues, and it is only to the real enthusiast that that work is not monotonous and tiresome.

If the experiences of a digger in Professor Petrie's camp are considered typical, they are likely to dampen the enthusiasm of eager young men looking for ancient Egyptian treasure. You live in a small, simple hut made of mud and topped with cornstalks or corrugated iron; and if a rainstorm happens, like the one I experienced while I was there, you can watch the fragile building slowly collapse in a stream of water onto your bed and books. You work seven days a week, and only the true enthusiast finds that work to be anything other than monotonous and exhausting.

A few years later it fell to my lot to excavate for the Government the funeral temple of Thutmosis III. at Thebes, and a fairly large sum was spent upon the undertaking. Although the site was most promising in appearances, a couple of months' work brought to light hardly a single object of importance, whereas exactly similar sites in the same neighbourhood had produced inscriptions of the greatest value. Two years ago I assisted at an excavation upon a site of my own selection, the net result of which, after six weeks' work, was one mummified cat! To sit over the work day after day, as did the unfortunate promoter of this particular enterprise, with the flies buzzing around his face and the sun blazing down upon him from a relentless sky, was hardly a pleasurable task; and to watch the clouds of dust go up from the tip-heap, where tons of unprofitable rubbish rolled down the hillside all day long, was an occupation for the damned. Yet that is excavating as it is usually found to be.

A few years later, I was assigned by the government to excavate the funeral temple of Thutmosis III at Thebes, and a pretty significant amount of money was spent on the project. Even though the site looked very promising, a couple of months of work revealed hardly any important objects, while similar sites nearby had uncovered invaluable inscriptions. Two years ago, I participated in an excavation at a site I chose myself, and after six weeks of work, the only thing we found was a mummified cat! Sitting there day after day, like the unfortunate leader of this project, with flies buzzing around and the sun beating down from a relentless sky, was hardly enjoyable; watching clouds of dust rise from the dump, where tons of useless junk rolled down the hillside all day, felt like a punishment. But that’s what excavating is usually like.

Now let us consider the other side of the story. In the Valley of the Tombs of the Kings at Thebes excavations have been conducted for some years by Mr Theodore M. Davis, of Newport, [173]Rhode Island, by special arrangement with the Department of Antiquities of the Egyptian Government; and as an official of that Department I have had the privilege of being present at all the recent discoveries. The finding of the tomb of Yuaa and Tuau a few years ago was one of the most interesting archæological events of recent times, and one which came somewhere near to the standard of romance set by the novelists. Yuaa and Tuau were the parents of Queen Tiy, the discovery of whose tomb is recorded in the next chapter. When the entrance of their tomb was cleared, a flight of steps was exposed, leading down to a passage blocked by a wall of loose stones. In the top right-hand corner a small hole, large enough to admit a man, had been made in ancient times, and through this we could look down into a dark passage. As it was too late in the day to enter at once, we postponed that exciting experience until the morrow, and some police were sent for to guard the entrance during the night. I had slept the previous night over the mouth, and there was now no possibility of leaving the place for several more nights, so a rough camp was formed on the spot.

Now let’s look at the other side of the story. In the Valley of the Tombs of the Kings at Thebes, excavations have been ongoing for several years by Mr. Theodore M. Davis from Newport, [173] Rhode Island, through a special arrangement with the Department of Antiquities of the Egyptian Government. As an official of that Department, I have had the privilege of witnessing all the recent discoveries. The finding of the tomb of Yuaa and Tuau a few years ago was one of the most fascinating archaeological events in recent times and came pretty close to the level of romance set by novelists. Yuaa and Tuau were the parents of Queen Tiy, whose tomb discovery is detailed in the next chapter. When we cleared the entrance of their tomb, we uncovered a flight of steps leading down to a passage that was blocked by a wall of loose stones. In the top right-hand corner, there was a small hole, large enough for a man to crawl through, that had been created in ancient times, allowing us to peek down into a dark passage. Since it was too late in the day to go in right away, we decided to hold off on that thrilling experience until the next day, and some police were called in to guard the entrance overnight. I had spent the previous night right over the entrance, and there was no chance of leaving for several more nights, so we set up a rough camp at the site.

Here I settled myself down for the long watch, and speculated on the events of the next morning, when Mr Davis and one or two well-known Egyptologists were to come to the valley to open the sepulchre. Presently, in the silent darkness, a slight noise was heard on the hillside, and immediately [174]the challenge of the sentry rang out. This was answered by a distant call, and after some moments of alertness on our part we observed two figures approaching us. These, to my surprise, proved to be a well-known American artist and his wife,[1] who had obviously come on the expectation that trouble was ahead; but though in this they were certainly destined to suffer disappointment, still, out of respect for the absolute unconcern of both visitors, it may be mentioned that the mouth of a lonely tomb already said by native rumour to contain incalculable wealth is not perhaps the safest place in the world. Here, then, on a level patch of rock we three lay down and slept fitfully until the dawn. Soon after breakfast the wall at the mouth of the tomb was pulled down, and the party passed into the low passage which sloped down to the burial chamber. At the bottom of this passage there was a second wall blocking the way; but when a few layers had been taken off the top we were able to climb, one by one, into the chamber.

Here I settled in for the long watch and thought about the events of the next morning when Mr. Davis and a couple of well-known Egyptologists were coming to the valley to open the tomb. Soon, in the quiet darkness, a faint sound was heard on the hillside, and immediately the sentry shouted a warning. This was answered by a distant call, and after a few moments of alertness on our part, we noticed two figures approaching us. To my surprise, they turned out to be a well-known American artist and his wife, who had obviously come expecting trouble. Though they were set to be disappointed, it’s worth noting that the mouth of a lonely tomb, rumored to hold unimaginable wealth, isn't the safest place in the world. So, on a flat patch of rock, the three of us lay down and slept fitfully until dawn. Shortly after breakfast, the wall at the entrance of the tomb was torn down, and the group entered the low passage that sloped down to the burial chamber. At the bottom of this passage, there was another wall blocking the way, but after removing a few layers off the top, we were able to climb, one by one, into the chamber.

[1] Mr and Mrs Joseph Lindon Smith.

[1] Mr. and Mrs. Joseph Lindon Smith.



Plate 17
[Photo by the Author.
Excavating the Osireion at Abydos. A chain of boys handing up baskets of sand to the surface.
Pl. 17.

Imagine entering a town house which had been closed for the summer: imagine the stuffy room, the stiff, silent appearance of the furniture, the feeling that some ghostly occupants of the vacant chairs have just been disturbed, the desire to throw open the windows to let life into room once more. That was perhaps the first sensation as we stood, really dumfounded, and [175]stared around at the relics of the life of over three thousand years ago, all of which were as new almost as when they graced the palace of Prince Yuaa. Three arm-chairs were perhaps the first objects to attract the attention: beautiful carved wooden chairs, decorated with gold. Belonging to one of these was a pillow made of down and covered with linen. It was so perfectly preserved that one might have sat upon it or tossed it from this chair to that without doing it injury. Here were fine alabaster vases, and in one of these we were startled to find a liquid, like honey or syrup, still unsolidified by time. Boxes of exquisite workmanship stood in various parts of the room, some resting on delicately wrought legs. Now the eye was directed to a wicker trunk fitted with trays and partitions, and ventilated with little apertures, since the scents were doubtless strong. Two most comfortable beds were to be observed, fitted with springy string mattresses and decorated with charming designs in gold. There in the far corner, placed upon the top of a number of large white jars, stood the light chariot which Yuaa had owned in his lifetime. In all directions stood objects gleaming with gold undulled by a speck of dust, and one looked from one article to another with the feeling that the entire human conception of Time was wrong. These were the things of yesterday, of a year or so ago. Why, here were meats prepared for the feasts in the Underworld; [176]here were Yuaa's favourite joints, each neatly placed in a wooden box as though for a journey. Here was his staff, and here were his sandals,—a new pair and an old. In another corner there stood the magical figures by the power of which the prince was to make his way through Hades. The words of the mystical "Chapter of the Flame" and of the "Chapter of the Magical Figure of the North Wall" were inscribed upon them; and upon a great roll of papyrus twenty-two yards in length other efficacious prayers were written.

Imagine stepping into a townhouse that’s been closed up for the summer: picture the stuffy room, the stiff, silent furniture, the unsettling sense that some ghostly occupants of the empty chairs have just been disturbed, and the urge to throw open the windows to let life back in. That was maybe the first feeling we had as we stood there, truly stunned, and [175] looked around at the relics from over three thousand years ago, all of which seemed as fresh as when they decorated the palace of Prince Yuaa. Three armchairs were probably the first things to catch our eye: beautifully carved wooden chairs adorned with gold. One of these had a down pillow covered in linen. It was so perfectly preserved that you could have sat on it or tossed it from chair to chair without any damage. There were fine alabaster vases, and in one, we were shocked to find a liquid, like honey or syrup, still unstopped by time. Boxes with exquisite craftsmanship were positioned around the room, some resting on delicately made legs. Then our gaze shifted to a wicker trunk fitted with trays and partitions, ventilated with small openings since the scents were surely strong. We noticed two incredibly comfortable beds equipped with springy string mattresses and adorned with lovely golden designs. In the far corner, on top of several large white jars, stood the light chariot that Yuaa had owned during his lifetime. Everywhere we looked, objects gleamed with gold, untouched by dust, and you couldn’t help but feel that our entire understanding of Time was off. These were things from just yesterday, a year or so ago. Here were meats prepared for feasts in the Underworld; [176] here were Yuaa's favorite cuts, all neatly arranged in a wooden box as if for a journey. Here was his staff, and here were his sandals—one new pair and one old. In another corner were magical figures that the prince would use to navigate through Hades. The words of the mystical "Chapter of the Flame" and the "Chapter of the Magical Figure of the North Wall" were inscribed on them, and on a huge roll of papyrus twenty-two yards long, other powerful prayers were written.

But though the eyes passed from object to object, they ever returned to the two lidless gilded coffins in which the owners of this room of the dead lay as though peacefully sleeping. First above Yuaa and then above his wife the electric lamps were held, and as one looked down into their quiet faces there was almost the feeling that they would presently open their eyes and blink at the light. The stern features of the old man commanded one's attention, again and again our gaze was turned from this mass of wealth to this sleeping figure in whose honour it had been placed here.

But even though the eyes moved from one object to another, they always returned to the two open, gilded coffins where the owners of this room of the dead lay as if peacefully asleep. First, the electric lamps shone above Yuaa and then above his wife, and as one looked down at their calm faces, it almost felt like they would suddenly open their eyes and blink at the light. The stern features of the old man drew one's attention repeatedly, and our gaze shifted from this wealth to the sleeping figure for whom it had been placed here.

At last we returned to the surface to allow the thoughts opportunity to collect themselves and the pulses time to quiet down, for, even to the most unemotional, a discovery of this kind, bringing one into the very presence of the past, has really an unsteadying effect. Then once more we descended, and made the preliminary arrangements [177]for the cataloguing of the antiquities. It was now that the real work began, and, once the excitement was past, there was a monotony of labour to be faced which put a very considerable strain on the powers of all concerned. The hot days when one sweated over the heavy packing-cases, and the bitterly cold nights when one lay at the mouth of the tomb under the stars, dragged on for many a week; and when at last the long train of boxes was carried down to the Nile en route for the Cairo Museum, it was with a sigh of relief that the official returned to his regular work.

Finally, we came back to the surface to give our thoughts a chance to gather themselves and allow our pulses to calm down, because even for the most stoic among us, a discovery like this, which brings you face to face with the past, has a disorienting effect. Then we went down again and started the initial preparations for cataloguing the antiquities. This was when the real work began, and once the excitement wore off, we faced a monotonous workload that put a significant strain on everyone involved. The sweltering days spent sweating over heavy packing cases and the painfully cold nights lying at the entrance of the tomb under the stars dragged on for many weeks; and when the long train of boxes was finally carried down to the Nile on its way to the Cairo Museum, the official returned to his regular duties with a sigh of relief.

This, of course, was a very exceptional discovery. Mr Davis has made other great finds, but to me they have not equalled in dramatic interest the discovery just recorded. Even in this royal valley, however, there is much drudgery to be faced, and for a large part of the season's work it is the excavator's business to turn over endless masses of rock chippings, and to dig huge holes which have no interest for the patient digger. Sometimes the mouth of a tomb is bared, and is entered with the profoundest hopes, which are at once dashed by the sudden abrupt ending of the cutting a few yards from the surface. At other times a tomb-chamber is reached and is found to be absolutely empty.

This was definitely an amazing discovery. Mr. Davis has found other significant things, but for me, none match the dramatic impact of this one. Even in this royal valley, though, there’s a lot of hard work to be done, and for much of the season, it’s the excavator’s job to sift through endless piles of rock debris and dig large holes that hold no interest for the weary digger. Sometimes, the entrance to a tomb is uncovered, and you go in with the highest hopes, only to be let down when the dig comes to an abrupt stop just a few feet below the surface. Other times, you reach a tomb chamber, only to find it completely empty.

At another part of Thebes the well-known Egyptologist, Professor Schiaparelli, had excavated for a number of years without finding anything of much importance, when suddenly one fine [178]day he struck the mouth of a large tomb which was evidently intact. I was at once informed of the discovery, and proceeded to the spot as quickly as possible. The mouth of the tomb was approached down a flight of steep, rough steps, still half-choked with débris. At the bottom of this the entrance of a passage running into the hillside was blocked by a wall of rough stones. After photographing and removing this, we found ourselves in a long, low tunnel, blocked by a second wall a few yards ahead. Both these walls were intact, and we realised that we were about to see what probably no living man had ever seen before: the absolutely intact remains of a rich Theban of the Imperial Age—i.e., about 1200 or 1300 B.C. When this second wall was taken down we passed into a carefully-cut passage high enough to permit of one standing upright.

At another part of Thebes, the well-known Egyptologist, Professor Schiaparelli, had been digging for several years without uncovering anything significant when, all of a sudden, one beautiful day, he discovered the entrance of a large tomb that was clearly intact. I was immediately informed of the finding and rushed to the site as quickly as I could. The entrance to the tomb was accessed by a steep, rough staircase, still partially blocked with debris. At the bottom, the entrance to a passage leading into the hillside was obstructed by a wall of rough stones. After photographing and removing this, we found ourselves in a long, low tunnel, blocked by a second wall a few yards ahead. Both of these walls were intact, and we realized that we were about to witness something that probably no living person had ever seen before: the completely undisturbed remains of a wealthy Theban from the Imperial Age—about 1200 or 1300 B.C. When this second wall was taken down, we entered a carefully cut passage high enough to allow one to stand upright.

At the end of this passage a plain wooden door barred our progress. The wood retained the light colour of fresh deal, and looked for all the world as though it had been set up but yesterday. A heavy wooden lock, such as is used at the present day, held the door fast. A neat bronze handle on the side of the door was connected by a spring to a wooden knob set in the masonry door-post; and this spring was carefully sealed with a small dab of stamped clay. The whole contrivance seemed so modern that Professor Schiaparelli called to his servant for the key, who quite seriously replied, "I don't know where it is, sir." [179]He then thumped the door with his hand to see whether it would be likely to give; and, as the echoes reverberated through the tomb, one felt that the mummy, in the darkness beyond, might well think that his resurrection call had come. One almost expected him to rise, like the dead knights of Kildare in the Irish legend, and to ask, "Is it time?" for the three thousand years which his religion had told him was the duration of his life in the tomb was already long past.

At the end of this passage, a plain wooden door blocked our way. The wood had the light color of fresh pine and looked like it had just been installed yesterday. A heavy wooden lock, similar to those we use today, secured the door. A sleek bronze handle on the door was connected by a spring to a wooden knob set into the stone doorframe, and this spring was carefully sealed with a small dab of stamped clay. The entire setup seemed so modern that Professor Schiaparelli called his servant for the key, who seriously replied, "I don’t know where it is, sir." [179] He then thumped the door with his hand to see if it would budge, and as the echoes resonated through the tomb, it felt as though the mummy in the darkness beyond might think that his call for resurrection had finally come. One almost expected him to rise, like the dead knights of Kildare in the Irish legend, and ask, "Is it time?" since the three thousand years that his religion claimed he would spend in the tomb were already long gone.

Meanwhile we turned our attention to the objects which stood in the passage, having been placed there at the time of the funeral, owing to the lack of room in the burial-chamber. Here a vase, rising upon a delicately shaped stand, attracted the eye by its beauty of form; and here a bedstead caused us to exclaim at its modern appearance. A palm-leaf fan, used by the ancient Egyptians to keep the flies off their wines and unguents, stood near a now empty jar; and near by a basket of dried-up fruit was to be seen. This dried fruit gave the impression that the tomb was perhaps a few months old, but there was nothing else to be seen which suggested that the objects were even as much as a year old. It was almost impossible to believe, and quite impossible to realise, that we were standing where no man had stood for well over three thousand years; and that we were actually breathing the air which had remained sealed in the passage since the ancient priests had closed the entrance thirteen hundred years before Christ.

Meanwhile, we focused on the items that were set in the passage, placed there during the funeral because there wasn't enough space in the burial chamber. A beautifully shaped vase on an elegant stand caught our eye, and a bedframe made us comment on how modern it looked. Nearby, a palm-leaf fan, once used by the ancient Egyptians to shoo away flies from their wines and perfumes, stood next to an empty jar, while a basket of dried fruit was visible. This dried fruit suggested that the tomb might be only a few months old, but nothing else indicated that the items were even a year old. It was hard to believe, and nearly impossible to grasp, that we were standing in a place where no one had been for over three thousand years; that we were breathing air that had been sealed in the passage since the ancient priests closed the entrance thirteen hundred years before Christ.

[180]Before we could proceed farther, many flashlight photographs had to be taken, and drawings made of the doorway; and after this a panel of the woodwork had to be removed with a fret-saw in order that the lock and seal might not be damaged. At last, however, this was accomplished, and the way into the tomb-chamber was open. Stepping through the frame of the door, we found ourselves in an unencumbered portion of the floor, while around us in all directions stood the funeral furniture, and on our left the coffins of the deceased noble and his wife loomed large. Everything looked new and undecayed, and even the order in which the objects were arranged suggested a tidying-up done that very morning. The gravel on the floor was neatly smoothed, and not a speck of dust was anywhere to be observed. Over the large outer coffin a pall of fine linen was laid, not rotting and falling to pieces like the cloth of mediæval times we see in our museums, but soft and strong like the sheets of our beds. In the clear space before the coffin stood a wooden pedestal in the form of a miniature lotus column. On the top of this, resting on three wooden prongs, was a small copper dish, in which were the ashes of incense, and the little stick used for stirring them. One asked oneself in bewilderment whether the ashes here, seemingly not cold, had truly ceased to glow at a time when Rome and Greece were undreamt of, when Assyria did not exist, [181]and when the Exodus of the Children of Israel was yet unaccomplished.

[180]Before we could go any further, we had to take a lot of flashlight photos and make drawings of the doorway; after that, we needed to carefully remove a panel of the woodwork with a fret-saw to avoid damaging the lock and seal. Finally, this was done, and the entrance to the tomb chamber was open. Stepping through the door frame, we found ourselves on an unobstructed part of the floor, surrounded by funeral furniture, with the coffins of the deceased noble and his wife prominently on our left. Everything appeared new and undamaged, and even the arrangement of the items suggested that someone had tidied up just that morning. The gravel on the floor was smoothly laid, and not a speck of dust was in sight. Over the large outer coffin lay a fine linen pall, not rotting and falling apart like the fabric from medieval times we see in museums, but soft and sturdy like our bed sheets. In the clear area before the coffin stood a wooden pedestal shaped like a miniature lotus column. On top of it, resting on three wooden prongs, was a small copper dish containing the ashes of incense and a little stick for stirring them. One couldn't help but wonder if the ashes, which seemed not quite cold, had really stopped glowing at a time when Rome and Greece were unknown, when Assyria didn't exist, [181]and before the Exodus of the Children of Israel had taken place.

On low tables round cakes of bread were laid out, not cracked and shrivelled, but smooth and brown, with a kind of white-of-egg glaze upon them. Onions and fruit were also spread out; and the fruit of the dôm palm was to be seen in plenty. In various parts of the chamber there were numerous bronze vessels of different shapes, intended for the holding of milk and other drinkables.

On low tables, round loaves of bread were arranged, not cracked or shriveled, but smooth and brown, with a kind of egg white glaze on them. Onions and fruit were also displayed, and the fruit of the dôm palm was abundant. Throughout the room, there were many bronze containers of various shapes, meant for holding milk and other beverages.

Well supplied with food and drink, the senses of the dead man were soothed by a profusion of flowers, which lay withered but not decayed beside the coffin, and which at the time of the funeral must have filled the chamber with their sweetness. Near the doorway stood an upright wooden chest closed with a lid. Opening this, we found it to contain the great ceremonial wig of the deceased man, which was suspended from a rail passing across the top of the chest, and hung free of the sides and bottom. The black hair was plaited into hundreds of little tails, but in size the wig was not unlike those of the early eighteenth century in Europe. Chairs, beds, and other pieces of furniture were arranged around the room, and at one side there were a number of small chests and boxes piled up against the wall. We opened one or two of these, and found them to contain delicate little vases of glass, stone, and metal, wrapped round with rags to prevent them breaking. These, [182]like everything else in the tomb, were new and fresh, and showed no trace of the passing of the years.

Well stocked with food and drinks, the senses of the dead man were calmed by a bunch of flowers that lay withered but not rotten next to the coffin, and which must have filled the room with their fragrance during the funeral. Near the doorway stood a tall wooden chest with a lid. When we opened it, we found the deceased man's grand ceremonial wig, hanging from a rail across the top of the chest and suspended away from the sides and bottom. The black hair was woven into hundreds of small tails, and the wig was similar in style to those from the early eighteenth century in Europe. Chairs, beds, and other pieces of furniture were arranged around the room, and on one side, there were several small chests and boxes stacked against the wall. We opened a few of these and discovered delicate little vases made of glass, stone, and metal, wrapped in rags to keep them from breaking. These, [182] like everything else in the tomb, were new and fresh, showing no signs of age.

The coffins, of course, were hidden by the great casing in which each rested, and which itself was partly hidden by the linen pall. Nothing could be touched for many days, until photographs had been taken and records made; and we therefore returned through the long passage to the light of the day.

The coffins were, of course, concealed by the grand casing that held each one, which was itself partly covered by the linen cloth. Nothing could be disturbed for several days, until photographs had been taken and records completed; so we made our way back through the long corridor to the daylight.

There must have been a large number of intact tombs to be found when first the modern interest in Egyptian antiquities developed; but the market thus created had to be supplied, and gangs of illicit diggers made short work of the most accessible tombs. This illegal excavation, of course, continues to some extent at the present day, in spite of all precautions, but the results are becoming less and less proportionate to the labour expended and risk taken. A native likes best to do a little quiet digging in his own back yard and to admit nobody else into the business. To illustrate this, I may mention a tragedy which was brought to my notice a few years ago. A certain native discovered the entrance of a tomb in the floor of his stable, and at once proceeded to worm his way down the tunnel. That was the end of the native. His wife, finding that he had not returned two hours or so later, went down the newly found tunnel after him. That was the end of her also. In turn, three other members of the [183]family went down into the darkness; and that was the end of them. A native official was then called, and, lighting his way with a candle, penetrated down the winding passage. The air was so foul that he was soon obliged to retreat, but he stated that he was just able to see in the distance ahead the bodies of the unfortunate peasants, all of whom had been overcome by what he quaintly described as "the evil lighting and bad climate." Various attempts at the rescue of the bodies having failed, we gave orders that this tomb should be regarded as their sepulchre, and that its mouth should be sealed up. According to the natives, there was evidently a vast hoard of wealth stored at the bottom of this tomb, and the would-be robbers had met their death at the hands of the demon in charge of it, who had seized each man by the throat as he came down the tunnel and had strangled him.

There must have been a lot of intact tombs when modern interest in Egyptian antiquities first started; however, the market created needed to be filled, and groups of illegal diggers quickly raided the most accessible tombs. This illegal excavation still happens today, despite all the precautions, but the results are becoming less and less worth the effort and risk involved. A local prefers to do a bit of quiet digging in his own backyard and keep others out of the process. To illustrate, I can mention a tragedy I learned about a few years ago. A local man found the entrance to a tomb under the floor of his stable and immediately started to make his way down the tunnel. That was the end of him. His wife, not seeing him return after about two hours, decided to go down the new tunnel after him. That was the end of her too. In turn, three other family members also ventured into the darkness; and that was the end of them. A local official was then called, and, using a candle for light, he cautiously made his way down the winding passage. The air was so foul that he had to turn back, but he reported that he could just make out the bodies of the unfortunate locals in the distance, all of whom had succumbed to what he oddly referred to as "the evil lighting and bad climate." After several failed attempts to retrieve the bodies, we decided that this tomb should be treated as their burial site and that its entrance should be sealed. According to locals, there was clearly a vast treasure hidden at the bottom of this tomb, and the would-be robbers had met their end at the hands of the demon guarding it, who had grabbed each man by the throat as he descended into the tunnel and strangled him.

The Egyptian peasants have a very strong belief in the power of such creatures of the spirit world. A native who was attempting recently to discover hidden treasure in a certain part of the desert, sacrificed a lamb each night above the spot where he believed the treasure to lie, in order to propitiate the djin who guarded it. On the other hand, however, they have no superstition as regards the sanctity of the ancient dead, and they do not hesitate on that ground to rifle the tombs. Thousands of graves have been desecrated by these seekers after treasure, and it is very largely [184]the result of this that scientific excavation is often so fruitless nowadays. When an excavator states that he has discovered a tomb, one takes it for granted that he means a plundered tomb, unless he definitely says that it was intact, in which case one calls him a lucky fellow and regards him with green envy.

The Egyptian peasants have a strong belief in the power of spirits. Recently, a local guy trying to find hidden treasure in a part of the desert sacrificed a lamb every night over the spot he thought the treasure was buried, hoping to win the favor of the djin that guarded it. On the flip side, they have no superstitions about the sanctity of the ancient dead, and they don’t hesitate to raid tombs for treasure. Thousands of graves have been disturbed by these treasure hunters, and this is a big part of why scientific excavations are often so unproductive these days. When an excavator claims to have found a tomb, it’s assumed he’s talking about a plundered tomb, unless he specifically says it was untouched, in which case people consider him lucky and feel envious.

And thus we come back to my remarks at the beginning of this chapter, that there is a painful disillusionment awaiting the man who comes to dig in Egypt in the hope of finding the golden cities of the Pharaohs or the bejewelled bodies of their dead. Of the latter there are but a few left to be found. The discovery of one of them forms the subject of the next chapter.

And so we return to my comments at the start of this chapter, that there's a disappointing reality in store for anyone who comes to explore Egypt hoping to uncover the golden cities of the Pharaohs or the adorned remains of their deceased. There are only a few of the latter left to be discovered. The finding of one of them is the topic of the next chapter.


[185]

CHAPTER VIII.

THE TOMB OF TIY AND AKHNATON.[1]

[1] A few paragraphs in this chapter also appear in my 'Life and Times of Akhnaton, Pharaoh of Egypt.' (Wm. Blackwood & Sons, 1910.)

[1] Some paragraphs in this chapter are also included in my 'Life and Times of Akhnaton, Pharaoh of Egypt.' (Wm. Blackwood & Sons, 1910.)

In January 1907 the excavations in the Valley of the Tombs of the Kings at Thebes, which are being conducted each year by Mr Davis, brought to light the entrance of a tomb which, by its style, appeared to be that of a royal personage of the XVIIIth Dynasty. The Valley lies behind the cliffs which form the western boundary of Thebes, and is approached by a long winding road running between the rocks and rugged hills of the Lybian desert. Here the Pharaohs of the XVIIIth to the XXth Dynasties were buried in large sepulchres cut into the sides of the hills; and the present excavations have for their object the removal of the débris which has collected at the foot of these hills, in order that the tombs hidden beneath may be revealed. About sixty tombs are now open, some of which were already known to Greek and [186]Roman travellers; and there are probably not more than two or three still to be discovered.

In January 1907, the excavations in the Valley of the Tombs of the Kings at Thebes, led each year by Mr. Davis, uncovered the entrance to a tomb that, based on its style, seemed to belong to a royal figure from the XVIIIth Dynasty. The Valley is located behind the cliffs that form the western boundary of Thebes and can be accessed by a long, winding road that cuts through the rocks and rugged hills of the Libyan desert. This is where the Pharaohs from the XVIIIth to the XXth Dynasties were buried in large tombs carved into the hillsides. The current excavations aim to clear the debris that has gathered at the base of these hills so that the hidden tombs can be revealed. About sixty tombs are now open, some of which were already known to Greek and [186]Roman travelers; and there are likely only two or three more yet to be found.

When this new tomb-entrance was uncovered I was at once notified, and proceeded with all despatch to the Valley. It was not long before we were able to enter the tomb. A rough stairway led down into the hillside, bringing us to the mouth of a passage which was entirely blocked by a wall of built stones. On removing this wall we found ourselves in a small passage, descending at a sharp incline to a chamber which could be seen a few yards farther on. Instead of this passage being free from débris, however, as we had expected on finding the entrance-wall intact, it was partly filled with fallen stones which seemed to be the ruins of an earlier entrance-wall. On top of this heap of stones lay one of the sides of a large funeral shrine, almost entirely blocking the passage. This shrine, as we later saw, was in the form of a great box-like sarcophagus, made of cedar-wood covered with gold, and it had been intended as an outer covering for the coffin of the deceased person. It was, however, not put together: three sides of it were leaning against the walls of the burial-chamber, and the fourth was here in the passage. Either it was never built up, or else it was in process of being taken out of the tomb again when the work was abandoned.

When this new tomb entrance was discovered, I was immediately informed and quickly made my way to the Valley. It wasn’t long before we were able to enter the tomb. A rough staircase led down into the hillside, bringing us to the entrance of a passage that was completely blocked by a wall of stones. After removing this wall, we found ourselves in a small passage that sloped steeply down to a chamber visible just a few yards ahead. However, instead of this passage being clear of debris, as we had expected from finding the entrance wall intact, it was partially filled with fallen stones that appeared to be the remains of an earlier entrance wall. On top of this pile of stones lay one side of a large funerary shrine, nearly blocking the passage. This shrine, as we later observed, took the shape of a large box-like sarcophagus made of cedar wood covered in gold, designed to serve as an outer casing for the deceased's coffin. However, it was not fully assembled: three sides were leaning against the walls of the burial chamber, and the fourth side was positioned in the passage. Either it was never completed, or it was in the process of being removed from the tomb when the work was halted.

Plate 18
[Photo by R. Paul.
The entrance of the tomb of Queen Tiy, with Egyptian policeman standing beside it. On the left is the later tomb of Rameses X.
Pl. xviii.

To pass this portion of the shrine which lay in the passage without doing it damage was no easy matter. We could not venture to move it, as the [187]wood was rotten; and indeed, for over a year it remained in its original position. We therefore made a bridge of planks within a few inches of the low roof, and on this we wriggled ourselves across into the unencumbered passage beyond. In the funeral-chamber, besides the other portions of the shrine, we found at one corner a splendid coffin, in the usual form of a recumbent figure, inlaid in a dazzling manner with rare stones and coloured glass. The coffin had originally lain upon a wooden bier, in the form of a lion-legged couch; but this had collapsed and the mummy had fallen to the ground, the lid of the coffin being partly thrown off by the fall, thus exposing the head and feet of the body, from which the bandages had decayed and fallen off. In the powerful glare of the electric light which we carried, the bare skull, with a golden vulture upon it, could be seen protruding from the remains of the linen bandages and from the sheets of flexible gold-foil in which, as we afterwards found, the whole body was wrapped. The inscription on the coffin, the letters of which were made of rare stones, gave the titles of Akhnaton, "the beautiful child of the Sun"; but turning to the shrine we found other inscriptions stating that King Akhnaton had made it for his mother, Queen Tiy, and thus no immediate reply could be given to those at the mouth of the tomb who called to us to know which of the Pharaoh's of Egypt had been found.

To get past this part of the shrine that was in the passage without damaging it was quite a challenge. We couldn’t risk moving it, since the wood was rotting; in fact, it stayed in the same spot for over a year. So, we built a bridge of planks just a few inches beneath the low roof, and we squirmed our way across into the clear passage on the other side. In the burial chamber, along with the other parts of the shrine, we discovered in one corner a magnificent coffin, shaped like a reclining figure and intricately decorated with precious stones and colored glass. The coffin had originally rested on a wooden platform designed like a lion-legged couch, but that had collapsed, causing the mummy to fall to the floor, with the lid of the coffin partially thrown open by the impact, revealing the head and feet of the body, from which the bandages had decayed and come off. In the bright glare of the electric light we carried, we could see the bare skull, adorned with a golden vulture, sticking out from the remnants of the linen bandages and the sheets of flexible gold foil in which, as we later discovered, the entire body was wrapped. The inscription on the coffin, with letters made from precious stones, listed the titles of Akhnaton, "the beautiful child of the Sun"; but when we looked at the shrine, we found other inscriptions stating that King Akhnaton had created it for his mother, Queen Tiy, so we couldn’t immediately respond to those at the entrance of the tomb who were asking which of the Pharaohs of Egypt had been uncovered.

In a recess in the wall above the body there [188]stood four alabaster "canopy" jars, each with a lid exquisitely sculptured in the form of a human head. In another corner there was a box containing many little toilet vases and utensils of porcelain. A few alabaster vases and other objects were lying in various parts of the chamber, arranged in some sort of rough order.

In a nook in the wall above the body there [188]were four alabaster "canopy" jars, each topped with a lid beautifully shaped like a human head. In another corner, there was a box filled with several small toilet vases and porcelain utensils. A few alabaster vases and other items were scattered around the room, arranged in a somewhat haphazard order.

Nothing, of course, could yet be touched, and for several days, during the lengthy process of photographing and recording the contents of the tomb in situ, no further information could be obtained as to the identity of the owner of the tomb. The shrine was certainly made for Queen Tiy, and so too were the toilet utensils, judging by an inscription upon one of them which gave the names of Tiy and her husband, King Amenhotep III., the parents of Akhnaton. It was, therefore, not a surprise when a passing doctor declared the much broken bones to be those of a woman—that is to say, those of Queen Tiy. For reasons which will presently become apparent, it had been difficult to believe that Akhnaton could have been buried in this Valley, and one was very ready to suppose that the coffin bearing his name had but been given by him to his mother.

Nothing could be touched yet, and for several days, during the long process of photographing and recording the contents of the tomb in situ, no further information could be obtained about the identity of the tomb's owner. The shrine was definitely made for Queen Tiy, and the same goes for the toilet utensils, based on an inscription on one of them that listed the names of Tiy and her husband, King Amenhotep III, the parents of Akhnaton. So it wasn't surprising when a passing doctor stated that the much broken bones belonged to a woman—that is, they were those of Queen Tiy. For reasons that will soon become clear, it had been hard to believe that Akhnaton could have been buried in this Valley, and it was easy to assume that the coffin with his name was simply given to him by his mother.

The important discovery was now announced, and considerable interest and excitement. At the end of the winter the various archæologists departed to their several countries, and it fell to me to despatch the antiquities to the Cairo Museum, and to send the bones, soaked in wax to [189]prevent their breakage, to Dr Elliot Smith, to be examined by that eminent authority. It may be imagined that my surprise was considerable when I received a letter from him reading—"Are you sure that the bones you sent me are those which were found in the tomb? Instead of the bones of an old woman, you have sent me those of a young man. Surely there is some mistake."

The important discovery was now announced, sparking a lot of interest and excitement. At the end of winter, the various archaeologists headed back to their own countries, and it was my responsibility to send the antiquities to the Cairo Museum and to ship the bones, coated in wax to prevent damage, to Dr. Elliot Smith for examination by that renowned expert. You can imagine my surprise when I received a letter from him saying, "Are you sure the bones you sent me are the ones found in the tomb? Instead of the bones of an old woman, you've sent me those of a young man. There must be some mistake."

There was, however, no mistake. Dr Elliot Smith later informed me that the bones were those of a young man of about twenty-eight years of age, and at first this description did not seem to tally with that of Akhnaton, who was always thought to have been a man of middle age. But there is now no possibility of doubt that the coffin and mummy were those of this extraordinary Pharaoh, although the tomb and funeral furniture belonged to Queen Tiy. Dr Elliot Smith's decision was, of course, somewhat disconcerting to those who had written of the mortal remains of the great Queen; but it is difficult to speak of Tiy without also referring to her famous son Akhnaton, and in these articles he had received full mention.

There was, however, no mistake. Dr. Elliot Smith later informed me that the bones belonged to a young man around twenty-eight years old, and at first, this description didn't seem to match that of Akhnaton, who was always believed to have been middle-aged. But there is now no doubt that the coffin and mummy were those of this remarkable Pharaoh, even though the tomb and funeral items belonged to Queen Tiy. Dr. Elliot Smith's conclusion was, of course, somewhat unsettling for those who had written about the remains of the great Queen; but it's hard to talk about Tiy without also mentioning her famous son Akhnaton, and in these articles, he was given full attention.

About the year B.C. 1500 the throne of Egypt fell to the young brother of Queen Hatshepsut, Thutmosis III., and under his vigorous rule the country rose to a height of power never again equalled. Amenhotep II. succeeded to an empire which extended from the Sudan to the Euphrates and to the Greek Islands; and when he died he [190]left these great possessions almost intact to his son, Thutmosis IV., the grandfather of Akhnaton. It is important to notice the chronology of this period. The mummy of Thutmosis IV. has been shown by Dr Elliot Smith to be that of a man of not more than twenty-six years of age; but we know that his son Amenhotep III. was old enough to hunt lions at about the time of his father's death, and that he was already married to Queen Tiy a year later. Thus one must suppose that Thutmosis IV. was a father at the age of thirteen or fourteen, and that Amenhotep III. was married to Tiy at about the same age. The wife of Thutmosis IV. was probably a Syrian princess, and it must have been during her regency that Amenhotep III. married Tiy, who was not of royal blood. Amenhotep and Tiy introduced into Egypt the luxuries of Asia; and during their brilliant reign the Nile Valley was more open to Syrian influence than it had ever been before. The language of Babylon was perhaps the Court tongue, and the correspondence was written in cuneiform instead of in the hieratic script of Egypt. Amenhotep III., as has been said, was probably partly Asiatic; and there is, perhaps, some reason to suppose that Yuaa, the father of Queen Tiy, was also a Syrian. One has, therefore, to picture the Egyptian Court at this time as being saturated with foreign ideas, which clashed with those of the orthodox Egyptians.

About the year 1500 BC, the throne of Egypt passed to the young brother of Queen Hatshepsut, Thutmosis III. Under his strong leadership, the country reached a level of power never seen again. Amenhotep II succeeded to a vast empire that stretched from the Sudan to the Euphrates and to the Greek Islands. When he died, he left these significant territories nearly intact to his son, Thutmosis IV, the grandfather of Akhnaton. It’s important to pay attention to the timeline of this period. Dr. Elliot Smith has shown that the mummy of Thutmosis IV belonged to a man no older than twenty-six; however, we know that his son Amenhotep III was old enough to hunt lions around the time of his father's death, and he was already married to Queen Tiy a year later. Thus, it’s reasonable to assume that Thutmosis IV became a father at around thirteen or fourteen, and that Amenhotep III married Tiy at a similar age. Thutmosis IV's wife was likely a Syrian princess, and it must have been during her regency that Amenhotep III wed Tiy, who was not of royal descent. Amenhotep and Tiy brought the luxuries of Asia to Egypt; and during their splendid reign, the Nile Valley was more exposed to Syrian influence than ever before. Babylonian was possibly the court language, and written correspondence was done in cuneiform rather than in Egypt's hieratic script. Amenhotep III was likely partly of Asiatic descent, and there may be some reason to believe that Yuaa, the father of Queen Tiy, was also Syrian. Therefore, one must envision the Egyptian court at this time as being filled with foreign ideas, which conflicted with those of traditional Egyptians.

Queen Tiy bore several children to the King; [191]but it was not until they had reigned over twenty years that a son and heir was born, whom they named Amenhotep, that being changed later to Akhnaton. It is probable that he first saw the light in the royal palace at Thebes, which was situated on the edge of the desert at the foot of the western hills. It was an extensive and roomy structure, lightly built and gaily decorated. The ceiling and pavements of its halls were fantastically painted with scenes of animal life: wild cattle ran through reedy swamps beneath one's feet, and many-coloured fish swam in the water; while overhead flights of pigeons, white against a blue sky, passed across the hall, and the wild duck hastened towards the open casements. Through curtained doorways one might obtain glimpses of a garden planted with flowers foreign to Egypt; and on the east of the palace the King had made a great pleasure-lake for the Queen, surrounded by the trees of Asia. Here, floating in her golden barge, which was named Aton-gleams, the Queen might look westwards over the tree-tops to the splendid Theban hills towering above the palace, and eastwards to the green valley of the Nile and the three great limestone hills beyond. Amenhotep III. has been rightly called the "Magnificent," and one may well believe that his son Akhnaton was born to the sound of music and to the clink of golden wine-cups. Fragments of countless thousands of wine-jars and blue fayence drinking-vessels have been found in the ruins of [192]the palace; and contemporary objects and paintings show us some of the exquisitely wrought bowls of gold and silver which must have graced the royal tables, and the charming toilet utensils which were to be found in the sleeping apartments.

Queen Tiy had several children with the King; [191] but it wasn't until they had been in power for over twenty years that a son and heir was born, whom they named Amenhotep, later changed to Akhnaton. He likely first opened his eyes in the royal palace at Thebes, located at the edge of the desert at the foot of the western hills. It was a spacious and airy building, elegantly constructed and beautifully decorated. The ceilings and floors of its halls were vibrantly painted with scenes of wildlife: wild cattle roamed through marshy areas beneath one's feet, and colorful fish swam in the water; above, flocks of white pigeons flew against a blue sky, and wild ducks hurried towards the open windows. Through draped doorways, one could catch glimpses of a garden filled with flowers not native to Egypt; and to the east of the palace, the King created a large pleasure lake for the Queen, surrounded by trees from Asia. Here, floating in her golden barge, named Aton-gleams, the Queen could look west over the treetops at the stunning Theban hills rising above the palace, and east towards the green Nile valley and the three vast limestone hills beyond. Amenhotep III has rightly been called the "Magnificent," and one can easily imagine that his son Akhnaton was born amid music and the clinking of golden wine cups. Fragments of countless wine jars and blue faience drinking vessels have been discovered in the ruins of [192] the palace; and contemporary items and paintings reveal some of the beautifully crafted gold and silver bowls that must have adorned the royal tables, along with the charming toiletries found in the bedrooms.

While the luxurious Court rejoiced at the birth of this Egypto-Asiatic prince, one feels that the ancient priesthood of Amon-Ra must have stood aloof, and must have looked askance at the baby who was destined one day to be their master. This priesthood was perhaps the proudest and most conservative community which conservative Egypt ever produced. It demanded implicit obedience to its stiff and ancient conventions, and it refused to recognise the growing tendency towards religious speculation. One of the great gods of Syria was Aton, the god of the sun; and his recognition at the Theban Court was a source of constant irritation to the ministers of Amon-Ra.

While the lavish Court celebrated the arrival of this Egypto-Asiatic prince, it seems that the ancient priesthood of Amon-Ra kept their distance and viewed the baby with suspicion, knowing he was destined to be their ruler one day. This priesthood was likely the most proud and traditional group that conservative Egypt ever had. It demanded complete loyalty to its rigid and ancient customs, refusing to acknowledge the rising interest in religious exploration. One of the major gods of Syria was Aton, the sun god, and his acceptance at the Theban Court constantly annoyed the ministers of Amon-Ra.

Probably they would have taken stronger measures to resist this foreign god had it not been for the fact that Atum of Heliopolis, an ancient god of Egypt, was on the one hand closely akin to Ra, the associated deity with Amon, and on the other hand to Aton of Syria. Thus Aton might be regarded merely as another name for Ra or Amon-Ra; but the danger to the old régime lay in the fact that with the worship of Aton there went a certain amount of freethought. The sun and its warm rays were the heritage of all mankind; [193]and the speculative mind of the Asiatic, always in advance of the less imaginative Egyptian, had not failed to collect to the Aton-worship a number of semi-philosophical teachings far broader than the strict doctrines of Amon-Ra could tolerate.

They probably would have taken stronger action to resist this foreign god if it weren't for the fact that Atum of Heliopolis, an ancient Egyptian god, was closely related to Ra, the deity associated with Amon, and also to Aton of Syria. So, Aton could be seen just as another name for Ra or Amon-Ra; however, the real threat to the old order was that the worship of Aton came with a certain amount of free thought. The sun and its warming rays belonged to all humanity; [193] and the speculative mindset of the Asian, always ahead of the less imaginative Egyptian, had managed to attach a number of semi-philosophical ideas to Aton-worship that were much broader than what the strict beliefs of Amon-Ra could accept.

Plate 19
[Photo by E. Brugsch Pasha.
Toilet-spoons of carved wood, discovered in tombs of the Eighteenth Dynasty. That on the right has a movable lid.—Cairo Museum.
p. 19.

There is much reason to suppose that Queen Tiy was the prime factor in the new movement. It may, perhaps, be worth noting that her father was a priest of the Egyptian god Min, who corresponded to the North Syrian Aton in his capacity as a god of vegetation; and she may have imbibed something of the broader doctrines from him. It is the barge upon her pleasure-lake which is called Aton-gleams, and it is her private artist who is responsible for one of the first examples of the new style of art which begins to appear at this period. Egyptian art was bound down by conventions jealously guarded by the priesthood, and the slight tendency to break away from these, which now becomes apparent, is another sign of the broadening of thought under the reign of Amenhotep III. and Tiy.

There’s a lot of evidence to suggest that Queen Tiy was a key player in the new movement. It’s worth mentioning that her father was a priest of the Egyptian god Min, who was similar to the North Syrian Aton as a god of vegetation. She might have picked up some of the broader ideas from him. The barge on her pleasure lake is called Aton-gleams, and it’s her private artist who is credited with one of the earliest examples of the new art style that starts to emerge during this time. Egyptian art was tightly controlled by conventions that the priesthood closely guarded, and the slight move away from these restrictions that’s now becoming noticeable is another indication of the expanding thought during the reign of Amenhotep III and Tiy.

King Amenhotep III. does not seem to have been a man of strong character, and in the changes which took place at this time he does not appear to have taken so very large a part. He always showed the most profound respect for, and devotion to, his Queen; and one is inclined to regard him as a tool in her hands. According to some accounts he reigned only thirty years, but there are contemporary monuments dated in his thirty-sixth [194]year, and it seems probable that for the last few years he was reigning only in name, and that in reality his ministers, under the regency of Queen Tiy, governed the land. Amenhotep III. was perhaps during his last years insane or stricken with some paralytic disease, for we read of an Asiatic monarch sending a miracle-working image to Egypt, apparently for the purpose of attempting to cure him. It must have been during these six years of absolute power, while Akhnaton was a boy, that the Queen pushed forward her reforms and encouraged the breaking down of the old traditions, especially those relating to the worship of Amon-Ra.

King Amenhotep III doesn’t seem to have had a strong character, and during the changes that occurred at this time, he doesn’t appear to have played a significant role. He consistently showed deep respect and devotion to his Queen, leading one to think of him as a pawn in her hands. Some reports say he ruled for only thirty years, but there are monuments from his thirty-sixth year, which suggests that in the last few years, he was only a figurehead, while his ministers, under Queen Tiy's regency, actually managed the country. Amenhotep III may have been insane or suffered from some paralytic illness in his later years, as there are accounts of an Asian king sending a miracle-working statue to Egypt, seemingly to try to heal him. It was likely during those six years of complete authority, while Akhnaton was still a child, that the Queen advanced her reforms and promoted the dismantling of old customs, particularly those related to the worship of Amon-Ra.

Amenhotep III. died in about the forty-ninth year of his age, after a total reign of thirty-six years; and Akhnaton, who still bore the name of Amenhotep, ascended the throne. One must picture him now as an enthusiastic boy, filled with the new thought of the age, and burning to assert the broad doctrines which he had learned from his mother and her friends, in defiance of the priests of Amon-Ra. He was already married to a Syrian named Nefertiti, and certainly before he was fifteen years of age he was the father of two daughters.

Amenhotep III died around the age of forty-nine, after reigning for thirty-six years. Akhnaton, who still went by the name Amenhotep, took the throne. Picture him now as an enthusiastic young man, filled with the fresh ideas of the time, eager to promote the wide-ranging beliefs he had learned from his mother and her friends, despite the opposition from the priests of Amon-Ra. He was already married to a Syrian woman named Nefertiti, and by the time he was not yet fifteen, he had already become the father of two daughters.

The new Pharaoh's first move, under the guidance of Tiy, was to proclaim Aton the only true god, and to name himself high priest of that deity. He then began to build a temple dedicated to Aton at Karnak; but it must have been distasteful [195]to observe how overshadowed and dwarfed was this new temple by the mighty buildings in honour of the older gods which stood there. Moreover, there must have been very serious opposition to the new religion in Thebes, where Amon had ruled for so many centuries unchallenged. In whatever direction he looked he was confronted with some evidence of the worship of Amon-Ra: he might proclaim Aton to be the only god, but Amon and a hundred other deities stared down at him from every temple wall. He and his advisers, therefore, decided to abandon Thebes altogether and to found a new capital elsewhere.

The new Pharaoh's first action, guided by Tiy, was to declare Aton the only true god and to name himself the high priest of that deity. He then started building a temple dedicated to Aton at Karnak; however, it must have been discouraging to see how overshadowed and small this new temple was compared to the grand structures honoring the older gods that stood there. Additionally, there was likely strong opposition to the new religion in Thebes, where Amon had been the unchallenged ruler for many centuries. No matter where he looked, he was faced with signs of Amon-Ra's worship: he could declare Aton the only god, but Amon and countless other deities glared down at him from every temple wall. So, he and his advisors decided to completely abandon Thebes and establish a new capital elsewhere.

Akhnaton selected a site for the new city on the west bank of the river, at a point now named El Amarna, about 160 miles above Cairo. Here the hills recede from the river, forming a bay about three miles deep and five long; and in this bay the young Pharaoh decided to build his capital, which was named "Horizon of Aton." With feverish speed the new buildings were erected. A palace even more beautiful than that of his parents at Thebes was prepared for him; a splendid temple dedicated to Aton was set up amidst a garden of rare trees and brilliant flowers; villas for his nobles were erected, and streets were laid out. Queen Tiy, who seems to have continued to live at Thebes, often came down to El Amarna to visit her son; but it seems to have been at his own wish rather than at her advice that he now took the important step [196]which set the seal of his religion upon his life.

Akhnaton chose a location for the new city on the west bank of the river, at a place now called El Amarna, about 160 miles north of Cairo. Here, the hills pull back from the river, creating a bay about three miles deep and five miles long; in this bay, the young Pharaoh decided to establish his capital, named "Horizon of Aton." The new buildings went up at a rapid pace. A palace even more beautiful than his parents' in Thebes was built for him; a magnificent temple dedicated to Aton was erected amidst a garden filled with rare trees and vibrant flowers; villas for his nobles were constructed, and streets were planned out. Queen Tiy, who appears to have continued living in Thebes, often traveled to El Amarna to see her son; but it seems that it was his own decision, rather than her suggestion, that led him to take the significant step [a id="Page_196" title="196">[196]that set the mark of his religion on his life.

Around the bay of El Amarna, on the cliffs which shut it off so securely, the King caused landmarks to be made at intervals, and on these he inscribed an oath which some have interpreted to mean that he would never again leave his new city. He would remain, like the Pope in the Vatican, for the rest of his days within the limits of this bay; and, rather than be distracted by the cares of state and the worries of empire, he would shut himself up with his god and would devote his life to his religion. He was but a youth still, and, to his inexperienced mind, this oath seemed nothing; nor in his brief life does it seem that he broke it, though at times he must have longed to visit his domains.

Around the bay of El Amarna, on the cliffs that enclose it so securely, the King had markers placed at intervals, and on these, he carved an oath that some interpret to mean he would never leave his new city again. He would remain there, like the Pope in the Vatican, for the rest of his days within this bay; and, instead of being caught up in the responsibilities of governing and the struggles of empire, he would isolate himself with his god and dedicate his life to his faith. He was still quite young, and to his naive mind, this oath didn't seem like much; nor does it seem that he broke it in his short life, though at times he must have wished to visit his lands.

The religion which this boy, who now called himself Akhnaton, "The Glory of Aton," taught was by no means the simple worship of the sun. It was, without question, the most enlightened religion which the world at that time had ever known. The young priest-king called upon mankind to worship the unknown power which is behind the sun, that power of which the brilliant sun was the visible symbol, and which might be discerned in the fertilising warmth of the sun's rays. Aton was originally the actual sun's disk; but Akhnaton called his god "Heat which is in Aton," and thus drew the eyes of his followers towards a Force far more intangible and distant [197]than the dazzling orb to which they bowed down. Akhnaton's god was the force which created the sun, the something which penetrated to this earth in the sun's heat and caused the vegetation to grow.

The religion that this boy, who now called himself Akhnaton, "The Glory of Aton," taught was far more than just sun worship. It was definitely the most progressive religion the world had seen at that time. The young priest-king urged people to honor the unknown power behind the sun, a power symbolized by the bright sun, which could be felt in the nurturing warmth of its rays. Aton originally referred to the actual sun's disk, but Akhnaton referred to his god as "Heat that is in Aton," redirecting his followers' focus towards a Force much more abstract and distant than the brilliant orb they worshipped. Akhnaton's god represented the force that created the sun, the essence that came to earth through the sun's heat and promoted plant growth. [197]

Amon-Ra and the gods of Egypt were for the most part but deified mortals, endued with monstrous, though limited, power, and still having around them traditions of exaggerated human deeds. Others had their origin in natural phenomena—the wind, the Nile, the sky, and so on. All were terrific, revengeful, and able to be moved by human emotions. But Akhnaton's god was the intangible and yet ever-present Father of mankind, made manifest in sunshine. The youthful High Priest called upon his followers to search for their god not in the confusion of battle or behind the smoke of human sacrifices, but amidst the flowers and trees, amidst the wild duck and the fishes. He preached an enlightened nature-study; he was perhaps the first apostle of the Simple Life. He strove to break down conventional religion, and ceaselessly urged his people to worship in Truth, simply, without an excess of ceremonial. While the elder gods had been manifest in natural convulsions and in the more awful incidents of life, Akhnaton's kindly god could be seen in the chick which broke out of its egg, in the wind which filled the sails of the ships, in the fish which leapt from the water. Aton was the joy which [198]caused the young sheep "to dance upon their feet," and the birds to "flutter in their marshes." He was the god of the simple pleasures of life, and Truth was the watchword of his followers.

Amon-Ra and the gods of Egypt were mostly just deified humans, granted with incredible but limited power, surrounded by stories of exaggerated human feats. Others came from natural events—the wind, the Nile, the sky, and so forth. All were fearsome, vengeful, and could be influenced by human feelings. But Akhnaton's god was the intangible yet always-present Father of humanity, made evident in sunshine. The young High Priest encouraged his followers to look for their god not in the chaos of battle or behind the smoke of human sacrifices, but among the flowers and trees, among the wild ducks and fish. He promoted an enlightened appreciation of nature; he was perhaps the first advocate of the Simple Life. He sought to dismantle traditional religion and constantly urged his people to worship in Truth, simply, without excessive rituals. While the older gods were revealed through natural disasters and the grimmer events of life, Akhnaton's gentle god could be seen in the chick breaking out of its egg, in the wind that filled the ship’s sails, and in the fish leaping out of the water. Aton was the joy that made the young lambs "dance on their feet" and the birds "flutter in their marshes." He was the god of the simple pleasures of life, and Truth was the guiding principle for his followers.

It may be understood how the boy longed for truth in all things when one remembers the thousand exaggerated conventions of Egyptian life at this time. Court etiquette had developed to a degree which rendered life to the Pharaoh an endless round of unnatural poses of mind and body. In the preaching of his doctrine of truth and simplicity, Akhnaton did not fail to call upon his subjects to regard their Pharaoh not as a god but as a man. It was usual for the Pharaoh to keep aloof from his people: Akhnaton was to be found in their midst. The Court demanded that their lord should drive in solitary state through the city: Akhnaton sat in his chariot with his wife and children, and allowed the artist to represent him joking with his little daughter, who has mischievously poked the horses with a stick. In representing the Pharaoh, the artist was expected to draw him in some conventional attitude of dignity: Akhnaton insisted upon being shown in all manner of natural attitudes—now leaning languidly upon a staff, now nursing his children, now caressing his wife.

It’s easy to see why the boy craved truth in everything when you think about the countless exaggerated norms of Egyptian life at that time. Court etiquette had become so complex that the Pharaoh’s life was an endless series of unnatural poses, both mentally and physically. In promoting his message of truth and simplicity, Akhnaton urged his subjects to see their Pharaoh not as a god, but as a man. While it was common for Pharaohs to stay distant from their people, Akhnaton chose to be present among them. The Court expected their ruler to travel through the city in solitary grandeur, but Akhnaton rode in his chariot with his wife and children, allowing artists to depict him playfully interacting with his young daughter, who was cheekily poking the horses with a stick. Artists were typically expected to portray the Pharaoh in some formal pose of dignity, but Akhnaton insisted on being shown in a variety of natural stances—sometimes leaning casually on a staff, sometimes holding his children, and at other times embracing his wife.

As has been said, one of the first artists to break away from the ancient conventions was in the service of Queen Tiy, and was probably under her influence. But in the radical change in the art [199]which took place, Akhnaton is definitely stated to have been the leader, and the new school acknowledge that they were taught by the King. The new art is extraordinary, and it must be owned that its merit lies rather in its originality than in its beauty. An attempt is made to do away with the prescribed attitudes and the strict proportions, and to portray any one individual with his natural defects. Some of the sculptured heads, however, which have come down to us, and notably the four "canopic" heads found in this tomb, are of wonderful beauty, and have no trace of traditional mannerisms, though they are highly idealised. The King's desire for light-heartedness led him to encourage the use of bright colours and gay decorations in the palace. Some of the ceiling and pavement paintings are of great beauty, while the walls and pillars inlaid with coloured stones must have given a brilliancy to the halls unequalled in Egypt at any previous time.

As mentioned, one of the first artists to move away from ancient traditions worked for Queen Tiy and was likely influenced by her. However, during the significant shift in art, Akhnaton is clearly recognized as the leader, and the new artists acknowledge that they learned from the King. The new art is remarkable, and its value lies more in its originality than its beauty. Efforts were made to eliminate standard poses and strict proportions, aiming to portray individuals with their natural flaws. Some of the sculpted heads we have today, especially the four "canopic" heads found in this tomb, are incredibly beautiful, showing no signs of traditional styles, although they are quite idealized. The King's wish for a lighthearted atmosphere led him to promote the use of bright colors and cheerful decorations in the palace. Some of the ceiling and floor paintings are stunning, while the walls and pillars inlaid with colored stones must have produced a brilliance in the halls unmatched in Egypt before that time. [199]

The group of nobles who formed the King's Court had all sacrificed much in coming to the new capital. Their estates around Thebes had been left, their houses abandoned, and the tombs which were in process of being made for them in the Theban hills had been rendered useless. The King, therefore, showered favours upon them, and at his expense built their houses and constructed sepulchres for them. It is on the walls of these tombs that one obtains the main portion of one's information regarding the teachings of this wonderful youth, who was now [200]growing into manhood. Here are inscribed those beautiful hymns to Aton which rank so high in ancient literature. It is unfortunate that space does not allow more than a few extracts from the hymns to be quoted here; but something of their beauty may be realised from these. (Professor Breasted's translation.)

The group of nobles who formed the King's Court had all given up a lot to come to the new capital. They left behind their estates near Thebes, abandoned their homes, and the tombs being built for them in the Theban hills became useless. Because of this, the King generously favored them, using his own resources to build their houses and create tombs for them. It's on the walls of these tombs that we get most of our information about the teachings of this remarkable young man, who was now [200] transitioning into adulthood. Here are the beautiful hymns to Aton that are highly regarded in ancient literature. Unfortunately, there's only enough space for a few excerpts from the hymns here; however, you can appreciate some of their beauty through these. (Professor Breasted's translation.)

"Thy dawning is beautiful in the horizon of heaven,
 O living Aton, Beginning of life!
 When thou risest in the eastern horizon of heaven
 Thou fillest every land with thy beauty."

"Though thou art afar, thy rays are on earth;
 Though thou art on high, thy footprints are the day."

"When thou settest in the western horizon of heaven
 The world is in darkness like the dead.
 Men sleep in their chambers, their heads are wrapt up.
 Every lion cometh forth from his den.
 The serpents, they sting.
 Darkness reigns, the world is in silence:
 He that made them has gone to rest in his horizon."

"Bright is the earth when thou risest in the horizon ...
 When thou sendest forth thy rays
 The two lands of Egypt are in daily festivity,
 Awake and standing upon their feet,
 For thou hast raised them up.
 Their limbs bathed, they take their clothing,
 Their arms uplifted in adoration to thy dawning.
 Then in all the world they do their work."

"All cattle rest upon their herbage, all trees and plants flourish.
 The birds flutter in their marshes, their wings uplifted in adoration to thee.
 All the sheep dance upon their feet,
 All winged things fly; they live when thou hast shone upon them."
[201]
"The barques sail up-stream and down-stream alike,...
 The fish in the river leap up before thee,
 And thy rays are in the midst of the great sea."

"Thou art he who createst the man-child in woman ...
 Who giveth life to the son in the body of his mother;
 Who soothest him that he may not weep,
 A nurse even in the womb."

"When the chick crieth in the egg-shell,
 Thou givest him breath therein to preserve him alive ...
 He cometh forth from the egg, to chirp with all his might.
 He runneth about upon his two feet."

"How manifold are all thy works!
 They are hidden from before us."

"Your dawn is beautiful on the horizon of the sky,
 O living Aton, Beginning of life!
 When you rise in the eastern horizon of the sky,
 You fill every land with your beauty."

"Even though you are far away, your rays are on earth;
 Though you are up high, your footprints are the day."

"When you set in the western horizon of the sky,
 The world is in darkness like the dead.
 People sleep in their rooms, their heads wrapped up.
 Every lion comes out from his den.
 The snakes, they sting.
 Darkness rules, the world is quiet:
 He who made them has gone to rest in his horizon."

"The earth shines bright when you rise on the horizon ...
 When you send forth your rays,
 The two lands of Egypt are in daily celebration,
 Awake and on their feet,
 For you have lifted them up.
 Their limbs bathed, they put on their clothes,
 Their arms uplifted in adoration to your dawn.
 Then they go about their work in the world."

"All cattle rest on their grass, all trees and plants thrive.
 The birds flutter in their marshes, their wings lifted in adoration to you.
 All the sheep dance on their feet,
 All winged creatures fly; they live when you shine upon them."
[201]
"The boats sail both upstream and downstream,...
 The fish in the river leap up before you,
 And your rays are in the midst of the great sea."

"You are the one who creates the man-child in woman ...
 Who gives life to the son in his mother’s body;
 Who comforts him so that he may not cry,
 A nurse even in the womb."

"When the chick cries in the eggshell,
 You give him breath to keep him alive ...
 He comes out of the egg, chirping with all his might.
 He runs about on his two feet."

"How diverse are all your works!
 They are hidden from us."

There are several verses of this hymn which are almost identical with Psalm civ., and those who study it closely will be forced to one of two conclusions: either that Psalm civ. is derived from this hymn of the young Pharaoh, or that both are derived from some early Syrian hymn to the sun. Akhnaton may have only adapted this early psalm to local conditions; though, on the other hand, a man capable of bringing to pass so great a religious revolution in Egypt may well be credited with the authorship of this splendid song. There is no evidence to show that it was written before the King had reached manhood.

There are several verses of this hymn that are almost identical to Psalm 104, and anyone who studies it closely will come to one of two conclusions: either that Psalm 104 is derived from this hymn of the young Pharaoh, or that both come from some early Syrian hymn to the sun. Akhnaton may have simply adapted this early psalm to fit local conditions; however, on the other hand, a person capable of instigating such a significant religious revolution in Egypt could certainly be credited with the authorship of this magnificent song. There is no evidence to suggest that it was written before the King reached adulthood.

Queen Tiy probably did not now take any further part in a movement which had got so far out of her hands. She was now nearly sixty years old, and this, to one who had been a mother so early in life, was a considerable age. It seems that she sometimes paid visits to her son at El [202]Amarna, but her interest lay in Thebes, where she had once held so brilliant a Court. When at last she died, therefore, it is not surprising to find that she was buried in the Valley of the Tombs of the Kings. The tomb which has been described above is most probably her original sepulchre, and here her body was placed in the golden shrine made for her by Akhnaton, surrounded by the usual funeral furniture. She thus lay no more than a stone's throw from her parents, whose tomb was discovered two years ago, and which was of very similar size and shape.

Queen Tiy likely no longer took part in a movement that had gotten so far out of her control. At nearly sixty years old, and having become a mother at a young age, she was considered to be quite elderly. It seems she occasionally visited her son at El [202]Amarna, but her main interest was in Thebes, where she once held a magnificent Court. Therefore, when she eventually passed away, it’s not surprising that she was buried in the Valley of the Tombs of the Kings. The tomb described above is probably her original burial site, where her body was placed in the golden shrine made for her by Akhnaton, surrounded by the usual burial goods. She rested no more than a stone's throw from her parents, whose tomb was discovered two years ago and was very similar in size and shape.

After her death, although preaching this gentle creed of love and simple truth, Akhnaton waged a bitter and stern war against the priesthoods of the old gods. It may be that the priesthoods of Amon had again attempted to overthrow the new doctrines, or had in some manner called down the particular wrath of the Pharaoh. He issued an order that the name of Amon was to be erased and obliterated wherever it was found, and his agents proceeded to hack it out on all the temple walls. The names also of other gods were erased; and it is noticeable in this tomb that the word mut, meaning "mother," was carefully spelt in hieroglyphs which would have no similarity to those used in the word Mut, the goddess-consort of Amon. The name of Amenhotep III., his own father, did not escape the King's wrath, and the first syllables were everywhere erased.

After her death, even while promoting this gentle belief in love and simple truth, Akhnaton waged a fierce and intense battle against the priesthoods of the old gods. It’s possible that the priesthoods of Amon had once again tried to undermine the new teachings or had somehow provoked the Pharaoh's particular anger. He ordered that Amon's name be erased and destroyed wherever it appeared, and his agents went to work chiseling it off all the temple walls. The names of other gods were also removed; notably in this tomb, the word mut, meaning "mother," was carefully spelled in hieroglyphs that bore no resemblance to those used in the word Mut, the goddess-consort of Amon. The name of Amenhotep III., his own father, didn’t escape the King's fury, and the first syllables were wiped away everywhere.

As the years went by Akhnaton seems to have [203]given himself more and more completely to his new religion. He had now so trained one of his nobles, named Merira, in the teachings of Aton that he was able to hand over to him the high priesthood of that god, and to turn his attention to the many other duties which he had imposed upon himself. In rewarding Merira, the King is related to have said, "Hang gold at his neck before and behind, and gold on his legs, because of his hearing the teaching of Pharaoh concerning every saying in these beautiful places." Another official whom Akhnaton greatly advanced says: "My lord advanced me because I have carried out his teaching, and I hear his word without ceasing." The King's doctrines were thus beginning to take hold; but one feels, nevertheless, that the nobles followed their King rather for the sake of their material gains than for the spiritual comforts of the Aton-worship. There is reason to suppose that at least one of these nobles was degraded and banished from the city.

As the years passed, Akhnaton seemed to have [203]fully dedicated himself to his new religion. He had trained one of his nobles, named Merira, so well in the teachings of Aton that he was able to pass the high priesthood of that god over to him, allowing himself to focus on the many other responsibilities he had taken on. In rewarding Merira, the King reportedly said, "Hang gold around his neck in front and behind, and adorn his legs with gold, for he has listened to the teachings of Pharaoh about every saying in these beautiful places." Another official whom Akhnaton greatly promoted stated, "My lord advanced me because I have followed his teachings, and I hear his word continuously." The King's doctrines were beginning to take root; however, it seems that the nobles were more motivated by their material benefits than by the spiritual rewards of Aton-worship. There's reason to believe that at least one of these nobles was stripped of his rank and exiled from the city.

But while Akhnaton was preaching peace and goodwill amidst the flowers of the temple of Aton, his generals in Asia Minor were vainly struggling to hold together the great empire created by Thutmosis III. Akhnaton had caused a temple of Aton to be erected at one point in Syria at least, but in other respects he took little or no interest in the welfare of his foreign dominions. War was not tolerated in his doctrine: it was a sin to take away life which the good Father had [204]given. One pictures the hardened soldiers of the empire striving desperately to hold the nations of Asia faithful to the Pharaoh whom they never saw. The small garrisons were scattered far and wide over Syria, and constantly they sent messengers to the Pharaoh asking at least for some sign that he held them in mind.

But while Akhnaton was promoting peace and goodwill in the temple of Aton, his generals in Asia Minor were struggling unsuccessfully to maintain the vast empire built by Thutmosis III. Akhnaton had ordered a temple of Aton to be built in at least one location in Syria, but otherwise he showed little or no concern for the well-being of his foreign territories. His doctrine did not allow for war; it was a sin to take a life that the good Father had given. One can imagine the battle-hardened soldiers of the empire desperately trying to keep the nations of Asia loyal to the Pharaoh they never saw. The small garrisons were spread out across Syria, and they constantly sent messengers to the Pharaoh, seeking at least some sign that he remembered them. [204]

There is no more pathetic page of ancient history than that which tells of the fall of the Egyptian Empire. The Amorites, advancing along the sea-coast, took city after city from the Egyptians almost without a struggle. The chiefs of Tunip wrote an appeal for help to the King: "To the King of Egypt, my lord,—The inhabitants of Tunip, thy servant." The plight of the city is described and reinforcements are asked for, "And now," it continues, "Tunip thy city weeps, and her tears are flowing, and there is no help for us. For twenty years we have been sending to our lord the King, the King of Egypt, but there has not come a word to us, no, not one." The messengers of the beleaguered city must have found the King absorbed in his religion, and must have seen only priests of the sun where they had hoped to find the soldiers of former days. The Egyptian governor of Jerusalem, attacked by Aramæans, writes to the Pharaoh, saying: "Let the King take care of his land, and ... let send troops.... For if no troops come in this year, the whole territory of my lord the King will perish." To this letter is added a note to the [205]King's secretary, which reads, "Bring these words plainly before my lord the King: the whole land of my lord the King is going to ruin."

There’s no more tragic chapter in ancient history than the one about the fall of the Egyptian Empire. The Amorites, moving along the coast, captured city after city from the Egyptians with hardly any resistance. The leaders of Tunip sent a plea for help to the King: "To the King of Egypt, my lord,—The people of Tunip, your servant." They describe the city’s dire situation and ask for reinforcements, stating, "And now," it goes on, "Tunip, your city, is in tears, and we have no help. For twenty years we have been sending messages to our lord the King, the King of Egypt, but we have not received a single word." The messengers from the besieged city must have found the King preoccupied with his religious duties and only seen sun priests where they expected to find the soldiers of old. The Egyptian governor of Jerusalem, attacked by Aramæans, writes to the Pharaoh, saying: "Let the King take care of his land, and ... let troops be sent.... For if no troops arrive this year, the entire territory of my lord the King will be lost." This letter includes a note to the [205]King's secretary, which says, "Clearly present these words to my lord the King: the entire land of my lord the King is on the verge of destruction."

So city after city fell, and the empire, won at such cost, was gradually lost to the Egyptians. It is probable that Akhnaton had not realised how serious was the situation in Asia Minor. A few of the chieftains who were not actually in arms against him had written to him every now and then assuring him that all was well in his dominions; and, strange to relate, the tribute of many of the cities had been regularly paid. The Asiatic princes, in fact, had completely fooled the Pharaoh, and had led him to believe that the nations were loyal while they themselves prepared for rebellion. Akhnaton, hating violence, had been only too ready to believe that the despatches from Tunip and elsewhere were unjustifiably pessimistic. He had hoped to bind together the many countries under his rule, by giving them a single religion. He had hoped that when Aton should be worshipped in all parts of his empire, and when his simple doctrines of love, truth, and peace should be preached from every temple throughout the length and breadth of his dominions, then war would cease and a unity of faith would hold the lands in harmony one with the other.

So city after city fell, and the empire, gained at such a high cost, was gradually lost to the Egyptians. It's likely that Akhnaton hadn’t fully grasped how serious the situation was in Asia Minor. A few chieftains who weren’t actively fighting against him occasionally wrote to assure him that everything was fine in his territories; oddly enough, many cities continued to pay their tribute regularly. The Asiatic princes had completely deceived the Pharaoh, making him believe that the nations were loyal while they secretly prepared for rebellion. Akhnaton, who despised violence, was too eager to accept that the messages from Tunip and elsewhere were unnecessarily negative. He hoped to unite the many lands under his rule by giving them a single religion. He believed that once Aton was worshipped throughout his empire, and his simple teachings of love, truth, and peace were spread from every temple across his dominions, war would end and a shared faith would keep the lands in harmony with each other.

When, therefore, the tribute suddenly ceased, and the few refugees came staggering home to tell of the perfidy of the Asiatic princes and the [206]fall of the empire, Akhnaton seems to have received his deathblow. He was now not more than twenty-eight years of age; and though his portraits show that his face was already lined with care, and that his body was thinner than it should have been, he seems to have had plenty of reserve strength. He was the father of several daughters, but his queen had borne him no son to succeed him; and thus he must have felt that his religion could not outlive him. With his empire lost, with Thebes his enemy, and with his treasury wellnigh empty, one feels that Akhnaton must have sunk to the very depths of despondency. His religious revolution had ruined Egypt, and had failed: did he, one wonders, find consolation in the sunshine and amidst the flowers?

When the tribute suddenly stopped, and the few refugees staggered home to report the betrayal of the Asian princes and the downfall of the empire, Akhnaton seemed to have received a fatal blow. He was only twenty-eight years old; and even though his portraits show that his face was already marked by worry and that his body was thinner than it should have been, he appeared to have a lot of inner strength. He was the father of several daughters, but his queen had not given him a son to inherit the throne; thus, he must have felt that his religion could not survive him. With his empire lost, Thebes as his enemy, and his treasury nearly empty, it seems that Akhnaton must have fallen into deep despair. His religious revolution had devastated Egypt and had failed: one wonders, did he find solace in the sunlight and among the flowers?

His death followed speedily; and, resting in the splendid coffin in which we found him, he was laid in the tomb prepared for him in the hills behind his new capital. The throne fell to the husband of one of his daughters, Smenkhkara, who, after an ephemeral reign, gave place to another of the sons-in-law of Akhnaton, Tutankhaton. This king was speedily persuaded to change his name to Tutankhamon, to abandon the worship of Aton, and to return to Thebes. Akhnaton's city fell into ruins, and soon the temples and palaces became the haunt of jackals and the home of owls. The nobles returned with their new king to Thebes, and [207]not one remained faithful to those "teachings" to which they had once pretended to be such earnest listeners.

His death came quickly, and resting in the beautiful coffin we found him in, he was laid to rest in the tomb that had been prepared for him in the hills behind his new capital. The throne passed to the husband of one of his daughters, Smenkhkara, who, after a short reign, was succeeded by another son-in-law of Akhnaton, Tutankhaton. This king was quickly convinced to change his name to Tutankhamon, to abandon the worship of Aton, and to return to Thebes. Akhnaton's city fell into decay, and soon the temples and palaces became dens for jackals and homes for owls. The nobles returned with their new king to Thebes, and [207] not one remained loyal to those "teachings" they had once pretended to take so seriously.

Plate 20
[Photo by R. Paul.
The coffin of Akhnaton lying in the tomb of Queen Tiy.
Pl. xx.

The fact that the body in the new tomb was that of Akhnaton, and not of Queen Tiy, gives a new reading to the history of the burial. When Tutankhamon returned to Thebes, Akhnaton's memory was still, it appears, regarded with reverence, and it seems that there was no question of leaving his body in the neighbourhood of his deserted palace, where, until the discovery of this tomb, Egyptologists had expected to find it. It was carried to Thebes, together with some of the funeral furniture, and was placed in the tomb of Queen Tiy, which had been reopened for the purpose. But after some years had passed and the priesthood of Amon-Ra had again asserted itself, Akhnaton began to be regarded as a heretic and as the cause of the loss of Egypt's Asiatic dominions. These sentiments were vigorously encouraged by the priesthood, and soon Akhnaton came to be spoken of as "that criminal," and his name was obliterated from his monuments. It was now felt that his body could no longer lie in state together with that of Queen Tiy in the Valley of the Tombs of the Kings. The sepulchre was therefore opened once more, and the name Akhnaton was everywhere erased from the inscriptions. The tomb, polluted by the presence of the heretic, was no longer fit for Tiy, and the body of the Queen [208]was therefore carried elsewhere, perhaps to the tomb of her husband Amenhotep III. The shrine in which her mummy had lain was pulled to pieces and an attempt was made to carry it out of the tomb; but this arduous task was presently abandoned, and one portion of the shrine was left in the passage, where we found it. The body of Akhnaton, his name erased, was now the sole occupant of the tomb. The entrance was blocked with stones, and sealed with the seal of Tutankhamon, a fragment of which was found; and it was in this condition that it was discovered in 1907.

The fact that the body in the new tomb belonged to Akhnaton and not Queen Tiy offers a fresh perspective on the burial history. When Tutankhamon returned to Thebes, it seems Akhnaton's legacy was still respected, and it was unthinkable to leave his body near his abandoned palace, where Egyptologists had expected to find it until this tomb was discovered. His body was taken to Thebes along with some funeral items and placed in Queen Tiy's reopened tomb. However, after a few years, the priesthood of Amon-Ra regained control, and Akhnaton started to be viewed as a heretic responsible for the loss of Egypt's territories in Asia. The priesthood strongly promoted these views, and soon Akhnaton was labeled "that criminal," with his name erased from monuments. It was decided that his body could no longer rest alongside Queen Tiy's in the Valley of the Tombs of the Kings. Consequently, the tomb was reopened, and Akhnaton's name was removed from the inscriptions everywhere. The tomb, tainted by the heretic's presence, was deemed unworthy for Tiy, so her body was moved elsewhere, possibly to her husband Amenhotep III's tomb. The shrine where her mummy had been was dismantled, and there was an attempt to remove it from the tomb; however, this difficult task was soon abandoned, leaving part of the shrine in the passage where we found it. Akhnaton's body, with his name erased, was now the sole occupant of the tomb. The entrance was blocked with stones and sealed with Tutankhamon's seal, a fragment of which was discovered, and this is how it was found in 1907.

The bones of this extraordinary Pharaoh are in the Cairo Museum; but, in deference to the sentiments of many worthy persons, they are not exhibited. The visitor to that museum, however, may now see the "canopic" jars, the alabaster vases, the gold vulture, the gold necklace, the sheets of gold in which the body was wrapped, the toilet utensils, and parts of the shrine, all of which we found in the burial-chamber.

The bones of this remarkable Pharaoh are in the Cairo Museum, but out of respect for the feelings of many respectable individuals, they are not on display. However, visitors to the museum can now see the "canopic" jars, alabaster vases, the gold vulture, the gold necklace, the sheets of gold that wrapped the body, personal care items, and parts of the shrine, all of which we discovered in the burial chamber.


[209]

CHAPTER IX.

THE TOMB OF HOREMHEB.

In the last chapter a discovery was recorded which, as experience has shown, is of considerable interest to the general reader. The romance and the tragedy of the life of Akhnaton form a really valuable addition to the store of good things which is our possession, and which the archæologist so diligently labours to increase. Curiously enough, another discovery, that of the tomb of Horemheb, was made by the same explorer (Mr Davis) in 1908; and as it forms the natural sequel to the previous chapter, I may be permitted to record it here.

In the last chapter, we reported a discovery that, as we've seen, is of great interest to the general reader. The romance and tragedy of Akhnaton's life are truly valuable additions to the treasures we have, which archaeologists work hard to expand. Interestingly, another discovery, the tomb of Horemheb, was also made by the same explorer (Mr. Davis) in 1908; and since it naturally follows the previous chapter, I’m allowed to mention it here.

Akhnaton was succeeded by Smenkhkara, his son-in-law, who, after a brief reign, gave place to Tutankhamon, during whose short life the court returned to Thebes. A certain noble named Ay came next to the throne, but held it for only three years. The country was now in a chaotic condition, and was utterly upset and disorganised by the revolution of Akhnaton, and by the vacillating policy of the three weak kings who succeeded [210]him, each reigning for so short a time. One cannot say to what depths of degradation Egypt might have sunk had it not been for the timely appearance of Horemheb, a wise and good ruler, who, though but a soldier of not particularly exalted birth, managed to raise himself to the vacant throne, and succeeded in so organising the country once more that his successors, Rameses I., Sety I., and Rameses II., were able to regain most of the lost dominions, and to place Egypt at the head of the nations of the world.

Akhnaton was succeeded by Smenkhkara, his son-in-law, who, after a short reign, was followed by Tutankhamon, during whose brief life the court returned to Thebes. A noble named Ay took the throne next, but held it for only three years. The country was in chaos and was completely disturbed and disorganized by Akhnaton's revolution and by the inconsistent policies of the three weak kings who reigned after him, each for such a short time. It's hard to say how far Egypt might have fallen if it weren't for the timely rise of Horemheb, a wise and good ruler. Although he was just a soldier of not particularly noble birth, he managed to lift himself to the empty throne and successfully reorganized the country so that his successors, Rameses I., Sety I., and Rameses II., could reclaim most of the lost territories and position Egypt as a leader among the nations of the world.

Horemheb, "The Hawk in Festival," was born at Alabastronpolis, a city of the 18th Province of Upper Egypt, during the reign of Amenhotep III., who has rightly been named "The Magnificent," and in whose reign Egypt was at once the most powerful, the most wealthy, and the most luxurious country in the world. There is reason to suppose that Horemheb's family were of noble birth, and it is thought by some that an inscription which calls King Thutmosis III. "the father of his fathers" is to be taken literally to mean that that old warrior was his great-or great-great-grandfather. The young noble was probably educated at the splendid court of Amenhotep III., where the wit and intellect of the world was congregated, and where, under the presidency of the beautiful Queen Tiy, life slipped by in a round of revels.

Horemheb, "The Hawk in Festival," was born in Alabastronpolis, a city in the 18th Province of Upper Egypt, during the reign of Amenhotep III, who is rightly known as "The Magnificent." During his reign, Egypt was the most powerful, wealthy, and luxurious country in the world. There's reason to believe that Horemheb's family was of noble descent, and some suggest that an inscription referring to King Thutmosis III as "the father of his fathers" is meant to be taken literally, indicating that this warrior was his great or great-great-grandfather. The young noble was likely educated at the grand court of Amenhotep III, where the brightest minds of the time gathered and where, under the influence of the beautiful Queen Tiy, life was filled with celebrations.

As an impressionable young man, Horemheb must have watched the gradual development of [211]freethought in the palace, and the ever-increasing irritation and chafing against the bonds of religious convention which bound all Thebans to the worship of the god Amon. Judging by his future actions, Horemheb did not himself feel any real repulsion to Amon, though the religious rut into which the country had fallen was sufficiently objectionable to a man of his intellect to cause him to cast in his lot with the movement towards emancipation. In later life he would certainly have been against the movement, for his mature judgment led him always to be on the side of ordered habit and custom as being less dangerous to the national welfare than a social upheaval or change.

As an impressionable young man, Horemheb must have observed the gradual rise of freethought in the palace and the growing frustration with the religious traditions that tied all Thebans to the worship of the god Amon. Based on his future actions, Horemheb didn’t seem to have any real aversion to Amon, but the religious rut the country had fallen into was objectionable enough for someone of his intellect that he aligned himself with the movement toward freedom. In later life, he would likely oppose the movement, as his mature perspective always led him to support established habits and customs, believing they were less harmful to the national welfare than social upheaval or change.

Horemheb seems now to have held the appointment of captain or commander in the army, and at the same time, as a "Royal Scribe," he cultivated the art of letters, and perhaps made himself acquainted with those legal matters which in later years he was destined to reform.

Horemheb seems to have held the position of captain or commander in the army, and at the same time, as a "Royal Scribe," he honed his writing skills, and may have become familiar with the legal issues that he would later reform.

When Amenhotep III. died, the new king, Akhnaton, carried out the revolution which had been pending for many years, and absolutely banned the worship of Amon, with all that it involved. He built himself a new capital at El Amârna, and there he instituted the worship of the sun, or rather of the heat or power of the sun, under the name of Aton. In so far as the revolution constituted a breaking away from tiresome convention, the young Horemheb seems to [212]have been with the King. No one of intelligence could deny that the new religion and new philosophy which was preached at El Amârna was more worthy of consideration on general lines than was the narrow doctrine of the Amon priesthood; and all thinkers must have rejoiced at the freedom from bonds which had become intolerable. But the world was not ready, and indeed is still not ready, for the schemes which Akhnaton propounded; and the unpractical model-kingdom which was uncertainly developing under the hills of El Amârna must have already been seen to contain the elements of grave danger to the State.

When Amenhotep III died, the new king, Akhnaton, initiated a long-awaited revolution and completely prohibited the worship of Amon and everything associated with it. He established a new capital at El Amârna, where he introduced the worship of the sun, or more accurately, the heat or power of the sun, under the name of Aton. To the extent that the revolution marked a break from tedious traditions, the young Horemheb appeared to support the King. No one intelligent could argue that the new religion and the philosophy promoted at El Amârna were more deserving of attention on broader terms than the narrow beliefs of the Amon priesthood; all thinkers must have felt relief at the escape from constraints that had become unbearable. However, the world was not prepared, and indeed still isn't ready, for the ideas Akhnaton proposed; the impractical model kingdom that was uncertainly forming in the hills of El Amârna must have already been recognized as containing significant risks for the State.

Nevertheless the revolution offered many attractions. The frivolous members of the court, always ready for change and excitement, welcomed with enthusiasm the doctrine of the moral and simple life which the King and his advisers preached, just as in the decadent days before the French Revolution the court, bored with licentiousness, gaily welcomed the morality-painting of the young Greuze. And to the more serious-minded, such as Horemheb seems to have been, the movement must have appealed in its imperial aspect. The new god Aton was largely worshipped in Syria, and it seems evident that Akhnaton had hoped to bind together the heterogeneous nations of the empire by a bond of common worship. The Asiatics were not disposed to worship Amon, but Aton appealed to them as much as [213]any god, and Horemheb must have seen great possibilities in a common religion.

Nevertheless, the revolution had a lot of appeal. The carefree members of the court, who were always looking for change and excitement, eagerly embraced the idea of a moral and simple life that the King and his advisers promoted, just as the court had happily welcomed the moral themes in the artwork of the young Greuze during the decadent days before the French Revolution. For those with a more serious outlook, like Horemheb seems to have had, the movement likely appealed due to its imperial aspect. The new god Aton was mainly worshipped in Syria, and it seems clear that Akhnaton wanted to unite the diverse nations of the empire through a shared worship. The Asiatics weren't inclined to worship Amon, but Aton was appealing to them just like any other god, and Horemheb must have seen significant potential in a common religion.

It is thought that Horemheb may be identified amongst the nobles who followed Akhnaton to El Amârna, and though this is not certain, there is little doubt that he was in high favour with the King at the time. To one whose tendency is neither towards frivolity nor towards fanaticism, there can be nothing more broadening than the influence of religious changes. More than one point of view is appreciated: a man learns that there are other ruts than that in which he runs, and so he seeks the smooth midway. Thus Horemheb, while acting loyally towards his King, and while appreciating the value of the new movement, did not exclude from his thoughts those teachings which he deemed good in the old order of things. He seems to have seen life broadly; and when the new religion of Akhnaton became narrowed and fanatical, as it did towards the close of the tragic chapter of that king's short life, Horemheb was one of the few men who kept an open mind.

It’s believed that Horemheb might be one of the nobles who followed Akhnaton to El Amârna, and while this isn't certain, it's clear that he had the King's favor at that time. For someone who isn't inclined towards superficiality or extreme beliefs, the impact of religious changes can be very enriching. Various perspectives are valued: a person realizes there are other paths besides their own, leading them to seek a balanced approach. So, while Horemheb remained loyal to his King and recognized the importance of the new movement, he also kept in mind the teachings he found beneficial from the old ways. He appeared to have a broad view of life; and when Akhnaton's new religion became restricted and fanatical, particularly towards the end of that king's brief and tragic life, Horemheb was one of the few who maintained an open mind.

Like many other nobles of the period, he had constructed for himself a tomb at Sakkâra, in the shadow of the pyramids of the old kings of Egypt; and fragments of this tomb, which of course was abandoned when he became Pharaoh, are now to be seen in various museums. In one of the scenes there sculptured Horemheb is shown in the presence of a king who is almost certainly Akhnaton; and yet in a speech to him inscribed [214]above the reliefs, Horemheb makes reference to the god Amon whose very name was anathema to the King. The royal figure is drawn according to the canons of art prescribed by Akhnaton, and upon which, as a protest against the conventional art of the old order, he laid the greatest stress in his revolution; and thus, at all events, Horemheb was in sympathy with this aspect of the movement. But the inscriptions which refer to Amon, and yet are impregnated with the Aton style of expression, show that Horemheb was not to be held down to any one mode of thought. Akhnaton was, perhaps, already dead when these inscriptions were added, and thus Horemheb may have had no further reason to hide his views; or it may be that they constituted a protest against that narrowness which marred the last years of a pious king.

Like many other nobles of the time, he built a tomb for himself at Sakkâra, near the pyramids of the ancient Egyptian kings. Fragments of this tomb, which was abandoned when he became Pharaoh, can now be found in various museums. In one of the scenes, Horemheb is depicted in the presence of a king who is almost certainly Akhnaton. Yet, in an inscription above the reliefs, Horemheb mentions the god Amon, whose name was hated by the King. The royal figure is portrayed according to the artistic standards set by Akhnaton, which he emphasized during his revolution as a protest against the conventional art of the old regime. Thus, at least, Horemheb supported this aspect of the movement. However, the inscriptions that reference Amon while also reflecting the Aton style suggest that Horemheb was not confined to any single way of thinking. Akhnaton may have already been dead when these inscriptions were made, giving Horemheb no further reason to hide his opinions; or it could be that they were a protest against the rigidity that plagued the later years of a devoted king.

Those who read the history of the period in the last chapter will remember how Akhnaton came to persecute the worshippers of Amon, and how he erased that god's name wherever it was written throughout the length and breadth of Egypt. Evidently with this action Horemheb did not agree; nor was this his only cause for complaint. As an officer, and now a highly placed general of the army, he must have seen with feelings of the utmost bitterness the neglected condition of the Syrian provinces. Revolt after revolt occurred in these states; but Akhnaton, dreaming and praying in the sunshine of El Amârna, would [215]send no expedition to punish the rebels. Good-fellowship with all men was the King's watchword, and a policy more or less democratic did not permit him to make war on his fellow-creatures. Horemheb could smell battle in the distance, but could not taste of it. The battalions which he had trained were kept useless in Egypt; and even when, during the last years of Akhnaton's reign, or under his successor Smenkhkara, he was made commander-in-chief of all the forces, there was no means of using his power to check the loss of the cities of Asia. Horemheb must have watched these cities fall one by one into the hands of those who preached the doctrine of the sword, and there can be little wonder that he turned in disgust from the doings at El Amârna.

Those who read the history from the last chapter will remember how Akhnaton started persecuting the worshippers of Amon and how he erased that god's name from everywhere it appeared throughout Egypt. Clearly, Horemheb didn't agree with this action; it wasn't the only thing bothering him. As an officer and now a top general of the army, he must have felt a deep bitterness about the neglected state of the Syrian provinces. There were constant revolts in these regions, but Akhnaton, lost in his dreams and prayers in the sunshine of El Amârna, never sent out an expedition to punish the rebels. The King’s motto was to get along with everyone, and his more or less democratic approach didn’t allow him to wage war against his fellow humans. Horemheb could sense battle approaching but couldn’t engage in it. The troops he trained were sitting idle in Egypt; even when, during the last years of Akhnaton's reign or under his successor Smenkhkara, he was appointed commander-in-chief of all the forces, there was no way to use his power to stop the loss of the cities in Asia. Horemheb must have watched these cities fall one by one to those who advocated for violence, and it’s no surprise he turned away in disgust from what was happening at El Amârna.

During the times which followed, when Smenkhkara held the throne for a year or so, and afterwards, when Tutankhamon became Pharaoh, Horemheb seems to have been the leader of the reactionary movement. He did not concern himself so much with the religious aspect of the questions: there was as much to be said on behalf of Aton as there was on behalf of Amon. But it was he who knocked at the doors of the heart of Egypt, and urged the nation to awake to the danger in the East. An expedition against the rebels was organised, and one reads that Horemheb was the "companion of his Lord upon the battlefield on that day of the slaying of the Asiatics." Akhnaton had been opposed to warfare, and had [216]dreamed that dream of universal peace which still is a far-off light to mankind. Horemheb was a practical man in whom such a dream would have been but weakness; and, though one knows nothing more of these early campaigns, the fact that he attempted to chastise the enemies of the empire at this juncture stands to his credit for all time.

During the period that followed, when Smenkhkara was on the throne for about a year, and later when Tutankhamun became Pharaoh, Horemheb seems to have led the counter-reaction. He didn't focus much on the religious side of things: there were valid points for both Aton and Amon. However, he was the one who knocked on the doors of Egypt's heart and urged the nation to recognize the threat from the East. An expedition against the rebels was organized, and it is noted that Horemheb was the "companion of his Lord on the battlefield on that day when the Asiatics were slain." Akhnaton had been against warfare and had dreamed of universal peace, which still remains a distant hope for humanity. Horemheb was a practical man, for whom such a dream would have seemed like a weakness; and although we don't know much more about these early campaigns, the fact that he tried to punish the empire's enemies at that time earns him respect for all time.

Under Tutankhamon the court returned to Thebes, though not yet exclusively to the worship of Amon; and the political phase of the revolution came to an end. The country once more settled into the old order of life, and Horemheb, having experienced the full dangers of philosophic speculation, was glad enough to abandon thought for action. He was now the most powerful man in the kingdom, and inscriptions call him "the greatest of the great, the mightiest of the mighty, presider over the Two Lands of Egypt, general of generals," and so on. The King "appointed him to be Chief of the Land, to administer the laws of the land as Hereditary Prince of all this land"; and "all that was done was done by his command." From chaos Horemheb was producing order, and all men turned to him in gratitude as he reorganised the various government departments.

Under Tutankhamun, the court returned to Thebes, although not exclusively focused on the worship of Amun, and the political aspects of the revolution came to an end. The country settled back into its previous way of life, and Horemheb, having faced the challenges of philosophical speculation, was relieved to move from thought to action. He was now the most powerful man in the kingdom, and inscriptions referred to him as "the greatest of the great, the mightiest of the mighty, presider over the Two Lands of Egypt, general of generals," and more. The King "appointed him to be Chief of the Land, to administer the laws of the land as Hereditary Prince of all this land"; and "everything that was done was done by his command." From chaos, Horemheb was establishing order, and everyone turned to him with gratitude as he reorganized the various government departments.

The offices which he held, such as Privy Councillor, King's Secretary, Great Lord of the People, and so on, are very numerous; and in all of these he dealt justly though sternly, so that "when he came the fear of him was great [217]in the sight of the people, prosperity and health were craved for him, and he was greeted as 'Father of the Two Lands of Egypt.'" He was indeed the saviour and father of his country, for he had found her corrupt and disordered, and he was leading her back to greatness and dignity.

The offices he held, like Privy Councillor, King's Secretary, and Great Lord of the People, were quite numerous; and in all of these, he acted fairly but firmly. When he arrived, people greatly feared him, and they longed for his prosperity and health, greeting him as 'Father of the Two Lands of Egypt.' He truly was the savior and father of his nation, having found it corrupt and chaotic, and he was guiding it back to greatness and dignity.

Plate 21
[Photo by Beato.
Head of a granite statue of the god Khonsu, probably dating from about the period of Horemheb.—Cairo Museum.
Pl. 21.

At this time he was probably a man of about forty years of age. In appearance he seems to have been noble and good to look upon. "When he was born," says the inscription, "he was clothed with strength: the hue of a god was upon him"; and in later life, "the form of a god was in his colour," whatever that may mean. He was a man of considerable eloquence and great learning. "He astonished the people by that which came out of his mouth," we are told; and "when he was summoned before the King the palace began to fear." One may picture the weak Pharaoh and his corrupt court, as they watched with apprehension the movements of this stern soldier, of whom it was said that his every thought was "in the footsteps of the Ibis,"—the ibis being the god of wisdom.

At this time, he was probably around forty years old. He seemed to be noble and handsome. "When he was born," says the inscription, "he was filled with strength: he had the hue of a god"; and later in life, "he had the form of a god in his color," whatever that means. He was a man of great eloquence and knowledge. "He amazed the people with his words," we're told; and "when he was called before the King, the palace started to feel anxious." You can imagine the weak Pharaoh and his corrupt court, watching nervously as this stern soldier moved, of whom it was said that every thought was "in the footsteps of the Ibis,"—the ibis being the god of wisdom.

On the death of Tutankhamon, the question of inviting Horemheb to fill the vacant throne must have been seriously considered; but there was another candidate, a certain Ay, who had been one of the most important nobles in the group of Akhnaton's favourites at El Amârna, and who had been the loudest in the praises of Aton. Religious feeling was at the time running high, for the partizans of Amon and those of Aton seem to have [218]been waging war on one another; and Ay appears to have been regarded as the man most likely to bridge the gulf between the two parties. A favourite of Akhnaton, and once a devout worshipper of Aton, he was not averse to the cults of other gods; and by conciliating both factions he managed to obtain the throne for himself. His power, however, did not last for long; and as the priests of Amon regained the confidence of the nation at the expense of those of Aton, so the power of Ay declined. His past connections with Akhnaton told against him, and after a year or so he disappeared, leaving the throne vacant once more.

On the death of Tutankhamun, the possibility of inviting Horemheb to take the vacant throne must have been seriously considered. However, there was another candidate, a man named Ay, who had been one of the most important nobles among Akhnaton's favorites at El Amârna and was the most vocal in praising Aton. Religious tensions were high at the time, as the supporters of Amon and Aton seemed to be at war with each other, and Ay was viewed as the person most likely to bridge the divide between the two groups. A favorite of Akhnaton and previously a devoted worshipper of Aton, he was open to the worship of other gods, and by bringing both sides together, he managed to secure the throne for himself. However, his power didn’t last long; as the priests of Amon regained the nation’s trust over those of Aton, Ay’s influence diminished. His past associations with Akhnaton worked against him, and after about a year, he disappeared, leaving the throne vacant once again.

There was now no question as to who should succeed. A princess named Mutnezem, the sister of Akhnaton's queen, and probably an old friend of Horemheb, was the sole heiress to the throne, the last surviving member of the greatest Egyptian dynasty. All men turned to Horemheb in the hope that he would marry this lady, and thus reign as Pharaoh over them, perhaps leaving a son by her to succeed him when he was gathered to his fathers. He was now some forty-five years of age, full of energy and vigour, and passionately anxious to have a free hand in the carrying out of his schemes for the reorganisation of the government. It was therefore with joy that, in about the year 1350 B.C., he sailed up to Thebes in order to claim the crown.

There was no doubt about who would take over. A princess named Mutnezem, the sister of Akhnaton's queen and likely an old friend of Horemheb, was the only heir to the throne, the last surviving member of the greatest Egyptian dynasty. Everyone looked to Horemheb, hoping he would marry her and rule as Pharaoh, possibly having a son with her to carry on his legacy after he passed away. He was about forty-five years old, full of energy and enthusiasm, and eager to have the freedom to implement his plans for reorganizing the government. So, it was with great excitement that around 1350 B.C., he sailed to Thebes to claim the crown.

He arrived at Luxor at a time when the annual festival of Amon was being celebrated, and all the [219]city was en fête. The statue of the god had been taken from its shrine at Karnak, and had been towed up the river to Luxor in a gorgeous barge, attended by a fleet of gaily-decorated vessels. With songs and dancing it had been conveyed into the Luxor temple, where the priests had received it standing amidst piled-up masses of flowers, fruit, and other offerings. It seems to have been at this moment that Horemheb appeared, while the clouds of incense streamed up to heaven, and the morning air was full of the sound of the harps and the lutes. Surrounded by a crowd of his admirers, he was conveyed into the presence of the divine figure, and was there and then hailed as Pharaoh.

He arrived in Luxor during the annual festival of Amon, and the whole city was celebrating. The statue of the god had been taken from its shrine at Karnak and transported up the river to Luxor on a beautiful barge, accompanied by a fleet of brightly-decorated boats. With songs and dancing, it was brought into the Luxor temple, where the priests welcomed it while surrounded by heaps of flowers, fruit, and other offerings. It seems that at this moment, Horemheb appeared, as clouds of incense rose to the sky and the morning air was filled with the sound of harps and lutes. Surrounded by a crowd of his admirers, he was brought before the divine figure and was immediately proclaimed Pharaoh.

From the temple he was carried amidst cheering throngs to the palace which stood near by; and there he was greeted by the Princess Mutnezem, who fell on her knees before him and embraced him. That very day, it would seem, he was married to her, and in the evening the royal heralds published the style and titles by which he would be known in the future: "Mighty Bull, Ready in Plans; Favourite of the Two Goddesses, Great in Marvels; Golden Hawk, Satisfied with Truth; Creator of the Two Lands," and so forth. Then, crowned with the royal helmet, he was led once more before the statue of Amon, while the priests pronounced the blessing of the gods upon him. Passing down to the quay before the temple the figure of the god was placed once more upon the [220]state-barge, and was floated down to Karnak; while Horemheb was led through the rejoicing crowds back to the palace to begin his reign as Pharaoh.

From the temple, he was carried through cheering crowds to the nearby palace, where he was welcomed by Princess Mutnezem, who knelt before him and embraced him. That very day, it seems, he married her, and in the evening, the royal heralds announced the style and titles by which he would be known in the future: "Mighty Bull, Ready in Plans; Favorite of the Two Goddesses, Great in Marvels; Golden Hawk, Satisfied with Truth; Creator of the Two Lands," and so on. Then, crowned with the royal helmet, he was led again before the statue of Amon while the priests pronounced the blessing of the gods upon him. Making his way down to the quay before the temple, the statue of the god was placed once more onto the [220]state barge and was floated down to Karnak; while Horemheb was led through the joyful crowds back to the palace to begin his reign as Pharaoh.

In religious matters Horemheb at once adopted a strong attitude of friendship towards the Amon party which represented the old order of things. There is evidence to show that Aton was in no way persecuted; yet one by one his shrines were abandoned, and the neglected temples of Amon and the elder gods once more rang with the hymns of praise. Inscriptions tell us that the King "restored the temples from the marshes of the Delta to Nubia. He fashioned a hundred images with all their bodies correct, and with all splendid costly stones. He established for them daily offerings every day. All the vessels of their temples were wrought of silver and gold. He equipped them with priests and with ritual-priests, and with the choicest of the army. He transferred to them lands and cattle, supplied with all equipment." By these gifts to the neglected gods, Horemheb was striving to bring Egypt back to its normal condition, and in no way was he prejudiced by any particular devotion to Amon.

In matters of religion, Horemheb immediately took a strong friendly stance toward the Amon party, which represented the old ways. Evidence shows that Aton was not persecuted at all; however, his shrines were abandoned one by one, and the neglected temples of Amon and the other gods once again resounded with hymns of praise. Inscriptions indicate that the King "restored the temples from the marshes of the Delta to Nubia. He created a hundred images, all perfectly crafted, adorned with splendid precious stones. He established daily offerings for them every day. All the vessels in their temples were made of silver and gold. He appointed priests and ritual-priests, along with the best of the army. He transferred lands and cattle to them, fully equipped." Through these offerings to the overlooked gods, Horemheb aimed to restore Egypt to its former state, and he was not influenced by any particular loyalty to Amon.

A certain Patonemheb, who had been one of Akhnaton's favourites in the days of the revolution, was appointed High Priest of Ra—the older Egyptian form of Aton who was at this time identified with that god—at the temple of Heliopolis; and this can only be regarded as an act of friendship to the Aton-worshippers. The echoing [221]and deserted temples of Aton in Thebes, and El Amârna, however, were now pulled down, and the blocks were used for the enlarging of the temple of Amon,—a fact which indicates that their original dedication to Aton had not caused them to be accursed.

A guy named Patonemheb, who had been one of Akhnaton's favorites during the revolution, was made High Priest of Ra—the older Egyptian version of Aton, who was at this time linked to that god—at the Heliopolis temple. This move can only be seen as a gesture of goodwill toward the Aton-worshippers. However, the once vibrant and now abandoned temples of Aton in Thebes and El Amârna were subsequently torn down, and the stone blocks were repurposed to expand the temple of Amon, which suggests that their original dedication to Aton hadn’t led to any curse on them.

The process of restoration was so gradual that it could not have much disturbed the country. Horemheb's hand was firm but soothing in these matters, and the revolution seems to have been killed as much by kindness as by force. It was probably not till quite the end of his reign that he showed any tendency to revile the memory of Akhnaton; and the high feeling which at length brought the revolutionary king the name of "that criminal of El Amârna" did not rise till half a century later. The difficulties experienced by Horemheb in steering his course between Amon and Aton, in quietly restoring the old equilibrium without in any way persecuting those who by religious convictions were Aton-worshippers, must have been immense; and one cannot but feel that the King must have been a diplomatist of the highest standing. His unaffected simplicity won all hearts to him; his toleration and broadness of mind brought all thoughtful men to his train; and his strong will led them and guided them from chaos to order, from fantastic Utopia to the solid old Egypt of the past. Horemheb was the preacher of Sanity, the apostle of the Normal, and Order was his watchword.

The restoration process was so gradual that it hardly disturbed the country. Horemheb's approach was firm yet comforting in these matters, and the revolution seemed to have been quelled as much by kindness as by force. It likely wasn't until the very end of his reign that he started to speak negatively about Akhnaton; the sentiment that eventually labeled the revolutionary king as "that criminal of El Amârna" didn't emerge until half a century later. Horemheb faced immense challenges in balancing Amon and Aton, working to quietly restore the old order without persecuting those who worshipped Aton out of religious conviction. One can't help but feel that the King was a highly skilled diplomat. His genuine simplicity endeared him to everyone; his tolerance and open-mindedness attracted all thoughtful individuals to his side; and his strong will led them from chaos to order, from a whimsical Utopia to the solid old Egypt of the past. Horemheb was the advocate for Sanity, the promoter of the Normal, and Order was his guiding principle.

[222]The inscriptions tell us that it was his custom to give public audiences to his subjects, and there was not a man amongst those persons whom he interviewed whose name he did not know, nor one who did not leave his presence rejoicing. Up and down the Nile he sailed a hundred times, until he was able truly to say, "I have improved this entire land; I have learned its whole interior; I have travelled it entirely in its midst." We are told that "his Majesty took counsel with his heart how he might expel evil and suppress lying. The plans of his Majesty were an excellent refuge, repelling violence and delivering the Egyptians from the oppressions which were around them. Behold, his Majesty spent the whole time seeking the welfare of Egypt, and searching out instances of oppression in the land."

[222]The inscriptions tell us that it was his habit to hold public audiences with his subjects, and there wasn't a single person he met whose name he didn't know, nor one who didn't leave his presence feeling happy. He sailed up and down the Nile a hundred times until he could honestly say, "I have improved this entire land; I have learned its whole interior; I have traveled through it completely." We're told that "his Majesty consulted with his heart about how to get rid of evil and put an end to lying. His Majesty's plans were an excellent safeguard, preventing violence and freeing the Egyptians from the oppressions around them. Look, his Majesty spent all his time working for the welfare of Egypt and looking for instances of oppression in the land."

It is interesting, by the way, to note that in his eighth year the King restored the tomb of Thutmosis IV., which had been robbed during the revolution; and the inscription which the inspectors left behind them was found on the wall when Mr Theodore Davis discovered the tomb a few years ago. The plundering of the royal tombs is a typical instance of the lawlessness of the times. The corruption, too, which followed on the disorder was appalling; and wherever the King went he was confronted by deceit, embezzlement, bribery, extortion, and official tyranny. Every Government officer was attempting to obtain money from his subordinates by illegal means; and bakshish[223]that bogie of the Nile Valley—cast its shadow upon all men.

It’s worth noting that in his eighth year, the King restored the tomb of Thutmosis IV, which had been looted during the revolution. The inscription left by the inspectors was found on the wall when Mr. Theodore Davis discovered the tomb a few years ago. The looting of the royal tombs is a prime example of the lawlessness of the times. The corruption that followed the chaos was shocking; everywhere the King went, he faced deceit, embezzlement, bribery, extortion, and official oppression. Every government official was trying to get money from their subordinates through illegal means, and bakshish[223]that fear in the Nile Valley—loomed over everyone.

Horemheb stood this as long as he could; but at last, regarding justice as more necessary than tact, we are told that "his Majesty seized a writing-palette and scroll, and put into writing all that his Majesty the King had said to himself." It is not possible to record here more than a few of the good laws which he then made, but the following examples will serve to show how near to his heart were the interests of his people.

Horemheb tolerated this for as long as possible; but eventually, considering justice more important than diplomacy, it is said that "his Majesty grabbed a writing palette and scroll, and wrote down everything his Majesty the King had reflected upon." I can't list all the great laws he created, but a few examples will illustrate how much he cared about the well-being of his people.

It was the custom for the tax-collectors to place that portion of a farmer's harvest, which they had taken, upon the farmer's own boat, in order to convey it to the public granary. These boats often failed to be returned to their owners when finished with, and were ultimately sold by the officials for their own profit. Horemheb, therefore, made the following law:—

It was customary for tax collectors to put the portion of a farmer's harvest that they had taken onto the farmer's own boat to transport it to the public granary. These boats often weren't returned to their owners after use and were eventually sold by the officials for their own profit. Horemheb, therefore, established the following law:—

"If the poor man has made for himself a boat with its sail, and, in order to serve the State, has loaded it with the Government dues, and has been robbed of the boat, the poor man stands bereft of his property and stripped of his many labours. This is wrong, and the Pharaoh will suppress it by his excellent measures. If there be a poor man who pays the taxes to the two deputies, and he be robbed of his property and his boat, my majesty commands: that every officer who collects the taxes and takes the boat of any citizen, this law shall be executed against him, and his nose shall be cut off, and he shall be sent in exile to Tharu. Furthermore, concerning the tax of timber, my[224] majesty commands that if any officer find a poor man without a boat, then he shall bring him a craft belonging to another man in which to carry the timber; and in return for this let the former man do the loading of the timber for the latter."

"If a poor man has built a boat for himself, with a sail, and to serve the State has loaded it with government taxes, but then has his boat stolen, he ends up without his property and all his hard work is taken from him. This is unjust, and Pharaoh will fix it with his great actions. If there’s a poor man who pays taxes to the two deputies and then has his property and boat stolen, my majesty commands that any officer who collects these taxes and takes a citizen’s boat shall face punishment, including having his nose cut off and being exiled to Tharu. Also, regarding the timber tax, my[224] majesty commands that if any officer finds a poor man without a boat, he must provide him with a boat belonging to someone else so he can transport the timber; and in exchange, the poor man will load the timber for the other."

The tax-collectors were wont to commandeer the services of all the slaves in the town, and to detain them for six or seven days, "so that it was an excessive detention indeed." Often, too, they used to appropriate a portion of the tax for themselves. The new law, therefore, was as follows:—

The tax collectors usually forced all the townspeople's slaves to work for them and held them for six or seven days, "which was really excessive." They often took a part of the tax for themselves, too. So, the new law was as follows:—

"If there be any place where the officials are tax-collecting, and any one shall hear the report saying that they are tax-collecting to take the produce for themselves, and another shall come to report saying, 'My man slave or my female slave has been taken away and detained many days at work by the officials,' the offender's nose shall be cut off, and he shall be sent to Tharu."

"If there’s a place where officials are collecting taxes, and someone hears that they are taking the goods for themselves, and another person reports that their male or female slave has been taken away and forced to work for the officials for many days, the offender’s nose will be cut off, and they will be sent to Tharu."

One more law may here be quoted. The police used often to steal the hides which the peasants had collected to hand over to the Government as their tax. Horemheb, having satisfied himself that a tale of this kind was not merely an excuse for not paying the tax, made this law:—

One more law can be mentioned here. The police often used to steal the hides that the peasants had collected to give to the Government as their tax. Horemheb, having confirmed that such a story was not just an excuse for not paying the tax, created this law:—

"As for any policeman concerning whom one shall hear it said that he goes about stealing hides, beginning with this day the law shall be executed against him, by beating him a hundred blows, opening five wounds, and taking from him by force the hides which he took."

"As for any police officer who is rumored to be stealing hides, starting today, the law will be enforced against him. He will receive a hundred blows, be inflicted with five wounds, and have the hides he stole taken from him by force."

To carry out these laws he appointed two chief [225]judges of very high standing, who are said to have been "perfect in speech, excellent in good qualities, knowing how to judge the heart." Of these men the King writes: "I have directed them to the way of life, I have led them to the truth, I have taught them, saying, 'Do not receive the reward of another. How, then, shall those like you judge others, while there is one among you committing a crime against justice?'" Under these two officials Horemheb appointed many judges, who went on circuit around the country; and the King took the wise step of arranging, on the one hand, that their pay should be so good that they would not be tempted to take bribes, and, on the other hand, that the penalty for this crime should be most severe.

To implement these laws, he appointed two top judges of high reputation, said to be "fluent in speech, outstanding in good qualities, and skilled in understanding the heart." The King remarked about these men: "I have guided them towards a good life, I have shown them the truth, I have instructed them, saying, 'Do not accept the reward of another. How can you judge others when one of you is committing an injustice?'" Under these two officials, Horemheb appointed many judges who traveled around the country; the King wisely ensured that their salaries were substantial enough to prevent them from being bribed, while also imposing harsh penalties for anyone caught taking bribes.

So many were the King's reforms that one is inclined to forget that he was primarily a soldier. He appears to have made some successful expeditions against the Syrians, but the fighting was probably near his own frontiers, for the empire lost by Akhnaton was not recovered for many years, and Horemheb seems to have felt that Egypt needed to learn to rule herself before she attempted to rule other nations. An expedition against some tribes in the Sudan was successfully carried through, and it is said that "his name was mighty in the land of Kush, his battle-cry was in their dwelling-places." Except for a semi-military expedition which was dispatched to the land of Punt, these are the only recorded foreign [226]activities of the King; but that he had spent much time in the organisation and improvement of the army is shown by the fact that three years after his death the Egyptian soldiers were swarming over the Lebanon and hammering at the doors of the cities of Jezreel.

The King's reforms were so numerous that it's easy to forget he was mainly a soldier. He seemed to have led some successful campaigns against the Syrians, although these battles were likely close to his own borders, as the territory lost by Akhnaton wasn't regained for many years. Horemheb seemed to think that Egypt needed to learn to govern itself before attempting to control other nations. He successfully led an expedition against some tribes in Sudan, and it's said that "his name was powerful in the land of Kush, his battle-cry echoed in their homes." Aside from a semi-military mission sent to the land of Punt, these were the only recorded foreign [226] actions of the King. However, the fact that three years after his death, Egyptian soldiers were flooding into Lebanon and assaulting the cities of Jezreel shows that he had dedicated a lot of time to organizing and improving the army.

Had he lived for another few years he might have been famous as a conqueror as well as an administrator, though old age might retard and tired bones refuse their office. As it is, however, his name is written sufficiently large in the book of the world's great men; and when he died, about B.C. 1315, after a reign of some thirty-five years, he had done more for Egypt than had almost any other Pharaoh. He found the country in the wildest disorder, and he left it the master of itself, and ready to become once more the master of the empire which Akhnaton's doctrine of Peace and Goodwill had lost. Under his direction the purged worship of the old gods, which for him meant but the maintenance of some time-proved customs, had gained the mastery over the chimerical worship of Aton; without force or violence he had substituted the practical for the visionary; and to Amon and Order his grateful subjects were able to cry, "The sun of him who knew thee not has set, but he who knows thee shines; the sanctuary of him who assailed thee is overwhelmed in darkness, but the whole earth is now in light."

Had he lived a few more years, he might have become famous as both a conqueror and an administrator, though old age could slow him down and his tired body might refuse to keep up. As it stands, his name is impressively etched in the history of the world's great figures; by the time he died around 1315 B.C., after a thirty-five-year reign, he had accomplished more for Egypt than nearly any other Pharaoh. He found the country in chaos, and he left it self-sufficient and ready to reclaim the empire that Akhnaton's doctrine of Peace and Goodwill had lost. Under his leadership, the reinstated worship of the traditional gods, which for him meant simply maintaining well-established customs, overpowered the unrealistic worship of Aton; without force or violence, he replaced the visionary with the practical; and to Amon and Order, his grateful subjects could proclaim, "The sun of him who did not know you has set, but he who knows you shines; the sanctuary of him who attacked you is engulfed in darkness, but the whole earth is now filled with light."

The tomb of this great Pharaoh was cut in the [227]rocks on the west side of the Valley of the Tombs of the Kings, not far from the resting-place of Amenhotep II. In the days of the later Ramesside kings the tomb-plunderers entered the sepulchre, pulled the embalmed body of the king to pieces in the search for hidden jewels, scattered the bones of the three members of his family who were buried with him, and stole almost everything of value which they found. There must have been other robberies after this, and finally the Government inspectors of about B.C. 1100 entered the tomb, and, seeing its condition, closed its mouth with a compact mass of stones. The torrents of rain which sometimes fall in winter in Egypt percolated through this filling, and left it congealed and difficult to cut through; and on the top of this hard mass tons of rubbish were tossed from other excavations, thus completely hiding the entrance.

The tomb of this great Pharaoh was carved into the rocks on the west side of the Valley of the Tombs of the Kings, not far from where Amenhotep II was laid to rest. In the days of the later Ramesside kings, tomb robbers broke into the sepulchre, tore apart the embalmed body of the king in search of hidden jewels, scattered the bones of the three family members who were buried with him, and stole almost everything valuable they found. There were probably more robberies after this, and eventually, in around 1100 B.C., government inspectors entered the tomb. Seeing its condition, they sealed the entrance with a solid mass of stones. The heavy winter rains that sometimes fall in Egypt seeped through this fill, hardening it and making it difficult to break through; on top of this hard mass, tons of debris from other excavations were dumped, completely obscuring the entrance.

In this condition the tomb was found by Mr Davis in February 1908. Mr Davis had been working on the side of the valley opposite to the tomb of Rameses III., where the accumulations of débris had entirely hidden the face of the rocks, and, as this was a central and likely spot for a "find," it was hoped that when the skin of rubbish had been cleared away the entrance of at least one royal tomb would be exposed. Of all the XVIIIth-Dynasty kings, the burial-places of only Thutmosis II., Tutankhamon, and Horemheb remained undiscovered, and the hopes of the excavators concentrated on these three Pharaohs.

In this condition, Mr. Davis discovered the tomb in February 1908. He had been working on the side of the valley opposite the tomb of Rameses III, where piles of debris had completely hidden the rock face. Since this was a central and promising location for a "find," there was hope that once the layer of rubbish was cleared away, the entrance to at least one royal tomb would be revealed. Out of all the XVIIIth-Dynasty kings, only the burial places of Thutmosis II, Tutankhamun, and Horemheb remained undiscovered, and the excavators focused their hopes on these three Pharaohs.

[228]After a few weeks of digging, the mouth of a large shaft cut into the limestone was cleared. This proved to lead into a small chamber half-filled with rubbish, amongst which some fine jewellery, evidently hidden here, was found. This is now well published by Mr Davis in facsimile, and further mention of it here is unnecessary. Continuing the work, it was not long before traces of another tomb became apparent, and in a few days' time we were able to look down from the surrounding mounds of rubbish upon the commencement of a rectangular cutting in the rock. The size and style of the entrance left no doubt that the work was to be dated to the end of the XVIIIth Dynasty, and the excavators were confident that the tomb of either Tutankhamon or Horemheb lay before them. Steps leading down to the entrance were presently uncovered, and finally the doorway itself was freed from débris.

[228]After a few weeks of digging, they cleared the entrance of a large shaft cut into the limestone. This led to a small chamber that was half-filled with trash, where some beautiful jewelry, clearly hidden there, was discovered. Mr. Davis has since published this well in facsimile, so there's no need to mention it further here. As the work continued, it wasn’t long before signs of another tomb became visible, and within a few days, we could look down from the surrounding piles of debris at the start of a rectangular cut in the rock. The size and style of the entrance made it clear that the work dated back to the end of the XVIIIth Dynasty, and the excavators were confident that the tomb of either Tutankhamun or Horemheb was right in front of them. Steps leading down to the entrance were soon uncovered, and eventually, the doorway itself was cleared of débris.

On one of the door-posts an inscription was now seen, written in black ink by one of the Government inspectors of B.C. 1100. This stated, that in the fourth year of an unknown king the tomb had been inspected, and had been found to be that of Horemheb.

On one of the doorposts, there was an inscription, written in black ink by one of the government inspectors from 1100 B.C. It stated that in the fourth year of an unknown king, the tomb had been inspected and was found to belong to Horemheb.

Plate 22
[Photo by Lady Glyn.
The mouth of the tomb of Horemheb at the time of its discovery. The author is seen emerging from the tomb after the first entrance had been effected. On the hillside the workmen are grouped.
Pl. xxii.

We had hoped now to pass into the tomb without further difficulty, but in this we were disappointed, for the first corridor was quite choked with the rubbish placed there by the inspectors. This corridor led down at a steep [229]angle through the limestone hillside, and, like all other parts of the tomb, it was carefully worked. It was not until two days later that enough clearing had been done to allow us to crawl in over the rubbish, which was still piled up so nearly to the roof that there was only just room to wriggle downwards over it with our backs pressing against the stone above. At the lower end of the corridor there was a flight of steps towards which the rubbish shelved, and, sliding down the slope, we were here able to stand once more. It was obvious that the tomb did not stop here, and work, therefore, had to be begun on the rubbish which choked the stairway in order to expose the entrance to further passages. A doorway soon became visible, and at last this was sufficiently cleared to permit of our crawling into the next corridor, though now we were even more closely squeezed between the roof and the débris than before.

We had hoped to enter the tomb now without any more trouble, but we were let down because the first corridor was completely blocked with debris left by the inspectors. This corridor sloped steeply through the limestone hillside, and like all other parts of the tomb, it was meticulously crafted. It wasn’t until two days later that enough clearing had been done to let us crawl in over the rubble, which was piled up almost to the ceiling, leaving just enough space to wiggle down with our backs pressing against the stone above. At the end of the corridor, there were stairs leading down, and as we slid down the slope, we were able to stand again. It was clear that the tomb didn’t end there, so we had to start clearing the debris clogging the stairway to reveal the entrance to more passages. Soon, a doorway became visible, and finally, it was cleared enough for us to crawl into the next corridor, though we were now squeezed even tighter between the roof and the debris than before.

The party which made the entrance consisted of Mr Davis; his assistant, Mr Ayrton; Mr Harold Jones; Mr Max Dalison, formerly of the Egypt Exploration Fund; and myself. Wriggling and crawling, we pushed and pulled ourselves down the sloping rubbish, until, with a rattling avalanche of small stones, we arrived at the bottom of the passage, where we scrambled to our feet at the brink of a large rectangular well, or shaft. Holding the lamps aloft, the surrounding walls were seen to be covered with wonderfully preserved [230]paintings executed on slightly raised plaster. Here Horemheb was seen standing before Isis, Osiris, Horus, and other gods; and his cartouches stood out boldly from amidst the elaborate inscriptions. The colours were extremely rich, and, though there was so much to be seen ahead, we stood there for some minutes, looking at them with a feeling much akin to awe.

The group that entered included Mr. Davis, his assistant Mr. Ayrton, Mr. Harold Jones, Mr. Max Dalison, who used to work with the Egypt Exploration Fund, and me. We wriggled and crawled, pushing and pulling ourselves down the sloping debris, until, with a rattling avalanche of small stones, we reached the bottom of the passage, where we quickly got to our feet at the edge of a large rectangular well or shaft. Holding the lamps high, we saw that the surrounding walls were covered with beautifully preserved [230]paintings done on slightly raised plaster. Here, Horemheb could be seen standing before Isis, Osiris, Horus, and other gods, with his cartouches standing out clearly among the intricate inscriptions. The colors were incredibly vibrant, and even though there was so much ahead of us to explore, we stood there for a few minutes, staring at them with a sense of wonder.

The shaft was partly filled with rubbish, and not being very deep, we were able to climb down it by means of a ladder, and up the other side to an entrance which formed a kind of window in the sheer wall. In entering a large tomb for the first time, there are one or two scenes which fix themselves upon the memory more forcefully than others, and one feels as though one might carry these impressions intact to the grave. In this tomb there was nothing so impressive as this view across the well and through the entrance in the opposite wall. At one's feet lay the dark pit; around one the gaudy paintings gleamed; and through the window-like aperture before one, a dim suggestion could be obtained of a white-pillared hall. The intense eagerness to know what was beyond, and, at the same time, the feeling that it was almost desecration to climb into those halls which had stood silent for thousands of years, cast a spell over the scene and made it unforgetable.

The shaft was partly filled with debris, and since it wasn’t very deep, we were able to climb down it using a ladder and up the other side to an entrance that looked like a window in the sheer wall. When you enter a large tomb for the first time, there are a couple of scenes that stick in your mind more than others, and it feels like you could carry these impressions with you to the grave. In this tomb, nothing was as striking as the view across the well and through the entrance in the opposite wall. At our feet lay the dark pit; around us, the vibrant paintings shone; and through the window-like opening ahead, we could glimpse a faint suggestion of a white-pillared hall. The intense curiosity about what lay beyond, combined with the feeling that it was almost sacrilegious to step into those halls that had remained silent for thousands of years, created a magical atmosphere that made it unforgettable.

This aperture had once been blocked up with stones, and the paintings had passed across it, [231]thus hiding it from view, so that a robber entering the tomb might think that it ended here. But the trick was an old one, and the plunderers had easily detected the entrance, had pulled away the blocks, and had climbed through. Following in their footsteps, we went up the ladder and passed through the entrance into the pillared hall. Parts of the roof had fallen in, and other parts appeared to be likely to do so at any moment. Clambering over the débris we descended another sloping corridor, which was entered through a cutting in the floor of the hall, originally blocked up and hidden. This brought us into a chamber covered with paintings, like those around the well; and again we were brought to a standstill by the amazingly fresh colours which arrested and held the attention.

This opening had once been sealed with stones, and the paintings had stretched across it, [231]hiding it from sight, so that a thief entering the tomb might think it ended there. But this trick was an old one, and the looters quickly found the entrance, removed the blocks, and climbed through. Following in their footsteps, we climbed the ladder and passed through the entrance into the pillared hall. Parts of the ceiling had collapsed, and other sections looked like they could fall at any moment. Climbing over the debris, we went down another sloping corridor, which was accessed through an opening in the floor of the hall, originally blocked and concealed. This led us into a chamber adorned with paintings, similar to those around the well; once again, we were stopped in our tracks by the incredibly vibrant colors that caught and held our attention.

We then passed on into the large burial-hall, the roof of which was supported by crumbling pillars. Slabs of limestone had broken off here and there and had crashed down on to the floor, bringing with them portions of the ceiling painted with a design of yellow stars on a black ground. On the walls were unfinished paintings, and it was interesting to notice that the north, south, east, and west were clearly marked upon the four walls for ceremonial purposes.

We then went into the large burial hall, where the roof was held up by crumbling pillars. Chunks of limestone had broken off here and there and had crashed down onto the floor, taking pieces of the ceiling with them that were painted with a design of yellow stars on a black background. On the walls were unfinished paintings, and it was interesting to see that north, south, east, and west were clearly marked on the four walls for ceremonial purposes.

The main feature towards which our eyes were turned was the great pink-granite sarcophagus which stood in the middle of the hall. Its sides were covered with well-cut inscriptions of a religious nature; and at the four corners there were [232]figures of Isis and Nephthys, in relief, with their wings spread out as though in protection around the body. Looking into the sarcophagus, the lid having been thrown off by the plunderers, we found it empty except for a skull and a few bones of more than one person. The sarcophagus stood upon the limestone floor, and under it small holes had been cut, in each of which a little wooden statue of a god had been placed. Thus the king's body was, so to speak, carried on the heads of the gods, and held aloft by their arms. This is a unique arrangement, and has never before been found in any burial.

The main focus of our attention was the large pink-granite sarcophagus that stood in the center of the hall. Its sides were covered with well-crafted religious inscriptions, and at each of the four corners were [232] figures of Isis and Nephthys, depicted in relief, with their wings spread wide as if protecting the body. Looking inside the sarcophagus, which had its lid removed by the looters, we discovered it empty except for a skull and some bones from more than one person. The sarcophagus rested on the limestone floor, and small holes had been cut beneath it, each holding a little wooden statue of a god. In this way, the king's body was, in a sense, supported by the gods, elevated by their arms. This is a unique setup and has never been found in any burial before.

In all directions broken figures of the gods were lying, and two defaced wooden statues of the king were overthrown beside the sarcophagus. Beautiful pieces of furniture, such as were found by Mr Davis in the tomb of Yuaa and Thuau, were not to be expected in the sepulchre of a Pharaoh; for whereas those two persons were only mortals and required mortal comforts in the Underworld, the king was a god and needed only the comfort of the presence of other gods. Dead flowers were found here and there amidst the débris, these being the remnant of the masses of garlands which were always heaped around and over the coffin.

Broken figures of the gods were scattered in every direction, and two damaged wooden statues of the king were toppled next to the sarcophagus. Beautiful pieces of furniture, like those discovered by Mr. Davis in the tomb of Yuaa and Thuau, weren't expected in the tomb of a Pharaoh; while those two individuals were just mortals needing earthly comforts in the Afterlife, the king was a god who only needed the presence of other gods. Dead flowers were found here and there among the débris, remnants of the garlands that were always piled around and over the coffin.

Peering into a little chamber on the right, we saw two skulls and some broken bones lying in the corner. These appeared to be female, and one [233]of the skulls may have been that of Mutnezem, the queen. In another small chamber on the left there was a fine painting of Osiris on the back wall; and, crouching at the foot of this, a statuette of a god with upraised hands had been placed. As we turned the corner and came upon it in the full glare of the lamps, one felt that the arms were raised in horror at sight of us, and that the god was gasping with surprise and indignation at our arrival. In the floor of another ante-chamber a square hole was cut, leading down to a small room. A block of stone had neatly fitted over the opening, thus hiding it from view; but the robbers had detected the crack, and had found the hiding-place. Here there were a skull and a few bones, again of more than one person. Altogether there must have been four bodies buried in the tomb; and it seems that the inspectors, finding them strewn in all directions, had replaced one skull in the sarcophagus, two in the side room, and one in this hiding-place, dividing up the bones between these three places as they thought fit. It may be that the king himself was buried in the underground chamber, and that the sarcophagus was a sort of blind; for he had seen the destruction caused by robbers in the tomb of Thutmosis IV., which he had restored, and he may have made this attempt to secure the safety of his own body. Whether this be so or not, however, Fate has not permitted the body of the great king to escape the [234]hands of the destroyer, and it will now never be known with certainty whether one of these four heads wore the crown of the Pharaohs.

Peering into a small room on the right, we saw two skulls and some broken bones lying in the corner. They looked like they belonged to females, and one of the skulls might have been that of Mutnezem, the queen. In another small room on the left, there was a beautiful painting of Osiris on the back wall; at the base of it, a statuette of a god with raised hands had been placed. As we turned the corner and came upon it in the full glare of the lamps, it felt like the arms were raised in horror at the sight of us, as if the god was gasping with surprise and outrage at our arrival. In the floor of another ante-chamber, a square hole was cut that led down to a small room. A block of stone was neatly fitted over the opening, hiding it from view, but the robbers had spotted the crack and found the hiding spot. Inside, there was a skull and a few bones, again from more than one person. Altogether, there must have been four bodies buried in the tomb; it seems that the inspectors, finding them scattered everywhere, had put one skull back in the sarcophagus, two in the side room, and one in this hiding place, splitting up the bones between these three locations as they thought best. It’s possible that the king himself was buried in the underground chamber, and that the sarcophagus was a cover; he had witnessed the destruction caused by robbers in the tomb of Thutmosis IV., which he had restored, and he may have made this attempt to ensure the safety of his own body. Whether this is true or not, however, Fate has not allowed the body of the great king to escape the hands of the destroyer, and it will never be known for sure whether one of these four heads wore the crown of the Pharaohs.

The temperature was very great in the tomb, and the perspiration streamed down our faces as we stood contemplating the devastation. Now the electric lamps would flash upon the gods supporting the ransacked sarcophagus, lighting for a moment their grotesque forms; now the attention would concentrate upon some wooden figure of a hippopotamus-god or cow-headed deity; and now the light would bring into prominence the great overthrown statue of the king. There is something peculiarly sensational in the examining of a tomb which has not been entered for such thousands of years, but it must be left to the imaginative reader to infuse a touch of that feeling of the dramatic into these words. It would be hopeless to attempt to put into writing those impressions which go to make the entering of a great Egyptian sepulchre so thrilling an experience: one cannot describe the silence, the echoing steps, the dark shadows, the hot, breathless air; nor tell of the sense of vast Time the penetrating of it which stirs one so deeply.

The temperature was really high in the tomb, and sweat was pouring down our faces as we stood there taking in the destruction. The electric lights would flicker on the gods holding up the looted sarcophagus, briefly illuminating their bizarre forms; then our attention would shift to some wooden figure of a hippopotamus god or cow-headed deity; and then the light would highlight the massive fallen statue of the king. There’s something uniquely thrilling about exploring a tomb that hasn’t been opened for thousands of years, but it’s up to the imaginative reader to add a bit of that dramatic feeling to these words. It would be impossible to capture in writing the impressions that make entering a grand Egyptian burial site such an exciting experience: you can’t describe the silence, the echoing footsteps, the dark shadows, the hot, stifling air; nor convey the sense of vast Time that permeates it and stirs you so deeply.

The air was too bad to permit of our remaining long so deep in the bowels of the earth; and we presently made our way through halls and corridors back to the upper world, scrambling and crashing over the débris, and squeezing ourselves through the rabbit-hole by which we had entered. [235]As we passed out of this hot, dark tomb into the brilliant sunlight and the bracing north wind, the gloomy wreck of the place was brought before the imagination with renewed force. The scattered bones, the broken statues, the dead flowers, grouped themselves in the mind into a picture of utter decay. In some of the tombs which have been opened the freshness of the objects has caused one to exclaim at the inaction of the years; but here, where vivid and well-preserved wall-paintings looked down on a jumbled collection of smashed fragments of wood and bones, one felt how hardly the Powers deal with the dead. How far away seemed the great fight between Amon and Aton; how futile the task which Horemheb accomplished so gloriously! It was all over and forgotten, and one asked oneself what it mattered whether the way was difficult or the battle slow to win. In the fourth year of the reign of Horemheb a certain harper named Neferhotep partly composed a song which was peculiarly appropriate to the tune which ran in one's head at the opening of the tomb of this Pharaoh whom the harper served—

The air was too foul for us to stay long so deep in the earth, so we made our way back through the halls and corridors to the surface, scrambling and crashing over the débris and squeezing through the rabbit hole we had entered. [235]As we emerged from that hot, dark tomb into the bright sunlight and the refreshing northern wind, the gloomy remnants of the place resurfaced vividly in our minds. The scattered bones, shattered statues, and wilted flowers formed a stark image of total decay. In some opened tombs, the freshness of the objects causes one to marvel at the years that passed in stillness; but here, where vibrant and well-preserved wall paintings looked down on a chaotic mix of broken wood and bones, it felt like the forces of fate dealt harshly with the dead. The epic struggle between Amon and Aton felt so distant; how pointless seemed the glorious achievements of Horemheb! It was all over and forgotten, leaving one to wonder what difference it made if the journey was tough or the battle slow to win. In the fourth year of Horemheb's reign, a harper named Neferhotep partially composed a song that fit perfectly with the melody playing in one’s mind at the opening of the tomb of this Pharaoh whom the harper served—

"(1.) Behold the dwellings of the dead. Their walls fall down; their place is no more: they are as though they had never existed. (2.) That which hath come into being must pass away again. The young men and maidens go to their places; the sun riseth at dawn, and setteth again in the hills of the west. Men beget and women conceive. The children, too, go to the places which are appointed for them.[236] O, then, be happy! Come, scents and perfumes are set before thee: mahu-flowers and lilies for the arms and neck of thy beloved. Come, songs and music are before thee. Set behind thee all cares; think only upon gladness, until that day cometh whereon thou shalt go down to the land which loveth silence."

"(1.) Look at the homes of the dead. Their walls have crumbled; their place is gone: it's as if they never existed. (2.) That which has come into being must eventually fade away. The young men and women go to their designated places; the sun rises in the morning and sets again in the western hills. Men father children and women give birth. The children also go to the places that are meant for them.[236] So, be happy! Come, sweet scents and perfumes are laid out for you: mahu-flowers and lilies for the arms and neck of your beloved. Come, there are songs and music waiting for you. Leave all worries behind; focus only on happiness, until that day comes when you descend to the land that loves silence."

Horemheb must often have heard this song sung in his palace at Thebes by its composer; but did he think, one wonders, that it would be the walls of his own tomb which would fall down, and his own bones which would be almost as though they had never existed?

Horemheb must have often heard this song performed in his palace at Thebes by its composer; but one wonders if he thought that it would be the walls of his own tomb that would crumble, and his own bones that would be as if they had never existed?


[237]

PART IV.

THE PRESERVATION OF THE TREASURY.

"Laugh and mock if you will at the worship of stone idols, but mark ye this, ye breakers of images, that in one regard the stone idol bears awful semblance of Deity—the unchangefulness in the midst of change—the same seeming will, and intent for ever and ever inexorable!... And we, we shall die, and Islam will wither away, and the Englishman straining far over to hold his loved India, will plant a firm foot on the banks of the Nile and sit in the seats of the Faithful, and still that sleepless rock will lie watching and watching the works of the new busy race, with those same sad earnest eyes, and the same tranquil mien everlastingly."

—Kinglake: Eothen (1844).

[239]

CHAPTER X.

THEBAN THIEVES.

Thebes was the ancient capital of Egypt, and its ruins are the most extensive in the Nile Valley. On the east bank of the river, at the modern towns of Luxor and Karnak, there are the remains of mighty temples; and on the west bank, in the neighbourhood of the village of Gurneh, tombs, mortuary chapels, and temples, literally cover the ground. The inhabitants of these three places have for generations augmented their incomes by a traffic in antiquities, and the peasants of Gurneh have, more especially, become famous as the most hardy pilferers of the tombs of their ancestors in all Egypt. In conducting this lucrative business they have lately had the misfortune to be recognised as thieves and robbers by the Government, and it is one of my duties to point this out to them. As a matter of fact they are no more thieves than you or I. It is as natural for them to scratch in the sand for antiquities as it is for us to pick flowers by the roadside: antiquities, like flowers, are the product of the soil, and it is largely because [240]the one is more rare than the other that its promiscuous appropriation has been constituted an offence. The native who is sometimes child enough to put his eyes out rather than serve in the army, who will often suffer all manner of wrongs rather than carry his case to the local courts, and who will hide his money under his bed rather than trust it to the safest bank, is not likely to be intelligent enough to realise that, on scientific grounds, he is committing a crime in digging for scarabs. He is beginning to understand that in the eyes of the law he is a criminal, but he has not yet learnt so to regard himself. I here name him thief, for officially that is his designation; but there is no sting in the word, nor is any insult intended. By all cultured persons the robbery of antiquities must be regarded as a grave offence, and one which has to be checked. But the point is ethical; and what has the Theban to do with ethics? The robbery of antiquities is carried out in many different ways and from many different motives. Sometimes it is romantic treasure hunting that the official has to deal with; sometimes it is adventurous robbery with violence; sometimes it is the taking advantage of chance discoveries; sometimes it is the pilfering of objects found in authorised excavations; and sometimes it is the stealing of fragments smashed from the walls of the ancient monuments. All these forms of robbery, except the last, may call for the sympathy of every [241]reader of these lines who happens not to have cultivated that vaguely defined "archæological sense" which is, practically, the product of this present generation alone; and in the instances which are here to be given the point of view of the "Theban thief" will be readily appreciated.

Thebes was the ancient capital of Egypt, and its ruins are the largest in the Nile Valley. On the east bank of the river, near the modern towns of Luxor and Karnak, you can find the remains of grand temples; and on the west bank, around the village of Gurneh, tombs, mortuary chapels, and temples are literally everywhere. The people in these three areas have increased their incomes for generations through trading in antiquities, and the villagers of Gurneh have particularly gained a reputation as the most daring tomb raiders in all of Egypt. Recently, in their pursuit of this profitable business, they've unfortunately been labeled as thieves and robbers by the government, and it’s one of my responsibilities to point this out to them. In reality, they aren’t any more thieves than you or I. It's as natural for them to dig in the sand for artifacts as it is for us to pick flowers by the roadside: artifacts, like flowers, come from the earth, and it's mainly because one is rarer than the other that taking them has been deemed a crime. The native who sometimes stubbornly refuses to serve in the army, who will often endure many injustices rather than take his case to local courts, and who will hide his money under his bed instead of trusting it to the safest bank, is not likely to be savvy enough to understand that, on scientific grounds, he is committing a crime by searching for scarabs. He is starting to realize that, in the eyes of the law, he is considered a criminal, but he hasn’t learned to see himself that way yet. I call him a thief, for that is his official label; but the term has no bite, nor is any offense intended. All educated people should view the theft of antiquities as a serious crime that needs to be addressed. But the issue is ethical; and what does the Theban care about ethics? The theft of antiquities happens in many ways and for various reasons. Sometimes it involves romantic treasure hunting that officials have to manage; other times it’s aggressive robbery with violence; occasionally it’s opportunistic discoveries; sometimes it involves stealing items found during authorized excavations; and other times it’s the looting of fragments broken from the walls of ancient monuments. All these forms of theft, except the last, might evoke sympathy from every reader of these lines who hasn’t developed that somewhat undefined "archaeological sense" that is practically a product of our current generation; and in the cases presented here, the perspective of the "Theban thief" will be easily understood.

Plate 23
[Photo by E. Bird.
A modern Theban Fellah-woman and her child.
Pl. 23.

Treasure hunting is a relic of childhood that remains, like all other forms of romance and adventure, a permanently youthful feature in our worn old hearts. It has been drilled into us by the tales of our boyhood, and, in later life, it has become part of that universal desire to get something for nothing which lies behind our most honest efforts to obtain the goods of this world. Who has not desired the hidden wealth of the late Captain Kidd, or coveted the lost treasure of the Incas? I recently wrote an article which was entitled "Excavations in Egypt," but the editor of the magazine in which it appeared hastily altered these words to "Treasure Hunting in Egypt," and thereby commanded the attention of twice the number of readers. Can we wonder, then, that this form of adventure is so often met with in Egypt, the land of hidden treasure? The Department of Antiquities has lately published a collection of mediæval traditions with regard to this subject, which is known as the Book of the Pearl. In it one is told the exact places where excavations should be made to lay bare the wealth of the ancients. "Go to such and such a spot," says this curious book, "and dig [242]to the depth of so many cubits, and you will find a trap-door; descend through this and you will find a chamber wherein are forty jars filled with gold. Take what you want, and give thanks to God." Many of the sites referred to have been literally hacked out of all recognition by the picks and spades of thousands of gold-seekers; and it may be that sometimes their efforts have been rewarded, since a certain amount of genuine information is embodied in the traditions. Sir Gaston Maspero, the Director-General of the Department of Antiquities, tells a story of how a native came to him asking permission to excavate at a certain spot where he believed treasure to be hidden. Sir Gaston accompanied him to the place, and a tunnel was bored into what appeared to be virgin sand and rock. At the end of the first day's work the futility of his labours was pointed out to the man, but he was not to be daunted. For two more days he stood watching the work from morn to nightfall with hope burning in his eyes, and on the following morning his reward came. Suddenly the ground gave way before the picks of the workmen, and a hole was seen leading into a forgotten cave. In this cave the implements of mediæval coiners were discovered, and an amount of metal, false and true, was found which had been used by them in the process of their business.

Treasure hunting is a childhood memory that lingers, like all other forms of romance and adventure, as a permanently youthful aspect of our worn hearts. It's been instilled in us by the stories of our youth, and in adulthood, it becomes part of that universal desire to get something for nothing, which drives our most sincere efforts to attain the material things in this world. Who hasn’t dreamed of the hidden riches of the late Captain Kidd or wished for the lost treasure of the Incas? I recently wrote an article titled "Excavations in Egypt," but the editor of the magazine quickly changed it to "Treasure Hunting in Egypt," which dramatically increased the number of readers. Is it any wonder that this kind of adventure is so prevalent in Egypt, the land of hidden treasures? The Department of Antiquities has recently published a collection of medieval legends on this topic, known as the Book of the Pearl. It details the exact locations to dig to uncover the wealth of the ancients. "Go to this spot," says this intriguing book, "dig down to a certain depth, and you will find a trap door; go down through this, and you will discover a chamber with forty jars full of gold. Take what you want and give thanks to God." Many of the sites mentioned have been thoroughly wrecked by the picks and shovels of countless treasure hunters, and it's possible that some of their efforts have been rewarded, as there is a certain amount of genuine information contained in the legends. Sir Gaston Maspero, the Director-General of the Department of Antiquities, shares a story about a local who asked for permission to dig at a spot where he believed treasure might be hidden. Sir Gaston joined him at the location, and a tunnel was dug into what seemed to be untouched sand and rock. At the end of the first day, the futility of their efforts was pointed out to the man, but he refused to be discouraged. For two more days, he watched the work from dawn until dusk, hope shining in his eyes, and the following morning, his perseverance paid off. Suddenly, the ground collapsed before the workers' picks, revealing a hole that led into a long-forgotten cave. Inside this cave, the tools of medieval coin makers were found, along with a mix of genuine and counterfeit metal they had used in their trade.

A short time ago a man applied for permission to perform a similar kind of excavation at a place [243]called Nag Hamadi, and in my absence permission was given him. On my return the following report was submitted: "... Having reached the spot indicated the man started to blow the stones by means of the Denamits. Also he slaught a lamb, thinking that there is a treasure, and that when the lamb being slaught he will discover it at once." In plainer English, the man had blown up the rocks with dynamite, and had attempted to further his efforts by sacrificing a lamb to the djin who guarded the treasure. The djin, however, was not thus to be propitiated, and the gold of the Pharaohs was never found. More recently the watchmen of the famous temple of Dêr el Bahri found themselves in trouble owing to the discovery that part of the ancient pavement showed signs of having been raised, stone by stone, in order that the ground below might be searched for the treasure which a tradition, such as those in the Book of the Pearl, had reported as lying hid there.

Not long ago, a man requested permission to dig at a location called Nag Hamadi, and while I was away, he was granted that permission. Upon my return, I received the following report: "... After reaching the designated area, the man began to blow up the stones using dynamite. He also sacrificed a lamb, believing that by doing so he would immediately uncover treasure." In simpler terms, the man used dynamite to blast the rocks and tried to enhance his chances by sacrificing a lamb to the spirit guarding the treasure. However, the spirit was not so easily appeased, and the gold of the Pharaohs was never found. More recently, the guards at the famous temple of Dêr el Bahri got into trouble when it was discovered that part of the ancient pavement had been systematically removed, stone by stone, in search of the treasure believed to be hidden there, as traditions like those in the Book of the Pearl had suggested.

Almost as romantic as treasure hunting is robbery with violence. We all remember our boyhood's fascination for piracy, smuggling, and the profession of Dick Turpin; and to the Theban peasant, who is essentially youthful in his ideas, this form of fortune hunting has irresistible attractions. When a new tomb is discovered by authorised archæologists, especially when it is situated in some remote spot such as the Valley of the Kings, there is always some fear of an [244]armed raid; and police guard the spot night and day until the antiquities have been removed to Cairo. The workmen who have been employed in the excavation return to their homes with wonderful tales of the wealth which the tomb contains, and in the evening the discovery is discussed by the women at the well where the water is drawn for the village, with the result that it very soon assumes prodigious proportions, inflaming the minds of all men with the greed of gold. Visitors often ask why it is that the mummies of the Pharaohs are not left to lie each in its own tomb; and it is argued that they look neither congruous nor dignified in the glass cases of the museum. The answer is obvious to all who know the country: put them back in their tombs, and, without continuous police protection, they will be broken into fragments by robbers, bolts and bars notwithstanding. The experiment of leaving the mummy and some of the antiquities in situ has only once been tried, and it has not been a complete success. It was done in the case of the tomb of Amenhotep II. at Thebes, the mummy being laid in its original sarcophagus; and a model boat, used in one of the funeral ceremonies, was left in the tomb. One night the six watchmen who were in charge of the royal tombs stated that they had been attacked by an armed force; the tomb in question was seen to have been entered, the iron doors having been forced. The mummy of the Pharaoh was found lying upon [245]the floor of the burial-hall, its chest smashed in; and the boat had disappeared, nor has it since been recovered. The watchmen showed signs of having put up something of a fight, their clothes being riddled with bullet-holes; but here and there the cloth looked much as though it had been singed, which suggested, as did other evidence, that they themselves had fired the guns and had acted the struggle. The truth of the matter will never be known, but its lesson is obvious. The mummy was put back into its sarcophagus, and there it has remained secure ever since; but one never knows how soon it will be dragged forth once more to be searched for the gold with which every native thinks it is stuffed.

Almost as romantic as treasure hunting is robbery with violence. We all remember our childhood fascination with piracy, smuggling, and the career of Dick Turpin; and to the Theban peasant, who is fundamentally youthful in his ideas, this kind of fortune hunting holds irresistible appeal. When a new tomb is discovered by authorized archaeologists, especially when it’s located in a remote area like the Valley of the Kings, there’s always a concern about an armed raid; police guard the site day and night until the antiquities have been transported to Cairo. The workers who have been involved in the excavation return home with incredible stories about the wealth contained in the tomb, and in the evening, the women discuss the discovery at the well where they draw water for the village, leading it to quickly grow into something monumental, stirring the greed for gold in all the men. Visitors often ask why the mummies of the Pharaohs aren’t left in their tombs; it’s suggested that they look neither fitting nor dignified in the glass cases of a museum. The answer is clear to anyone familiar with the area: put them back in their tombs, and without constant police protection, they will be smashed to pieces by robbers, bars and bolts notwithstanding. The experiment of leaving the mummy and some antiques in place has only been attempted once, and it wasn’t entirely successful. This occurred with the tomb of Amenhotep II at Thebes, where the mummy was placed in its original sarcophagus, and a model boat used in one of the funeral ceremonies was left inside. One night, the six guards responsible for the royal tombs reported that they had been attacked by an armed group; the tomb was found to have been entered, with the iron doors forced open. The Pharaoh’s mummy was discovered lying on the floor of the burial hall, its chest smashed in, and the boat had vanished, never to be recovered. The guards showed signs of having fought back, their clothes riddled with bullet holes; yet some of the fabric seemed singed, suggesting, along with other evidence, that they might have fired the guns themselves and staged the struggle. The truth will never be fully known, but the lesson is clear. The mummy was placed back in its sarcophagus, where it has remained safe ever since; however, one can never tell when it might be pulled out again in search of the gold everyone believes it contains.

Some years ago an armed gang walked off with a complete series of mortuary reliefs belonging to a tomb at Sakkârah. They came by night, overpowered the watchmen, loaded the blocks of stone on to camels, and disappeared into the darkness. Sometimes it is an entire cemetery that is attacked; and, if it happens to be situated some miles from the nearest police-station, a good deal of work can be done before the authorities get wind of the affair. Last winter six hundred men set to work upon a patch of desert ground where a tomb had been accidently found, and, ere I received the news, they had robbed a score of little graves, many of which must have contained objects purchasable by the dealers in [246]antiquities for quite large sums of money. At Abydos a tomb which we had just discovered was raided by the villagers, and we only regained possession of it after a rapid exchange of shots, one of which came near ending a career whose continuance had been, since birth, a matter of great importance to myself. But how amusing the adventure must have been for the raiders!

Some years ago, an armed gang stole a complete series of mortuary reliefs from a tomb at Sakkârah. They came at night, overpowered the guards, loaded the stone blocks onto camels, and disappeared into the darkness. Sometimes an entire cemetery is targeted; if it happens to be several miles from the nearest police station, a lot can happen before the authorities catch on. Last winter, six hundred men started working on a patch of desert where a tomb had been accidentally found, and by the time I got the news, they had robbed several small graves, many of which must have had items that could sell for quite a lot to antiquities dealers. At Abydos, a tomb we had just discovered was looted by villagers, and we only got it back after a quick exchange of gunfire, one shot nearly ending what had been, since birth, a very important career for me. But what an amusing adventure it must have been for the thieves!

The appropriation of treasure-trove come upon by chance, or the digging out of graves accidentally discovered, is a very natural form of robbery for the natives to indulge in, and one which commends itself to the sympathies of all those not actively concerned in its suppression. There are very few persons even in western countries who would be willing to hand over to the Government a hoard of gold discovered in their own back garden. In Egypt the law is that the treasure-trove thus discovered belongs to the owner of the property; and thus there is always a certain amount of excavation going on behind the walls of the houses. It is also the law that the peasants may carry away the accumulated rubbish on the upper layers of ancient town sites, in order to use it as a fertiliser for their crops, since it contains valuable phosphates. This work is supervised by watchmen, but this does not prevent the stealing of almost all the antiquities which are found. As illegal excavators these sebakhîn, or manure-diggers, are the worst offenders, for they search for the phosphates in [247]all manner of places, and are constantly coming upon tombs or ruins which they promptly clear of their contents. One sees them driving their donkeys along the roads, each laden with a sack of manure, and it is certain that some of these sacks contain antiquities. In Thebes many of the natives live inside the tombs of the ancient nobles, these generally consisting of two or three rock-hewn halls from which a tunnel leads down to the burial-chamber. Generally this tunnel is choked with débris, and the owner of the house will perhaps come upon it by chance, and will dig it out, in the vain hope that earlier plunderers have left some of the antiquities undisturbed. It recently happened that an entire family was asphyxiated while attempting to penetrate into a newly discovered tunnel, each member entering to ascertain the fate of the previous explorer, and each being overcome by the gases. On one occasion I was asked by a native to accompany him down a tunnel, the entrance of which was in his stable, in order to view a sarcophagus which lay at the bottom. We each took a candle, and, crouching down to avoid the low roof, we descended the narrow, winding passage, the loose stones sliding beneath our feet. The air was very foul; and below us there was the thunderous roar of thousands of wings beating through the echoing passage—the wings of evil-smelling bats. Presently we reached this uncomfortable zone. So thickly did [248]the bats hang from the ceiling that the rock itself seemed to be black; but as we advanced, and the creatures took to their wings, this black covering appeared to peel off the rock. During the entire descent this curious spectacle of regularly receding blackness and advancing grey was to be seen a yard or so in front of us. The roar of wings was now deafening, for the space into which we were driving the bats was very confined. My guide shouted to me that we must let them pass out of the tomb over our heads. We therefore crouched down, and a few stones were flung into the darkness ahead. Then, with a roar and a rush of air, they came, bumping into us, entangling themselves in our clothes, slapping our faces and hands with their unwholesome wings, and clinging to our fingers. At last the thunder died away in the passage behind us, and we were able to advance more easily, though the ground was alive with the bats maimed in the frantic flight which had taken place, floundering out of our way and squeaking shrilly. The sarcophagus proved to be of no interest, so the encounter with the bats was to no purpose.

The discovery of treasure found by chance or accidentally digging up graves is a very natural kind of theft for locals to get involved in, and it resonates with the sympathy of anyone not actively trying to stop it. Very few people, even in western countries, would willingly hand over a stash of gold they found in their own backyard. In Egypt, the law states that treasure discovered this way belongs to the property owner, which means there's always some digging happening behind the walls of houses. The law also allows peasants to take away the accumulated debris from the upper layers of ancient town sites to use as fertilizer for their crops since it contains valuable phosphates. This work is monitored by guards, but that doesn’t stop the theft of almost all antiquities found. The worst offenders are the illegal excavators known as sebakhîn, or manure-diggers, who look for phosphates in all sorts of places and frequently come across tombs or ruins, emptying them of their contents. You can see them driving their donkeys along the roads, each loaded with a sack of manure, and it's likely that some of those sacks have antiquities inside. In Thebes, many locals live inside the tombs of ancient nobles, which typically consist of two or three rock-hewn halls connected to a burial chamber by a tunnel. Often this tunnel is blocked with débris, and the homeowner might stumble upon it by chance, digging it out in the hope that earlier thieves left some relics untouched. Recently, an entire family was suffocated trying to explore a newly discovered tunnel, with each member entering to see what happened to the previous one, only to be overwhelmed by gases. Once, a local asked me to join him down a tunnel that started in his stable to see a sarcophagus at the bottom. We each took a candle and crouched to navigate the narrow, winding passage, as loose stones slipped under our feet. The air was foul; below us was the deafening sound of thousands of wings flapping through the echoing tunnel—the wings of foul-smelling bats. Eventually, we encountered this uncomfortable area, where the bats hung from the ceiling so thickly that the rock appeared black. As we moved forward and the bats took to the air, the darkness seemed to peel away from the rock. Throughout our descent, this strange sight of receding blackness and advancing gray was visible a few feet ahead of us. The noise of wings became overwhelming since the space we were pushing the bats into was very tight. My guide shouted that we needed to let them pass out of the tomb above us, so we crouched down, and a few stones were tossed into the darkness ahead. Then, with a rush and a bang, they came, colliding with us, getting tangled in our clothes, slapping our faces and hands with their gross wings, and grabbing onto our fingers. Finally, the noise faded behind us, and we could move forward more easily, although the ground was filled with injured bats flailing out of our way and squeaking loudly. The sarcophagus turned out to be unremarkable, making the encounter with the bats pointless.

The pilfering of antiquities found during the course of authorised excavations is one of the most common forms of robbery. The overseer cannot always watch the workmen sufficiently closely to prevent them pocketing the small objects which they find, and it is an easy matter to carry off the stolen goods, even though the men [249]are searched at the end of the day. A little girl minding her father's sheep and goats in the neighbourhood of the excavations, and apparently occupying her hands with the spinning of flax, is perhaps the receiver of the objects. Thus it is more profitable to dig for antiquities even in authorised excavations than to work the water-hoist, which is one of the usual occupations of the peasant. Pulling the hoisting-pole down, and swinging it up again with its load of water many thousands of times in the day, is monotonous work; whereas digging in the ground, with the eyes keenly watching for the appearance of antiquities, is always interesting and exciting. And why should the digger refrain from appropriating the objects which his pick reveals? If he does not make use of his opportunities and carry off the antiquities, the western director of the works will take them to his own country and sell them for his own profit. All natives believe that the archæologists work for the purpose of making money. Speaking of Professor Flinders Petrie, a peasant said to me the other day: "He has worked five-and-twenty years now; he must be very rich." He would never believe that the antiquities were given to museums without any payment being made to the finder.

The stealing of ancient artifacts during authorized digs is one of the most common types of theft. The supervisor can't always keep a close eye on the workers to stop them from pocketing small items they find, and it’s easy to sneak off with the stolen goods, even if the guys are searched at the end of the day. A little girl watching her father's sheep and goats near the dig site, seemingly busy with spinning flax, could be the one receiving those items. So, it’s often more beneficial to dig for antiques, even in authorized excavations, than to work the water-hoist, which is a typical job for a peasant. Pulling the hoisting pole down and swinging it up again with a load of water thousands of times a day is tedious; meanwhile, digging in the ground, with a sharp lookout for any signs of antiquities, is always engaging and thrilling. And why should the digger resist keeping the items his pick uncovers? If he doesn’t take advantage of his chances and walk off with the artifacts, the western project director will take them back to his own country and sell them for his own gain. All the locals believe that the archaeologists are just in it for the money. Talking about Professor Flinders Petrie, a peasant recently told me, “He has been working for twenty-five years now; he must be very rich.” He would never believe that the artifacts are given to museums without any payment to the person who found them.

The stealing of fragments broken out of the walls of "show" monuments is almost the only form of robbery which will receive general condemnation. That this vandalism is also distasteful [250]to the natives themselves is shown by the fact that several better-class Egyptians living in the neighbourhood of Thebes subscribed, at my invitation, the sum of £50 for the protection of certain beautiful tombs. When they were shown the works undertaken with their money, they expressed themselves as being "pleased with the delicate inscriptions in the tombs, but very awfully angry at the damage which the devils of ignorant people had made." A native of moderate intelligence can quite appreciate the argument that whereas the continuous warfare between the agents of the Department of Antiquities and the illegal excavators of small graves is what might be called an honourable game, the smashing of public monuments cannot be called fair-play from whatever point of view the matter is approached. Often revenge or spite is the cause of this damage. It is sometimes necessary to act with severity to the peasants who infringe the rules of the Department, but a serious danger lies in such action, for it is the nature of the Thebans to revenge themselves not on the official directly but on the monuments which he is known to love. Two years ago a native illegally built himself a house on Government ground, and I was obliged to go through the formality of pulling it down, which I did by obliging him to remove a few layers of brickwork around the walls. A short time afterwards a famous tomb was broken into and a part of the paintings [251]destroyed; and there was enough evidence to show that the owner of this house was the culprit, though unfortunately he could not be convicted. One man actually had the audacity to warn me that any severity on my part would be met by destruction of monuments. Under these circumstances an official finds himself in a dilemma. If he maintains the dignity and prestige of his Department by punishing any offences against it, he endangers the very objects for the care of which he is responsible; and it is hard to say whether under a lax or a severe administration the more damage would be done.

Stealing fragments from the walls of "show" monuments is nearly the only type of robbery that gets widespread disapproval. The fact that this vandalism is also unappealing to the local people is evident as several respectable Egyptians living near Thebes donated £50 at my request for the protection of certain beautiful tombs. When they saw the work done with their money, they said they were "pleased with the delicate inscriptions in the tombs, but very, very angry at the damage caused by ignorant people." A person of average intelligence can easily understand that while the ongoing conflict between the Department of Antiquities and those illegally digging small graves might be seen as an honorable struggle, the destruction of public monuments can't be called fair play from any perspective. Often, revenge or spite drives this damage. Sometimes it's necessary to take strict action against peasants who break the Department's rules, but that carries serious risks because Thebans tend to take their revenge not directly on the official, but on the monuments he is known to cherish. Two years ago, a local illegally built a house on government land, and I had to go through the process of having it demolished. I did this by making him remove some layers of bricks around the walls. Shortly after, a famous tomb was broken into, and part of the paintings was destroyed; there was enough evidence to indicate that the house owner was responsible, though unfortunately, he couldn't be convicted. One man even had the nerve to warn me that if I acted harshly, monuments would be destroyed in retaliation. In such situations, an official finds himself in a tough spot. If he upholds the dignity and respect of his Department by punishing offenses, he puts the very objects he's responsible for at risk; it's difficult to determine whether more damage would occur under a lenient or strict administration.

Plate 24
[Photo by E. Bird.
A modern Gournawi beggar.
Pl. 24.

The produce of these various forms of robbery is easily disposed of. When once the antiquities have passed into the hands of the dealers there is little chance of further trouble. The dealer can always say that he came into possession of an object years ago, before the antiquity laws were made, and it is almost impossible to prove that he did not. You may have the body of a statue and he the head: he can always damage the line of the breakage, and say that the head does not belong to that statue, or, if the connection is too obvious, he can say that he found the head while excavating twenty years ago on the site where now you have found the body. Nor is it desirable to bring an action against the man in a case of this kind, for it might go against the official. Dealing in antiquities is regarded as a perfectly honourable business. The official, crawling [252]about the desert on his stomach in the bitter cold of a winter's night in order to hold up a convoy of stolen antiquities, may use hard language in regard to the trade, but he cannot say that it is pernicious as long as it is confined to minor objects. How many objects of value to science would be destroyed by their finders if there was no market to take them to! One of the Theban dealers leads so holy a life that he will assuredly be regarded as a saint by future generations.

The products of these various types of theft are easily sold. Once the antiquities have ended up in the hands of dealers, there's little chance of any further issues. The dealer can always claim that he acquired an item years ago, before any antiquity laws were established, and it's nearly impossible to prove otherwise. You might have the body of a statue while he has the head: he can always obscure the break line and say that the head doesn’t belong to that statue, or, if the connection is too clear, he can say that he found the head while digging twenty years ago at the same site where you discovered the body. It's also not wise to take legal action against someone in this situation, as it could backfire on the official. Selling antiquities is seen as a perfectly respectable business. An official, crawling through the desert on his stomach in the bitter cold of a winter night to intercept a convoy of stolen antiquities, might use harsh words about the trade, but he can’t call it harmful as long as it involves only minor items. How many scientifically valuable objects would be destroyed by their finders if there were no market for them! One of the Theban dealers lives such a pious life that future generations are sure to consider him a saint.

The sale of small antiquities to tourists on the public roads is prohibited, except at certain places, but of course it can be done with impunity by the exercise of a little care. Men and boys and even little girls as they pass will stare at you with studying eyes, and if you seem to be a likely purchaser, they will draw from the folds of their garments some little object which they will offer for sale. Along the road in the glory of the setting sun there will come as fine a young man as you will see on a day's march. Surely he is bent on some noble mission: what lofty thoughts are occupying his mind, you wonder. But as you pass, out comes the scarab from his pocket, and he shouts, "Wanty scarab, mister?—two shillin'," while you ride on your way a greater cynic than before.

The sale of small antiques to tourists on public roads is banned, except in certain areas, but of course it can be done without consequence with a bit of caution. Men, boys, and even little girls will gaze at you with curious eyes as you walk by, and if you look like a potential buyer, they will pull some small item from their clothes to sell you. Along the road, in the glow of the setting sun, a striking young man will appear, as fine a figure as you'll see in a day's walk. Surely he has some noble purpose: you wonder what lofty thoughts fill his mind. But as you pass, he pulls a scarab from his pocket and calls out, “Want a scarab, mister?—two shillings,” leaving you feeling more cynical than before as you continue on your way.

Some years ago a large inscribed stone was stolen from a certain temple, and was promptly sold to a man who sometimes traded in such objects. [253]This man carried the stone, hidden in a sack of grain, to the house of a friend, and having deposited it in a place of hiding, he tramped home, with his stick across his shoulders, in an attitude of deep unconcern. An enemy of his, however, had watched him, and promptly gave information. Acting on this the police set out to search the house. When we reached the entrance we were met by the owner, and a warrant was shown to him. A heated argument followed, at the end of which the infuriated man waved us in with a magnificent and most dramatic gesture. There were some twenty rooms in the house, and the stifling heat of a July noon made the task none too enjoyable. The police inspector was extremely thorough in his work, and an hour had passed before three rooms had been searched. He looked into the cupboards, went down on his knees to peer into the ovens, stood on tiptoe to search the fragile wooden shelves (it was a heavy stone which we were looking for), hunted under the mats, and even peeped into a little tobacco-tin. In one of the rooms there were three or four beds arranged along the middle of the floor. The inspector pulled off the mattresses, and out from under each there leapt a dozen rats, which, if I may be believed, made for the walls and ran straight up them, disappearing in the rafter-holes at the top. The sight of countless rats hurrying up perpendicular walls may be familiar to some people, but I venture to call it an amazing spectacle, [254]worthy of record. Then came the opening of one or two travelling-trunks. The inspector ran his hand through the clothes which lay therein, and out jumped a few more rats, which likewise went up the walls. The searching of the remaining rooms carried us well through the afternoon; and at last, hot and weary, we decided to abandon the hunt. Two nights later a man was seen walking away from the house with a heavy sack on his back; and the stone is now, no doubt, in the Western hemisphere.

Some years ago, a large inscribed stone was stolen from a temple and quickly sold to a guy who sometimes dealt in such items. [253]This guy hid the stone in a sack of grain and took it to a friend's house. After stashing it away, he casually walked home with a stick over his shoulders, looking completely unconcerned. However, an enemy of his had been watching and promptly tipped off the authorities. Acting on this information, the police went to search the house. When we arrived at the entrance, the owner met us, and we showed him a warrant. A heated argument ensued, and after a while, the furious man dramatically waved us inside. The house had about twenty rooms, and the sweltering heat of a July afternoon made our task unpleasant. The police inspector was extremely thorough, and after an hour, we had searched only three rooms. He checked the cupboards, knelt down to look in the ovens, stood on tiptoe to search the fragile wooden shelves (we were looking for a heavy stone), peered under the mats, and even looked inside a small tobacco tin. In one of the rooms, there were three or four beds lined up in the middle of the floor. The inspector removed the mattresses, and out from under each one jumped a dozen rats, which, believe it or not, raced for the walls and scurried straight up them, disappearing into the rafter holes above. The sight of so many rats climbing up vertical walls might be familiar to some, but I still find it an astonishing spectacle, [254]worthy of note. Then we started opening a few travel trunks. The inspector sifted through the clothes inside, and a few more rats leaped out, running up the walls just like the others. Searching the remaining rooms took us well into the afternoon, and finally, hot and tired, we decided to call off the search. Two nights later, a man was spotted leaving the house with a heavy sack on his back, and the stone is likely now in the Western hemisphere.

The attempt to regain a lost antiquity is seldom crowned with success. It is so extremely difficult to obtain reliable information; and as soon as a man is suspected his enemies will rush in with accusations. Thirty-eight separate accusations were sent in against a certain head-watchman during the first days after the fact had leaked out that he was under suspicion. Not one of them could be shown to be true. Sometimes one man will bring a charge against another for the betterment of his own interests. Here is a letter from a watchman who had resigned, but wished to rejoin, "To his Exec. Chief Dircoter of the tembels. I have honner to inform that I am your servant X, watchman on the tembels before this time. Sir from one year ago I work in the Santruple (?) as a watchman about four years ago. And I not make anything wrong and your Exec. know me. Now I want to work in my place in the tembel, because the man which in it he not [255]attintive to His, but alway he in the coffee.... He also steal the scribed stones. Please give your order to point me again. Your servant, X." "The coffee" is, of course, the café which adjoins the temple.

The attempt to regain a lost past rarely ends in success. It's incredibly hard to get reliable information, and as soon as someone is suspected, their enemies will jump in with accusations. Thirty-eight separate accusations were made against a certain head watchman in the days following the leak that he was suspected. Not one of them could be proven true. Sometimes one person will accuse another to benefit their own interests. Here’s a letter from a watchman who had resigned but wanted to return: "To his Executive Chief Director of the temples. I am honored to inform you that I am your servant X, watchman of the temples previously. Sir, for one year I have worked in the Santruple (?) as a watchman for about four years. I have not done anything wrong, and your Executive knows me. Now I wish to work in my position in the temple because the person currently in it is not attentive to his duties; he is always in the coffee shop... He also steals the scribed stones. Please give your order to appoint me again. Your servant, X." "The coffee" refers to the café that is next to the temple.

A short time ago a young man came to me with an accusation against his own father, who, he said, had stolen a statuette. The tale which he told was circumstantial, but it was hotly denied by his infuriated parent. He looked, however, a trifle more honest than his father, and when a younger brother was brought in as witness, one felt that the guilt of the old man would be the probable finding. The boy stared steadfastly at the ground for some moments, however, and then launched out into an elaborate explanation of the whole affair. He said that he asked his father to lend him four pounds, but the father had refused. The son insisted that that sum was due to him as his share in some transaction, and pointed out that though he only asked for it as a loan, he had in reality a claim to it. The old man refused to hand it over, and the son, therefore, waited his opportunity and stole it from his house, carrying it off triumphantly to his own establishment. Here he gave it into the charge of his young wife, and went about his business. The father, however, guessed where the money had gone; and while his son was out, invaded his house, beat his daughter-in-law on the soles of her feet until she confessed where the money was hidden, [256]and then, having obtained it, returned to his home. When the son came back to his house he learnt what had happened, and, out of spite, at once invented the accusation which he had brought to me. This story appeared to be true in so far as the quarrel over the money was concerned, but that the accusation was invented proved to be untrue.

Not long ago, a young man came to me with a serious claim against his father, whom he said had stolen a statuette. His story had a lot of details, but his angry father denied it vehemently. However, the son seemed a bit more trustworthy than his dad, and when his younger brother was brought in as a witness, it seemed likely that the father would be found guilty. The boy stared at the ground for a few moments before launching into a detailed explanation of what happened. He said he had asked his dad to lend him four pounds, but his father had refused. The son insisted that amount was owed to him as part of some deal, and noted that even though he only asked for it as a loan, he really had a right to it. The father wouldn’t give him the money, so the son waited for his chance and stole it from the house, triumphantly taking it to his own place. There, he handed it over to his young wife and went about his day. The father, though, figured out where the money had gone. While his son was out, he broke into the son's house, beat his daughter-in-law on the soles of her feet until she confessed where the money was hidden, [256] and then, after getting it back, returned home. When the son returned, he found out what had happened and, out of spite, immediately invented the accusation he had brought to me. This story seemed truthful regarding the argument over the money, but it turned out that the accusation was indeed made up.

Sometimes the peasants have such honest faces that it is difficult to believe that they are guilty of deceit. A lady came to the camp of a certain party of excavators at Thebes, holding in her hand a scarab. "Do tell me," she said to one of the archæologists, "whether this scarab is genuine. I am sure it must be, for I bought it from a boy who assured me that he had stolen it from your excavations, and he looked such an honest and truthful little fellow."

Sometimes the peasants have such honest faces that it's hard to believe they would lie. A woman visited the camp of a group of excavators at Thebes, holding a scarab in her hand. "Can you tell me," she asked one of the archaeologists, "if this scarab is real? I'm sure it must be because I bought it from a boy who told me he stole it from your dig, and he seemed like such an honest and sincere little guy."

In order to check pilfering in a certain excavation in which I was assisting we made a rule that the selected workmen should not be allowed to put unselected substitutes in their place. One day I came upon a man whose appearance did not seem familiar, although his back was turned to me. I asked him who he was, whereupon he turned upon me a countenance which might have served for the model of a painting of St John, and in a low, sweet-voice he told me of the illness of the real workman, and of how he had taken over the work in order to obtain money for the purchase of medicine for him, they being friends from their youth up. I sent him away and told him [257]to call for any medicine he might want that evening. I did not see him again until about a week later, when I happened to meet him in the village with a policeman on either side of him, from one of whom I learned that he was a well-known thief. Thus is one deceived even in the case of real criminals: how then can one expect to get at the truth when the crime committed is so light an affair as the stealing of an antiquity?

To prevent theft at a dig I was helping with, we made a rule that selected workers couldn't substitute anyone else in their place. One day, I came across a guy who looked unfamiliar even though his back was to me. I asked him who he was, and he turned around with a face that could have been a model for a painting of St. John. In a soft, sweet voice, he told me that the real worker was sick and that he had taken over the job to earn money for his friend's medicine, as they had been friends since childhood. I sent him away and told him to pick up any medicine he needed that evening. I didn’t see him again until about a week later when I ran into him in the village, flanked by two policemen. From one of them, I learned he was a well-known thief. This shows how easily one can be deceived, even by real criminals; how can we expect to uncover the truth when the crime is something as minor as stealing an antique?

The following is a letter received from one of the greatest thieves in Thebes, who is now serving a term of imprisonment in the provincial gaol:—

The following is a letter received from one of the biggest thieves in Thebes, who is currently serving a prison sentence in the local jail:—

"SIR GENERAL INSPECTOR,—I offer this application stating that I am from the natives of Gurneh, saying the following:—

"SIR GENERAL INSPECTOR,—I submit this application to inform you that I am from the natives of Gurneh, stating the following:"

'On Saturday last I came to your office and have been told that my family using the sate to strengthen against the Department. The result of this talking that all these things which somebody pretends are not the fact. In fact I am taking great care of the antiquities for the purpose of my living matter. Accordingly, I wish to be appointed in the vacant of watching to the antiquities in my village and promise myself that if anything happens I do hold myself resposible.'"

'Last Saturday, I came to your office and was told that my family was using the state to strengthen their position against the Department. As a result of this conversation, people are claiming things that are not true. In reality, I am taking great care of the antiquities for my livelihood. Therefore, I would like to be appointed to the vacant position of overseeing the antiquities in my village, and I assure you that if anything happens, I will take full responsibility.'

I have no idea what "using the sate to strengthen" means.

I have no idea what "using the state to strengthen" means.

It is sometimes said that European excavators are committing an offence against the sensibilities of the peasants by digging up the bodies [258]of their ancestors. Nobody will repeat this remark who has walked over a cemetery plundered by the natives themselves. Here bodies may be seen lying in all directions, torn limb from limb by the gold-seekers; here beautiful vases may be seen smashed to atoms in order to make more rare the specimens preserved. The peasant has no regard whatsoever for the sanctity of the ancient dead, nor does any superstition in this regard deter him in his work of destruction. Fortunately superstition sometimes checks other forms of robbery. Djins are believed to guard the hoards of ancient wealth which some of the tombs are thought to contain, as, for example, in the case of the tomb in which the family was asphyxiated, where a fiend of this kind was thought to have throttled the unfortunate explorers. Twin brothers are thought to have the power of changing themselves into cats at will; and a certain Huseyn Osman, a harmless individual enough, and a most expert digger, would turn himself into a cat at night-time, not only for the purpose of stealing his brother Muhammed Osman's dinner, but also in order to protect the tombs which his patron was occupied in excavating. One of the overseers in some recent excavations was said to have power of detecting all robberies on his works. The archæologist, however, is unfortunately unable to rely upon this form of protection, and many are the schemes for the prevention of pilfering which are tried.

It’s often said that European archaeologists offend the feelings of the locals by digging up the remains of their ancestors. But no one would say that after walking through a cemetery that’s been ransacked by the locals themselves. Here, bodies can be seen scattered everywhere, torn apart by treasure hunters; beautiful vases are shattered to increase the rarity of the preserved artifacts. The locals show no respect for the sacredness of the ancient dead, nor do any superstitions stop them from their destructive work. Luckily, superstition sometimes helps to prevent other types of theft. Djins are believed to guard the hidden treasures that some tombs are thought to hold, as in the case of the tomb where a family was asphyxiated and a spirit is believed to have killed the unfortunate explorers. Twin brothers are thought to have the ability to turn into cats at will; and one particular Huseyn Osman, a seemingly harmless and skilled digger, would transform into a cat at night—not just to steal his brother Muhammed Osman’s dinner, but also to protect the tombs that his employer was excavating. An overseer from some recent digs was said to have the ability to detect all thefts occurring in his work areas. Unfortunately, the archaeologist cannot rely on this type of protection, and many attempts are made to prevent theft. [258]

[259]In some excavations a sum of money is given to the workman for every antiquity found by him, and these sums are sufficiently high to prevent any outbidding by the dealers. Work thus becomes very expensive for the archæologist, who is sometimes called upon to pay £10 or £20 in a day. The system has also another disadvantage, namely, that the workmen are apt to bring antiquities from far and near to "discover" in their diggings in order to obtain a good price for them. Nevertheless, it would seem to be the most successful of the systems. In the Government excavations it is usual to employ a number of overseers to watch for the small finds, while for only the really valuable discoveries is a reward given.

[259]In some digs, workers are paid a sum of money for each artifact they find, and these amounts are high enough to deter dealers from outbidding them. This makes the work quite costly for the archaeologist, who can sometimes end up paying £10 or £20 in a single day. The system has another downside: workers may bring artifacts from elsewhere to "discover" in their excavations just to get a good payout. Still, it appears to be the most effective approach. In government digs, it’s common to have several supervisors to keep an eye out for small finds, while only the truly valuable discoveries get a reward.

For finding the famous gold hawk's head at Hieraconpolis a workman received £14, and with this princely sum in his pocket he went to a certain Englishman to ask advice as to the spending of it. He was troubled, he said, to decide whether to buy a wife or a cow. He admitted that he had already one wife, and that two of them would be sure to introduce some friction into what was now a peaceful household; and he quite realised that a cow would be less apt to quarrel with his first wife. The Englishman, very properly, voted for the cow, and the peasant returned home deep in thought. While pondering over the matter during the next few weeks, he entertained his friends with some freedom, and soon he found to his dismay that he had not enough money left to buy either a [260]wife or a cow. Thereupon he set to with a will, and soon spent the remaining guineas in riotous living. When he was next seen by the Englishman he was a beggar, and, what was worse, his taste for evil living had had several weeks of cultivation.

To find the famous gold hawk's head in Hieraconpolis, a worker received £14. With this generous amount in his pocket, he went to an Englishman for advice on how to spend it. He was unsure whether he should buy a wife or a cow. He admitted that he already had one wife and that having two would definitely create some tension in what was currently a peaceful home. He also recognized that a cow would be less likely to argue with his first wife. The Englishman wisely recommended the cow, and the worker went home deep in thought. As he contemplated the decision over the next few weeks, he entertained his friends generously and soon realized, to his dismay, that he had run out of money to buy either a [260]wife or a cow. Determined, he spent the remaining guineas on reckless living. The next time the Englishman saw him, he was a beggar, and even worse, his taste for a hedonistic lifestyle had been well developed over the past few weeks.

The case of the fortunate finder of a certain great cache of mummies was different. He received a reward of £400, and this he buried in a very secret place. When he died his possessions descended to his sons. After the funeral they sat round the grave of the old man, and very rightly discussed his virtues until the sun set. Then they returned to the house and began to dig for the hidden money. For some days they turned the sand of the floor over; but failing to find what they sought, they commenced operations on a patch of desert under the shade of some tamarisks where their father was wont to sit of an afternoon. It is said that for twelve hours they worked like persons possessed, the men hacking at the ground, and the boys carrying away the sand in baskets to a convenient distance. But the money was never found.

The situation with the lucky person who discovered a huge cache of mummies was different. He received a reward of £400, which he buried in a very secret spot. When he passed away, his possessions went to his sons. After the funeral, they gathered around their father's grave and appropriately talked about his good traits until sunset. Then, they returned home and started searching for the hidden money. For several days, they turned over the sand on the floor, but after not finding what they were looking for, they began digging in a section of the desert under some tamarisks where their father used to relax in the afternoons. It's said that they worked like they were possessed for twelve hours, with the men chopping at the ground and the boys hauling away the sand in baskets to a nearby spot. But the money was never found.

It is not often that the finders of antiquities inform the authorities of their good fortune, but when they do so an attempt is made to give them a good reward. A letter from the finder of an inscribed statue, who wished to claim his reward, read as follows: "With all delight I please inform you that on 8th Jan. was found a headless temple of granite sitting on a chair and printed on it."

It’s not common for people who discover ancient artifacts to notify the authorities about their lucky find, but when they do, efforts are made to reward them well. A letter from the person who found an inscribed statue, looking to claim his reward, said: "I’m pleased to inform you that on January 8th, I found a headless granite statue sitting on a chair with markings on it."

[261]I will end this chapter as I began it, in the defence of the Theban thieves. In a place where every yard of ground contains antiquities, and where these antiquities may be so readily converted into golden guineas, can one wonder that every man, woman, and child makes use of his opportunities in this respect to better his fortune? The peasant does not take any interest in the history of mankind, and he cannot be expected to know that in digging out a grave and scattering its contents, through the agency of dealers, over the face of the globe, he loses for ever the facts which the archæologist is striving so hard to obtain. The scientific excavator does not think the antiquities themselves so valuable as the record of the exact arrangement in which they were found. From such data alone can he obtain his knowledge of the manners and customs of this wonderful people. When two objects are found together, the date of one being known and that of the other unknown, the archæological value of the find lies in the fact that the former will place the latter in its correct chronological position. But if these two objects are sold separately, the find may perhaps lose its entire significance. The trained archæologist records every atom of information with which he meets; the native records nothing. And hence, if there is any value at all in the study of the history of mankind, illegal excavation must be stopped.

[261]I will conclude this chapter as I started it, defending the Theban thieves. In a place where every square yard is filled with treasures and where these treasures can easily be turned into money, can we blame every man, woman, and child for seizing the chance to improve their situation? The peasant doesn’t care about human history, and it’s unreasonable to expect him to understand that when he digs up a grave and spreads its contents, with the help of dealers, around the world, he forever destroys the knowledge that archaeologists work so hard to uncover. The scientific excavator values the context in which antiquities are found more than the artifacts themselves. From this context alone can he learn about the customs and lifestyle of this amazing culture. When two items are discovered together, with one dated and the other not, the archaeological significance of the find is that the dated item can help place the undated one in the correct timeline. But if these two items are sold separately, the find could lose all its meaning. The trained archaeologist details every piece of information he encounters; the local person records nothing. Therefore, if there is any worth in studying the history of humanity, illegal digging must be halted.


[262]

CHAPTER XI.

THE FLOODING OF LOWER NUBIA.

The country of Lower Nubia lies between the First and Second Cataracts of the Nile. The town of Aswan, once famous as the frontier outpost of Egypt and now renowned as a winter resort for Europeans and Americans, stands some two or three miles below the First Cataract; and two hundred miles southwards, at the foot of the Second Cataract, stands Wady Halfa. About half-way between these two points the little town of Derr nestles amidst its palms; and here the single police-station of the province is situated. Agriculturally the land is extremely barren, for the merest strip of cultivation borders the river, and in many reaches the desert comes down to the water's edge. The scenery is rugged and often magnificent. As one sails up the Nile the rocky hills on either side group themselves into bold compositions, rising darkly above the palms and acacias reflected in the water. The villages, clustered on the hillsides as though grown like mushrooms [263]in the night, are not different in colour to the ground upon which they are built; but here and there neatly whitewashed houses of considerable size are to be observed. Now we come upon a tract of desert sand which rolls down to the river in a golden slope; now the hills recede, leaving an open bay wherein there are patches of cultivated ground reclaimed from the wilderness; and now a dense but narrow palm-grove follows the line of the bank for a mile or more, backed by the villages at the foot of the hills.

The country of Lower Nubia lies between the First and Second Cataracts of the Nile. The town of Aswan, once known as the border outpost of Egypt and now famous as a winter getaway for Europeans and Americans, is located about two or three miles below the First Cataract; and two hundred miles south, at the foot of the Second Cataract, is Wady Halfa. About halfway between these two points, the small town of Derr sits among its palm trees; and here is the only police station in the province. The land is very barren agriculturally, with just a narrow strip of cultivated land along the river, and in many areas, the desert comes right up to the water’s edge. The scenery is rugged and often stunning. As you sail up the Nile, the rocky hills on both sides form dramatic shapes, rising darkly above the palms and acacias reflected in the water. The villages, clustered on the hillsides as if they sprouted like mushrooms in the night, blend in color with the ground they're built on; but here and there, you can see neatly whitewashed houses of considerable size. Now we come to an area of desert sand that slopes down to the river in a golden incline; now the hills pull back, revealing an open bay with patches of cultivated land reclaimed from the wilderness; and now a dense but narrow palm grove runs along the riverbank for a mile or so, backed by the villages at the foot of the hills.

The inhabitants are few in number. Most of the males have taken service as cooks, butlers, waiters, and bottle-washers in European houses or hotels throughout Egypt; and consequently one sees more women than men pottering about the villages or working in the fields. They are a fine race, clean in their habits and cheery in character. They can be distinguished with ease from the Egyptian fellahîn; for their skin has more the appearance of bronze, and their features are often more aquiline. The women do not wear the veil, and their dresses are draped over one shoulder in a manner unknown to Egypt. The method of dressing the hair, moreover, is quite distinctive: the women plait it in innumerable little strands, those along the forehead terminating in bead-like lumps of bee's-wax. The little children go nude for the first six or eight years of their life, though the girls sometimes wear around their waists a fringe made of thin strips of hide. The men still [264]carry spears in some parts of the country, and a light battle-axe is not an uncommon weapon.

The population is small. Most of the men work as cooks, butlers, waiters, and bottle-washers in European homes or hotels across Egypt; as a result, you see more women than men wandering around the villages or working in the fields. They are a strong people, clean in their habits and cheerful in nature. It's easy to tell them apart from the Egyptian fellahîn; their skin has more of a bronze tone, and their features are often more pronounced. The women don't wear veils, and their dresses are styled draped over one shoulder, which is unusual for Egypt. The way they style their hair is also very distinctive: the women braid it into many small strands, with the ones at their foreheads ending in bead-like clumps of bee's wax. Little kids are usually naked for the first six to eight years of their lives, although girls sometimes sport a fringe made of thin strips of hide around their waists. In some parts of the country, men still carry spears, and it’s not unusual to see a light battle-axe as a weapon.

There is no railway between Aswan and Halfa, all traffic being conducted on the river. Almost continuously a stream of native troops and English officers passes up and down the Nile bound for Khartoum or Cairo; and in the winter the tourists on steamers and dahabiyehs travel through the country in considerable numbers to visit the many temples which were here erected in the days when the land was richer than it is now. The three most famous ruins of Lower Nubia are those of Philae, just above Aswan; Kalabsheh, some forty miles to the south; and Abu Simbel, about thirty miles below Halfa: but besides these there are many buildings of importance and interest. The ancient remains date from all periods of Egyptian history; for Lower Nubia played an important part in Pharaonic affairs, both by reason of its position as the buffer state between Egypt and the Sudan, and also because of its gold-mining industries. In old days it was divided into several tribal states, these being governed by the Egyptian Viceroy of Ethiopia; but the country seldom revolted or gave trouble, and to the present day it retains its reputation for peacefulness and orderly behaviour.

There is no train service between Aswan and Halfa; all transportation happens on the river. A constant flow of local troops and British officers moves up and down the Nile, heading for Khartoum or Cairo. In the winter, a significant number of tourists travel through the country on steamers and dahabiyehs to see the many temples that were built back when the land was wealthier than it is now. The three most famous ruins of Lower Nubia are Philae, just north of Aswan; Kalabsheh, about forty miles to the south; and Abu Simbel, roughly thirty miles south of Halfa. Besides these, there are many other important and interesting structures. The ancient remains come from all periods of Egyptian history because Lower Nubia played a key role in Pharaonic affairs, both as a buffer between Egypt and Sudan and due to its gold-mining industries. In the past, it was divided into several tribal states governed by the Egyptian Viceroy of Ethiopia. However, the region rarely revolted or caused trouble, and to this day, it is known for its peaceful and orderly conduct.

Owing to the building, and now the heightening, of the great Nile dam at Aswan, erected for the purpose of regulating the flow of water by holding back in the plenteous autumn and winter the [265]amount necessary to keep up the level in the dry summer months, the whole of the valley from the First Cataract to the neighbourhood of Derr will be turned into a vast reservoir, and a large number of temples and other ruins will be flooded. Before the dam was finished the temples on the island of Philae were strengthened and repaired so as to be safe from damage by the water; and now every other ruin whose foundations are below the future high-water level has been repaired and safeguarded.

Due to the construction and now the expansion of the great Nile dam at Aswan, built to control water flow by storing the excess during the plentiful autumn and winter to maintain the level during the dry summer months, the entire valley from the First Cataract to near Derr will become one massive reservoir, flooding many temples and other ruins. Before the dam was completed, the temples on the island of Philae were reinforced and restored to protect them from water damage; now, every other ruin with foundations below the upcoming high-water mark has been restored and secured.

In 1906 and 1907 the present writer was dispatched to the threatened territory to make a full report on the condition of the monuments there;[1] and a very large sum of money was then voted for the work. Sir Gaston Maspero took the matter up in the spirit which is associated with his name; Monsieur Barsanti was sent to repair and underpin the temples; French, German, and English scholars were engaged to make copies of the endangered inscriptions and reliefs; and Dr Reisner, Mr C. Firth, and others, under the direction of Captain Lyons, were entrusted with the complete and exhaustive excavation of all the cemeteries and remains between the dam and the southern extremity of the reservoir. As a result of this work, not one scrap of information of any kind will be lost by the flooding of the country.

In 1906 and 1907, the author was sent to the threatened area to provide a detailed report on the condition of the monuments there;[1] and a significant amount of funding was then allocated for the project. Sir Gaston Maspero took on the issue with the dedication he was known for; Monsieur Barsanti was assigned to repair and support the temples; scholars from France, Germany, and England were hired to create copies of the endangered inscriptions and reliefs; and Dr. Reisner, Mr. C. Firth, and others, led by Captain Lyons, were tasked with thoroughly excavating all the cemeteries and remains between the dam and the southern end of the reservoir. As a result of this work, no piece of information will be lost due to the flooding of the area.

[1] Weigall: 'A Report on the Antiquities of Lower Nubia.' (Department of Antiquities, Cairo, 1907.)

[1] Weigall: 'A Report on the Antiquities of Lower Nubia.' (Department of Antiquities, Cairo, 1907.)

As was to be expected, the building and raising [266]of the dam caused consternation amongst the archæologically interested visitors to Egypt, and very considerably troubled the Egyptologists. Philae, one of the most picturesque ruins on the Nile, was to be destroyed, said the more hysterical, and numerous other buildings were to meet with the same fate. A very great deal of nonsense was written as to the vandalism of the English; and the minds of certain people were so much inflamed by the controversy that many regrettable words were spoken. The Department of Antiquities was much criticised for having approved the scheme, though it was more generally declared that the wishes of that Department had not been consulted, which was wholly untrue. These strictures are pronounced on all sides at the present day, in spite of the very significant silence and imperturbation (not to say supination) of Egyptologists, and it may therefore be as well to put the matter plainly before the reader, since the opinion of the person who is in charge of the ruins in question, has, whether right or wrong, a sort of interest attached to it.

As expected, the construction and raising of the dam caused a lot of upset among the archaeology-loving visitors to Egypt and greatly troubled the Egyptologists. Philae, one of the most beautiful ruins on the Nile, was said to be destroyed by the more dramatic voices, and many other buildings were to face the same fate. A lot of nonsense was written about the vandalism of the English, and the controversy inflamed some people's minds so much that regrettable words were exchanged. The Department of Antiquities faced heavy criticism for approving the plan, even though it was generally claimed that they hadn't been consulted, which was completely untrue. Today, criticisms are voiced from all sides, despite the significant silence and calmness (not to mention indifference) of Egyptologists. Therefore, it might be best to clearly present the situation to the reader, as the opinion of the person responsible for the ruins in question carries a certain interest, whether right or wrong.

In dealing with a question of this kind one has to clear from the brain the fumes of unbalanced thought and to behold all things with a level head. Strong wine is one of the lesser causes of insobriety, and there is often more damage done by intemperance of thought in matters of criticism than there is by actions committed under the influence of other forms of immoderation. [267]We are agreed that it is a sad spectacle which is to be observed in the Old Kent Road on a Saturday night, when the legs of half the pedestrians appear to have lost their cunning. We say in disgust that these people are intoxicated. What, then, have we to say regarding those persons whose brains are unbalanced by immoderate habits of thought, who are suffering from that primary kind of intoxication which the dictionary tells us is simply a condition of the mind wherein clear judgment is obscured? There is sometimes a debauchery in the reasoning faculties of the polite which sends their opinions rollicking on their way just as drink will send a man staggering up the highroad. Temperance and sobriety are virtues which in their relation to thought have a greater value than they possess in any other regard; and we stand in more urgent need of missionaries to preach to us sobriety of opinion, a sort of critical teetotalism, than ever a drunkard stood in want of a pledge.

When tackling a question like this, you need to clear your mind of confusion and see everything clearly. Strong alcohol is just one of the lesser causes of being out of control, and often, the harm caused by irrational thinking in criticism is worse than actions taken under the influence of other forms of excess. [267] We all agree that it’s a sad sight on the Old Kent Road on a Saturday night when half the pedestrians seem to have lost their balance. We look at them in disgust and say they're drunk. So, what do we think about those people whose minds are thrown off by extreme habits of thought, suffering from that primary type of intoxication where clear judgment is clouded? Sometimes, there's a reckless debauchery in the reasoning of polite society that sends their opinions stumbling along just like alcohol makes a person stagger down the road. Temperance and sobriety are virtues that hold more importance when it comes to thinking than in any other aspect; and we need more advocates to promote clarity of opinion—a sort of critical teetotalism—than a drunkard needs a promise to stay sober.

This case of Philae and the Lower Nubian temples illustrates my meaning. On the one hand there are those who tell us that the island temple, far from being damaged by its flooding, is benefited thereby; and on the other hand there are persons who urge that the engineers concerned in the making of the reservoir should be tarred and feathered to a man. Both these views are distorted and intemperate. Let us endeavour to straighten up our opinions, to walk them soberly [268]and decorously before us in an atmosphere of propriety.

This situation with Philae and the Lower Nubian temples shows what I mean. On one side, some people say that the island temple is actually improved by the flooding, while on the other side, there are those who want to punish the engineers who built the reservoir harshly. Both of these opinions are extreme and unreasonable. Let's try to clarify our views and present them calmly and respectfully in a suitable manner. [268]

It will be agreed by all those who know Egypt that a great dam was necessary, and it will be admitted that no reach of the Nile below Wady Halfa could be converted into a reservoir with so little detriment to modern interests as that of Lower Nubia. Here there were very few cultivated fields to be inundated and a very small number of people to be dislodged. There were, however, these important ruins which would be flooded by such a reservoir, and the engineers therefore made a most serious attempt to find some other site for the building. A careful study of the Nile valley showed that the present site of the dam was the only spot at which a building of this kind could be set up without immensely increasing the cost of erection and greatly adding to the general difficulties and the possible dangers of the undertaking. The engineers had, therefore, to ask themselves whether the damage to the temples weighed against these considerations, whether it was right or not to expend the extra sum from the taxes. The answer was plain enough. They were of opinion that the temples would not be appreciably damaged by their flooding. They argued, very justly, that the buildings would be under water for only five months in each year, and for seven months the ruins would appear to be precisely as they always had been. It was not necessary, then, to state the loss of money and the added [269]inconveniences on the one hand against the total loss of the temples on the other. It was simply needful to ask whether the temporary and apparently harmless inundation of the ruins each year was worth avoiding at the cost of several millions of precious Government money; and, looking at it purely from an administrative point of view, remembering that public money had to be economised and inextravagantly dealt with, I do not see that the answer given was in any way outrageous. Philae and the other temples were not to be harmed: they were but to be closed to the public, so to speak, for the winter months.

Everyone familiar with Egypt will agree that a large dam was essential, and they'll acknowledge that no stretch of the Nile below Wady Halfa could become a reservoir with less negative impact on modern interests than that of Lower Nubia. Here, there were very few cultivated fields at risk of flooding and only a small number of residents to relocate. However, there were significant ruins that would be submerged by such a reservoir, prompting the engineers to seriously search for an alternative site for the dam. A thorough examination of the Nile valley revealed that the current location was the only feasible spot to build without drastically increasing construction costs and adding to the overall challenges and potential risks of the project. The engineers had to decide whether the damage to the temples outweighed these concerns and whether it was justifiable to allocate extra funds from taxes. The conclusion was pretty clear. They believed that the temples wouldn’t suffer significant damage from being flooded. They pointed out, quite rightly, that the buildings would only be underwater for five months each year, while the ruins would remain visible for the remaining seven months as they always had. Therefore, it wasn’t necessary to weigh the financial losses and added inconveniences against the total loss of the temples. It was simply a matter of asking whether the temporary and seemingly harmless flooding of the ruins each year was worth avoiding at the expense of several million valuable tax dollars. From an administrative perspective, considering the need to manage public funds carefully, I don’t see how the decision made was anything but reasonable. The temples at Philae and elsewhere wouldn’t be damaged; they would simply be closed to the public for the winter months.

Plate 25
[Photo by R. Glendinning.
The island and temples of Philæ when the reservoir is empty.
Pl. 25.

This view of the question is not based upon any error. In regard to the possible destruction of Philae by the force of the water, Mr Somers Clarke, F.S.A., whose name is known all over the world in connection with his work at St Paul's Cathedral and elsewhere, states definitely[1] that he is convinced that the temples will not be overthrown by the flood, and his opinion is shared by all those who have studied the matter carefully. Of course it is possible that, in spite of all the works of consolidation which have been effected, some cracks may appear; but during the months when the temple is out of water each year, these may be repaired. I cannot see that there is the least danger of an extensive collapse of the buildings; but should this occur, the entire temple will have to be removed and set up elsewhere. [270]Each summer and autumn when the water goes down and the buildings once more stand as they did in the days of the Ptolemies and Romans, we shall have ample time and opportunity to discuss the situation and to take all proper steps for the safeguarding of the temples against further damage; and even were we to be confronted by a mass of fallen ruins, scattered pell-mell over the island by the power of the water, I am convinced that every block could be replaced before the flood rose again. The temple of Maharraka was entirely rebuilt in three or four weeks.

This perspective on the issue is free from any mistakes. Regarding the potential destruction of Philae due to water force, Mr. Somers Clarke, F.S.A., whose name is well-known worldwide for his work at St. Paul's Cathedral and elsewhere, firmly states[1] that he believes the temples will not be toppled by the flood, and his view is supported by everyone who has carefully examined the situation. While it’s possible that, despite all the consolidation efforts, some cracks may form, these can be repaired during the months when the temple is above water each year. I don’t see any real danger of a significant collapse of the structures; if that were to happen, the entire temple would need to be dismantled and reassembled elsewhere. [270] Every summer and autumn, when the water recedes and the buildings once again stand as they did during the Ptolemaic and Roman eras, we will have plenty of time and opportunity to assess the situation and take all necessary steps to protect the temples from further damage. Even if we face a pile of fallen ruins, scattered across the island by the force of the water, I believe that every block could be repositioned before the flood rises again. The temple of Maharraka was completely rebuilt in three or four weeks.

[1] Proc. Soc. Antiq., April 20, 1898.

[1] Proc. Soc. Antiq., April 20, 1898.

Now, as to the effect of the water upon the reliefs and inscriptions with which the walls of the temples at Philae are covered. In June 1905 I reported[1] that a slight disintegration of the surface of the stone was noticeable, and that the sharp lines of the hieroglyphs had become somewhat blurred. This is due to the action of the salts in the sandstone; but these salts have now disappeared, and the disintegration will not continue. The Report on the Temples of Philae, issued by the Ministry of Public Works in 1908, makes this quite clear; and I may add that the proof of the statement is to be found at the many points on the Nile where there are the remains of quay walls dating from Pharaonic times. Many of these quays are constructed of inscribed blocks of a stone precisely similar in quality to that used at Philae; and although they have been submerged [271]for many hundreds of years, the lines of the hieroglyphs are almost as sharp now as they ever were. The action of the water appears to have little effect upon sandstone, and it may thus be safely predicted that the reliefs and inscriptions at Philae will not suffer.

Now, regarding the impact of the water on the reliefs and inscriptions covering the walls of the temples at Philae. In June 1905, I reported[1] that there was noticeable slight disintegration of the stone's surface, and the sharp lines of the hieroglyphs had become somewhat blurred. This is due to the action of the salts in the sandstone; however, these salts have now disappeared, and the disintegration will not continue. The Report on the Temples of Philae, published by the Ministry of Public Works in 1908, makes this very clear; and I can add that evidence of this claim can be found at many points along the Nile where the remains of quay walls from Pharaonic times are located. Many of these quays are made from inscribed blocks of stone that are exactly the same quality as those used at Philae; and even though they have been submerged for many hundreds of years, the lines of the hieroglyphs are almost as sharp now as they ever were. The action of the water seems to have little effect on sandstone, so it can be safely predicted that the reliefs and inscriptions at Philae will not be harmed.

[1] Les Annales du Service des Antiquites d'Egypte, vii. 1, p. 74.

[1] The Annals of the Egyptian Antiquities Service, vii. 1, p. 74.

There still remain some traces of colour upon certain reliefs, and these will disappear. But archæologically the loss will be insignificant, and artistically it will not be much felt. With regard to the colour upon the capitals of the columns in the Hall of Isis, however, one must admit that its destruction would be a grave loss to us, and it is to be hoped that the capitals will be removed and replaced by dummies, or else most carefully copied in facsimile.

There are still some traces of color on certain reliefs, but these will eventually fade away. However, archaeologically, this loss will be minor, and artistically, it won't have much of an impact. As for the color on the capitals of the columns in the Hall of Isis, we have to acknowledge that losing it would be a significant loss for us. It’s hoped that the capitals will be taken down and replaced with replicas or carefully replicated.

Such is the case of Philae when looked at from a practical point of view. Artistically and sentimentally, of course, one deeply regrets the flooding of the temple. Philae with its palms was a very charming sight, and although the island still looks very picturesque each year when the flood has receded and the ground is covered with grasses and vegetation, it will not again possess quite the magic that once caused it to be known as the "pearl of Egypt." But these are considerations which are to be taken into account with very great caution as standing against the interest of modern Egypt. If Philae were to be destroyed, one might, very properly, desire that modern interests should not receive sole consideration; [272]but it is not to be destroyed, or even much damaged, and consequently the lover of Philae has but two objections to offer to the operations now proceeding: firstly, that the temples will be hidden from sight during a part of each year; and secondly, that water is an incongruous and unharmonious element to introduce into the sanctuaries of the gods.

Such is the case of Philae when viewed from a practical perspective. Artistically and sentimentally, of course, one deeply regrets the flooding of the temple. Philae, with its palm trees, was a very charming sight, and even though the island still looks quite picturesque each year when the flood has receded and the ground is covered with grass and greenery, it will never quite have the magic it once did that earned it the nickname "pearl of Egypt." However, these are considerations that must be approached with great caution when weighed against the interests of modern Egypt. If Philae were to be destroyed, one might reasonably argue that modern interests shouldn't be the sole focus; [272] but it is not going to be destroyed, or even severely damaged, so the admirer of Philae has only two objections to the ongoing operations: first, that the temples will be concealed from view for part of each year; and second, that introducing water into the sanctuaries of the gods is an incongruous and disharmonious element.

Let us consider these two objections. As to the hiding of the temple under the water, we have to consider to what class of people the examination of the ruins is necessary. Archæologists, officials, residents, students, and all natives, are able to visit the place in the autumn, when the island stands high and dry, and the weather is not uncomfortably hot. Every person who desires to see Philae in its original condition can arrange to make his journey to Lower Nubia in the autumn or early winter. It is only the ordinary winter tourist who will find the ruins lost to view beneath the brown waters; and while his wishes are certainly to be consulted to some extent, there can be no question that the fortunes of the Egyptian farmers must receive the prior attention. And as to the incongruity of the introduction of the water into these sacred precincts, one may first remark that water stands each year in the temples of Karnak, Luxor, the Ramesseum, Shenhur, Esneh, and many another, introduced by the natural rise of the Nile, thus giving us a quieting familiarity with such a condition; [273]and one may further point out that the presence of water in the buildings is not (speaking archæologically) more discordant than that of the palms and acacias which clustered around the ruins previous to the building of the dam, and gave Philae its peculiar charm. Both water and trees are out of place in a temple once swept and garnished, and it is only a habit of thought that makes the trees which grow in such ruins more congruous to the eye than water lapping around the pillars and taking the fair reflections of the stonework.

Let’s look at these two objections. Regarding the temple being submerged, we need to consider who really needs to examine the ruins. Archaeologists, officials, locals, students, and all residents can visit the site in the fall when the island is high and dry, and the weather isn’t uncomfortably hot. Anyone who wants to see Philae in its original state can plan their trip to Lower Nubia in the fall or early winter. It’s only the typical winter tourist who will find the ruins hidden beneath the brown waters; while their wishes should be taken into account to some extent, it's clear that the needs of Egyptian farmers should come first. As for the inconsistency of having water in these sacred areas, it’s worth noting that every year, water accumulates in the temples of Karnak, Luxor, the Ramesseum, Shenhur, Esneh, and many others due to the natural rise of the Nile, which familiarizes us with this condition. Additionally, one can argue that having water in the buildings isn’t any more incongruous (from an archaeological standpoint) than the palms and acacias that surrounded the ruins before the dam was built, which gave Philae its unique charm. Both water and trees seem out of place in a temple that was once pristine, and it’s just a way of thinking that makes the trees in such ruins appear more fitting than water lapping around the pillars and reflecting off the stonework. [273]

What remains, then, of the objections? Nothing, except an undefined sense of dismay that persists in spite of all arguments. There are few persons who will not feel this sorrow at the flooding of Philae, who will not groan inwardly as the water rises; and yet I cannot too emphatically repeat that there is no real cause for this apprehension and distress.

What’s left of the objections? Nothing, just a vague feeling of unease that lingers despite all the arguments. There are very few people who won’t feel this sadness over the flooding of Philae, who won’t internally sigh as the water rises; and yet I must stress again that there’s no real reason for this fear and worry.

A great deal of damage has been done to the prestige of the archæologist by the ill-considered outbursts of those persons who have allowed this natural perturbation to have full sway in their minds. The man or woman who has protested the loudest has seldom been in a position even to offer an opinion. Thus every temperate thinker has come to feel a greater distaste for the propaganda of those persons who would have hindered the erection of the dam than for the actual effects of its erection. Vegetarians, Anti-Vivisectionists, [274]Militant Suffragists, Little Englanders, and the like, have taught us to beware of the signs and tokens of the unbalanced mind; and it becomes the duty of every healthy person to fly from the contamination of their hysteria, even though the principles which lie at the base of their doctrines may not be entirely without reason. We must avoid hasty and violent judgment as we would the plague. No honest man will deny that the closing of Philae for half the year is anything but a very regrettable necessity; but it has come to this pass, that a self-respecting person will be very chary in admitting that he is not mightily well satisfied with the issue of the whole business.

A lot of damage has been done to the reputation of archaeologists by the thoughtless reactions of those who have let their emotions run wild. The loudest protesters are rarely in a position to even give an informed opinion. As a result, reasonable thinkers have come to disapprove more of the arguments from those who oppose the construction of the dam than of the dam itself. Vegetarians, anti-vivisectionists, militant suffragists, Little Englanders, and others have made us cautious of the signs of an unbalanced mind; it is the responsibility of every rational person to steer clear of their hysteria, even though the ideas underlying their beliefs might have some merit. We need to avoid rash and extreme judgments like the plague. No honest person will deny that closing Philae for half the year is a regrettable necessity, but it has come to the point where a self-respecting individual will be very reluctant to admit that they are completely satisfied with how everything has turned out.

Recently a poetic effusion has been published bewailing the "death" of Philae, and because the author is famous the world over for the charm of his writing, it has been read, and its lament has been echoed by a large number of persons. It is necessary to remind the reader, however, that because a man is a great artist it does not follow that he has a sober judgment. The outward appearance, and a disordered opinion on matters of everyday life, are often sufficient indication of this intemperance of mind which is so grave a human failing. A man and his art, of course, are not to be confused; and perhaps it is unfair to assess the art by the artist, but there are many persons who will understand my meaning when I suggest that it is extremely difficult to give serious attention to writers or speakers [275]of a certain class. Philae is not dead. It may safely be said that the temples will last as long as the dam itself. Let us never forget that Past and Present walk hand in hand, and, as between friends, there must always be much "give and take." How many millions of pounds, I wonder, has been spent by the Government, from the revenues derived from the living Egyptians, for the excavation and preservation of the records of the past? Will the dead not make, in return, this sacrifice for the benefit of the striving farmers whose money has been used for the resuscitation of their history?

Recently, a poetic piece has been published mourning the "death" of Philae, and because the author is renowned worldwide for the charm of his writing, it has been widely read, and its lament has been echoed by many. However, it’s important to remind the reader that just because someone is a great artist doesn’t mean they have good judgment. A person’s outer image and chaotic views on everyday issues often indicate this lack of clarity, which is a serious human flaw. A person and their art should not be confused, and it might be unfair to judge the art based on the artist. Still, many will understand my point when I say it’s challenging to take seriously writers or speakers of a certain kind. Philae is not dead. It can be confidently said that the temples will endure as long as the dam itself. Let’s remember that the Past and Present go hand in hand, and like between friends, there must always be a lot of "give and take." I wonder how many millions of pounds the Government has spent, from the revenues generated by the living Egyptians, on digging up and preserving records of the past? Will the dead not give back, in return, for the benefit of the striving farmers whose money has been used to revive their history?

A great deal has been said regarding the destruction of the ancient inscriptions which are cut in such numbers upon the granite rocks in the region of the First Cataract, many of which are of great historical importance. Vast quantities of granite have been quarried for the building of the dam, and fears have been expressed that in the course of this work these graffiti may have been blasted into powder. It is necessary to say, therefore, that with the exception of one inscription which was damaged when the first quarrymen set to work upon the preliminary tests for suitable stone, not a single hieroglyph has been harmed. The present writer numbered all the inscriptions in white paint and marked out quarrying concessions, while several watchmen were set to guard these important relics. In this work, as in all else, the Department of Antiquities received the [276]most generous assistance from the Department concerned with the building of the dam; and I should like to take this opportunity of saying that archæologists owe a far greater debt to the officials in charge of the various works at Aswan than they do to the bulk of their own fellow-workers. The desire to save every scrap of archæological information has been dominant in the minds of all concerned in the work throughout the whole undertaking.

A lot has been discussed about the destruction of the ancient inscriptions carved into the granite rocks in the area of the First Cataract, many of which are extremely important historically. A massive amount of granite has been extracted for the construction of the dam, and there are concerns that during this process, these inscriptions might have been blown to bits. Therefore, it’s important to note that besides one inscription that was damaged when the initial quarry workers began testing the stone, not a single hieroglyph has been harmed. The author numbered all the inscriptions with white paint and outlined quarrying areas, while several guards were assigned to protect these significant artifacts. In this effort, as in all others, the Department of Antiquities received significant support from the department responsible for the dam construction; I want to take this moment to express that archaeologists owe a much greater debt to the officials managing the various projects in Aswan than they do to most of their own colleagues. The commitment to preserve every piece of archaeological information has been a top priority for everyone involved in the project from start to finish.

Besides the temples of Philae there are several other ruins which will be flooded in part by the water when the heightening of the reservoir is completed. On the island of Bigeh, over against Philae, there is a little temple of no great historical value which will pass under water. The cemeteries on this island, and also on the mainland in this neighbourhood, have been completely excavated, and have yielded most important information. Farther up stream there stands the little temple of Dabôd. This has been repaired and strengthened, and will not come to any harm; while all the cemeteries in the vicinity, of course, have been cleared out. We next come to the fortress and quarries of Kertassi, which will be partly flooded. These have been put into good order, and there need be no fear of their being damaged. The temple of Tafeh, a few miles farther to the south, has also been safeguarded, and all the ancient graves have been excavated.

Besides the temples of Philae, there are several other ruins that will be partially flooded when the reservoir is raised. On the island of Bigeh, across from Philae, there's a small temple of little historical significance that will be submerged. The cemeteries on this island, as well as on the mainland nearby, have been completely excavated and have provided very important information. Further upstream stands the small temple of Dabôd. This has been repaired and reinforced, so it will remain safe; all the nearby cemeteries have, of course, been cleared out. Next, we come to the fortress and quarries of Kertassi, which will also be partially flooded. These have been put in good condition, so there is no worry about damage. The temple of Tafeh, a few miles further south, has also been protected, and all the ancient graves have been excavated.

Next comes the great temple of Kalabsheh [277]which, in 1907, when my report was made, was in a sorry state. The great hall was filled with the ruins of the fallen colonnade and its roof; the hypostyle hall was a mass of tumbled blocks over which the visitor was obliged to climb; and all the courts and chambers were heaped up with débris. Now, however, all this has been set to rights, and the temple stands once more in its glory. The water will flood the lower levels of the building each year for a few months, but there is no chance of a collapse taking place, and the only damage which is to be anticipated is the loss of the colour upon the reliefs in the inner chambers, and the washing away of some later Coptic paintings, already hardly distinguishable, in the first hall.

Next comes the great temple of Kalabsheh [277] which, in 1907, when I made my report, was in pretty bad shape. The great hall was filled with the ruins of the fallen columns and its roof; the hypostyle hall was a jumble of tumbled blocks that visitors had to climb over; and all the courts and chambers were piled with débris. Now, however, everything has been restored, and the temple stands once again in its glory. The water will flood the lower levels of the building each year for a few months, but there’s no risk of collapse happening, and the only expected damage is the loss of color on the reliefs in the inner chambers, along with the erosion of some later Coptic paintings, which are already barely visible, in the first hall.

The temple is not very frequently visited, and it cannot be said that its closing for each winter will be keenly felt; and since it will certainly come to no harm under the gentle Nile, I do not see that its fate need cause any consternation. Let those who are able visit this fine ruin in the early months of winter, and they will be rewarded for their trouble by a view of a magnificent temple in what can only be described as apple-pie order. I venture to think that a building of this kind washed by the water is a more inspiring sight than a tumbled mass of ruins rising from amidst an encroaching jumble of native hovels.

The temple isn’t visited very often, and its closing for winter won’t be greatly missed. Since it will be just fine under the gentle Nile, I don’t think its fate should worry anyone. Those who can should visit this remarkable ruin during the early winter months, and they will be rewarded with a stunning view of a temple that’s in perfect condition. I believe a building like this, bathed by the water, is a more inspiring sight than a pile of ruins surrounded by a messy collection of local huts.

Farther up the river stands the temple of [278]Dendur. This will be partly inundated, though the main portion of the building stands above the highest level of the reservoir. Extensive repairs have been carried out here, and every grave in the vicinity has been examined. The fortress of Koshtamneh, which is made of mud-bricks, will be for the most part destroyed; but now that a complete record of this construction has been made, the loss is insignificant. Somewhat farther to the south stands the imposing temple of Dakkeh, the lower levels of which will be flooded. This temple has been most extensively patched up and strengthened, and no damage of any kind will be caused by its inundation. The vast cemeteries in the neighbourhood have all been excavated, and the remains of the town have been thoroughly examined. Still farther to the south stands the mud-brick fortress of Kubban, which, like Koshtamneh, will be partly destroyed; but the detailed excavations and records which have here been made will prevent any loss being felt by archæologists. Finally, the temple of Maharraka requires to be mentioned. This building in 1907 was a complete ruin, but it was carefully rebuilt, and now it is quite capable of withstanding the pressure of the water. From this point to the southern end of the new reservoir there are no temples below the new flood-level; and by the time that the water is raised every grave and other relic along the entire banks of the river will have been examined.

Farther up the river is the temple of [278]Dendur. It will be partially submerged, though the main part of the building will remain above the highest level of the reservoir. Extensive repairs have been done here, and every grave in the area has been checked. The fortress of Koshtamneh, which is made of mud bricks, will mostly be destroyed; but since a complete record of this structure has been made, the loss is minimal. A bit farther south is the impressive temple of Dakkeh, whose lower levels will be flooded. This temple has been thoroughly patched up and reinforced, and its inundation will cause no damage. The large cemeteries nearby have all been excavated, and the remains of the town have been thoroughly examined. Even farther south is the mud-brick fortress of Kubban, which, like Koshtamneh, will be partially destroyed; but the detailed excavations and records made here will ensure that archaeologists don't feel any significant loss. Finally, the temple of Maharraka should be mentioned. This building was in ruins in 1907, but it has been carefully restored and is now capable of withstanding the pressure of the water. From this point to the southern end of the new reservoir, there are no temples below the new flood level; and by the time the water rises, every grave and other relic along the entire riverbank will have been examined.

[279]To complete these works it is proposed to erect a museum at Aswan wherein the antiquities discovered in Lower Nubia should be exhibited; and a permanent collection of objects illustrating the arts, crafts, and industries of Lower Nubia at all periods of its history, should be displayed. It is a question whether money will be found for the executing of this scheme; but there can be no doubt that a museum of this kind, situated at the virtual capital of Lower Nubia, would be a most valuable institution.

[279]To complete this project, there are plans to build a museum in Aswan where the artifacts found in Lower Nubia will be showcased. Additionally, there will be a permanent collection of items that highlight the arts, crafts, and industries of Lower Nubia throughout its history. It's uncertain whether funding will be secured for this initiative; however, it’s clear that a museum like this, located in the heart of Lower Nubia, would be an incredibly valuable institution.

In 1907 the condition of the monuments of Lower Nubia was very bad. The temples already mentioned were in a most deplorable state; the cemeteries were being robbed, and there was no proper organisation for the protection of the ancient sites. There are, moreover, several temples above the level of high water, and these were also in a sad condition. Gerf Husen was both dirty and dilapidated; Wady Sabua was deeply buried in sand; Amada was falling to pieces; Derr was the receptacle for the refuse of the town; and even Abu Simbel itself was in a dangerous state. In my report I gave a gloomy picture indeed of the plight of the monuments. But now all this is changed. Sir Gaston Maspero made several personal visits to the country; every temple was set in order; many new watchmen were appointed; and to-day this territory may be said to be the "show" portion of this inspectorate. Now, it must be admitted [280]that the happy change is due solely to the attention to which the country was subjected by reason of its flooding; and it is not the less true because it is paradoxical that the proposed submersion of certain temples has saved all the Lower Nubian monuments from rapid destruction at the hands of robbers, ignorant natives, and barbarous European visitors. What has been lost in Philae has been gained a thousand-fold in the repairing and safeguarding of the temples, and in the scientific excavation of the cemeteries farther to the south.

In 1907, the condition of the monuments in Lower Nubia was very poor. The temples previously mentioned were in terrible shape; the cemeteries were being looted, and there was no proper organization to protect the ancient sites. Additionally, several temples were above the high water level, and those were also in bad condition. Gerf Husen was both filthy and rundown; Wady Sabua was buried deep in sand; Amada was crumbling; Derr was a dumping ground for the town's waste; and even Abu Simbel was in a precarious state. In my report, I painted a grim picture of the monuments' situation. But now everything has changed. Sir Gaston Maspero made several personal visits to the country; each temple was restored; many new guards were appointed; and today, this area can be regarded as the "show" part of this inspectorate. It must be acknowledged that this positive change is entirely due to the attention the country received because of its flooding; and it's true, albeit paradoxical, that the proposed submersion of certain temples has saved all the Lower Nubian monuments from rapid destruction at the hands of looters, uninformed locals, and barbaric European tourists. What was lost in Philae has been compensated a thousand times over through the repair and protection of the temples and the scientific excavation of the cemeteries further south.

Here, then, is the sober fact of the matter. Are the English and Egyptian officials such vandals who have voted over a hundred thousand pounds for the safeguarding of the monuments of Lower Nubia? What country in the whole world has spent such vast sums of money upon the preservation of the relics of the Past as has Egypt during the last five-and-twenty years? The Government has treated the question throughout in a fair and generous manner; and those who rail at the officials will do well to consider seriously the remarks which I have dared to make upon the subject of temperate criticism.

Here’s the straightforward truth. Are the English and Egyptian officials really such vandals for voting over a hundred thousand pounds to protect the monuments of Lower Nubia? What country in the entire world has spent as much money on preserving historical artifacts as Egypt has in the last twenty-five years? The government has handled the issue fairly and generously; those who criticize the officials should seriously reflect on the comments I've made about constructive criticism.


[281]

CHAPTER XII.

ARCHÆOLOGY IN THE OPEN.

In this chapter I propose to state the case in favour of the archæologist who works abroad in the field, in contrast to him who studies at home in the museum, in the hope that others will follow the example of that scholar to whom this volume is dedicated, who does both.

In this chapter, I plan to present the argument in favor of the archaeologist who works in the field abroad, compared to the one who studies at home in the museum. I hope others will be inspired by the example of the scholar to whom this volume is dedicated, who does both.

I have said in a previous chapter that the archæologist is generally considered to be a kind of rag-and-bone man: one who, sitting all his life in a dusty room, shuns the touch of the wind and takes no pleasure in the vanities under the sun. Actually, this is not so very often a true description of him. The ease with which long journeys are now undertaken, the immunity from insult or peril which the traveller now enjoys, have made it possible for the archæologist to seek his information at its source in almost all the countries of the world; and he is not obliged, as was his grandfather, to take it at second-hand from the volumes of mediæval scholars. Moreover, the necessary collections of [282]books of reference are now to be found in very diverse places; and thus it comes about that there are plenty of archæologists who are able to leave their own museums and studies for limited periods.

I mentioned in a previous chapter that archaeologists are often seen as a kind of scavenger: someone who spends their life in a dusty room, avoiding the outdoors and uninterested in the trivialities of life. However, this isn't usually an accurate portrayal of them. The ease of traveling today and the reduced risks faced by modern travelers have allowed archaeologists to gather information directly from sources in nearly every country around the globe; they no longer have to rely on second-hand accounts from medieval scholars like their ancestors did. Additionally, the required reference books can now be found in many different locations, which means that many archaeologists can step away from their own museums and studies for limited periods.

And as regards his supposed untidy habits, the phase of cleanliness which, like a purifying wind, descended suddenly upon the world in the second half of the nineteenth century, has penetrated even to libraries and museums, removing every speck of dust therefrom. The archæologist, when engaged in the sedentary side of his profession, lives nowadays in an atmosphere charged with the odours of furniture-polish and monkey-brand. A place less dusty than the Victoria and Albert Museum in South Kensington, or than the Ashmolean Museum at Oxford, could not easily be imagined. The disgusting antiquarian of a past generation, with his matted locks and stained clothing, could but be ill at ease in such surroundings, and could claim no brotherhood with the majority of the present-day archæologists. Cobwebs are now taboo; and the misguided old man who dwelt amongst them is seldom to be found outside of caricature, save in the more remote corners of the land.

And regarding his supposed messy habits, the wave of cleanliness that, like a refreshing breeze, suddenly swept over the world in the second half of the nineteenth century has reached even libraries and museums, removing every speck of dust from them. The archaeologist, when he’s focused on the more desk-bound aspects of his work, now exists in an environment filled with the scents of furniture polish and cleaning products. It’s hard to imagine a place less dusty than the Victoria and Albert Museum in South Kensington or the Ashmolean Museum at Oxford. The repulsive antiquarian of a past era, with his tangled hair and stained clothes, would feel totally uncomfortable in such surroundings and wouldn’t find any connection with most of today’s archaeologists. Cobwebs are now unacceptable; and the misguided old man who used to live among them is hardly found outside of caricatures, except in the more remote areas of the country.

Plate 26
[Photo by H. Carter.
A relief representing Queen Tiy, from the tomb of Userhat at Thebes. This relief was stolen from the tomb, and found its way to the Brussels Museum, where it is shown in the damaged condition seen in Plate xxvii.
Pl. 26.

The archæologist in these days, then, is not often confined permanently to his museum, though in many cases he remains there as much as possible; [283]and still less often is he a person of objectionable appearance. The science is generally represented by two classes of scholar: the man who sits in the museum or library for the greater part of his life, and lives as though he would be worthy of the furniture-polish, and the man who works in the field for a part of the year and then lives as though he regarded the clean airs of heaven in even higher estimation. Thus, in arguing the case for the field-worker, as I propose here to do, there is no longer the easy target of the dusty antiquarian at which to hurl the javelin. One cannot merely urge a musty individual to come out into the open air: that would make an easy argument. One has to take aim at the less vulnerable person of the scholar who chooses to spend the greater part of his time in a smart gallery of exhibits or in a well-ordered and spotless library, and whose only fault is that he is too fond of those places. One may no longer tease him about his dusty surroundings; but I think it is possible to accuse him of setting a very bad example by his affection for "home comforts," and of causing indirectly no end of mischief. It is a fact that there are many Greek scholars who are so accustomed to read their texts in printed books that they could not make head nor tail of an original document written in a cursive Greek hand; and there are not a few students of Egyptian archæology who do not know the [284]conditions and phenomena of the country sufficiently to prevent the occurrence of occasional "howlers" in the exposition of their theories.

The archaeologist today isn’t usually stuck in a museum for good, although many spend as much time there as they can; [283]and more often than not, they don’t have an unappealing appearance. The field is mostly represented by two types of scholars: the one who spends most of their life in a museum or library, living as if they are worthy of the furniture polish, and the one who works in the field part of the year and seems to value the fresh air of nature even more. So, when making a case for fieldwork, as I intend to do here, it’s no longer easy to target the dusty antiquarian. You can’t just suggest that a stuffy person should get some fresh air; that would be too simple. Instead, you have to take aim at the more resilient scholar who prefers to spend most of their time in a sleek exhibit gallery or a neat and tidy library, who really only has the issue of being too attached to those places. It’s no longer possible to poke fun at their dusty environments; however, I believe we can call them out for setting a poor example with their love for "home comforts" and for causing no small amount of trouble as a result. The truth is many Greek scholars are so used to reading texts in printed books that they would struggle to understand an original document written in a cursive Greek script; and there are quite a few students of Egyptian archaeology who lack enough knowledge about the country's conditions and phenomena to avoid making occasional glaring errors in their theories. [284]

There are three main arguments which may be set forward to induce Egyptologists to come as often as possible to Egypt, and to urge their students to do so, instead of educating the mind to the habit of working at home.

There are three main reasons that could encourage Egyptologists to visit Egypt as frequently as possible and to motivate their students to do the same, rather than training their minds to get used to working from home.

Firstly, the study of archæology in the open helps to train the young men in the path of health in which they should go. Work in the Egyptian desert, for example, is one of the most healthy and inspiring pursuits that could be imagined; and study in the shrines overlooking the Nile, where, as at Gebel Silsileh, one has to dive into the cool river and swim to the sun-scorched scene of one's work, is surely more invigorating than study in the atmosphere of the British Museum. A gallop up to the Tombs of the Kings puts a man in a readier mood for a morning's work than does a drive in an omnibus along Tottenham Court Road; and he will feel a keenness as he pulls out his note-book that he can never have experienced in his western city. There is, moreover, a certain amount of what is called "roughing it" to be endured by the archæologist in Egypt; and thus the body becomes toughened and prepared for any necessary spurt of work. To rough it in the open is the best medicine for tired heads, as it is the finest tonic for brains in a normal condition.

Firstly, studying archaeology outdoors helps train young men in the path of health they should follow. Working in the Egyptian desert, for instance, is one of the healthiest and most inspiring activities you could imagine; and studying in the shrines overlooking the Nile, where, like at Gebel Silsileh, you have to dive into the cool river and swim to the sun-drenched site of your work, is definitely more invigorating than studying in the British Museum. A gallop up to the Tombs of the Kings puts someone in a better mood for a morning of work than a ride on a bus along Tottenham Court Road; and they will feel a sense of enthusiasm as they take out their notebook that they could never have felt in their western city. There is also a certain amount of what’s called "roughing it" that the archaeologist must endure in Egypt; thus, the body becomes toughened and ready for any necessary burst of energy. Roughing it outdoors is the best medicine for tired minds, as it is the finest tonic for normally functioning brains.

[285]In parenthesis an explanation must be given of what is meant here by that much misunderstood condition of life which is generally known as "roughing it." A man who is accustomed to the services of two valets will believe that he is roughing it when he is left to put the diamond studs in his evening shirts with his own fingers; and a man who has tramped the roads all his life will hardly consider that he is roughing it when he is outlawed upon the unsheltered moors in late autumn. The degree of hardship to which I refer lies between these two extremes. The science of Egyptology does not demand from its devotees a performance of many extreme acts of discomfort; but, during the progress of active work, it does not afford many opportunities for luxurious self-indulgence, or for any slackness in the taking of exercise.

[285]In parentheses, an explanation is needed of what is meant by that often misunderstood state of existence commonly referred to as "roughing it." A man who is used to having two valets might think he's roughing it when he has to put the diamond studs in his evening shirts himself; meanwhile, a man who's walked the roads all his life probably wouldn't consider it roughing it if he's out on the open moors in late autumn. The level of hardship I'm talking about exists between these two extremes. The study of Egyptology doesn't require its followers to endure many extreme discomforts; however, during the course of active work, it doesn't allow for much luxurious self-indulgence or any leniency when it comes to exercise.

As a protest against the dilettante antiquarian (who is often as objectionable a character as the unwashed scholar) there are certain archæologists who wear the modern equivalent of a hair shirt, who walk abroad with pebbles in their shoes, and who speak of the sitting upon an easy-chair as a moral set-back. The strained and posed life which such savants lead is not to be regarded as a rough one; for there is constant luxury in the thought of their own toughness, and infinite comfort in the sense of superiority which they permit themselves to feel. It is not roughing it to feed from a bare board when a tablecloth adds insignificantly to the [286]impedimenta of the camp: it is pretending to rough it. It is not roughing it to eat tinned food out of the tin when a plate costs a penny or two: it is either hypocrisy or slovenliness.

As a protest against the amateur historian (who can be just as annoying as the oblivious scholar), there are some archaeologists who wear the modern equivalent of a hair shirt, who go out with stones in their shoes, and who view lounging in an easy chair as a moral downfall. The strained and affected lifestyle that these experts lead shouldn't be seen as truly rough; there's a constant luxury in their belief in their own toughness and a lot of comfort in the superiority they allow themselves to feel. It’s not really roughing it to eat off a bare board when a tablecloth hardly adds to the clutter of the campsite: that’s just pretending to be tough. It’s not roughing it to eat canned food straight from the can when a plate costs just a penny or two: that's either hypocrisy or laziness.

To rough it is to lead an exposed life under conditions which preclude the possibility of indulging in certain comforts which, in their place and at the right time, are enjoyed and appreciated. A man may well be said to rough it when he camps in the open, and dispenses with the luxuries of civilisation; when he pours a jug of water over himself instead of lying in ecstasy in an enamelled bath; eats a meal of two undefined courses instead of one of five or six; twangs a banjo to the moon instead of ravishing his ear with a sonata upon the grand piano; rolls himself in a blanket instead of sitting over the library fire; turns in at 9 P.M. and rises ere the sun has topped the hills instead of keeping late hours and lying abed; sleeps on the ground or upon a narrow camp-bed (which occasionally collapses) instead of sprawling at his ease in a four-poster.

To "rough it" means to live in a way that lacks certain comforts that are usually enjoyed and appreciated at the right time and place. A person can be said to be roughing it when they camp outdoors and go without the luxuries of civilization; when they pour a jug of water over themselves instead of relaxing in a nice bath; eat a simple meal instead of a lavish multi-course feast; play a banjo under the stars instead of enjoying a sonata on a grand piano; wrap themselves in a blanket instead of sitting by the cozy library fire; go to bed at 9 PM and wake up before the sun rises instead of staying up late and sleeping in; sleep on the ground or on a narrow camp bed (that sometimes collapses) instead of lounging comfortably in a four-poster bed.

A life of this kind cannot fail to be of benefit to the health; and, after all, the work of a healthy man is likely to be of greater value than that of one who is anæmic or out of condition. It is the first duty of a scholar to give attention to his muscles, for he, more than other men, has the opportunity to become enfeebled by indoor work. Few students can give sufficient time to physical exercise; but in Egypt the exercise is taken [287]during the course of the work, and not an hour is wasted. The muscles harden and the health is ensured without the expending of a moment's thought upon the subject.

A lifestyle like this is definitely good for your health, and ultimately, the work done by a healthy person is likely to be more valuable than that of someone who is weak or out of shape. It's a scholar's primary responsibility to pay attention to their physical fitness, especially since they have a greater chance of becoming weakened by all the indoor work. Most students struggle to find enough time for physical exercise, but in Egypt, exercise is incorporated into their daily routines, so not a minute is wasted. Their muscles strengthen, and health is preserved without having to think about it constantly.

Archæology is too often considered to be the pursuit of weak-chested youths and eccentric old men: it is seldom regarded as a possible vocation for normal persons of sound health and balanced mind. An athletic and robust young man, clothed in the ordinary costume of a gentleman, will tell a new acquaintance that he is an Egyptologist, whereupon the latter will exclaim in surprise: "Not really?—you don't look like one." A kind of mystery surrounds the science. The layman supposes the antiquarian to be a very profound and erudite person, who has pored over his books since a baby, and has shunned those games and sports which generally make for a healthy constitution. The study of Egyptology is thought to require a depth of knowledge that places its students outside the limits of normal learning, and presupposes in them an unhealthy amount of schooling. This, of course, is absurd.

Archaeology is often seen as something for weak young men and quirky old guys: it’s rarely thought of as a viable career for healthy, well-rounded people. When a fit young man, dressed like a regular gentleman, tells a new acquaintance that he’s an Egyptologist, the other person might respond in surprise: “Really? You don’t look like one.” There’s a kind of mystery that surrounds the field. Most people assume that an antiquarian is a very deep and scholarly individual who has been buried in books since childhood and has avoided the games and sports that build a solid constitution. It’s believed that studying Egyptology requires such extensive knowledge that it sets its students apart from normal education and suggests they have an unhealthy amount of schooling. This, of course, is ridiculous.

Nobody would expect an engineer who built bridges and dams, or a great military commander, to be a seedy individual with longish hair, pale face, and weak eyesight; and yet probably he has twice the brain capacity of the average archæologist. It is because the life of the antiquarian is, or is generally thought to be, unhealthy and sluggish that he is so universally regarded as a worm.

Nobody would expect an engineer who builds bridges and dams, or a great military commander, to be a shabby person with long hair, a pale face, and bad eyesight; and yet he probably has twice the intelligence of the average archaeologist. It’s because the life of an antiquarian is, or is generally seen as, unhealthy and slow that he is so commonly viewed as a bookworm.

[288]Some attempt should be made to rid the science of this forbidding aspect; and for this end students ought to do their best to make it possible for them to be regarded as ordinary, normal, healthy men. Let them discourage the popular belief that they are prodigies, freaks of mental expansion. Let their first desire be to show themselves good, useful, hardy, serviceable citizens or subjects, and they will do much to remove the stigma from their profession. Let them be acquainted with the feeling of a bat or racket in the hands, or a saddle between the knees; let them know the rough path over the mountains, or the diving-pool amongst the rocks, and their mentality will not be found to suffer. A winter's "roughing it" in the Theban necropolis or elsewhere would do much to banish the desire for perpetual residence at home in the west; and a season in Egypt would alter the point of view of the student more considerably than he could imagine. Moreover, the appearance of the scholar prancing about upon his fiery steed (even though it be but an Egyptian donkey) will help to dispel the current belief that he is incapable of physical exertion; and his reddened face rising, like the morning sun, above the rocks on some steep pathway over the Theban hills will give the passer-by cause to alter his opinion of those who profess and call themselves Egyptologists.

[288]Some effort should be made to improve the intimidating reputation of this science; to that end, students should strive to be seen as regular, normal, healthy individuals. They should work to dispel the common belief that they are extraordinary, unusual cases of intellectual growth. Let their main goal be to present themselves as good, useful, robust, and contributing members of society, which would significantly help to lift the stigma surrounding their profession. They should experience the feeling of holding a bat or racket, or riding a saddle; they should be familiar with hiking rugged mountain trails or swimming in rocky dive spots, and their mental state won't be negatively impacted. Spending a winter "roughing it" in the Theban necropolis or elsewhere would greatly diminish the desire to stay permanently in the comforts of the western world; and a season in Egypt would shift the perspective of a student more than he might expect. Additionally, seeing a scholar riding confidently on his spirited horse (even if it’s just an Egyptian donkey) will help break the prevailing notion that they are incapable of physical activity; and his flushed face rising, like the morning sun, above the rocks on a steep path over the Theban hills will give onlookers reason to reconsider their views about those who identify as Egyptologists.

As a second argument a subject must be introduced which will be distasteful to a large number of archæologists. I refer to the narrow-minded [289]policy of the curators of certain European and American museums, whose desire it is at all costs to place Egyptian and other eastern antiquities actually before the eyes of western students, in order that they and the public may have the entertainment of examining at home the wonders of lands which they make no effort to visit. I have no hesitation in saying that the craze for recklessly bringing away unique antiquities from Egypt to be exhibited in western museums for the satisfaction of the untravelled man, is the most pernicious bit of folly to be found in the whole broad realm of archæological misbehaviour.

As a second point, we need to discuss something that will probably upset a lot of archaeologists. I'm talking about the narrow-minded [289] policy of certain curators in European and American museums, who are determined to showcase Egyptian and other Eastern antiquities right in front of Western students. Their goal is to allow people to enjoy the wonders of far-off lands from home, even though they don't make any effort to visit those places. I firmly believe that the obsession with carelessly transporting unique artifacts from Egypt to display in Western museums for the entertainment of those who've never traveled is one of the most damaging mistakes in the entire field of archaeological misconduct.

A museum has three main justifications for its existence. In the first place, like a home for lost dogs, it is a repository for stray objects. No curator should endeavour to procure for his museum any antiquity which could be safely exhibited on its original site and in its original position. He should receive only those stray objects which otherwise would be lost to sight, or those which would be in danger of destruction. The curator of a picture gallery is perfectly justified in purchasing any old master which is legitimately on sale; but he is not justified in obtaining a painting direct from the walls of a church where it has hung for centuries, and where it should still hang. In the same way a curator of a museum of antiquities should make it his first endeavour not so much to obtain objects direct from Egypt as to gather in those antiquities which are in the possession [290]of private persons who cannot be expected to look after them with due care.

A museum has three main reasons for existing. First, like a shelter for stray dogs, it serves as a place for lost objects. No curator should try to acquire any artifact that could safely be displayed in its original location and position. They should only accept those stray objects that would otherwise be lost or in danger of being destroyed. A curator of an art gallery is completely justified in buying any old master that is legitimately for sale; however, they are not justified in taking a painting directly from the walls of a church where it has been for centuries and where it should remain. Similarly, a curator of a museum of antiquities should primarily focus on acquiring artifacts that are in the hands of private individuals who may not take proper care of them. [290]

In the second place, a museum is a store-house for historical documents such as papyri and ostraca, and in this respect it is simply to be regarded as a kind of public library, capable of unlimited and perfectly legitimate expansion. Such objects are not often found by robbers in the tombs which they have violated, nor are they snatched from temples to which they belong. They are almost always found accidentally, and in a manner which precludes any possibility of their actual position having much significance. The immediate purchase, for example, by museum agents of the Tell el Amarna tablets—the correspondence of a great Pharaoh—which had been discovered by accident, and would perhaps have been destroyed, was most wise.

In the second place, a museum is a storage space for historical documents like papyri and ostraca, and in this sense, it should be seen as a type of public library that can grow without limits and in perfectly legitimate ways. These items are rarely taken by thieves from the tombs they've broken into, nor are they stolen from the temples where they belong. They are typically discovered by accident, in ways that make their original locations hold little significance. For instance, the immediate purchase by museum agents of the Tell el Amarna tablets—the correspondence of a great Pharaoh—was a smart move since these had been found by chance and might have otherwise been destroyed.

In the third place, a museum is a permanent exhibition for the instruction of the public, and for the enlightenment of students desirous of obtaining comparative knowledge in any one branch of their work, and for this purpose it should be well supplied not so much with original antiquities as with casts, facsimiles, models, and reproductions of all sorts.

In the third place, a museum is a permanent exhibition for educating the public and enlightening students who want to gain comparative knowledge in any area of their studies. To achieve this, it should be well-stocked not just with original artifacts but also with casts, replicas, models, and reproductions of all kinds.

To be a serviceable exhibition both for the student and the public a museum does not need to possess only original antiquities. On the contrary, as a repository for stray objects, a museum is not to be expected to have a complete series of [291]original antiquities in any class, nor is it the business of the curator to attempt to fill up the gaps by purchase, except in special cases. To do so is to encourage the straying of other objects. The curator so often labours under the delusion that it is his first business to collect together as large a number as possible of valuable masterpieces. In reality that is a very secondary matter. His first business, if he is an Egyptologist, is to see that Egyptian masterpieces remain in Egypt so far as is practicable; and his next is to save what has irrevocably strayed from straying further. If the result of this policy is a poor collection, then he must devote so much the more time and money to obtaining facsimiles and reproductions. The keeper of a home for lost dogs does not search the city for a collie with red spots to complete his series of collies, or for a peculiarly elongated dachshund to head his procession of those animals. The fewer dogs he has got the better he is pleased, since this is an indication that a larger number are in safe keeping in their homes. The home of Egyptian antiquities is Egypt, a fact which will become more and more realised as travelling is facilitated.

To be a useful exhibition for both students and the public, a museum doesn't need to only have original artifacts. Instead, as a place for various items, a museum shouldn't be expected to have a complete collection of [291]original artifacts in any category, nor is it the curator's job to try to fill in the gaps by buying items, except in special cases. Doing so would encourage other items to go missing. Curators often mistakenly think that their main job is to gather as many valuable masterpieces as possible. In reality, that's a secondary concern. If he is an Egyptologist, his primary responsibility is to ensure that Egyptian masterpieces stay in Egypt as much as possible; his next task is to prevent items that have already gone missing from disappearing even further. If this approach leads to a less impressive collection, then he should spend more time and resources on obtaining replicas and reproductions. The person running a shelter for lost dogs doesn't go around the city looking for a collie with red spots to complete his collection of collies or for a uniquely shaped dachshund to lead his group of those dogs. The fewer dogs he has, the happier he is, as this means more dogs are safely at home. The home for Egyptian antiquities is Egypt, a reality that will become increasingly recognized as travel becomes easier.

But the curator generally has the insatiable appetite of the collector. The authorities of one museum bid vigorously against those of another at the auction which constantly goes on in the shops of the dealers in antiquities. They pay huge prices for original statues, vases, or sarcophagi: [292]prices which would procure for them the finest series of casts or facsimiles, or would give them valuable additions to their legitimate collection of papyri. And what is it all for? It is not for the benefit of the general public, who could not tell the difference between a genuine antiquity and a forgery or reproduction, and who would be perfectly satisfied with the ordinary, miscellaneous collection of minor antiquities. It is not for that class of Egyptologist which endeavours to study Egyptian antiquities in Egypt. It is almost solely for the benefit of the student and scholar who cannot, or will not, go to Egypt. Soon it comes to be the curator's pride to observe that savants are hastening to his museum to make their studies. His civic conceit is tickled by the spectacle of Egyptologists travelling long distances to take notes in his metropolitan museum. He delights to be able to say that the student can study Egyptology in his well-ordered galleries as easily as he can in Egypt itself.

But the curator usually has the insatiable appetite of a collector. The heads of one museum fiercely compete with those of another at the constant auction happening in the shops of antique dealers. They pay outrageous prices for original statues, vases, or sarcophagi: [292]prices that could get them an amazing series of casts or replicas, or could significantly enhance their legitimate collection of papyri. And what’s it all for? It’s not for the general public, who wouldn’t be able to tell the difference between a real antique and a fake or reproduction, and who would be completely happy with an ordinary, mixed collection of minor antiques. It’s not for the group of Egyptologists who aim to study Egyptian antiquities in Egypt. It’s almost entirely for the benefit of the students and scholars who can’t, or won’t, go to Egypt. Soon it becomes the curator's pride to notice that scholars are rushing to his museum to do their research. His civic pride is boosted by the sight of Egyptologists traveling from far away to take notes in his city museum. He enjoys being able to say that students can study Egyptology in his well-organized galleries just as easily as they could in Egypt itself.

All this is as wrong-headed as it can be. While he is filling his museum he does not seem to understand that he is denuding every necropolis in Egypt. I will give one or two instances of the destruction wrought by western museums. I them at random from my memory.

All of this is completely misguided. While he’s gathering items for his museum, he doesn’t seem to realize that he’s stripping every ancient burial site in Egypt. I'll share a couple of examples of the damage done by Western museums. I'm recalling them at random from memory.

In the year 1900 the then Inspector-General of Antiquities in Upper Egypt discovered a tomb at Thebes in which there was a beautiful relief sculptured on one of the walls, representing Queen [293]Tiy. This he photographed (Plate XXVI.), and the tomb was once more buried. In 1908 I chanced upon this monument, and proposed to open it up as a "show place" for visitors; but alas!—the relief of the queen had disappeared, and only a gaping hole in the wall remained. It appears that robbers had entered the tomb at about the time of the change of inspectors; and, realising that this relief would make a valuable exhibit for some western museum, they had cut out of the wall as much as they could conveniently carry away—namely, the head and upper part of the figure of Tiy. The hieroglyphic inscription which was sculptured near the head was carefully erased, in case it should contain some reference to the name of the tomb from which they were taking the fragment; and over the face some false inscriptions were scribbled in Greek characters, so as to give the stone an unrecognisable appearance. In this condition it was conveyed to a dealer's shop, and it now forms one of the exhibits in the Royal Museum at Brussels. The photograph on Plate XXVII. shows the fragment as it appears after being cleaned.

In 1900, the Inspector-General of Antiquities in Upper Egypt found a tomb in Thebes that had a stunning relief sculpture of Queen [293]Tiy on one of its walls. He took a photograph of it (Plate XXVI.), and then the tomb was covered up again. In 1908, I discovered this monument and suggested turning it into a "show place" for visitors; however, the relief of the queen was gone, leaving only a large hole in the wall. It seems that robbers had entered the tomb around the time when the inspectors changed, and realizing the relief would be a valuable piece for a western museum, they removed as much as they could easily carry—specifically, the head and upper part of Tiy’s figure. The hieroglyphic inscription next to the head was carefully erased to avoid leaving clues about the tomb’s identity, and false inscriptions were scribbled in Greek characters over Tiy’s face to disguise the stone. In this state, it was taken to a dealer's shop and is now one of the exhibits in the Royal Museum in Brussels. The photograph on Plate XXVII. shows the fragment after it was cleaned.

Plate 27
[Photo by T. Capart.
A Relief representing Queen Tiy, from the tomb of Userhat, Thebes.—Brussels Museum.
See Pl. xxvi.
Pl. xxvii.

In the same museum, and in others also, there are fragments of beautiful sculpture hacked out of the walls of the famous tomb of Khaemhat at Thebes. In the British Museum there are large pieces of wall-paintings broken out of Theban tombs. The famous inscription in the tomb of Anena at Thebes, which was one of the most [294]important texts of the early XVIIIth Dynasty, was smashed to pieces several years ago to be sold in small sections to museums; and the scholar to whom this volume is dedicated was instrumental in purchasing back for us eleven of the fragments, which have now been replaced in the tomb, and, with certain fragments in Europe, form the sole remnant of the once imposing stela. One of the most important scenes out of the famous reliefs of the Expedition to Pount, at Dêr el Bahri, found its way into the hands of the dealers, and was ultimately purchased by our museum in Cairo. The beautiful and important reliefs which decorated the tomb of Horemheb at Sakkâra, hacked out of the walls by robbers, are now exhibited in six different museums: London, Leyden, Vienna, Bologna, Alexandria, and Cairo. Of the two hundred tombs of the nobles now to be seen at Thebes, I cannot, at the moment, recall a single one which has not suffered in this manner at some time previous to the organisation of the present strict supervision.

In the same museum, and in others too, there are fragments of beautiful sculpture cut out of the walls of the famous tomb of Khaemhat at Thebes. In the British Museum, there are large pieces of wall paintings that were broken out of Theban tombs. The famous inscription in the tomb of Anena at Thebes, which was one of the most important texts of the early XVIIIth Dynasty, was smashed to pieces several years ago to be sold in small sections to museums; and the scholar to whom this volume is dedicated played a key role in buying back eleven of the fragments for us, which have now been returned to the tomb, and along with some fragments in Europe, make up the only remnant of the once impressive stela. One of the most significant scenes from the famous reliefs of the Expedition to Pount at Dêr el Bahri ended up in the hands of dealers and was ultimately purchased by our museum in Cairo. The beautiful and important reliefs that decorated the tomb of Horemheb at Sakkâra, which were cut out of the walls by robbers, are now displayed in six different museums: London, Leyden, Vienna, Bologna, Alexandria, and Cairo. Of the two hundred noble tombs that can currently be seen at Thebes, I can't, at the moment, recall a single one that hasn't been damaged in this way at some point before the establishment of the current strict oversight.

The curators of western museums will argue that had they not purchased these fragments they would have fallen into the hands of less desirable owners. This is quite true, and, indeed, it forms the nearest approach to justification that can be discovered. Nevertheless, it has to be remembered that this purchasing of antiquities is the best stimulus to the robber, who is well aware that a market is always to be found for his stolen [295]goods. It may seem difficult to censure the purchaser, for certainly the fragments were "stray" when the bargain was struck, and it is the business of the curator to collect stray antiquities. But why were they stray? Why were they ever cut from the walls of the Egyptian monuments? Assuredly because the robbers knew that museums would purchase them. If there had been no demand there would have been no supply.

The curators of Western museums will argue that if they hadn't bought these fragments, they would have ended up in the hands of less reputable owners. This is definitely true and is the closest thing to a justification that can be found. However, it's important to remember that buying antiquities actually encourages the robber, who knows there is always a market for his stolen [a id="Page_295" title="295"]goods. It might seem hard to criticize the buyer since the fragments were "stray" when the deal was made, and it's the curator's job to collect stray antiquities. But why were they stray? Why were they ever removed from the walls of the Egyptian monuments? Clearly, it's because the robbers knew that museums would buy them. If there hadn't been any demand, there wouldn't have been any supply.

To ask the curators to change their policy, and to purchase only those objects which are legitimately on sale, would, of course, be as futile as to ask the nations to disarm. The rivalry between museum and museum would alone prevent a cessation of this indiscriminate traffic. I can see only one way in which a more sane and moral attitude can be introduced, and that is by the development of the habit of visiting Egypt and of working upon archæological subjects in the shadow of the actual monuments. Only the person who is familiar with Egypt can know the cost of supplying the stay-at-home scholar with exhibits for his museums. Only one who has resided in Egypt can understand the fact that Egypt itself is the true museum for Egyptian antiquities. He alone can appreciate the work of the Egyptian Government in preserving the remains of ancient days.

Asking the curators to change their policy and only buy objects that are legitimately for sale would be just as pointless as asking countries to disarm. The competition between museums would make it impossible to stop this indiscriminate trading. I can see only one way to foster a more reasonable and ethical approach, and that’s by encouraging people to visit Egypt and work on archaeological subjects right next to the actual monuments. Only someone who knows Egypt can understand the cost of providing exhibits for scholars who stay at home. Only those who have lived in Egypt can grasp that Egypt itself is the real museum for its ancient artifacts. They alone can truly appreciate the efforts of the Egyptian Government in preserving the remnants of ancient times.

The resident in Egypt, interested in archæology, comes to look with a kind of horror upon museums, and to feel extraordinary hostility to what may [296]be called the museum spirit. He sees with his own eyes the half-destroyed tombs, which to the museum curator are things far off and not visualised. While the curator is blandly saying to his visitor: "See, I will now show you a beautiful fragment of sculpture from a distant and little-known Theban tomb," the white resident in Egypt, with black murder in his heart, is saying: "See, I will show you a beautiful tomb of which the best part of one wall is utterly destroyed that a fragment might be hacked out for a distant and little-known European museum."

The person living in Egypt, who is interested in archaeology, looks at museums with a kind of horror and feels a strong resentment towards what could be called the museum mentality. They witness firsthand the partially destroyed tombs, which to the museum curator feel remote and are not fully imagined. While the curator is casually saying to their visitor, "Look, I’m going to show you a beautiful piece of sculpture from a distant and little-known Theban tomb," the white resident in Egypt, filled with deep anger, thinks: "Look, I will show you a beautiful tomb where the best part of one wall is completely destroyed so that a piece could be taken out for a distant and obscure European museum."

To a resident in Europe, Egypt seems to be a strange and barbaric land, far, far away beyond the hills and seas; and her monuments are thought to be at the mercy of wild Bedwin Arabs. In the less recent travel books there is not a published drawing of a temple in the Nile valley but has its complement of Arab figures grouped in picturesque attitudes. Here a fire is being lit at the base of a column, and the black smoke curls upwards to destroy the paintings thereon; here a group of children sport upon the lap of a colossal statue; and here an Arab tethers his camel at the steps of the high altar. It is felt, thus, that the objects exhibited in European museums have been rescued from Egypt and recovered from a distant land. This is not so. They have been snatched from Egypt and lost to the country of their origin.

To someone living in Europe, Egypt appears to be a strange and uncivilized place, far away beyond the mountains and seas; and its monuments are believed to be vulnerable to wild Bedouin Arabs. In older travel books, every illustration of a temple in the Nile Valley includes Arab figures arranged in picturesque poses. Here, a fire is being started at the base of a column, with black smoke rising to ruin the paintings on it; here, a group of children plays on the lap of a massive statue; and here, an Arab ties his camel to the steps of the main altar. It is commonly thought that the artifacts displayed in European museums have been rescued from Egypt and brought back from a distant land. But that's not true. They have been taken from Egypt and lost to the country they originally belonged to.

He who is well acquainted with Egypt knows [297]that hundreds of watchmen, and a small army of inspectors, engineers, draughtsmen, surveyors, and other officials now guard these monuments, that strong iron gates bar the doorways against unauthorised visitors, that hourly patrols pass from monument to monument, and that any damage done is punished by long terms of imprisonment; he knows that the Egyptian Government spends hundreds of thousands of pounds upon safeguarding the ancient remains; he is aware that the organisation of the Department of Antiquities is an extremely important branch of the Ministry of Public Works. He has seen the temples swept and garnished, the tombs lit with electric light, and the sanctuaries carefully rebuilt. He has spun out to the Pyramids in the electric tram or in a taxi-cab; has strolled in evening dress and opera hat through the halls of Karnak, after dinner at the hotel; and has rung up the Theban Necropolis on the telephone.

Anyone familiar with Egypt knows [297]that there are hundreds of watchmen and a small army of inspectors, engineers, draftsmen, surveyors, and other officials guarding these monuments. Strong iron gates block the entrances to keep out unauthorized visitors, hourly patrols move from monument to monument, and any damage caused is met with long prison sentences. They know that the Egyptian Government invests hundreds of thousands of pounds in protecting these ancient sites; they understand that the organization of the Department of Antiquities is a very important part of the Ministry of Public Works. They have seen the temples cleaned and restored, the tombs lit with electric lights, and the sanctuaries carefully rebuilt. They’ve traveled to the Pyramids by electric tram or taxi, walked through the halls of Karnak in evening clothes and a top hat after dinner at the hotel, and even called up the Theban Necropolis on the phone.

A few seasons' residence in Egypt shifts the point of view in a startling manner. No longer is the country either distant or insecure; and, realising this, the student becomes more balanced, and he sees both sides of the question with equal clearness. The archæologist may complain that it is too expensive a matter to come to Egypt. But why, then, are not the expenses of such a journey met by the various museums? A hundred pounds will pay for a student's winter in Egypt and his journey to and from that country. Such a sum [298]is given readily enough for the purchase of an antiquity; but surely rightly-minded students are a better investment than wrongly-acquired antiquities.

A few seasons living in Egypt really changes your perspective. The country no longer feels far away or unsafe; realizing this, the student becomes more balanced and sees both sides of the issue clearly. The archaeologist might argue that going to Egypt is too expensive. But if that's the case, why don’t museums cover the costs of such a trip? A hundred pounds is enough for a student’s winter stay in Egypt, plus travel to and from the country. That amount [298]is easily spent on acquiring an antiquity; but surely, investing in properly educated students is a better choice than investing in improperly acquired artifacts.

It must now be pointed out, as a third argument, that an Egyptologist cannot study his subject properly unless he be thoroughly familiar with Egypt and the modern Egyptians.

It should now be noted, as a third point, that an Egyptologist can't adequately study their subject unless they are fully familiar with Egypt and the modern Egyptians.

A student who is accustomed to sit at home, working in his library or museum, and who has never resided in Egypt, or has but travelled for a short time in that country, may do extremely useful work in one way and another, but that work will not be faultless. It will be, as it were, lop-sided; it will be coloured with hues of the west, unknown to the land of the Pharaohs and antithetical thereto. A London architect may design an apparently charming villa for a client in Jerusalem, but unless he knows by actual and prolonged experience the exigencies of the climate of Palestine, he will be liable to make a sad mess of his job. By bitter experience the military commanders learnt in South Africa that a plan of campaign prepared in England was of little use to them. The cricketer may play a very good game upon the home ground, but upon a foreign pitch the first straight ball will send his bails flying into the clear blue sky.

A student who is used to staying at home, working in their library or museum, and who has never lived in Egypt, or has only briefly visited the country, can still do valuable work in various ways, but that work won't be perfect. It will be, in a sense, imbalanced; it will be tinted with perspectives from the West, which are unfamiliar to the land of the Pharaohs and contradictory to it. A London architect might design an appealing villa for a client in Jerusalem, but unless they have firsthand and extended experience with the climate challenges in Palestine, they are likely to make a significant mistake in their project. Military commanders learned the hard way in South Africa that a campaign plan made in England was not very useful to them. A cricketer might play exceptionally well on their home ground, but on a foreign pitch, the first straight ball will send their bails flying into the clear blue sky.

An archæologist who attempts to record the material relating to the manners and customs of the ancient Egyptians cannot complete his task, [299]or even assure himself of the accuracy of his statements, unless he has studied the modern customs and has made himself acquainted with the permanent conditions of the country. The modern Egyptians, as has been pointed out in chapter ii. (page 28), are the same people as those who bowed the knee to Pharaoh, and many of their customs still survive. A student can no more hope to understand the story of Pharaonic times without an acquaintance with Egypt as she now is than a modern statesman can hope to understand his own times solely from a study of the past.

An archaeologist who tries to record information about the ways and traditions of ancient Egyptians can't finish his work, [299] or even be sure his statements are accurate, unless he has looked into modern customs and familiarized himself with the lasting conditions of the country. The modern Egyptians, as mentioned in chapter ii. (page 28), are the same people who once served Pharaoh, and many of their traditions are still present. A student cannot hope to understand the history of Pharaonic times without knowing about Egypt as it is today, just as a contemporary politician can't fully understand their own era by only studying the past.

Nothing is more paralysing to a student of archæology than continuous book-work. A collection of hard facts is an extremely beneficial mental exercise, but the deductions drawn from such a collection should be regarded as an integral part of the work. The road-maker must also walk upon his road to the land whither it leads him; the shipbuilder must ride the seas in his vessel, though they be uncharted and unfathomed. Too often the professor will set his students to a compilation which leads them no farther than the final fair copy. They will be asked to make for him, with infinite labour, a list of the High Priests of Amon; but unless he has encouraged them to put such life into those figures that each one seems to step from the page to confront his recorder, unless the name of each calls to mind the very scenes amidst which he worshipped, then is the work uninspired and as deadening to the student as it is [300]useful to the professor. A catalogue of ancient scarabs is required, let us suppose, and students are set to work upon it. They examine hundreds of specimens, they record the variations in design, they note the differences in the glaze or material. But can they picture the man who wore the scarab?—can they reconstruct in their minds the scene in the workshop wherein the scarab was made?—can they hear the song of the workmen or their laughter when the overseer was not nigh? In a word, does the scarab mean history to them, the history of a period, of a dynasty, of a craft? Assuredly not, unless the students know Egypt and the Egyptians, have heard their songs and their laughter, have watched their modern arts and crafts. Only then are they in a position to reconstruct the picture.

Nothing is more paralyzing to a student of archaeology than endless book work. Gathering hard facts is a great mental exercise, but the conclusions drawn from those facts should be seen as a key part of the learning process. The road builder must also walk on his road to reach the destination; the shipbuilder must navigate the seas in his vessel, even if they are uncharted and unknown. Too often, professors assign their students to compile information that only leads to a final copy. They might ask students to create a detailed list of the High Priests of Amon, but unless they inspire students to bring those figures to life so that each one seems to emerge from the page, and unless the name of each evokes the very scenes where they worshiped, the task becomes uninspired and as draining for the student as it is useful for the professor. Let’s say a catalogue of ancient scarabs is needed, and students are assigned to work on it. They examine hundreds of specimens, record the design variations, and note the differences in glaze or material. But can they imagine the person who wore the scarab? Can they recreate the scene in the workshop where the scarab was made? Can they hear the song of the workers or their laughter when the overseer was not around? In short, does the scarab represent history to them, the history of a period, a dynasty, or a craft? Definitely not, unless the students understand Egypt and the Egyptians, have heard their songs and laughter, and have observed their modern arts and crafts. Only then can they truly recreate the picture.

Theodore Roosevelt, in his Romanes lecture at Oxford, gave it as his opinion that the industrious collector of facts occupied an honourable but not an exalted position; and he added that the merely scientific historian must rest content with the honour, substantial, but not of the highest type, that belongs to him who gathers material which some time some master shall arise to use. Now every student should aim to be a master, to use the material which he has so laboriously collected; and though at the beginning of his career, and indeed throughout his life, the gathering of material is a most important part of his work, he [301]should never compile solely for the sake of compilation, unless he be content to serve simply as a clerk of archæology.

Theodore Roosevelt, in his Romanes lecture at Oxford, expressed his belief that the diligent collector of facts holds an honorable but not a distinguished position. He mentioned that the purely scientific historian should be satisfied with the respectable, though not the highest, honor that comes to those who gather material that one day a true master will use. Every student should strive to be a master, to use the material they have painstakingly collected; and while collecting material is a crucial part of their work, especially at the start of their careers and throughout their lives, they should never compile just for the sake of compiling, unless they are okay with merely being a clerk of archaeology. [a id="Page_301" title="301">[301]

An archæologist must be an historian. He must conjure up the past; he must play the Witch of Endor. His lists and indices, his catalogues and note-books, must be but the spells which he uses to invoke the dead. The spells have no potency until they are pronounced: the lists of the kings of Egypt have no more than an accidental value until they call before the curtain of the mind those monarchs themselves. It is the business of the archæologist to awake the dreaming dead: not to send the living to sleep. It is his business to make the stones tell their tale: not to petrify the listener. It is his business to put motion and commotion into the past that the present may see and hear: not to pin it down, spatchcocked, like a dead thing. In a word, the archæologist must be in command of that faculty which is known as the historic imagination, without which Dean Stanley was of opinion that the story of the past could not be told.

An archaeologist has to be a historian. They need to bring the past to life; they must play the role of a medium. Their lists and indices, their catalogs and notebooks, are like the spells they use to summon the dead. Those spells don’t have any power until they’re spoken: the lists of the kings of Egypt are truly valuable only when they evoke those monarchs in our minds. It’s the archaeologist's job to awaken the forgotten past, not to put the living into a stupor. They need to make the stones tell their stories, not freeze the listener in place. It’s their role to animate the past so the present can see and hear it, not to trap it, lifeless, like a specimen. In short, the archaeologist must master what is known as historical imagination, without which Dean Stanley believed the story of the past couldn’t be effectively conveyed.

But how can that imagination be at once exerted and controlled, as it must needs be, unless the archæologist is so well acquainted with the conditions of the country about which he writes that his pictures of it can be said to be accurate? The student must allow himself to be saturated by the very waters of the Nile before he can permit himself [302]to write of Egypt. He must know the modern Egyptians before he can construct his model of Pharaoh and his court.

But how can imagination be both used and controlled, as it needs to be, unless the archaeologist knows the conditions of the country he’s writing about well enough for his descriptions to be accurate? The student has to immerse himself in the very waters of the Nile before he can write about Egypt. He must understand modern Egyptians before he can create his portrayal of Pharaoh and his court. [302]

In a recent London play dealing with ancient Egypt, the actor-manager exerted his historic imagination, in one scene, in so far as to introduce a shadoof or water-hoist, which was worked as a naturalistic side-action to the main incident. But, unfortunately, it was displayed upon a hillside where no water could ever have reached it; and thus the audience, all unconsciously, was confronted with the remarkable spectacle of a husbandman applying himself diligently to the task of ladelling thin air on to crops that grew upon barren sand. If only his imagination had been controlled by a knowledge of Egypt, the picture might have been both true and effective.

In a recent play in London about ancient Egypt, the actor-manager used his imagination in one scene by adding a shadoof or water-hoist, which served as a naturalistic background action to the main event. Unfortunately, it was placed on a hillside where no water could have ever reached it. As a result, the audience unknowingly witnessed the strange sight of a farmer working hard to pour thin air onto crops that grew on barren sand. If only his imagination had been guided by a better understanding of Egypt, the scene could have been both realistic and impactful.

When the mummy of Akhnaton was discovered and was proved to be that of a man of twenty-eight years of age, many persons doubted the identification on the grounds that the king was known to have been married at the time when he came to the throne, seventeen years before his death,[1] and it was freely stated that a marriage at the age of ten or eleven was impossible and out of the question. Thus it actually remained for the writer to point out that the fact of the king's death occurring seventeen years after his marriage practically fixed his age at his decease [303]at not much above twenty-eight years, so unlikely was it that his marriage would have been delayed beyond his eleventh year. Those who doubted the identification on such grounds were showing all too clearly that the manners and customs of the Egyptians of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, so many of which have come down intact from olden times, were unknown to them.

When the mummy of Akhnaton was found and confirmed to be that of a man who was twenty-eight years old, many people questioned the identification because the king was known to have been married when he became king, seventeen years before his death,[1] and it was commonly believed that marrying at the age of ten or eleven was impossible. Thus, it fell to the writer to point out that the king's death occurring seventeen years after his marriage essentially fixed his age at his death[303] at just over twenty-eight, since it was very unlikely his marriage would have been delayed past his eleventh year. Those who doubted the identification on these grounds were clearly showing that they were unaware of the customs and traditions of the Egyptians from the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, many of which have been passed down from ancient times.

[1] Weigall: Life of Akhnaton, p. 56.

[1] Weigall: Life of Akhnaton, p. 56.

Here we come to the root of the trouble. The Egyptologist who has not resided for some time in Egypt is inclined to allow his ideas regarding the ancient customs of the land to be influenced by his unconsciously-acquired knowledge of the habits of the west. Men do not marry before the age of eighteen or twenty in Europe: therefore they did not do so in Egypt. There are streams of water upon the mountains in Europe: therefore water may be hoisted upon the hillsides in Egypt. But is he blind that he sees not the great gulf fixed between the ways of the east and those of his accustomed west? It is of no value to science to record the life of Thutmosis III. with Napoleon as our model for it, nor to describe the daily life of the Pharaoh with the person of an English king before our mind's eye. Our European experience will not give us material for the imagination to work upon in dealing with Egypt. The setting for our Pharaonic pictures must be derived from Egypt alone; and no Egyptologist's work that is more than a simple compilation is of value unless the [304]sunlight and the sandy glare of Egypt have burnt into his eyes, and have been reflected on to the pages under his pen.

Here we get to the heart of the issue. An Egyptologist who hasn't spent significant time in Egypt tends to let their understanding of the ancient customs of the land be shaped by their subconscious knowledge of Western habits. People usually don’t marry before the age of eighteen or twenty in Europe; therefore, they assume it was the same in Egypt. There are streams of water in the mountains of Europe; so, they think water could be pumped up on the hills in Egypt. But is he so oblivious that he doesn't see the vast difference between Eastern and Western ways? It doesn’t benefit science to compare Thutmosis III's life to that of Napoleon, nor does it make sense to describe the daily life of the Pharaoh with an English king in mind. Our European experiences provide no useful material for our imagination when it comes to Egypt. The context for our depictions of the Pharaohs must come solely from Egypt itself, and no Egyptologist's work is more than a mere collection of facts unless the [304] sunlight and sandy glare of Egypt have seared into their vision and been reflected onto the pages they write.

The archæologist must possess the historic imagination, but it must be confined to its proper channels. It is impossible to exert this imagination without, as a consequence, a figure rising up before the mind partially furnished with the details of a personality and fully endowed with the broad character of an individual. The first lesson, thus, which we must learn is that of allowing no incongruity to appear in our figures. A king whose name has survived to us upon some monument becomes at once such a reality that the legends concerning him are apt to be accepted as so much fact. Like John Donne once says—

The archaeologist needs to have a historic imagination, but it should be kept within appropriate boundaries. It’s impossible to use this imagination without, as a result, a figure emerging in our minds that’s partially filled with details of a personality and fully characterized by an individual’s traits. The first lesson we need to learn is to avoid any inconsistencies in our figures. A king whose name has survived on some monument becomes so real that the myths about him are likely to be taken as fact. As John Donne once says—

"Thou art so true, that thoughts of thee suffice
To make dreams truth, and fables histories."

"You are so genuine that thinking of you is enough
To turn dreams into reality and fables into history."

But only he who has resided in Egypt can judge how far the fables are to be regarded as having a nucleus of truth. In ancient history there can seldom be sufficient data at the Egyptologist's disposal with which to build up a complete figure; and his puppets must come upon the stage sadly deficient, as it were, in arms, legs, and apparel suitable to them, unless he knows from an experience of modern Egyptians how to restore them and to clothe them in good taste. The substance upon which the imagination works must be no less than a collective knowledge of the people of the nation [305]in question. Rameses must be constructed from an acquaintance with many a Pasha of modern Egypt, and his Chief Butler must reflect the known characteristics of a hundred Beys and Effendis. Without such "padding" the figures will remain but names, and with names Egyptology is already overstocked.

But only someone who has lived in Egypt can truly judge how much of these stories might have a basis in fact. In ancient history, there’s rarely enough information at the Egyptologist's disposal to create a full picture; the characters often appear lacking, like puppets missing arms, legs, and suitable clothing, unless the scholar draws from experiences with modern Egyptians to bring them to life and dress them well. The foundation for imagination must be nothing less than a broad understanding of the people of that nation. Rameses has to be pieced together from knowledge of many modern-day Pashas, and his Chief Butler should embody the traits of countless Beys and Effendis. Without such "padding," these figures will remain just names, and Egyptology already has more than enough of those.

It is remarkable to notice how little is known regarding the great personalities in history. Taking three characters at random: we know extremely little that is authentic regarding King Arthur; our knowledge of the actual history of Robin Hood is extremely meagre; and the precise historian would have to dismiss Cleopatra in a few paragraphs. But let the archæologist know so well the manners and customs of the period with which he is dealing that he will not, like the author of the stories of the Holy Grail, dress Arthur in the armour of the thirteenth century, nor fill the mind of Cleopatra with the thoughts of the Elizabethan poet; let him be so well trained in scientific cautiousness that he will not give unquestioned credence to the legends of the past; let him have sufficient knowledge of the nation to which his hero or heroine belonged to be able to fill up the lacunæ with a kind of collective appreciation and estimate of the national characteristics,—and I do not doubt that his interpretations will hold good till the end of all history.

It's striking to see how little we really know about the great figures in history. Take three examples at random: we have very little authentic information about King Arthur; our understanding of the real history of Robin Hood is very limited; and a serious historian would have to sum up Cleopatra in just a few paragraphs. However, if the archaeologist is well-versed in the customs and practices of the time they are studying, they won't, like the author of the stories of the Holy Grail, dress Arthur in 13th-century armor or fill Cleopatra's mind with the thoughts of an Elizabethan poet. They should be trained in scientific caution, so they won’t blindly believe the legends of the past. They need enough knowledge about the nation their hero or heroine belongs to, allowing them to fill in the gaps with a collective understanding and appreciation of national characteristics. I have no doubt that their interpretations will remain relevant throughout history.

The student to whom Egypt is not a living reality is handicapped in his labours more unfairly [306]than is realised by him. Avoid Egypt, and though your brains be of vast capacity, though your eyes be never raised from your books, you will yet remain in many ways an ignoramus, liable to be corrected by the merest tourist in the Nile valley. But come with me to a Theban garden that I know, where, on some still evening, the dark palms are reflected in the placid Nile, and the acacias are mellowed by the last light of the sunset; where, in leafy bowers, the grapes cluster overhead, and the fig-tree is burdened with fruit. Beyond the broad sheet of the river rise those unchangeable hills which encompass the Valley of the Tombs of the Kings; and at their foot, dimly seen in the evening haze, sit the twin colossi, as they have sat since the days of Amenhotep the Magnificent. The stars begin to be seen through the leaves now that the daylight dies, and presently the Milky Way becomes apparent, stretching across the vault of the night, as when it was believed to be the Nile of the Heavens.

The student who doesn’t see Egypt as a living reality is at a disadvantage in his studies more unfairly than he realizes. Ignore Egypt, and even if you have a brilliant mind and never lift your eyes from your books, you will still be ignorant in many ways, likely to be corrected by the simplest tourist in the Nile Valley. But come with me to a Theban garden that I know, where, on a quiet evening, the dark palms are mirrored in the calm Nile, and the acacias are softened by the last rays of sunset; where, in leafy arbors, the grapes hang overhead, and the fig tree is heavy with fruit. Beyond the wide expanse of the river rise those timeless hills that surround the Valley of the Tombs of the Kings; and at their base, faintly seen in the evening haze, sit the twin colossi, as they have since the days of Amenhotep the Magnificent. The stars start to appear through the leaves as daylight fades, and soon the Milky Way comes into view, stretching across the night sky, like when it was believed to be the Nile of the Heavens.

The owls hoot to one another through the garden; and at the edge of the alabaster tank wherein the dusk is mirrored, a frog croaks unseen amidst the lilies. Even so croaked he on this very ground in those days when, typifying eternity, he seemed to utter the endless refrain, "I am the resurrection, I am the resurrection," into the ears of men and maidens beneath these self-same stars.

The owls call to each other across the garden; and at the edge of the white tank where the night sky is reflected, a frog croaks unseen among the lilies. He croaked just like this on this very ground back in the days when, representing eternity, he seemed to chant the endless phrase, "I am the resurrection, I am the resurrection," into the ears of men and women under the same stars.

And now a boat floats past, on its way to Karnak, silhouetted against the last-left light of [307]the sky. There is music and song on board. The sound of the pipes is carried over the water and pulses to the ears, inflaming the imagination with the sorcery of its cadences and stirring the blood by its bold rhythm. The gentle breeze brings the scent of many flowers to the nostrils, and with these come drifting thoughts and undefined fancies, so that presently the busy considerations of the day are lulled and forgotten. The twilight seems to cloak the extent of the years, and in the gathering darkness the procession of the centuries is hidden. Yesterday and to-day are mingled together, and there is nothing to distinguish to the eye the one age from the other. An immortal, brought suddenly to the garden at this hour, could not say from direct observation whether he had descended from the clouds into the twentieth century before or the twentieth century after Christ; and the sound of the festal pipes in the passing boat would but serve to confuse him the more.

And now a boat floats by on its way to Karnak, silhouetted against the fading light of the sky. There's music and singing on board. The sound of the pipes carries over the water, reaching our ears and sparking the imagination with its magical rhythms, stirring the blood with its bold beat. A gentle breeze brings the scent of various flowers, along with drifting thoughts and vague fantasies, so that soon the day's busy worries are calmed and forgotten. Twilight seems to cover the span of the years, and in the gathering darkness, the flow of centuries is hidden. Yesterday and today blend together, making it hard to tell one era from another. An immortal, suddenly brought to the garden at this hour, wouldn't be able to tell just by looking whether he had descended from the clouds into the twentieth century before or after Christ; the sound of the festive pipes in the passing boat would only confuse him further.

In such a garden as this the student will learn more Egyptology than he could assimilate in many an hour's study at home; for here his five senses play the student and Egypt herself is his teacher. While he may read in his books how this Pharaoh or that feasted o' nights in his palace beside the river, here, not in fallible imagination but in actual fact, he may see Nilus and the Libyan desert to which the royal eyes were turned, may smell the very perfume of the palace garden, and may hearken [308]to the self-same sounds that lulled a king to sleep in Hundred-gated Thebes.

In a garden like this, a student can learn more about Egyptology than he could ever understand from hours of study at home; here, all five senses come into play, and Egypt herself is the teacher. While he might read in his books about how this Pharaoh or that one would feast at night in his palace by the river, here—not just in his imagination, but in reality—he can see the Nile and the Libyan desert to which the royal gaze was turned, can smell the actual scents of the palace garden, and can hear the same sounds that lulled a king to sleep in Hundred-gated Thebes. [308]

Not in the west, but only by the waters of the Nile will he learn how best to be an historian of ancient Egypt, and in what manner to make his studies of interest, as well as of technical value, to his readers, for he will here discover the great secret of his profession. Suddenly the veil will be lifted from his understanding, and he will become aware that Past and Present are so indissoluble as to be incapable of separate interpretation or single study. He will learn that there is no such thing as a distinct Past or a defined Present. "Yesterday this day's madness did prepare," and the affairs of bygone times must be interpreted in the light of recent events. The Past is alive to-day, and all the deeds of man in all the ages are living at this hour in offspring. There is no real death. The earthly grave will not hide, nor the mountain tomb imprison, the actions of the men of old Egypt, so consequent and fruitful are all human affairs. This is the knowledge which will make his work of lasting value; and nowhere save in Egypt can he acquire it. This, indeed, is the secret of the Sphinx; and only at the lips of the Sphinx itself can he learn it.

Not in the west, but only by the waters of the Nile will he learn how to be a historian of ancient Egypt, and how to make his studies interesting and technically valuable to his readers, for he will discover the great secret of his profession here. Suddenly, the veil will be lifted from his understanding, and he will realize that the Past and Present are so interconnected that they can't be understood separately or studied in isolation. He will come to understand that there is no distinct Past or defined Present. "Yesterday this day's madness did prepare," and the events of the past must be interpreted through the lens of what is happening now. The Past is alive today, and all the actions of humanity across the ages resonate at this moment in the lives of the next generation. There is no true death. The earthly grave won't conceal, nor will the mountain tomb imprison, the actions of the people of ancient Egypt, as all human affairs are consequential and impactful. This knowledge will give his work lasting significance; and nowhere but in Egypt can he gain it. This, indeed, is the secret of the Sphinx; and only from the Sphinx itself can he learn it.


PRINTED BY WILLIAM BLACKWOOD AND SONS.




        
        
    
Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!